September 2008 Archives

Ifill-in and I Can't Get Up...!

| No Comments

Yet more evidence that Campaign 2008 has gotten rough: Gwen Ifill--notable for the dual distinction of being both the moderator of Thursday's vice presidential debate and a Washington insider who is respected by pretty much everyone--has broken her ankle. Seems she took a spill at home, after tripping and falling down stairs. Per TVNewser, which broke the story based on info from NewsHour sources: "We're told Ifill had been walking up a staircase, carrying research related to her moderating duties at Thursday's Vice Presidential debate in St. Louis, when she took a wrong step."

If you're as Ifill-philic as we are, fear not: Injury notwithstanding, she's still planning on traveling to St. Louis to moderate Thursday night's debate-a-palooza.

Update: Ifill, CJR has learned, has just received a "get well" gift from the McCain campaign: a tub of Crisco and a magazine-cutout-lettered note reading, "Watch your step on Thursday. Or we'll get back to ya." (Just kidding.)

The Bailout Blame Game

| 2 Comments

Yesterday, 205 members of Congress (140 Democrats, 65 Republicans) voted for the banking bailout package, while 228 Congressmen and women voted against (95 Democrats, 133 Republicans). These are the basic facts: not enough people from both sides of the aisle cast their votes in favor of the bill. Yet, the version of events that’s slowly taking shape in some corners of the media is that the Democrats are to blame. Time to batten down the hatches, folks; this narrative is all wet.

The McCain camp’s talking points have appeared throughout the media:

Politico’s The Crypt blog: “Some members of the House GOP are blaming Speaker Pelosi's hard-edged partisan speech for the loss.”

The Los Angeles Times: “Sen. Obama and his allies in Congress infused unnecessary partisanship into the process," McCain said, referring to the failed House vote. He continued: "Now is not the time to fix the blame; it's time to fix the problem."


McCain's campaign went further, with senior policy advisor Doug Holtz-Eakin placing the blame squarely on the Democratic presidential candidate and his party.


"This bill failed because Barack Obama and the Democrats put politics ahead of country," he said.


Politico: A review of the video of Pelosi’s comments shows the speaker deviated substantially from her prepared remarks when she stepped into the well of the House at about 12:20 p.m. Monday afternoon - delivering a series of ad-libbed jabs at President Bush and his party.



Hugh Hewitt at Townhall.com:

Why did Nancy Pelosi sink the rescue package and Barack Obama and Harry Reid allow her to do so?



Detroit Free Press:

Even as McCain was telling reporters in Iowa that "now is not the time to fix the blame, it's time to fix the problem," his campaign was issuing statements criticizing "partisan attacks" by Democrats "to gain political advantage during a national economic crisis."

Obviously, both Democrats and Republicans would like to profit politically from their deft handling of this crisis. But it’s worth noting that, by “suspending” his campaign in hopes of positioning himself as the sort of take-charge leader for whom Americans would like to vote, John McCain was the first one to use this national economic crisis to gain political advantage. This is not the first example of a dramatic move by McCain’s campaign: with Obama up in the polls, McCain suspended his campaign; after the Democratic convention, McCain chose a headline grabbing running mate. The Arizona senator learned long ago that the media will follow a loud, screaming story as long as it has sizzle and then some (see: pig, lipstick on a), and he continues to exploit this weakness. We can’t ask John McCain to behave himself, but we, the media, can think twice about how much coverage to allot to his shenanigans.

Moreover, the “Democrats did it” line just doesn’t seem to be true. Rep. John Boehner’s assertion that Nancy Pelosi and the House Democratic leadership frightened some Republicans into casting “No” votes has gained traction over the past 24 hours. But here’s MSNBC’s Joe Scarborough interviewing no-voting Arizona Republican John Shadegg this morning (h/t TPM):

SCARBOROUGH: Did you vote against this bill because your feelings were hurt by Barney Frank, Nancy Pelosi, and members of the Democratic caucus?

SHADEGG: No I didn’t, Joe, and I don’t know a single Republican who did. It was a stupid speech by her, but it didn’t move any votes. On an issue of this importance, nobody would be moved by that.

SCARBOROUGH: Well, Boehner said it moved votes. Was Boehner wrong?

SHADEGG: Yeah. I think their feelings were hurt, it was embarrassing for leadership of both parties to lose the bill, so they went out and made a stupid claim. But I don’t know a single person who changed their vote on the basis of that, or would have.

Shadegg’s adamance indicates that, far from being rejected for base partisan reasons, the bailout bill failed because people on both sides of the aisle had substantive problems with the legislation, and weren’t ready to send it to the Senate. (And the idea that the Democrats wanted in any way to sabotage the passage of the bill makes no sense, given that that most Democrats voted in support.) Disagreement and deliberation are not partisan vices. They’re the keystones of democracy—and if, over the past eight years, Congress had been more of a deliberative body and less of a rubber-stamp factory, their deployment might not seem so strange to us.

The McCain campaign is hitting the airwaves to sell this illogical “partisan politics” mess, and many in the press seem to be eating it up while they wait for the rest of this drama to play out. But this situation calls for moderation, not drama; calls for sensible voices, such as, surprisingly, the L.A. Times’s Jonah Goldberg, who offered these words in this morning’s column: “The bill failed on a bipartisan basis...No one is blameless. No one is pure. Two decades of crapulence by the political class has been prologue to the era of coprophagy that is now upon us. It is crap sandwiches for as far as the eye can see.”

A narrative of one-sided blame is inaccurate, false, and must not be allowed to stand as the ultimate record. The McCain campaign can serve up as many sandwiches as it likes. But the press doesn’t have to bite.

For You, For You, I Came For You

| No Comments

MSNBC's Contessa Brewer is right now reporting live from Wall Street (outside, on a street, in downtown Manhattan). She is there, she says, to talk to "real people" leaving work. Find out what they're thinking.

Except that Brewer's first interview subject (oh, the perils going live with the man-on-the-street interview) doesn't "work here" on Wall Street. He's a guy from Hackensack, New Jersey who tells Brewer that he "came down here today" because "I knew the media was here..."

But, They're Not

| No Comments

If wishes were horses then beggars would ride. And if cookie sales were votes, reports KTAR radio in Phoenix, then Obama landslide!

(Oh and also: this voting booth/bakery is across the street from Obama's Phoenix campaign headquarters.)

Comparing The Bailout Headlines

| No Comments

Here’s a look at a few headlines from this morning that stood out to us. Some strayed from the more standard “Bailout fails” header in favor of a more subtly opinionated, or slightly more colorful, recap of the crisis.

Judge them for yourself:

The Tampa Tribune: “Revolt derails bailout”

The NewYork Times: “ Defiant House rejects huge bailout; Stocks plunge; next step is uncertain”

Pittsburgh Post-Gazette: “Defiant House sinks bailout; Financial markets plummet”

The Salt Lake Tribune: “No love for bailout”

Wichita Eagle: “Markets convulse as House rejects bailout”

Richmond Times-Dispatch: “Chaos: Lawmakers search for next step after House rebellion kills bailout”

So Long, Sun

| 1 Comment

I couldn't abide its right-wing politics, its one-sided support for the war in Iraq, its gratuitous attacks on some of my favorite institutions—the UN, Columbia University, and the Ford Foundation among them—and while I didn't mind its obsession with Israel and the Jews, I would have preferred, that like the weekly Forward, editor Seth Lipsky's last paper, it not pretend to be merely another "general interest, national" daily.

Having said that, let me quickly add that I subscribed to The Sun, I loved The Sun, and although it published its last issue today, I already miss it.

What was unique about this paper, whose first issue was published April 16, 2002, was not so much its political ambition, which was to provide a counterforce to The New York Times. (Lipsky once told Scott Sherman, writing for The Nation,"If one drew a quadrant of New York newspapers, there was a center-left broadsheet, The Times. There was a center-left tabloid, the News, and a center-right tabloid, the Post. But there was not a center-right broadsheet.")

Rather, it was The Sun's unique mix of opinion political journalism presented in the guise of objective reporting, its elegant cultural coverage, and its ambition—frequently successful—to make news in the guise of reporting it. For example, its scores of articles and editorials, commencing in October of 2004, alleging systematic harassment of Columbia University's Jewish students by anti-Zionist and anti-semitic professors. (Although in the opinion of most of Columbia's Jewish faculty, including yours truly, these allegations had little or no basis in fact, The Sun's front page barrage soon led to stories in the Daily News, New York, and even the Times.)

Here is what I will miss most:

~Otto Penzler's Wednesday columns telling me which mysteries to buy and why (although he had an odd weakness for the late James Crumley's "The Last Good Kiss", which he kept insisting was the best detective story ever written, his general batting average was well over .500).

~Mark Steyn's over-the-top, but nevertheless sometimes hilarious Monday columns, like the one on June 9, 2008 regarding Chris Mathews's famous remark that, when he listened to Obama, he "felt a thrill going up my leg, and I don't have that too often." Steyn wrote, "Au contraire, Chris and the rest of the gang seem to be getting that old tingle on a nightly basis. If Obama is political viagra, the media are at that stage in the ad where the announcer warns that if the leg tingles persist for six months, see your doctor."

~Steven Miller's obituaries—in the Sun's final issue, Miller, who was celebrated in CJR in 2005, writes an elegant obituary on the paper itself, including its history. The original New York Sun, founded in 1833 by Benjamin Day, was "built to greatness from the 1860s by Charles Dana, an editor who was fired by Horace Greeley's Tribune for being not only willing but eager to fight a war against slavery...." The paper was merged into what became the World-Telegram and Sun and eventually died in the 1960s. In the first issue of Lipsky's Sun, Miller reminds us, was the solution to the previous Sun's crossword puzzle, from January 4, 1950.

In 2006, Lipsky told told journalism students at Columbia that his paper was losing $1 million a month. In his final remarks to his staff Lipsky said that "among the other problems we faced was the fact that this month, not to mention this week, has been one of the worst in a century in which to be trying to raise capital..." It is sad but ironic that this interesting paper, dedicated to free market economics, went under, as The Sun's closing editorial notes, "on the day of the largest one-day point drop in the history of the Dow-Jones Industrial average."

Republicans and Bears, Oh My

| No Comments

Charlie Petit, who runs the Knight Science Journalism Tracker, has had it with John McCain using a scientific study of bear populations in the northern Rockies as “the butt of low-brow jokes.” McCain has repeatedly cited the study as an example of wasteful federal earmarks, mischaracterizing what is actually a worthwhile and relatively inexpensive project. It’s the kind inconspicuous, but no less damaging politicking that journalists tend to ignore because it’s not really enough to hang a story on. But Petit, thankfully, finds and rounds up a number of press items that have sought to set the record straight.

It's Been A While

| No Comments

Jayson Blair makes two appearances in the current issue of New York magazine (the "40th Anniversary" issue).

See the list of "What Became of Ten Memorable Headliners (He's the fourth name down. Blair -- who, New York reminds readers, "fabricated stories; precipitated the fall of the editor of the New York Times" -- is now a "life coach" in Virginia.)

And, look again in the "highbrow" and "despicable" quadrant of the 40th Anniversary "Approval Matrix" (near "Monster Strollers Swallow Brooklyn".)

Recommended Radio

| No Comments

If what ails the current campaign coverage is a dearth of issues-focused coverage, then the cure is The Brian Lehrer Show’s “30 Issues in 30 Days” series.

With a mix of historians, policy wonks, professors, and calls from real people, Lehrer asks questions that challenge the assumptions prevalent in stump rhetoric, such as “Do We Need A War on Terrorism?” and “ Should The No Child Law Be Left Behind?”

Last Thursday’s episode, “Partisanship in Washington,” dissects the history of the Republican-Democratic divide, both through policy and geographic factors.

The rhetoric of bi- and post-partisanship has gained traction this election, but Lehrer asks, “Is this really so bad? We all love to hate the other side, whoever the other side is for us, but would it be worse if a bipartisan power elite ran everything?” And his guest, Princeton professor Julian Zelizer, reminds listeners that bipartisanship actually delayed civil rights reforms, and inter-party friction was necessary to advance the cause.

Lehrer’s series cuts through the play-by-play campaign noise that dominates coverage with a long view perspective, a well-assembled line-up of guests, a host who challenges their assertions, and a focus on what campaign promises mean for voters. This is solid stuff. The full listing, with streaming, is available here.

Energy and the Economic Bailout

| 3 Comments

News of the $700 billion economic bailout plan, which failed in Congress yesterday, has eclipsed some notable developments in energy policy over the last week. The coverage of those developments was there, however, and it was as sobering as the coverage of Wall Street’s downward spiral. A number of journalists are now starting to connect the two stories.

The New York Times set the stage for a week’s worth of reality-check journalism with the latest installment of its recurring special section, The Business of Green, published last Wednesday. The lead story describes the vehicles-vs.-infrastructure stalemate between the auto and energy industries, which has likely delayed the introduction of hydrogen-powered cars for another ten years. The second piece explains why coal will be a “tough habit to kick” for at least that long, with overall demand for fossil fuels growing despite relative market gains by renewable energy sources such as wind and solar. And a third article explains why massive solar power installations in western deserts are now, ironically, drawing criticism from environmentalists. A few articles in the back of the section were slightly more sanguine (and there was the announcement of the Times new Green Inc. blog), but the section’s larger takeaway message was clear: the future of clean energy is uncertain.

Now set that against the backdrop of the United States’ worst financial crisis since the Great Depression and two presidential candidates who have made energy a central (if not the central) theme of their campaigns. It's not hard to see that journalists have their work cut out for them. Jim Lehrer seemed to recognize that during last Friday’s presidential debate, when he repeatedly asked Barack Obama and John McCain to specify which programs they would cut to help pay for the bailout. Both men tried hard to duck the question, but quickly turned to energy and eventually suggested that they would at least consider cutting some of their programs.

What makes this issue so central to this election, not to mention the bailout, is that Obama and McCain agree that the future of the American economy will be founded, in large measure, on energy technology. But they clearly disagree about how that economy should come together, the most fundamental points of departure being their positions on offshore oil drilling, oil and ethanol subsidies, and cap-and-trade standards. On Sunday, New York Times columnist Tom Friedman, who has predicted that energy will be the "next great global industry," argued that that the cleaner the plan, the better:

The point is, we don’t just need a bailout. We need a buildup. We need to get back to making stuff, based on real engineering not just financial engineering… Indeed, when this bailout is over, we need the next president — this one is wasted — to launch an E.T., energy technology, revolution with the same urgency as this bailout. Otherwise, all we will have done is bought ourselves a respite, but not a future. The exciting thing about the energy technology revolution is that it spans the whole economy — from green-collar construction jobs to high-tech solar panel designing jobs. It could lift so many boats.

Yesterday, a Times editorial reiterated Friedman's call for investment in clean power, but directed its attention toward Congress's other eleventh-hour policy predicament: soon to expire tax-credits for renewable energy. After Congress allowed the longstanding moratorium on offshore oil drilling to expire last week, the editors wrote:

Congress has one more chance for a small measure of redemption. Both the Senate and House have approved bills that would extend tax credits for renewable energy sources like wind and solar power, for the next generation of hybrid cars and for energy-efficient homes and commercial buildings. All these credits are useful, but in the case of wind and solar power they are absolutely essential.

At Green Inc., the paper's new blog, Kate Galbraith reasons that the failure of the bailout package might be a "boon for renewables", because, having planned to adjourn, Congress will now remain in session and "could get other work done in the meantime."

If the federal government doesn't act, policy developments at the state level might promote clean energy instead. At the end of last week, as the stock market tumbled, ten northeastern states launched the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative, the first U.S. cap-and-trade system. On Thursday, the ten states participated in an auction for 12.5 million one-ton carbon emission permits. The bidding occurred as numerous journalists speculated anxiously (remember the European Trading Scheme) about the results, which they had to wait through the weekend to receive. With that information now available, Reuters reports that the auction generated $39 million for the participating states. And Keith Johnson, at the Wall Street Journal's Environmental Capital blog, surmises that demand for the permits "was actually pretty strong," though not strong enough to make them as expensive as hoped.

At any rate, the Western Climate Initiative, a similar cap-and-trade pact among seven states and four Canadian Provinces whose broad outline was released last Tuesday, is "more ambitious," concluded New York Times reporter Felicity Barringer on the Green Inc. blog. But that plan, which won't begin until 2012, still has been many "obstacles" to face in both conception and implementation, according to two stories by the Associated Press. And even if both plans were to succeed, as one source told Johnson in his Journal post about the northeastern cap-and-trade scheme, regional policies just won't cut it. According to Johnson, that:

[P]asses the buck back to Senators McCain and Obama. How will the U.S., shackled with the double whammy of a possible recession and the cost of the financial bailout package, muster the resources to launch a nationwide, economy-wide climate-change scheme?

What he really means is a nationwide, economy-wide energy scheme. Obama and McCain don't talk about cap-and-trade, a climate policy, much these days. With the economy tumbling, they try to keep it positive by talking about investing in clean energy or energy independence. It used to be that those regulatory and market-based approaches were just two sides of the energy package's coin. Wall Street's slow, and then alarmingly rapid, decline may have changed that. The question for journalists is whether energy policy will be the victim of, or part of the solution to, that crisis.

Frontpage Signals

| No Comments

When is the last time that you can remember that the entire front page of The New York Times was devoted to a single story? It's another signal of how seriously the crisis--and the bill's failure--is being taken.






Also worth noting is the appearance of a service journalism Q&A ("'Is My Money Safe?' and Other Questions for a Nervous Time") on the front page of the Times. When was the last time that happened? Ever?

Even Better Than The Real Thing?

| No Comments

Speaking of "phoning it in..." Remember how Bono was scheduled to sit down with Sen. McCain and Gov. Palin last Thursday? And to blog about it for the FT? Well:

Due to gridlock in Manhattan and the markets yesterday, our ONE campaign meeting with Senator John McCain and Governor Sarah Palin morphed into a phone call. Amongst other things, we discussed malaria, that preventable treatable disease that means 2,200 kids in Africa die each day because of a mosquito bite.

And then there was this, later in Bono's post:

Heard Bill Gates, Mike Bloomberg and Rupert Murdoch discussing the state of play in the economy last night. If only I could blog on that. It was off the record. I have let you down…

Such a tease...

A bookish mea culpa

| No Comments

Timesologist Gabriel Sherman has a good catch from over the weekend.

In a Times book review of Bob Woodward's The War Within, New York Times managing editor Jill Abramson admits that she "failed" to push hard enough for the publication of a major WMD-claim doubting piece by James Risen in the run up to the invasion of Iraq. At that time, Abramson was the paper's Washington bureau chief.

Sherman rounds out his post with some interesting quotes from Abramson:

Abramson told me this morning that she felt it was neccessary to discuss the Times's reporting in her Woodward review. '"I just thought it would be disingenuous [not to], since basically I was dealing with more or less the same subject," she said. Abramson told me that she couldn't recall why Risen's skeptical piece didn't make it immediately into the paper. "I can't recall if it sat in the Washington queue, or the foreign queue, or what," she said. But whatever the reason, she called the episode "egregious." ...

Abramson added that since her time as Washington bureau chief, she has thought a lot about the paper's pre-war coverage and what could have been done differently. "In real time, I failed to grasp its importance and urgency," she said of Risen's article.

Wow. Not since Star Wars Episode 1: The Phantom Menace has a piece of video been so eagerly anticipated by nerds around the country. (Ourselves, by the way, included.) Because there's more video of the Couric/Palin interview that CBS has yet to air...and it apparently contains footage of yet another Palin gaffe. CBS has said nothing about that gaffe save that it's "embarrassing" to Palin.

Which has, of course, brought out the most polite and deferential instincts among reporters eager to get a look at the footage. Indeed, even in the most straight descriptions of the leaked video, like this one from Politico's Jonathan Martin, the salivation anticipation is almost palpable:

Of concern to McCain's campaign, however, is a remaining and still-undisclosed clip from Palin's interview with Couric last week that has the political world buzzing.

The Palin aide, after first noting how "infuriating" it was for CBS to purportedly leak word about the gaffe, revealed that it came in response to a question about Supreme Court decisions.

After noting Roe vs. Wade, Palin was apparently unable to discuss any major court cases.

There was no verbal fumbling with this particular question as there was with some others, the aide said, but rather silence.

These are incredible, historic times, and the Times writing rises to the occasion much more than the Journal’s, at least in these two stories. Here's the Times on page one today:

The stunning defeat of the proposal on a 228-205 vote after marathon talks by senior Congressional and Bush administration officials lowered a fog of uncertainty over economies around the globe. Its authors had described the measure as essential to preventing widespread economic calamity.

The markets began to plummet even before the 15-minute voting period expired on the House floor. For 25 more minutes, uncertainty gripped the nation as television showed party leaders trying, and failing, to muster more support. Finally, Representative Ellen Tauscher, Democrat of California, pounded the gavel and it was done.

It’s somewhat ironic that the rejection of the (admittedly very flawed) bailout plan has already cost more in one day than the $700 billion price tag. Yesterday’s vote wiped out $1.2 trillion from the stock market.

Dennis Berman of the Journal has a great column explaining just why the problems on Wall Street are about to waylay the economy. Get ready for a rash of layoffs.

Well, it was just five days ago that I wrote this:

It wasn’t so long ago we were hearing about what bad shape the banking industry was in—Citigroup, Wachovia, Washington Mutual, etc. Now they’re being presented as pillars of strength and saviors to Wall Street’s investment banks.

Two of those three have been seized by the government since. Good thing Morgan Stanley didn't agree to let Wachovia but it.

Meanwhile, the contagion continues to grow stronger around the globe, as well. Europe bailed out its fourth bank in the last few days.

Wonkette points out that Campbell's Soup was the only stock in the S&P 500 to rise in yesterday's bloodbath after it had recommended readers load up on canned goods. Not such a bad idea!

Sunset

| No Comments

Grab 'em while they're hot. Today's issue of The New York Sun will be the last. The Sun may not have always been my cup of tea, but newspaper shutdowns are sad for all the things they represent--the end of an era, the laid-off reporters, the loss of a civic voice, and these days, perhaps the twilight of a business model.

We'll have more on the departure of the Sun soon, but here's an excerpt from founding editor Seth Lipsky's departing remarks to the staff.

It is in the nature of things that there are going to be some jeers as we go out, as there were when we came in. Do not be discouraged by this. To those who say to you, "I told you so, I knew you would fail" you can say this: "No wonder you didn't join us." And you — reporters, editors, critics, photographers, secretaries, sales executives, book-keepers, circulation staff, technology geniuses, drivers — all of you will be able to tell your children and your grandchildren or simply your friends that not only did you appear in arms in a great newspaper war but that you did so on your own terms, for principles you believed in, and worked with some of the greatest newspaper craftsmen and craftswomen of your generation — and you covered yourselves with distinction.

They are well worth reading in full.

Oh, I Gotcha

| No Comments

What can we learn from the below exchange between CBS News's Katie Couric, Sen. McCain and Gov. Sarah Palin which aired last night?

COURIC: Over the weekend, Gov. Palin, you said the U.S. should absolutely launch cross-border attacks from Afghanistan into Pakistan to, quote, "stop the terrorists from coming any further in." [See video ]. Now, that's almost the exact position that Barack Obama has taken and that you, Sen. McCain, have criticized as something you do not say out loud. So, Gov. Palin, are you two on the same page on this?

PALIN: We had a great discussion with President Zardari as we talked about what it is that America can and should be doing together to make sure that the terrorists do not cross borders and do not ultimately put themselves in a position of attacking America again or her allies. And we will do what we have to do to secure the United States of America and her allies.


COURIC: Is that something you shouldn't say out loud, Sen. McCain?


MCCAIN: Of course not. But, look, I understand this day and age of "gotcha" journalism. Is that a pizza place? In a conversation with someone who you didn't hear … the question very well, you don't know the context of the conversation, grab a phrase. Gov. Palin and I agree that you don't announce that you're going to attack another country …


COURIC: Are you sorry you said it?


MCCAIN: … and the fact …


COURIC: Governor?


MCCAIN:: Wait a minute. Before you say, "is she sorry she said it," this was a "gotcha" sound bite that, look …


COURIC: It wasn't a "gotcha." She was talking to a voter.


MCCAIN: No, she was in a conversation with a group of people and talking back and forth. And … I'll let Gov. Palin speak for herself...


"Gotcha journalism," by definition, involves a "gotcha" and...a journalist. The person who asked Palin the Pakistan question appeared to be a regular person, not a reporter. Perhaps McCain meant that person asked a "gotcha" question? Meaning an out-of-the-blue query about something a candidate might reasonably not expect or anticipate being asked as a candidate, designed to catch the candidate off-guard? Should someone running for Veep anticipate being asked what she will do about "the Pakistan situation?" Yeah.

Ok. So...maybe McCain meant that Couric was practicing "gotcha journalism" by asking Palin to explain/account for something she said in response to a voter's question at restaurant... when everyone knows a candidate can not be held accountable for things said while in the presence of pizza ....er, cheesesteaks...let's just say, to be safe, delicious cheese-centric junk foods?

Going forward, all press conferences (and town hall-style Q&A's with regular folks, while we're at it) will be held at Tony Luke's!

That "Lifetime Subscription to CQ"

| 1 Comment

In their initial analysis of Friday night's much-buzzed-about presidential debate, the consensus among the punditocracy was that the night was something of a letdown: The debate was--snooze--a tie. "McCain vs. Obama: First presidential debate ends in a draw," declared the San Jose Mercury News. McCain won on foreign policy, the Wall Street Journal decided; Obama won on the economy. "In a debate that both candidates could ill-afford to lose Friday night, neither did," the Los Angeles Times opined, "John McCain proved he was resolute and tough; Barack Obama demonstrated that he was smart and polished. And in this case, a tie could be said to favor either."

Which was just a tad surprising. Because, according to polling conducted immediately after the debate, it was Obama who fared better in the debate. Much better. A CNN poll declared Obama the winner by a margin of 51 percent to McCain's 38. A CBS poll had Obama at 40 percent, with 22 for McCain, and 38 declaring the debate a draw. Independents in a MediaCurves focus group gave the debate to Obama 61 percent to 39.

In other words, as the Houston Chronicle put it yesterday, "Friday night's debate in Oxford, Miss., was a split decision of sorts: Most pundits after the debate declared it a draw or gave McCain a slight edge, but viewers polled immediately after the debate said that Obama was the winner." Or, as Eugene Robinson put it on Friday night's Hardball with Chris Matthews, "You know, I thought it was a fascinating debate. And my sense is that our initial decision on who won on points is frequently, and dare I say, always wrong in terms of how people at home experienced the debate."

Again: frequently, and dare I say, always wrong in terms of how people at home saw the debate. Which is, to say the least, a bit troubling. The discrepancy isn't a matter, after all, of pundits' analysis adding levels of nuance, context, and other layers of complexity to the people's basic reactions to the political event they just witnessed; it's a matter of those pundits' analysis being, to a large extent, opposed to the opinions developed by the people themselves. While pundits are, of course, under no real obligation to reflect the opinion of the people--just as the people are under no real obligation to reflect the opinion of pundits--one would still hope that the synergy between the two fields of opinion would be organic. We're all witnessing the same event, after all. So when conclusions differ, you have to wonder: Why the discrepancy? Why weren't the pundits' assessments of the debate more in line with those of their audiences--and vice versa?

The answer, I'd say, comes down to a discrepancy in the approaches themselves, to a difference between the standards the people and the press use to assess the candidates' performances in the debates. In short, in general, in this case: The people were assessing the candidates according to the substance of their oratory. The pundits were assessing the candidates according to their style.

The debate was a tie, the pundits claimed, not because the policies the candidates discussed were equally clever or viable or what have you; it was a tie, rather, because neither candidate made a gaffe. And because neither candidate fired off any good, memorable one-liners. Indeed, the overall consensus among the pundits was that the debate, besides being a wash, winner-wise, was also...Dull. Wonky. Yawn-y. BO-ring. "Like having," David Brooks told Charlie Rose, "a lifetime subscription to Congressional Quarterly."

Well, first: Zing. But, second: Huh? Was David Brooks, Champion of Informed Opinion, really mocking a debate that was actually, say what else you will about it, relatively substantial? And for, you know, being substantial? Yes, it seems. And he wasn't alone. "There were good exchanges but few big moments of the kind that can change a presidential race," Dan Balz wrote in The Washington Post, his regret almost tangible. "This campaign has been so chock full of excitement...that the debate lost some of its normal most-important-moment-in-history sheen," Gail Collins remarked, heaving a metaphorical sigh. And then there was Chris Matthews, who transcended all the dullness by avoiding talk of substance altogether. Here's how he introduced his special post-debate episode of Hardball: "Good evening. My big question, my cold open: Why didn't John McCain ever look at his opponent, Barack Obama, for an hour and a half? Let's play hardball."

Um, that's his "big question," his "cold open"? Not "how did the candidates' proposals for helping the ailing economy--or their ideas about the relationship between the United States and the rest of the world--compare?," but "Why did McCain ocularly snub Obama?"

It's remarkable that the same media who'd spent the previous week--hey, the previous many months--building up the debate as Our Chance to Hear Directly from the Candidates would, with so little apparent self-consciousness, either decry or ignore the substance of the debate. And yet, decry and ignore they did. Brooks, making another appearing on Sunday's episode of The Chris Matthews Show, could have redeemed himself for his initial opposition to wonkiness. Instead, he declared,

I longed for Ronald Reagan. You know, he didn't know as much as these two guys demonstrated they know, but he would touch people in their values, tell them stories that they can remember. And neither of these guys did that.

Andrea Mitchell, sitting next to him, agreed:

Yeah. A prominent Republican said to me afterwards that it did meet the Ronald Reagan test: If I can imagine him as a commander-in-chief, or the John F. Kennedy test. He didn't have the one-liners or the zingers, so there were no memorable moments--that's where Barack Obama, I think, failed.

Mitchell wasn't being ironic in her deeming of Obama's failure-to-zing as an actual, and overall failure. Nor was Brooks. Nor was George Will, when, punditing with George Stephanapoulos on Friday night, he argued that, emphasis mine, "Barack Obama came out and looked comfortable and as though he belonged there. So, in a sense, the structure of the debate, indeed, the fact of the debate had to give a mild leg up to Barack Obama." Nor were the other pundits who subscribed to the whole bite-makes-right line of debate-success logic, among them the editorial board of The New York Times, emphasis, again, mine:

Mr. McCain fumbled his way through the economic portion of the debate, while Mr. Obama seemed clear and confident. Mr. McCain was more fluent on foreign affairs, and scored points by repeatedly calling Mr. Obama naïve and inexperienced.

But Mr. McCain's talk of experience too often made him sound like a tinny echo of the 20th century. At one point, he talked about how Ronald Reagan's "S.D.I." helped end the cold war. We suspect that few people under the age of 50 caught the reference. If he was reaching for Reagan's affable style, he missed by a mile, clenching his teeth and sounding crotchety where Reagan was sunny and avuncular.

The message in all this is clear: Per the pundits, the style of delivery is much more important than what, in the end, is being delivered. And, to an extent, fair enough. The whole they're-as-much-about-style-as-substance assumption when it comes to presidential debates is a truism, after all. The Famous Debate Moments in the History of Presidential Politics--and the Infamous--are rendered so, in general, not because they've provided bursts of brilliance, policy-wise, on the part of our executive aspirants, but rather because they've offered the moments of superficial serendipity--the barbs! the zingers! the chuckles! the subconscious facial tics!--that we've come to value in live television.

We generally don't, as conduits of mass memory, recall the specifics of what was debated in the 1960 debate between Kennedy and Nixon; we remember, instead, Kennedy's telegenic charm and Nixon's five-o'clock shadow. Just as we remember Bush 41's fixation on his wristwatch. And Al Gore's frustrated sighs. And Ross Perot's ears. Et cetera.

And when we do actually remember the substance of the presidential debates--words, words, words, and all that--we rarely remember facts and lines of logic so much as we recall zing-tastic barbs and turns of phrase ("Senator, you're no Jack Kennedy," "There you go again," etc.). We focus on the dukes-out, knockout aspect of the debates. We focus, in other words, on Who Wins.

Yet the very notion that it's the press's job to declare a winner or a loser in each debate is flawed, not least because the assumption of either/or itself enforces a focus on the superficial. Winning and losing, after all, is the ultimate black-and-white issue. And inscription into the confines of the who-won-and-who-lost framework discourages--indeed, almost single-handedly prevents--nuanced assessments from journalists. (You could even argue that it discourages nuance from the candidates themselves, since they structure their own debate performances to fit the standards set by the media.)

On the one hand, the winner/loser setup of debates is convenient for journalists: It's hard to analyze the substance of a debate in any intellectually honest way without also opening yourself up to accusations of partisanship. So the fact that journalists often focus on the "hard evidence" of facial cues and tone of voice and insults uttered and the like, giving themselves a bit of insulation from ideology-based accusations, is understandable. But that doesn't make it any less unfortunate. Because that tendency encourages the media--and their audiences along with them--to ascribe undue value to the stylistic minutiae of each debate, rather than the substance of what's being debated: the policy proposals and the revelations-of-candidates'-thought-processes and the like that together are, ostensibly, The Whole Point of the Debates in the First Place.

So here's a radical idea, for Thursday night and beyond: Let's stop thinking in terms of winning and losing when it comes to the debates. Since doing so serves, in the end, nobody. Let's instead remember that, though the debates are media events on live TV, they're much more than an amalgamation of visual cues and aural barbs: Each debate presents a rich text bursting with policy proposals and assumptions about government and other revelations just begging to be analyzed and parsed and explained.

An unprecedented number of people are paying attention to politics right now, and to the big political events--the convention speeches, the debates--in particular. They're doing so not because they're hoping to see a gaffe, or because they want to judge for themselves whether Candidate A has, indeed, snubbed Candidate B, but because they want to witness those texts firsthand. They're paying attention, ultimately, because the stakes are high, and they want to know--yes, in dull, wonky, bo-ring detail--the direction each candidate wants to take the country. They want more than a boxing match played out in words and gestures; and they want, from the media, more than political sportscasting. They really do want substance. So let's give it to them. If we do, everyone will win.

After the Accident

| No Comments

Five years ago this month, new york city sanitation workers made a gruesome discovery. While emptying garbage cans in the streets of Harlem, they spotted a tiny arm sticking out of the heap of rubbish in the back of their truck. The arm belonged to a dead baby girl, so new to the world her umbilical cord was still attached. Police were called and journalists, including Rebecca Spitz, a reporter for the local cable news channel, NY1, rushed to the scene.

Spitz was the channel’s Manhattan breaking-news reporter. An energetic brunette with dark eyes and an enormous smile, she had worked at NY1 since graduating from college. It was her first and only job. She was thirty-one and loved the fast-paced environment, the storytelling, and knowing what was going on before anyone else did. As her mother, Susan, would later learn, Spitz was known for her smile, her crushing hugs, and her “filthy mouth.” On a personal level, Spitz’s boyfriend had recently proposed and an engagement party full of family and friends was scheduled for the following evening.

During a break in the coverage in Harlem that afternoon, Spitz walked to her car, which was parked nearby, and as she crossed the street near St. Nicholas Avenue and 120th Street, a burgundy van drove by. The van passed so close to Spitz that its passenger-side mirror collided with her head. The impact of the blow fractured Spitz’s skull and knocked her to the ground, cracking her head again as it hit the pavement. In an instant, she went from covering a story to becoming one. As Spitz was loaded onto an ambulance a Daily News photographer snapped a picture. The tabloid’s coverage included a story with the headline, NY1 reporter in van horror.

Kicking Ourselves, Others

| No Comments

The pundits of MSNBC's Morning Joe (and invited guests) did some self-flagellating (finger-pointing?) while exploring What Happened to Our Economy? this morning:

MSNBC's MIKE BARNACLE: Let's talk about the failure of the institution called the media. Over the last seven or eight years we have failed to track the fact that this conservative business school president and his administration have driven up the deficit to near-record proportions, all the while professing to be a free-market guy, all the while professing to be a conservative and let's keep government out of the business of business and let's cut costs and the costs have ballooned and we never tracked it.

MARK HALPERIN (Time's "The Page"): I think the lack of seriousness in the media in holding the powerful interests accountable to the public interests is one of the biggest issues the country faces today. Without question. Without navel-gazing or aggrandizing the role of media, we've abdicated that responsibility.

So will we now see a more "responsible," more "serious" "The Page?" What would that look like? Would it still include these?

Getting To The Top

| No Comments

“Daring project reaches a crescendo,” read a headline in the Albany Times-Union the other day. It struck a chord.

Anyone who’s ever studied music, or knows even a little bit about it, knows that a “crescendo” is a gradual increase in the loudness or force of the music. That’s why it sounds so off key to hear “crescendo” used in the same way as a “climax” or “peak.”

“Crescendo” is the gerund form of the Italian verb crescere, meaning to grow or increase. The “crescendo” is not the top; it’s the trail to the top. (For those wondering what a gerund is, it’s a verb masquerading as a noun.)

That hasn’t stopped scores of writers (and editors) from using “crescendo,” repeatedly, to describe the fortissimo of everything from the crowd noise at a basketball game to diplomatic tensions. (As an aside, is it coincidental that the musical symbol for “repeat” looks a lot like the emoticon for indifference? :| )

As is true of so many other casual evolutions in English, the use of “crescendo” to mean “peak” is an American invention. The Oxford English Dictionary notes its first use in The Great Gatsby: “The caterwauling horns had reached a crescendo and I turned away and cut across the lawn toward home.”

The OED calls the use “colloquial,” but Webster’s New World College Dictionary doesn’t acknowledge it at all; the definitions all refer to a gradual increase. Most other dictionaries list the dissonant form as an alternative definition, without comment. The American Heritage Dictionary voices objections with a usage note: “Although citational evidence over time attests to widespread currency, it is difficult for anyone acquainted with the technical musical sense of crescendo to use it to mean ‘a peak.’” And Garner’s Modern American Usage says, “To say something ‘reaches’ a crescendo is woolly-minded.”

The fat lady may have sung on this one, but the best writers will refrain from allowing a “crescendo” to be reached; the rest will be performing a cappella.
\

Kurtz's Extra-censor-y Perception

| No Comments

Talk about burying a lede. Some 1,100 words into his 1,400-word piece ("'Substantive' Press Is Taken for a Spin") in today's Washington Post, uber-critic Howie Kurtz writes, "While some journalists say privately they are censoring their comments about Palin to avoid looking like they're piling on, pundits on the right are jumping ship."

The news here is even buried within its own sentence. Again, just to be clear: some journalists say privately they are censoring their comments about Palin to avoid looking like they're piling on.

While Kurtz's article is chock full of great quotes from media members and the people who spin them--including, as Liz noted, this baffling one-liner from Andrea Mitchell--his revelation about self-censorship, it seems, should be just a tad higher in his story. As in, at the very top. Because, you know: Journalists censoring themselves for fear of appearing to bully Sarah Palin? Seriously? Um, paging Campbell Brown...

What's the Point?

| No Comments

On MSNBC they keep calling today's market plunge "the biggest intraday point drop ever."

Which is, as The Audit's Dean Starkman just observed while walking by our office TV, if not pointless, not a particularly helpful way to be talking about all this. Biggest point drop in history? Does that mean Wall Street's Worst Day Ever? No. It does not. We should be talking percentage drop, not points drop. And percentage-wise -- and this makes for much less exciting TV -- today was not The Biggest or First or Worst.

Something which on CNN Wolf Blitzer at least mentioned between talk of Biggest Point Drop Ever.

Take a look at this, 688 points, 689 just went up. If this holds, if this holds, this will be the single largest point drop in the market's history, in the Dow Jones Industrials ever. The largest until now was on September 17th, right after the 9/11 attacks...when the markets reopened after 9/11, the markets went down 684 points that day. Right now, they're at 689 points. Ali Velshi is watching this for us. It's not the largest percentage drop because the Dow Jones is selling at a higher number. But in terms of the biggest point drop ever, if this holds, 689, this would be the biggest point drop in American history.

"Gambling their Reputation"

| 1 Comment

This Sunday, The New York Times turned in a 4,500 word investigation into John McCain’s relationship with gambling and the gambling industry. As it turns out, many of his close advisors and friends have worked as lobbyists and consultants to the industry, often for clients with business before McCain’s Indian Affairs Committee, the prime Senate regulator of tribal gaming.

The story lacks a dramatic smoking gun; the newsiest bit seems to be that people close to McCain say he viewed unflattering the stories about Grover Norquist and Ralph Reed that emerged from the Abramoff hearings as partial payback for past political battles. But the vast catalog of connections and attendant campaign cash certainly dull McCain’s anti-lobbyist patina.

What makes the article particularly interesting from a journalism standpoint, however, is a quote from McCain spokesman Tucker Bounds in response to a query on the article’s lede, a colorful story of McCain rolling craps at Foxwoods alongside the casino’s lobbyist until 2:30 in the morning. Bounds’s quote ran high in the article:

Mr. McCain’s spokesman, Tucker Bounds, would not discuss the senator’s night of gambling at Foxwoods, saying: “Your paper has repeatedly attempted to insinuate impropriety on the part of Senator McCain where none exists — and it reveals that your publication is desperately willing to gamble away what little credibility it still has.”

It’s not everyday that you see a paper run a quote that specifically impugns that paper’s reporting.

McCain—or his designee—is certainly entitled to give his side of the late night, high-rolling session. But the portion of Bounds’s quote that is actually responsive to that incident boils down to one word, a vague but blanket denial of “impropriety.” The rest is a broadside aimed at the Gray Lady.

Unresponsive responses are a hallmark of political journalism, and journalists must weigh whether or not a quote crosses a threshold of relevance and merits printing. So I asked Matthew Purdy, the paper’s investigations editor, if he thought this quote did.

“It did,” responded Purdy, who was polite but tight-lipped through our brief conversation.

I suggested to Purdy that the paper could have just as easily run a sentence like this, which, on the matter in question, would have been no different:

Mr. McCain’s spokesman, Tucker Bounds, would not discuss the senator’s night of gambling at Foxwoods, except to insist that the encounter reflected no “impropriety.”

So why run the full quote?

“We asked him about that incident in the lede, and that was his response,” Purdy said. “They answered it and they were entitled to their response.”

But given Bounds’s attack, this is more than a matter of non-responsiveness. Purdy made it clear he was not interested in addressing questions (one non-response begets another?) about how the paper’s decision to run the quote fit into the context of the McCain campaign’s recent strident attacks on the paper’s reputation and reporting.

“I’m sure there will be plenty of other people willing to opine on that,” Purdy said. “That’s all I want to say on that.”

One person who has opined on that in the past is the Times’s political editor, Richard Stevenson. As he told The Politico’s Michael Calderone, "I understand that for them we’re a prop … We’re a foil that they can use for their purposes.”

Given that context, what can we make of paper’s decision to run the quote as they did? Bounds can say whatever he likes, and as long as the paper quotes him accurately, the paper is free to run it. But the quote’s inclusion reads like the Times is happy to give space to Bounds in a way that makes him and McCain’s campaign look like bullies to the paper’s readers, and victims to his campaign’s partisans. Yes, again, it’s Bounds decision to respond however he likes—if he wants to stoke the base’s anti-Times fire, fine.

But by quoting his response in full, it looks like the Times is happy to help him pour the gas. There’s something admirable in retrenching under pressure. But there’s something disappointing in giving your sparring partner exactly what they want.

Find the Pelosi Twelve!

| 3 Comments

Just moments ago, House Minority Leader John Boehner offered this explanation for the plans failure to passage:

I do believe that we could have gotten there today, had it not been for this partisan speech that the Speaker gave on the floor of the House. I mean, we were—we put everything we had into getting the votes to get there today, but the speaker had to give a partisan voice that poisoned our conference, caused a number of members who we thought we could get to go south…

House Minority Whip Roy Blunt chimed in a moment later:

We thought we had a dozen more votes going to the floor than we had, no more than that, but we thought we had a dozen more. I think unfortunately, too many of our members were already on the floor when they heard that late speech by the Speaker.

And then Eric Cantor, a Virginia Republican who has been frequently quoted on the bill, brandished a copy of Pelosi's speech and summed up.

Right here is the reason I believe why this vote failed, and this is Speaker Pelosi's speech that frankly struck the tone of partisanship that frankly was inappropriate in this discussion.

Ok, so if that's true, it's time for reporters to start calling through the 133 Republicans who voted against the package, and see if they can find any representatives willing to say that they were ready to vote for the package—that is, until they heard Speaker Pelosi's "late" and "partisan" speech.

If they can't be found, well, Boehner will need to find a new explanation.

Confusion Revealed

| No Comments

During Friday’s debates, moderator Jim Lehrer pressed the candidates to identifying which of their social programs they would cut, given the bailout plan that everybody thought was slated for approval this week. Seems like a logical enough question, and one that we here at CJR have wondered about ourselves. Unfortunately, it turns out to be a faulty premise, according to an informative piece in the Christian Science Monitor.

So, why doesn’t a $700 billion program mean $700 billion less for a new president to spend? The answer lies in accounting conventions that are often misunderstood - and, critics would add, not well suited to the nation’s current financial crisis.

“People will find it hard to believe, but the bailout will have very little impact on the budget or the deficit,” says Peter Morici, a business professor at the University of Maryland and the former chief economist at the US International Grade Commission.

Despite the gigantic price tag, the cost of the bailout—which would result from possible, but not inevitable, losses in the government’s buy-up of the mortgages—would be negligible and spread over several years to minimize the impact.

Let’s have more pieces like this. Let’s have the press step back from the fevered frenzy on Capitol Hill and the campaign trail rhetoric. Let’s have more neutral language, less panic, more explanation, less jargon. In a way, the press needs to assume almost a teaching role, explaining how we got here and what it means going forward, using concrete examples, moving between the micro and macro.

This piece underscores the complexity of the financial situation and how difficult it is to understand for journalists and readers alike. Take this analysis of public opinion polls on the bailout.

When, in a Rasmussen poll, the plan was referred to as an “economic rescue plan,” it was received negatively. But explain that “the government is potentially investing billions to try and keep financial institutions and markets secure,” as the Pew did, and the results are reversed.

On the one hand, these opposing opinions reveal the importance for neutrality when gauging public opinion. But on the other, if phrasing alone can have such a strong impact on the results, it means that the public—and, apparently, the House of Representatives—is still mightily unclear about the bailout and the financial crisis that necessitated it.

Ouryay Eatbay Just Ewblay Upyay

| 9 Comments

As a service to the business-news trade, The Audit would like to offer a few observations about the current financial crisis that may prove helpful in coverage going forward. Our list of some inconvenient truths:

1. Your beat just blew up.

From a journalistic standpoint, what we are experiencing today is the equivalent of the city hall reporter arriving for work one day to find the mayor and city council being led out in handcuffs. If the business press were, say, a nuclear industry reporter, this is having most of the reactors on your beat melting down to China. What to tell the boss?

The business press purports to cover business and nothing so closely as it does Wall Street. This is the area business reporters claim to understand. This knowledge is what separates a business reporter from other kinds of reporters. It is why there is a business press. So the beat covered by many publications and thousands of reporters and editors has collapsed.

2. To say, “your beat just blew up” is not to assign blame. It isn’t the end of the discussion but only the beginning.

3. The crisis presents a moment for reflection. For the business press, there are only two options when considering what has happened here, neither particularly good. Either the business press institutionally provided appropriate arms-length scrutiny of the financial-services industry, including investigative work, opinion, analysis and rigorous beat reporting that provided decision-makers, including readers, with fair warnings of the coming collapse, and it was ignored, or it didn’t do the work in the first place. We know that the answer is some combination of the two. But, if we accept the foregoing logic, then best case for the business media is that what it writes doesn’t matter, in which case, why bother?

4. As journalists, we have to believe journalism matters. Therefore, there is a high probability here of journalistic failure.

5. The current generation of business reporters is probably the best-educated and most sophisticated ever. Everyone knows it entirely capable of providing the needed scrutiny and requisite skepticism, if properly directed. So it seems we have a leadership problem.

6. That said, it is undoubtedly true that the ranks of business journalism have been thinned of its most experienced hands due to the media’s financial troubles, and investigative reporting has become the domain of a surprisingly small elite. There has been a price paid for this. Again, this is an issue for business media leadership.

7. Business media outlets that claim to provide authoritative coverage of Wall Street during good times should be first in line for scrutiny now. These would include any publication with the words “wall” and “street” in its name, as well as anything named “deal,” “New York,” “business,” “investors,” and for that matter, “times” and “day.” Bloomberg also apparently boasts supremacy in coverage of the markets that just melted. Oh well. And Forbes and Fortune, you’re in this, too.

8. For any one near Wall Street, including journalists who cover it, the need for a bailout, whether it eventually passes or not, should be the source of some embarrassment. For U.S. taxpayers to be responsible for one nickel of any of this is a disgrace. I know this is known in the business media but it needs to really sink in, to be internalized. Taxpayers had nothing to do with any of this. My impressionistic take is that coverage and opinion reads more like “it’s a disgrace, but we have to save the economy” or even “it’s a disgrace, but taxpayers might not have to pay as much as it first appears.” No, there are no buts. This is a disgrace.

9. Criticism of the financial media is already harsh and is bound to get harsher. In many cases, though I hope not here, it will be unfair, driven by ignorance, opportunism, anti-business bias on the left, anti-journalism bias on the right, what have you. On the other hand, as the messy process of finger-pointing begins, it is worth remembering that the bailout is only part of the hardship ordinary people must bear for the financial-services industry’s excesses. The first part comes in the yet-to-be-measured equity loss, not to mention mental anguish, borne by most of the four million or so foreclosees. In essence, this is a wealth transfer from the bottom to the top. The third part is the extended recession we are likely to enter. The fourth part is by pension and mutual funds hurt by what was essentially Wall Street’s sale of billions of dollars worth of defective products. It will be hard for the business media, but much harder for their readers.

10. Journalism is something but it isn’t everything. The last eight to ten years has seen dramatic decrease in journalistic resources just as journalism’s responsibilities have increased. The retreat and disempowering of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Comptroller of the Currency, Fed bank examiners under Greenspan, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Justice Department, and other key federal agencies, piled more and more responsibilities on the press—responsibilities, I would argue, it did not recognize and was not culturally prepared to shoulder.

There’s more, but that’s enough for now.

News Not Found

| No Comments

If you were a Wachovia customer reading the top stories on The New York Times’s Web site this weekend, you might, naturally, have wanted to check the Wachovia site to see what the nation’s fourth-largest bank had to say about Citigroup’s purchase of its banking operations. You’d have been slightly disappointed. Wachovia’s landing page has a single line explaining the acquisition: “Wachovia announces bank subsidiary divestitures to Citigroup.” The link leads to a press release that spins the news: “Wachovia Corporation to become a focused leader in retail brokerage and asset management.”

Even if, as bank representatives are hasty to say, the average customer can, yep, go on with their daily lives, America’s rapidly-morphing banking institutions nonetheless ought to be more transparent with their customers. More than thirty percent of American banking deposits will now be controlled by three institutions, but the modest “Welcome to JPMorgan Chase” sign on the Washington Mutual Web site, leading customers to their new landing page, does everything it can to downplay the implications of the merger. And the images of cheerful children otherwise found on the site, as Virginia Heffernan bemoans in The New York Times Magazine this week, strike the wrong note. (“I’m spooked, honestly, by Merrill Lynch’s bull, just as I was by the daisy-smiley “Live Richly” ad campaign from the retail bank Citibank,” she adds.)

Heffernan, using Lehman Brothers as an example, notes that it’s “hard not to read its demise as that of a superman who survived war and disease . . . The Lehman Web site, which said nothing about the firm’s bankruptcy filing apart from one paragraph in a press release, did little to discourage such an understanding.” While Heffernan’s skewering of banking sites, entitled “Shiny Happy Bankers,” lacks depth, her larger point—that the rescue of a number of our largest financial institutions has in some sense occurred solely in the headlines—stands. Bank customers are more likely to learn things—what sort of trickle-down they can expect, how worried they should be about the F.D.I.C. running out of money—from personal finance columns and headlines than from their own affected banks. And while that speaks pretty well of the press’s attempts to break down the situation, it speaks pretty badly of the banks’ apparent satisfaction with framing the unfolding situation in as abstract a manner as possible. It’s all very Marie Antoinette, and the cake is a “smooth road ahead” proposition to the hoi polloi.

It’s perhaps trivial to judge burdened banks on their Web site content. But maybe it’s telling to note that marketing tactics like See our happy customers! float or sink on the tradability of a boast—that banks’ loyalty to their customers is reason for customers to in turn be loyal to their banks. Now, however, seems a clumsy time to keep hawking that boast. I doubt there are many shiny, happy customers out there. And regardless, they shouldn’t have to settle for reading JPMorgan’s Chase’s “Statement to Washington Mutual Customers” on The New York Times’s Web site.

Dropping in real time

| No Comments

The cable nets are carrying the House's bailout vote live--as the Nay votes tick up, the Dow drops down. It's very dramatic, and I'm not afraid to say, very frightening.

Of course, speculation immediately turns to Pelosi & Co. holding the clock open and twisting arms to get the bill over the top.

"So we should ignore that thing down in the corner that says zero?" asked a CNBC anchor, of the House's live camera feed, where the clock has, at least for appearances shape, run out.

"Yes!" responds John Harwood, the network's politics hand.

The market isn't ignoring it, though.

Howard Kurtz visits the spin room/media tent after Friday's presidential debate and gets this mind-boggling quote:

"The spin is something we should pay less attention to, but it's important because it can change the story line," says NBC's Andrea Mitchell.

And the one (attention paid by reporters) clearly has nothing to do with the other (perceived importance and ability to change the story line).

How does spin do it?

Canadian Club

| 1 Comment

When facing a potential conflict of interest, in journalism, as in finance, it’s good to err on the side of disclosure.

The Financial Post, the business section of Canada’s National Post and that country’s answer to The Wall Street Journal, went the other way this summer and kept its readers in the dark about the paper’s relationship to the subject of two of its stories. That bad decision came back to haunt the paper and, in our view, hurt its credibility.

In late July, Diane Francis, a prominent Post columnist, wrote two columns that cast Fairfax Financial Holdings Limited, a Canadian insurance and financial-services company, in a positive light. One took Fairfax’s side in a long-running and controversial dispute the company has had with short sellers. The other was a largely uncritical question-and-answer session with Fairfax Chief Executive Prem Watsa.

Not mentioned: Fairfax owns a significant stake in the National Post’s parent company, Canwest.

Francis and her editor both say it wasn’t necessary to disclose that because Canwest’s voting shares are controlled by the Asper family. If only it were that simple.

The saga begins with a July 28 column by Francis headlined “Fairfax Financial beats bad markets.” In it she interviews Watsa about his successful bet against credit markets, which has resulted in a wave of cash for the firm this year. At the time, the shares were languishing (though they’ve jumped more than 20 percent since). The questions, except for one about an investigation by the Securities and Exchange Commission into alleged accounting irregularities at Fairfax, weren’t exactly hard-hitting, including this one:

What’s the latest with the short selling attack mounted a couple of years ago against Fairfax by several hedge funds in the U.S.?

Three days later, Francis mentioned Fairfax again in a column headlined “Wall Street shorts ruin markets” and took its side in a lawsuit against what it alleges was a conspiracy by hedge funds (the short sellers mentioned in the headline) and analysts to drive down its share prices with false rumors.

The column itself would have been fine as an opinion piece and fits into a larger school that opposes short-sellers, who borrow a company’s shares and bet that they’ll fall, so they can buy them at a lower price and collect the difference. (The fact that shorts lately have been proved right time after time during the current financial crisis is as beside the point as it is true.)

If Francis wants to hold that opinion, it’s okay with us. But she should disclose her paper’s connection to her subject.

True, disclosure can take some of the impact out of a piece, since readers might mentally discount an opinion that coincides with the interests of the publication’s financial backer. And true, disclosure is annoying. We find it annoying, for instanced, that we feel compelled to mention that we’re partly funded by a short-selling hedge fund, Kingsford Capital Management. We’re also funded by long investors, as well as people and institutions that aren’t investors at all, as well as Columbia. Unlike the situation with the Post writing about its part owner, Kingsford has nothing to do with this story. Still, there it is. Forget we mentioned it.

In an email exchange, Francis told us Fairfax’s stock ownership of Canwest was “irrelevant. The stake is tiny—the Asper family controls the empire through” multiple-voting shares. (Like The New York Times Company or the old Dow Jones, say, Canwest has multiple tiers of stock that allow the original owners to control the company without owning most of the shares. That’s because each of their shares gets multiple votes.)

Francis compares writing about Fairfax to writing about a company who advertises in the paper. “There is no conflict any more than there would be a conflict writing about a bank or other corporation that advertises in any of the Canwest media properties,” she says. She also says it isn’t necessary to disclose it because it’s so widely known. “Editors felt that biz readers know that,” she says.

Ian Karleff, the Financial Post’s managing editor, uses similar reasoning to explain why it’s not necessary to disclose Fairfax’s stake in his paper’s parent. “It’s a passive investment as far as we know,” he says. “I’d think there are a lot of individuals that own a stake in Canwest. If it got to the point where they actually had control or were on the board we would disclose it.”

Karleff says Post editors give her leeway on such decisions. “Diane—she’s been around a long time,” he says. “She knows the boundaries, she knows what would be crossing the boundaries and I would trust that decisions she makes in her position and years of being financial journalist, that she would know when she should disclose that. As editor at large, we do leave a lot of those decisions up to her.”

Still, Karleff acknowledges: “It’s a good point to raise and something we will consider in the future.”

In this case, the Post made a serious mistake.

Fairfax’s stake is neither “tiny,” “passive,” nor remotely comparable to that of an advertiser.

While Fairfax has little voting power, it owns about 10.5 percent of Canwest’s economic value (known as market capitalization). It beggars belief that Watsa and Fairfax don’t have clout, if for no other reason than their ability to push the stock price down by selling off their stake at a time when Canwest can ill afford it: Its shares are down 70 percent so far this year.

Tell us an advertiser that can do that.

Second, even before the Francis’s columns ran, Fairfax had a well-established history as an active, not to mention controversial, investor. For instance, it was among a small number of companies to sue analysts and short sellers for allegedly trying to take to take it down by spreading false rumors about its accounting—and soon thereafter announced—that’s right—a major accounting problem. For background, here is a good Fortune piece from last year, which has eye-popping details like Fairfax’s law firm allegedly hiring “tails” to follow hedge-fund workers.

Here's how the Post’s sister paper, the Edmonton Journal, described the company in August 2007 (before Fairfax bought its big stake in their parent):

Fairfax has been a tempting target for short sellers. The company headed by Watsa, who built his property-casualty insurer through acquisitions, has been plagued by erratic earnings and accounting errors.”

What’s more, Fairfax, much like Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway and unlike a mutual fund or other passive investors, has often built stakes in and bought companies outright (indeed, last week it bought a controlling stake in a Minnesota animal-feed company). And—wouldn’t you know?—the day after the second of Francis’ columns appeared, it emerged in the Globe and Mail that Watsa and Fairfax were in talks with the Asper family to take struggling Canwest private.

It is odd that Karleff would say—even today—that the investment is passive, when the “passive” investor was in talks to buy his paper’s parent. What’s more, the Post’s most recent news stories about Fairfax haven’t mentioned the relationship or the Canwest/Fairfax talks. How does that work?

And the “everybody knows that” defense doesn’t wash either. Everyone on earth knows Rupert Murdoch owns The Wall Street Journal, but that doesn’t prevent it from disclosing the relationship when it writes about News Corp. That’s just being fair to readers.

There is no suggestion Francis or her editors knew about the discussions, which had to be going on at the time of the columns—before they ran—but the turn of events illustrates why it’s important for the press to get everything on the table. It just looks bad to speak kindly of a company that owns a significant part of your parent without disclosing it. It looks much worse when that company is engaged in talks to bail you out.

Fallows on Zakaria on Wen

| No Comments

James Fallows recommends Fareed Zakaria's interview on CNN with China's premier, Wen Jiabao. "Interview appearances by Wen or president Hu Jintao are so rare, let alone with the foreign media, that this session is noteworthy simply for its existence," writes Fallows, as well as for Wen's "openness and non-defensiveness." Fallows just wishes Zakaria hadn't called Wen "Your Excellency."

The interview transcript includes this bit from Zakaria:

There were some conditions to my interview with Premier Wen. My condition was that I be allowed to ask any questions I wished, which the Chinese accepted. One of theirs was that I not comment on or characterize the substance of the interview. So I won't - except to say that I thought it was the most open and frank conversation I had ever seen or read with a Chinese leader.

If that was "one of" their "conditions," I wonder what the others were?

UPDATE: Thanks to a CJR reader for pointing out my misspelling of "Zakaria" in the first sentence. Corrected.

What Do You Expect?

| No Comments

While Sen. Joe Biden was omnipresent in the minutes and hours after Friday's debate, helping TV viewers understand what they just saw, Gov. Sarah Palin was nowhere to be found. Pity, per Time's Nancy Gibbs:

Post-debate spin would have been a natural for her; a chance to be sharp and funny and charming and not worry that some interviewer would ambush her, since any pointed questions aimed at her could be brushed back with a breezy, "Hey, I have to wait my turn; tune in next Thursday. Tonight was John's night."

The upshot? "[W]ith each passing day, Palin's road gets harder, the expectations higher, the margin for error smaller."

So, expectations for Palin are on the rise as Thursday's debate nears, per Time.

Or not, per a "Future Election Headline" imaged by Daily Show writers in EW:

PALIN EXCEEDS EXPECTATIONS IN VP DEBATE: REMAINS UPRIGHT, DOESN'T DROOL

Fact checking the debate

| No Comments

In case you haven't already seen it, here's a valuable run down of Obama's and McCain's more questionable debate claims from the folks at FactCheck.org, run by the Annenberg Public Policy Center at the University of Pennsylvania.

It's no real time crowd opinion-meter, but hey, different strokes for different folks.

Campbell's Scoop

| No Comments

Todd Gitlin, who writes our "Sunday Watch" column for Campaign Desk (check out today's, here), had a fantastic op-ed in yesterday's Los Angeles Times. Newspaper opinion pieces, for all their verbal verve or rhetorical punch, are rarely lyrical; Gitlin's piece is, thankfully, an exception to that rule. "This election campaign is about more than its issues, slogans, proposals, strategies, tactics, attacks or counterattacks," he writes.

Like most presidential elections, it represents a collision of myths. Every four years, various versions of America wrestle with one another, and through this combat, the nation inspects itself, turns itself over and over, striving to choose not only how it wants to be led but what it wants to affirm, how it wants to be known--really, what it wants to be.

The piece goes on to describe the competing, Joseph Campbell-esque mythologies each candidate embodies: McCain, "the known quantity, the maverick turned lawman, fiery when called on to fight, an icon of the old known American story of standing tall, holding firm, protecting God's country against the stealthy foe," and Obama, "the new kid on the block, the immigrant's child, the recruit, fervent but still preternaturally calm, embodying some complicated future that we haven't yet mapped, let alone experienced."

In all, it's lyrical, purposeful, and well worth a read.

Beware the Jab-erwock

| 1 Comment

Pity the pundits. Besides being charged with providing their audiences with highly valuable analysis about the major political events of the day, they're also charged with making that highly valuable analysis, you know, entertaining. Which is perhaps why those pundits and assorted other first-draft historians often resort to the same tired metaphors to describe political events. Political strategy is a chess game! The campaign is a horse race! The election is a card game! Whee!

So what was the media's Hackneyed Metaphor of Choice for Friday night's debate? See if you can guess:

- "There were no knockout blows in the first presidential debate of the fall." (David Broder, The Washington Post)

- "We’re left waiting for a knockout debate. On to Palin-Biden." (Maureen Dowd, The New York Times)

- "There was no knockout, and maybe no knockdown, but McCain was on the offensive throughout." (Bill Kristol, punditing on Fox News)

- "On foreign policy it all seemed a little clearer, although I should say Mr McCain won on points, without delivering anything remotely approaching a knockout blow." (Kevin Connolly for BBC News)

- "Sens. John McCain and Barack Obama landed some punches Friday night, but neither delivered a knockout blow in the first presidential debate featuring the two party nominees." (CNN)

- "The Friday night fight between John McCain and Barack Obama didn't change the dynamic of the race. No knockout punches, no embarrassing moments and no dominant performer." (Gromer Jeffers, Dallas Morning News)

- In a piece headlined "McCain fails to land knock-out blow": "John McCain delivered the punchiest lines and finished the debate on the offensive. Barack Obama was polished and, yes, presidential throughout and absorbed his opponent’s jabs without serious damage." (Andrew Ward, Financial Times)

- "CNN is reporting that poll it conducted after Friday night's debate indicates that Barack Obama came out as the winner over John McCain, but on points. No knockout recorded." (James Oliphant, Chicago Tribune)

And then there's this exchange on Hardball with Chris Matthews directly after the debate:

MATTHEWS: You know, Pat, you and Gene, I remember the boxing days--just to go for stylistic--I thought we saw Archie Moore out there tonight in the form of John McCain, the Mongoose. He's down there, crouched down, grumpy, angry and every once in a while he throws a jab up there at the guy and keeps his head down. I don't know if the other guy was Marciano or not, I didn't see him land any bee stings, either. Can one guy float like a butterfly and the other guy be the Mongoose and give us a fighting fight?

PAT BUCHANAN: I think it was Joe Frazier fighting Muhammad Ali. Remember "Smoking Joe"? He kept crowding him and getting in. Muhammad Ali was jabbing him and jabbing him and Frazier would get in close and hooking him with the left and hooking him and hooking him. Frazier won one of those three fights.

MATTHEWS: He looked like crap afterwards. He won the fight but his face looked like the face lost.

BUCHANAN: That's right.

Sheesh. It's ironic that a metaphor designed to, you know, literally punch things up can actually render a description more bland by the sheer gravitational pull of its own triteness. Cliches, after all, don't generally burnish descriptions; they most often dull them. Given that, it's remarkable how devoted the press and the pundits were to the tired debate-as-boxing-match trope—particularly since there were, in the final analysis, few jabs or punches or knockout blows actually thrown on Friday night. For a debate whose buildup was so dramatic—would McCain debate? would he not? ooh, what excitement!—most agree that Fight Night itself was exceedingly dull.

So it requires a special brand of pundocratic audacity to use the Fight Night metaphor to describe an event that had, in the end, so little punch. And it takes particular gumption to use an inappropriate metaphor simply because it's expected or safe or exciting...regardless of how well the description suits the reality. The overall takeaway of the Fight Night descriptions isn't just about the event itself, but about the press formulating those descriptions: It's not just there was really no fight, but it's also our predetermined metaphor didn't bear out in reality, but we're going to stick with it anyway, even if just to negate it. Because we're just that stubborn. To paraphrase Stephen Colbert: Events may change; the cliches we use to describe them, apparently, never will.

Wonder Cover, Part 3

| No Comments

One more "wonder cover" worth noting: the current issue of The New Yorker, courtesy of Michelle-and-Barack-in-the-Oval-Office satirist Barry Blitt:











Wonder Cover, Part 2

| No Comments

It's unfortunate that the nominations for Magazine Cover of the Year have already been set. Because, were they still in play, Entertainment Weekly's current cover--Stewart and Colbert recreating the infamous New Yorker tableau, or, satirists-mocking-the-satirists-mocking-the-satirists--should certainly get a nod. Meta-tastic.












P.S. The article inside--in which EW interviews Stew-bert about the role of satire in the campaign thus far, is nearly--if not equally--as brilliant.

"Scoring" the Debate

| No Comments

Megan is working on a piece for Campaign Desk for later today about post-debate coverage/analysis. How much of it do you think looked something like that Gary Markstein political cartoon in yesterday's New York Times "Week in Review?" (I can't find the cartoon online to link, so:)

Man watching debate: "Are you scoring the candidates on their responses?"


Woman watching debate, with notepad and pencil: "Yep. Best quip, zinger, sound bite and who's more likable..."

Audit Roundup: Goldman Everywhere

| No Comments

The New York Times’ Gretchen Morgenson wrote a great piece yesterday on how a tiny unit of AIG led to the downfall of its entire empire.

But perhaps the most interesting part of her reporting was that Lloyd Blankfein, who took over as CEO of Goldman Sachs when Henry Paulson went to the Treasury, was in the group of bankers and regulators who met to discuss whether to bail out AIG. If the insurer collapsed, it “threatened to leave a hole of as much as $20 billion in Goldman’s side.”

Wall Street is a tangle of influences and conflicts, but no firm has its tentacles in everything like Goldman Sachs. That’s always a fertile topic for exploration for financial reporters, but especially now when hundreds of billions of dollars are on the line.

Was the denial of a bailout to Lehman Brothers a big boo-boo that sent the financial markets to the edge of the cliff? Well, ok, they were already on the edge—now they’re hanging by their fingernails.

The Journal in an A1 story all but says yes, and here’s how the chain reaction spreads, fueled by those “weapons of mass destruction,” credit-default swaps (emphasis mine):

The reaction was most evident in the massive credit-default-swap market, where the cost of insurance against bond defaults shot up Monday in its largest one-day rise ever. In the U.S., the average cost of five-year insurance on $10 million in debt rose to $194,000 from $152,000 Friday, according to the Markit CDX index.

When the cost of default insurance rises, that generates losses for sellers of insurance, such as banks, hedge funds and insurance companies. At the same time, those sellers must put up extra cash as collateral to guarantee they will be able to make good on their obligations. On Monday alone, sellers of insurance had to find some $140 billion to make such margin calls, estimates asset-management firm Bridgewater Associates. As investors scrambled to get the cash, they were forced to sell whatever they could— a liquidation that hit financial markets around the world.

The press hasn’t been skeptical enough on the government’s insistence that it might actually make money on the bailout, as seen in this WSJ story.

So taxpayers face the risk of losing some part of the $700 billion—but could also turn a profit if the U.S. ends up selling those holdings for more than the purchase price.

Joe Nocera in the NYT says “financial Armageddon was warded off” by news of the government bailout plan on September 18 and feared that if a deal wasn’t reached by this morning, it would send us over the edge.

I agree with Nocera on the direness of the situation but think we still need more reporting that explains why that is. This is a bitter pill for all of us, but especially for the 99 percent of Americans out there who don’t pay serious attention to Wall Street everyday and who were blindsided by this. A roadmap of the potential calamity that awaits without a government intervention would make it easier to swallow.

And arguing as this guy does that Congress is wrong for debating the biggest bailout in history rather than rubber-stamping the Bush Administration’s plan, is just plain wrong.

Headlines: Reading The Bailout

| No Comments

If you get your bailout news via other people's papers on the New York City subway, this morning you saw (along with the crying young Mets fan in the orange wig) a range of emotions and points of emphasis:

Excitement! The rescue is ready! "IT'S A DEAL! $700b Wall Street rescue ready for House ok today," New York Post

Ongoing schadenfreude. "Congress to the Lords of Wall Street...PARTY'S OVER!" (New York) Daily News

Caution, of sorts. "Bailout Plan is Set; House Braces for Tough Vote," New York Times; "Crisis Hits Europe's Banks As US Seals Bailout Deal," Wall Street Journal

Skepticism. "Cheque en blanco a los bancos," Hoy (Nueva York).

And, anger (if you looked hard enough). "Bailout bill vote today; NYers riled" AM New York (wedged between a "guide to handy and trendy totes" and the news that Scarlett Johansson got married.)

CNN=Eyesore?

| 2 Comments

And you thought CNN's convention graphics were distracting? Did you (could you?) see Friday night's debate? The tri-lined reaction meter (Dems, Repubs, Indies) and those six (I think) circles of hell/insta-punditry?

From James Poniewozick debate live-blog at Time:

10:02: NBC wins for least distracting bottom-of-screen chyrons. After staring at that terrifying CNN screen, it's like a spa for my eyeballs.

Sunday Watch 9-28-08

| 1 Comment

In a democratic society, what is the point of questioning a candidate or any other powerful figure? When the network gets its “get,” what does the public get?

The purpose isn’t self-evident. The host of a Sunday morning show in particular—America’s bulliest pulpit—can’t justify him- or herself by serving as a “stenographer with amnesia,” as the late Jack Newfield said once, and memorably, about the general run of Washington reporting. The network higher-ups certainly crave a bump in eyeballs and eardrums, but that’s a private interest and cannot be the whole of the public’s due, either. The candidate may enjoy his or her minutes in the national spotlight, but the exercise is not intended for their pleasure.

To perform a public service, an interview ought to (in journalists’ jargon) “advance the story”—to move the candidate out of the zone of the known into the less known. It ought to display the candidate’s mode of thought, his or her tone and style especially frustrated—for politics is, among other things, a Mick Jagger world when you don’t always get what you want, and the public has the right to see how the candidate acts in that circumstance. The cause of public knowledge is not served if the questions crash into a familiar wall; if they elicit no more than the usual string of talking points; if they repeat what others have asked already in visible venues; if the answers only replicate the boilerplate in the stump speech or on the website.

Most of all, the public is not served when mistakes, distortions, and lies go uncorrected.

Politicians are more or less artful dodgers. To be useful, interviewers have to slip beneath their defenses. If they hear an evasion, they need to ask the question again. Fair’s fair: This gives the interviewee a chance to wriggle off the hook. And if not, it makes plain that they fail, or refuse, to talk straight. The cheap substitute for such explorations is the Gotcha moment. The more difficult way is to ask the question a different way, to root around, to explore motives and causes.

George Stephanopoulos’s best moment with John McCain this week came when the host asked McCain about what was, to me and several others (for example, James Fallows), the most peculiar and conspicuous physical fact of the debate.

Here’s how the moment went on ABC:

STEPHANOPOULOS: You know, during the debate, it seemed that you were reluctant to look at Senator Obama.

MCCAIN: I wasn't.

STEPHANOPOULOS: No?

MCCAIN: Of course not.

STEPHANOPOULOS: Well, we went back through the tape, and some people were saying that that was showing disdain for him. Is that fair?

MCCAIN: I was looking at the moderator a great deal of time. I was writing a lot of the time. I in no way know how that in any way would be disdainful.

Friday night, it was not hard to see many moments when McCain was refusing to look at Obama but was not looking at the moderator or writing. Many. He was staring at the audience or at the camera. When Obama approached at debate’s end, McCain glanced at him for a fraction of a second, then looked away. Did Stephanopoulos miss these moments? If he saw, why didn’t he challenge McCain? Instead, the interview veered away from verifiable fact and went to this odd locution about his intention:

STEPHANOPOULOS: Certainly not what you intended?

A strangely helpful way to put the question, starting with “Certainly”—putting exculpatory words in McCain’s mouth. Why didn’t Stephanopoulos challenge McCain about where he was looking when he wasn’t looking at Obama?

McCain contradicted himself a moment later: “I don't look at my opponents because I'm focusing on the people and the American people that I'm talking to.” So he was retracting his previous claim that he had been busy with the moderator and note-taking. Or, to be more generous, he was supplementing it. Perhaps he really didn’t know where he was looking. In any event, we lost an opportunity to hear McCain explain himself.

Here are some other roads left untaken during this interview:

• As during the debate itself, McCain made much of his antagonism to earmarks. Since the president’s only choice with earmarked bills is to sign them or veto them, was he pledging to veto every earmarked bill? More important, Obama made the case Friday night that earmarks amount to $18 billion a year, less than two months of the Iraq war, and a puny amount compared to the total budget, let alone the $700 billion figure tossed around as the cost of this week’s bailout. What does McCain make of that?

• “You made an extraordinary decision this week to suspend the campaign,” Stephanopoulos said. Many commentators have pointed out that, while he was supposedly suspending his campaign, his offices remained open, he fund-raised, and his ads ran. This is not opinion, this is fact. The proper way to broach the subject would have been: “You made a decision to say that you were suspending your campaign. But you did X, Y, and Z. What about that?”

• Stephanopoulos asked a good question about the Congressional bailout deliberations for which McCain “suspended” his campaign: “So what role did you play? How were you helpful, do you believe, in the process?” McCain: “I will let you and others…be the judge of that.” A repeat of the question suggests itself, since McCain blew it off the first time. But there was no second time.

• Stephanopoulos was pointed when he said: “[Y]our own economic adviser, Douglas Holtz-Eakin, told The New York Times, said the campaign cannot yet project how many taxpayers might see their taxes go up, but for some, Mr. McCain's health care tax credits would not be large enough to compensate for his proposal to eliminate the tax breaks.” McCain responded: “Actually, my position is that it will be able to give people actually more money to go out and purchase tax -- health -- health insurance on their own.” But the next position ought to have been: On what basis? Your chief economic adviser says otherwise. Why do you hold your position?

• Finally, Stephanopoulos managed a valuable observation about McCain campaign proximity to the accursed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac: “[Y]our own campaign chairman has taken millions of dollars from Fannie and Freddie Mae and their supporters. Your own legislative liaison, the man directing your transition, your senior adviser,…all of them have taken money from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for several years, right up until last month.” McCain led with his standard what-do-I-care-what-the-peons-say response: “Anybody can make whatever charge they want….The facts are that none of my campaign people are lobbying or receiving a dime for lobbying and have not for a long period of time…they haven't for actually, I think, for two years, the latest one. Some of them have never been.”

This was a start, but only a start. “The latest one”—the latest campaign official to take Fannie Mae money—is his campaign manager, Rick Davis. But Newsweek’s Michael Isikoff and Holly Bailey report this week that “Freddie Mac, the troubled mortgage giant that was recently placed under federal conservatorship, paid [Davis’s] firm $15,000 a month between 2006 and August 2008….the payments to Davis's firm, Davis Manafort, are especially problematic because he requested the consulting retainer in 2006—and then did barely any work for the fees, according to two sources familiar with the arrangement who asked not to be identified discussing Freddie Mac business.” As David Kirkpatrick wrote in the NYT Sept. 23, “The disclosure undercuts a statement by Mr. McCain on Sunday night that the campaign manager, Rick Davis, had had no involvement with the company for the last several years.”

It gets worse. Not only was Davis drawing money from McCain via his Davis Manafort company, but, according to Isikoff and Bailey, “another entity created and partly owned by Davis—an Internet firm called 3eDC, whose address was the same office building as Davis Manafort's—received payments from the McCain campaign for Web services, collecting $971,860 through March 2008.”

When McCain reverted to his claim that he’s as maverick as all get-out, Stephanopoulos stood by and watched.

Finally, Stephanopoulos did have one more good moment. He showed a video in which Sarah Palin “seemed to share Senator Obama's position” on “talking out loud about perhaps going into Pakistan,” saying in Philadelphia last week: “If that's what we have to do stop the terrorists from coming any further in, absolutely, we should.” McCain answered: “She shares my view that we will do whatever is necessary. The problem is, you don't announce it.” A moment later, after a follow-up, McCain was adding in extenuation: “She was in a conversation with some young man that - or whoever it was.” The problem McCain doesn’t recognize is that the American people have a right to know under what conditions their president thinks it right to commit acts of war on the other side of a foreign border. This very question is the gravamen, after all, of the Bush doctrine that Palin seemed never to have heard of in her interview with Charles Gibson.

By definition, it’s hard to confront people who make careers of evasiveness. But it can be done. Katie Couric showed the way when she refused to take flight in the face of Sarah Palin’s meanderings last week. Some journalists have gotten off the McCain bandwagon, realizing that Mr. Straight Talk, profane, gossipy, blunt, was taking them for one ride after another. Stephanopoulos himself has been tougher on him before. I can’t think of any good reason why he let up now.

P. S. The competition was no better. On Meet the Press, McCain operative Steve Schmidt declared that his candidate “called for the firing of Don Rumsfeld.” Tom Brokaw did not challenge this statement. Crooks and Liars gives several examples of McCain explicitly opposing Rumsfeld’s defenestration.

The same site also notes that Brokaw said: “[W]e continue to poll on who is best equipped to be Commander in Chief, John McCain continues to lead in that category, despite the criticism from Barack Obama, by a factor of 53 to 42 percent in our latest NBC/WSJ poll.” But the NBC/WSJ poll didn’t ask about being the commander in chief, claims Crooks and Liars. I checked; they’re right. What’s going on over at NBC?

SNL: The Ambiguously Fey Duo

| 1 Comment

Saturday Night Live keeps outdoing itself. The latest proof of that? Its brilliant send-up of the already-infamous Palin/Couric interview:







There it is!

| No Comments

The narrative of the night on MSNBC seems to be that Obama didn't capitalize on the economy section of the debate. Will that thought last through the night?

And That's a Wrap

| No Comments

Well. I await to see how the post games manage to tell us that that was sharp or engaging.

Am I wrong here?

The Whole World Smiles With You

| No Comments

To smile and convey anger at the same time is a thing achievable only by catastrophically irritated boyfriends and presidential debaters.

On Message

| 2 Comments

From NRO's The Corner blog:

Obama's Problem [Mark R. Levin]

What strikes me most about this debate is how often Obama dissembles — both about what he has said in the past and his policies. Say what you might about McCain, but you cannot say he dissembles.

Suitcase Bombs

| 1 Comment

OK, Barack Obama, a "suitcase bomb" doesn't actually fit in a suitcase. It's a figure of speech.

Color Me Whateverwhatever

| No Comments

Who is voting on CNN's Peoplemeter?! Seriously. Yellow, cerulean, violet, periwinkle -- are the illegals voting??!

Ukraine Girls Really Knock Me Out

| No Comments

Props to McCain for pronouncing Timoshenko's name correctly. So-so on Yushchenko. Obama, unforch, bungled the bunglablest name in the debate: Saakashvili.

What IS In That Man's Eyes, Anyway?

| 1 Comment

Vladimir Putin's eyes have got to be the most dreamiest on earth: what's IN there, anyway? A soul? Three letters? A mirror?

To Russia, With Straight Talk

| No Comments

For all those people Russia-side that were hoping, audaciously, that Russo-American tensions would ease should Obama get elected, well, Obama's talking tough, too. A resurgent Russia, he said, is a threat. Just what the Kremlin hardliners want to hear. Good job.

Let's Be Fair On Ahmadinejad

| No Comments

As Neil MacFarquhar pointed out in the Times today, Ahmadinejad took a much more measured tone on Israel from the UN podium this time around. According to MacFarquhar, he mildly maintained that Israel would "collapse of its own perfidy rather than be wiped out." So go easy there, guys.

Holocaust? No Holocaust?

| 1 Comment

Let's get the CNN Peoplemeter on this: Should we have another Holocaust?

Obama on the Revolutionary Guard

| No Comments

Obama laid out his position on the designating-Iranian-Revolutionary-Guard-terrorists bill in a very artfully written op-ed in the Manchester Union Leader.

Note how he opposes the bill (and therefore set up a dovish sounding counterpart to then prime primary opponent Hillary Clinton) and briefly--just six words!--agrees that they are actually terrorists.

John McCain: "I Have A Record"

| No Comments

"It's Whipped Cream And Other Delights by Herb Alpert and the Tijuana Brass. I play it in the mornings, when I'm trying to wake up. It's a classic of the genre. I love that record."







Indoor Voices, Pleez

| No Comments

Wait, so as long as we don't rudely announce our intention to bomb Pakistan, we're good, right? Just do it and let the Times dig it up later. Just, for Pete's sake, don't say it out loud. So rude.

Senator, you just called Pakistan "PAH-kee-stahn." However, as Clint noted, PAH-kee-stan is already taken as an unconventional-and-semi-annoying-pronunciation. By Obama. (He's already got TAHL-ee-bahn, too, for the record.) Afghanistan is still open for semi-annoying pronunciation, though, if you want it (perhaps you could start calling it Ahf-GHAN-ee-stahn? AF-gan-ih-stan?). If not, there's also CHEE-na...or Cah-NAH-dah...

Iraq Ain't Afghanistan

| 1 Comment

Self quoting Fred Kaplan summarizing NYU Professor and Afghanistan expert Barnett Rubin:

Iraq's insurgency is based in Iraq; Afghanistan's Taliban insurgents are based mainly across the border in Pakistan. Iraq is urban, educated, and has great wealth, at least potentially, in its oil supplies; Afghanistan is rural, largely illiterate, and ranks as one of the world's five poorest countries. Iraq has some history as a cohesive nation (albeit as the result of a minority ruling sect oppressing the majority); Afghanistan never has and, given its geography, perhaps never will.

Moreover, the Taliban's insurgency is ideological, not ethno-sectarian (except incidentally). Therefore, while some warlords and tribes have allied themselves with the Taliban for opportunistic or nationalistic reasons, and therefore might be peeled away and co-opted, the conditions are not ripe for some sort of Taliban or Pashtun "Awakening." Nor is there any place where walls might isolate the insurgents.

Time keeping

| No Comments

Lehrer just said something about all his "five minute things" having run over. He seems somewhat concerned about this point of debate procedural arcana.

And I'm pretty sure he's the only one in the country who know's what he's talking about.

Slim Pickens

| No Comments

It's a red-letter evening for everyone's favorite crotchety-oil-baron-turned-wind-power-advocate. Tonight, T. Boone Pickens will run his very own post-debate "Live Event"--an online chat he's moderating, on PickensPlan.com, which is currently comprised mostly of photos of Boone sitting in his office (lots of wood paneling, lots of flat-screen TVs, lots of incredibly supple-looking tan leather chairs, in case you're curious), which in turn were ostensibly taken by the site's heralded "Boone Cam." Currently the "chat" is one-sided--"Keep your questions coming! Boone will be answering your questions as soon as the debate is over," the moderator noted--and the results of the Boone-tastic commentary are, let's just say, mixed:

9:50 [Comment From eazye]: HEY BOONE HOW BOUT DEM OSU COWBOYS

10:18 [Comment From Winona]: Obama mentioned Pickens in Lansing, Michigan this summer!!

10:19 [Comment From Rich]: Drill, drill, drill

10:26 [Comment From Guest]: It is interesting to here pieces of the PIckens Plan used by Obama in his answers tonight...

What will happen when TB dons his new-media PJs? Find out here.

William Safire in tha House

| 1 Comment

Let's be clear. There is a difference between strategy and tactic. To wit, OED defines tactics as "the art or science of deploying military or naval forces in order of battle, and of performing warlike evolutions and maneuvers." Strategy, on the other hand, is "the art of a commander-in-chief; the art of projecting and directing the larger military movements and operations of a campaign." Just saying.

The Live Bloggers

| No Comments

This is the scene at CJR HQ.



Straight Ahead

| No Comments

McCain won't look at Obama--and not just when he's delivering his points. (Maybe he's too busy looking into Putin's eyes, but it's pretty conspicuous.)

Pakistan

| No Comments

Justin can have Warshington. I'm impressed with Paak-ee-stahn.

Kevin Drum Must Have A Hangover

| No Comments

Or he must be feeling extremely tired, or grumpy, or disengaged, or something. Selections from his debate live-blog:

9:13 - Come on, guys. Let's pick up the pace. So far this isn't even as interesting as a stump speech.

9:22 - If the audience-o-meter is any indication, these guys are putting the entire country to sleep.

9:31 - This is just excruciatingly boring.

9:39 - McCain: I hate President Bush. I'm a maverick!

Getting your money's worth, Mother Jones?

"A Television Program"

| No Comments

McCain calls out Obama for admitting on "a television program" that the surge exceeded beyond his "wildest expectations."

He's got the quote slightly wrong. I'm pretty sure he's referring to Obama's visit to The No Spin Zone, where Obama said “I’ve already said it’s succeeded beyond our wildest dreams.”

So "a television program" is McCain's euphemism for The O'Reilly Factor. Why no love for Bill-O? C'mon McCain! That's no way to stoke the base!!

Lapel Flag Score

| No Comments

Obama: 1. McCain: 0.

Political Pool

| No Comments

9:40: Stripes versus solids. McCain is wearing a striped tie; Obama's is solid.

Who is gonna sink the eight ball?

Jim Lehrer For Fiscal Responsibility

| No Comments

This is the first time I've seen anybody press either candidate on how the $700 billion (or whatever) bailout is going to affect his overall budgetary plan. They're going to have to change, in serious and specific ways.

Maverick Me

| No Comments

"Is there a word where if you say it, it's automatically not true?" asks Kathy (a.k.a. McCain self-references, calls himself a maverick).

Ms. Congeniality

| 1 Comment

McCain brags about how he hasn't been elected as the senate's Ms. Congeniality. No, he hasn't. But Sarah Palin was elected as Wasilla's Ms. Congeniality, which is kind of shocking, given the record as portrayed in stories like this one from The New York Times.

Hanging Out At CNN's Forum

| 1 Comment

"Debate the debate," CNN promised when touting its online "CNN Forum" before the debate began. It's a decent idea -- let the public live-blog the debate. Initially, I couldn't access the site, presumably because it was overloaded. I finally connected, but I sort of wish I hadn't. A sampling of the forum's meta-debate:

svmaja // Green Cove Springs, FL

Obama is an idiot and a liar... we are NOT dependent on middlel east oil... we, the US get more than 60% of our oil from the western hemisphere.. what a huge crock...

ParkerBahai // Alpharetta, GA


It's pretty funny, Jim Lehrer is trying to be both a debate moderator and a marriage counselor.

Aeic25 // Dowagiac, MI


WOW I CAN SEE HOW THIS IS GOING TO GO... McCain is having a hard time to even look at Obama I mean he looks like he is trying not to look at him.

I mean, it's still better than what we're doing, but that really isn't saying very much...

Ya Hear?

| No Comments

9:33pm: Obama touts Google for Government. Yes, transparency. Is Sarah Palin listening?

Everything in Moderation?

| No Comments

McCain's "It’s hard to reach across the aisle from that far to the left" line just got a very audible chuckle from the famously staid Lehrer. A deviation from Lehrer's play-it-"absolutely straight" debate-moderation approach? Well done, Senator!

"Most liberal"

| No Comments

Just as a fact-checky like diversion, it's worth reading a bit more about how The National Journal (which is the 'study' that McCain cites) arrives at their definition of "most liberal."

In short, if you miss a lot of votes (which presidential candidates sort of do) the rankings come out all screwy.

No, seriously...

| No Comments

One half hour in, barely 5-10 minutes on the CRISIS (right?), and zip on foreign policy. A lot on earmarks, though!

Jim Lehrer seems big on getting the candidates to, you know, talk amongst themselves. In this, he is ostensibly subscribing to the First Law of Second-Person Dynamics: the assumption that addressing someone directly will cause the address-er to be more diplomatic and, er, politic in his or her address. A noble strategy, but will it work? Doubtful.

Where's Barack?

| No Comments

9:20pm: Still? Earmarks?

Also, Obama is at least occasionally addressing McCain directly as "John." (For instance: "That's not true, John.") McCain is distinctly addressing Obama as "Senator Obama." Didn't Lehrer say he wanted the two to talk to each other?

Drinking The Night Away

| No Comments

Drinking games for the debates are nothing new. Here's a review of the various possibilities:

San Diego Union-Tribune
The Good: "Swig from a bottle of peach Schnapps when Georgia is mentioned."
The Bad: Requires too many types of liquor. We're in a recession. Come on.

Comedy Central's Indecision 2008
The Good: "Every time McCain refers to his running mate, stand up, face Russia and finish whatever bottle is in front of you."
The Bad: Requires drinking Everclear grain alcohol. Gross.

Huffington Post
The Good: "Every time John McCain says "my friends", spit out your drink and shout "I am not your friend" at the television."
The Bad: Again, we're not made of money. We can't buy twenty different kinds of booze.

Wonkette
The Good: "When Obama acknowledges that the financial crisis may limit the amount of Hope and Change his administration can afford: Immediately finish off the best bottle of liquor in the house, because who the hell is ever going to see that again."
The Bad: Relies too much on pharmaceuticals. With our current health care system, prescriptions are pricey.

Radar
The Good: "Barack Obama admits that he only hacked into Sarah Palin's e-mail account to see if there were bikini pics."
The Bad: None, this one's pretty good, actually.

Good luck!

That Non-Silent "R"

| 1 Comment

I am very glad that, at long last, America has a candidate who is bound and determined to reform "Warshington."

So Many Colors

| No Comments

9:08pm: CNN has an "Audience Reaction" meter on the bottom on the screen. And it's flat-lining the whole time. At least Lehrer is getting sassy.

Red, Blue, and Grey's Anatomy

| No Comments

9:05 - We're watching the presidential debate on CNN, which includes an "Audience Reaction" meter as a permanent chyron on the screen. Per the Reaction-o-Meter, one can track Republican, Democratic, and Independent reaction to the proceedings--via the dips and climbs of red, blue, and green lines, respectively. You can't help but think of a heart monitor...and, so far, the candidates are flat-lining. Oh, wait: except when Jim Lehrer talks, in which case the lines actually seem to dip.

FYI

| No Comments

A good portion of the CJR staff, plus assorted Columbia-affiliated interlopers, is gathered in the CJR offices to attempt a live-blog of tonight's debate. Likely, this attempt will fail, or peter out quietly sometime around 9:32. Nonetheless, we will try our best.

Here. Now.

| No Comments

9:10pm: Let's talk about it -- we can negotiate it right here, Lehrer says about the bailout plan.

Does this mean no one had to go to Washington?

Live Blogging the Debate

| No Comments

9:25- On second thought, I'll live blog with the same format as everyone else. Switching to single posts.

9:20- "Definition of rich"? Saddleback callback!

9:19- What's that classy backdrop? Why, it seems to be the Declaration of Independence! (A document which precedes the creation of the presidency by a dozen years.)

9:15- McCain goes into the bear DNA. Isn't that sort of outre after Palin's seal pup DNA thing? And why exactly is Jim letting them talk about earmarks at a foreign policy/financial crisis debate?

9:12- "I'm just determined to get you all to talk to each other. I'm going to try!" Jimmy Bo Bo asks Obama to address McCain directly, and takes these supposedly flexible debate rules for a test drive.

9:08- "Let's go back to my question..." An admirable redirect from Jimmy Bo-Bo.

9:06- Obligatory Kennedy shout out from McCain. Predictable.

9:02- Right up front Lehrer lays out that national security includes the global financial crisis. So that settles that....

Michael (Under)Ware

| No Comments

Lazy pre-debate shot selection on CNN, where Michael Ware is busy adjusting his underwear. Much like America.

Debating a Catastrophe

| 8 Comments

For months, the business pages and political pages felt so different in tone, content and intensity that reading them was like flipping between different movies.

The business pages have been an endless saloon fight, with screaming, shouting, tables being turned over, bottles being broken over heads.

The political pages were more like something out of a period drama, with people in waistcoats and breeches trading pointed ripostes and huffily challenging each other to duels. And even when some of the characters lost their temper, the argument had nothing, nothing at all, to do with the fight in the saloon.

Well, that’s over, of course. The saloon fight has finally broken through the fake wall that separates politics and policy from their economic consequences. Cowboys are sprawled over the harpsichord. People in wigs and buckskin are beating each other with candelabras. Spittoons and snuff are flying. Fuld, McCain, A.I.G., Chris Matthews, credit default swaps, Obama—finally, it’s all one movie.


And tonight we have a presidential debate.

There may be a temptation among some journalists and others to see tonight’s debate as trivial next to the great financial calamity now unfolding all over the newspaper and to wonder whether one has much to do with the other.

The debate may seem to some to be pure political theater, especially so on the same day as the news of the largest bank failure in United States history and after recent weeks that have seen the ad hoc nationalization of a large segment of the country’s financial system—an historic, costly, unplanned policy event the consequences of which are utterly unknown. Moreover, despite the costs, risks and hardship it represents, this massive and spontaneous socialization of private sector misconduct still hasn’t been enough to restore confidence to global financial markets, hence a likely bailout the likes of which we have never, ever, seen.

But to miss the connection or underplay the debate’s importance would be to make a common mistake, one that sees the financial calamity as beyond an ordinary person’s understanding, somehow inevitable, like a natural phenomenon, or part of a business cycle, or in any way unconnected to policy decisions made by political leaders.

In fact, the more we learn about this financial crisis, the more we learn how deeply embedded its roots are in policy, the fruit of politics. And I’m not just talking about laws passed by Congress and signed by presidents—Gramm-Leach-Bliley, which helped to super-charge the financial-services sector, and the Commodity Futures Modernization Act, which blocked regulation of the instruments that sank A.I.G., although those are vitally important. It is beyond the administrative rules issued and executed by agencies, regulations promulgated, appointments made and not made, judicial philosophies, though those are important, too. It is even beyond political ideologies, but that matters most of all.

The debate is where the connection is made for all of us between the political and financial narratives. And it will be one of these two debaters who will end up as president, the only actor big enough to dictate both of them.

Like the eye at the top of the pyramid on a dollar bill, the president radiates the culture that flows through the policymaking and regulatory apparatus of the government, who sends the verbal and nonverbal cues that signals to business and government how the game is going to be played, whether the people on the taxpayer and public side of the table will feel empowered, or undermined, when facing counterparts from Wall Street and the corporate sector. The letter of the law aside: Will regulation be drama or farce?

Historians, investigators and, hopefully, prosecutors, will spend many years plumbing the record of this great financial catastrophe. What they will find is it is in the person who won past presidential debates, in 2004, 2000, and yes, 1996, 1992, and before, where the narratives came together.

Things We Lost in the Fire

| No Comments

This week, the financial crisis dominated the headlines, and rightly so—it's a huge, history-making story. But the myopic financial focus meant that other worthy news items inevitably got lost in the shuffle. Below, a selection of those stories:

— Hugo Chavez and Vladimir Putin are in negotiations for military partnership, including the development of nuclear energy.

— Alberto Gonzales that President Bush personally directed him to John Ashcroft's hospital room in the infamous wiretap renewal incident—and that in another instance the President asked him to fabricate fictitious notes.

— A new US National Intelligence Estimate (NIE) on Afghanistan, which reportedly describes the situation there as "grim", will likely be kept classified until after the presidential election.

— Newly released documents revealed that, as The New York Times put it,

Senior White House officials played a central role in deliberations in the spring of 2002 about whether the Central Intelligence Agency could legally use harsh interrogation techniques while questioning an operative of Al Qaeda, Abu Zubaydah, according to newly released documents.

— Todd Palin announced he will ignore the subpoena he received to cooperate in the TrooperGate investigation.

— Sarah Palin will conduct a separate probe in TrooperGate, run, according to the AP, "by people she can fire."

— Sarah Palin may have her own pastor problem.

— The National Enquirer is claiming that Sarah Palin had an affair with Todd's business partner, Brad Hanson, while she was mayor of Wasilla. Its sources include "no less than three members of the man’s family including one by sworn affidavit."

— Freddie Mac, one of the mortgage companies at the heart of the credit crisis, paid $15,000 a month between the end of 2005 and last month to John McCain's campaign manager, Rick Davis.

— Some of Bush's intel professionals are now advising Barack Obama.

— Britain may change its rules of royal succession to allow Catholics and--gasp!--girls to take the throne.

— Editors from The New York Times conducted a long sit-down with Iranian president Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.

— This thing called the General Assembly of the United Nations met in New York City.

Worlds Apart

| No Comments

During a presidential campaign—any presidential campaign—two candidates start out on opposing sides of the political spectrum. They disagree boldly. They promote distinctly different positions. And then, as election day nears, they abandon their bold proposals and adopt the Goldilocks approach. Not too left, not too right, just center.

This is how campaign rhetoric works, and campaign reporters have to look past this and evaluate the candidates’ positions based on their legislative records and their pre-presidential-campaign positions. This is how the public and the press avoid getting spun in the talking points tornado.

Today’s piece in the Los Angeles Times ignores these rules of engagement when asserting that McCain’s and Obama’s foreign policy positions aren’t that different.

Even as they campaign on their differences, John McCain and Barack Obama have been quietly recalibrating their messages on foreign policy in ways that often have moved them closer to the political center -- and to each other.

Well, yes, the candidates are tweaking their messages to appeal to the greatest number of voters so that they can, um, win the election.

In a strangely anonymous quote—couldn’t they get someone to say this on the record?—an unidentified political strategist says:

Everybody's trying to grab the same voters in the middle," said a Democratic strategist who was not authorized to speak for the Obama campaign and did not want to be identified. "They're reading the same polls and competing for the same voters.

Still, you can’t confuse “record” and “rhetoric,” “policy position” and “stump speech.” McCain and Obama do have substantially different ideas on foreign policy—differences that may come to the forefront in tonight’s debate, and ones that ought not be brushed over.

A few examples: Obama favors meeting with international leaders without pre-conditions; McCain does not. Obama is ardently committed to restoring America’s standing in the world damaged by the Bush presidency; this is much less central to McCain’s world view. McCain is more hawkish; Obama favors diplomacy. Obama called for restraint in the first days of the Russia-Georgia conflict; McCain proclaimed “We are all Georgians.”

The list is long and the differences are stark. If the candidates move toward the center at the stump, it is the media’s job to remind voters what roads they took to get there. And, if the highway and byways take the shape of hairpin curves and U-turns, the media needs to help voters, forgive the extended metaphor, read the map.

More On Those Photoshopped Soldiers

| 1 Comment

According to a September 22 article in the Army Times, the two soldiers whose photos were doctored by the U.S. Army were shot and killed by a fellow solider on Sept. 14.

The article reads:

A 1 a.m. counseling session at a small outpost in Iraq took a fatal turn Sept. 14, Army officials say, when the soldier being counseled opened fire with his M4 on a fellow team leader and their squad leader.

Kevin Larson, spokesman for the Fort Stewart Army base in Georgia, told CJR that the name of the shooter, a non-commissioned officer from the same unit, will not be released until he arrives in the United States and is officially charged. Currently, he is en route to the base from a detention center in Kuwait.

The victims, Staff Sgt. Darris J. Dawson, 24, and Sgt. Wesley R. Durbin, 26, were stationed a few miles south of Baghdad in the city of Tunnis. The Department of Defense classified their deaths as the result of “wounds sustained in a non-hostile incident.”

A CNN.com article from Sept 18 voiced the frustrations of Dawson’s family. According to the article, the family said “the military has told them nothing about the incident: no details on his death, no information at all.”

Details of the shooting will be confirmed depending on whether the shooter is charged, according to Larson. However, the Army Times reported the shooting occurred during a “counseling session,” while an article from the Pensacola News Journal states the soldiers were killed during a “performance review.”

When asked about the Photoshopped pictures of the deceased soldiers, Larson told CJR:

We trusted in the unit to provide [the photos of the soldiers]. We took them at face value and had no intent to deceive the public. We […] didn’t question the validity of the photos, since we [Army and Department of Defense] adhere to the same standards that journalists do, in that respect.

We’ll be following this story.

A Time for Tick-Tock

| No Comments

The New York Times's lead story this morning was, naturally, a summary of last night's dramatic meta-meltdown: the meltdown of Congressional negotiations over the meltdown of the U.S. economy over the meltdown of the credit markets over the meltdown of...well, you get the idea.

Anyway, the piece takes an unusual tack for a lead-story, breaking-news narrative: rather than simply present the takeaway of last night's West Wing-meets-General Hospital-esque escapades--that negotiations broke down--it presents a gripping tick-tock of the dramatic events that led to that breakdown.

Under most circumstances, tick-tocks in news stories have an air of cop-out, being, as they generally are, data-dumps masquerading as news stories. Timeline-driven narratives are the ultimate show-don't-tell conceit, and, as such, they're particularly convenient as a format for writers who'd prefer to avoid, you know, making a point.

However. In the Times's case, the tick-tock format works. Not only is a timeline the most straightforward way to negotiate the murky terrain that divides the meltdown's actual events from the politics that underline them, but it's also the most accurate way to do justice to a day that really did play out like a political soap opera. The narrative--reported by David Herszenhorn, Carl Hulse, and Sheryl Gay Stolberg, with a reporting assist from Elisabeth Bumiller, and written by Stolberg--is masterful, packed with equal parts detailed reporting and narrative tension.

Compare that to The Washington Post's take on the meta-meltdown, which, though informative and relatively nuanced, reads like pretty much every standard news story about back-room Congressional dealings.

Tick-tocks, however, don't always work so well. Take this long, meandering narrative, which aired on MSNBC this morning:

Let's take you through that tumultuous day yesterday. It was 10:00 when they began to meet the House and Senate negotiators. Senate Banking Committee member Chris Dodd came out and said they had a fundamental agreement on principles. Barney Frank chairman on the House side concurred. Robert Bennett, senator on the Banking Committee--the only reason Bennett was there was because the top Republican on that committee, Richard Shelby, did not want to participate--could not go along with the way this plan was shaping up. The last principal there was Spencer Baucus. House Republicans were very angry with Baucus after that meeting, telling me behind the scenes he had no business there representing the interests of the GOP conference to that group--put them in a very difficult position that they are still digging out of because now they are being portrayed as blowing up this deal.

Moving along the timeline, at 2:00, those people came out that we just talked about. at 4:00 they sat down in the White House in that Cabinet Room meeting, that dramatic meeting we talked about, senators Obama and McCain, all the principals from Capitol Hill, leadership and committee chairman, that ended in a deadlock when John Boehner insisted House conservative voices be heard in this plan and they weren't. They talked about some of the specifics. It was not received well. Congressional talks ended about 10:00 last night with Frank and Todd again excoriating Senator Baucus. He said he did not have authority to negotiate. Put down his white paper, House Republican principles and left the room.

The takeaway? There may be a time for tick-tocks. But it doesn't come often. And, when it does, it takes expertise to make the tock really tick.

All The News That's Fit To Headbutt

| No Comments
[The New York Times] has been around a long time. They know their stuff.

So says Hulk Hogan, the now semi-retired professional wrestler and former WWF star, as quoted in the current issue of Us Weekly declaring the Times "winner" of the "Celeb Feud of the Week" that is Rachel Zoe (a Hollywood stylist with a reality TV show) v. the New York Times (which harshly reviewed Zoe's show).

So, New York Times, the McCain campaign may say you're no longer "a journalistic organization," but you've got The Hulk in your corner.

Meanwhile, I guess The Hulk isn't a grudge-holder. From the Times's unenthusiastic 2005 view of Hulk's own reality TV show, Hogan Knows Best:

But the challenge with a straightforward series premise of day-to-day family life is finding people who come off as either a little crazy (Ozzy and Sharon Osbourne and their children) or at least a little clever. (The world is still waiting.) The Hogans are neither, at least not on camera.

Dispatches From Oxford

| 5 Comments

What’s the most common question currently being posed to the staff of the Oxford Eagle, the daily newspaper that serves the town of twenty thousand that’s been taken over for tonight’s debate? "Where should I eat?"

In fact, according to Eagle news editor Jon Scott, someone from Jim Lehrer’s staff called asking just that.

In addition to fielding calls from hungry visiting media, the staff has been covering the local angle: how the debates are affecting the community. “We know our readers, we’re glad that we have a unique role. While everyone else is covering this for the country, we’re interested in how local people are involved, how it’s affecting a town, and everyone else is covering the debates,” said senior staff writer Lucy Schultze. New traffic patterns and security measures have been of particular importance.

As the home of the University of Mississippi, Oxford is used to large crowds descending on the town. “It’s not worse than a typical football weekend,” says staff writer Melanie Addington.

But the visitors aren’t the typical football fans. Last week, Addington befriended a journalist from Norway who arrived without a car, and the pair have become carpool buddies. And she also spoke with a group of university students who were upset that a journalist wanted them to talk about racial tensions there—a non-issue, according to many on campus.

Other frustrations have been logistical: Although the Eagle’s office is located less than a mile from the Ford Center (where the debates will take place), the new traffic patterns mean that getting there requires an almost half-hour drive.

The paper’s photographer Bruce Newman learned what it’s like to be part of a media pack. The Commercial Appeal, from Memphis, caught Newman turning himself into a pretzel to get a shot at a press conference this week.

Schultze says locals are clamoring for celebrities: Tom Brokaw was seen at the Bottletree Bakery in town, and every seat in the cafe was filled with an Ole Miss student waiting for just such an encounter.


The town square is decked out in omnipresent red, white, and blue bunting, with signs welcoming the debate decorating store windows alongside student artwork. “Shop owners have been going all out to make their window displays make patriotic,” Schultze says. And a local artist created a window painting at a cafe which depicts Obama and McCain having coffee together. It’s called, “Strange, Indeed.”

Now that the debate is definitely on, both the town and the Eagle are breathing a sigh of relief. “For us in the newsroom and shared by journalists everywhere, we didn’t want to do it all over again, in the midst of our regular beats, other news still happens,” says staff writer Alyssa Schnugg.

For example, the local police set up a drunk-driving checkpoint last weekend and ended up making 100 arrests, exceeding jail capacity. “It could be related to the debates, though,” Schnugg says.

From McCain's most recent pool report:

McCain now boarding plane at DCA with Cindy, Salter, Rudy Giuliani, wife Judith, and other aides plus pool.

Heading to Memphis, 1:50 minute flight, then motorcade to site

General atmosphere is utter confusion.

Remember when?

| No Comments

The New Republic has compiled short videos highlighting some Obama and McCain career debate moments. Take a look if you can't wait until 9pm EST...

Calif. Academy of Sciences Reopens!

| No Comments

As a native of northern California, I can safely say that it’s easy to envy anybody living in or visiting the Bay Area this weekend. Tomorrow, the revamped California Academy of Sciences reopens in its historic Golden Gate Park home after a four-year hiatus. As a kid, I remember seeing a two-headed snake in the old museum, forever convincing me that biology is awesome (and, at the time, that monsters were real).

It was pleasing, then, to see the grand reopening get some attention in the national press. The coverage, not surprisingly, has focused on the architectural achievement of Renzo Piano, the high-profile Italian architect responsible for the $488 million structure, which is expected to earn a platinum rating—the highest designation—from the U.S. Green Building Council. Strangely, The New York Times’s review, published Tuesday, doesn’t mention that fact, despite beig one of the more well-written (albeit ethereal) critiques of the new building:

The idea is to create a balance between public and private, inside and out, the Cartesian order of the mind and the unruly world of nature.

A glass lobby allows you to gaze straight through the building to the park on the other side. Other views open into exhibition spaces with their own microclimates. The entire building serves as a sort of specimen case, a framework for pondering the natural world while straining to disturb it as little as possible.

The academy’s hometown San Francisco Chronicle published an architectural review of its own. Its best contribution to the overall coverage, however, was an excellent story about the turbulent planning process that began back in 1997. The piece leads with the wonderfully ironic observation, “It started with a bad idea.”

That inauspicious beginning is important to note when considering the great expectations that always accompany such projects, and it’s worth digging into some the academy-related articles that appeared earlier this year. Indeed, the Chronicle published a fascinating piece last November that described the motivations behind the ambitious remodel:

It's called the Bilbao Effect, in reference to the free-form Frank Gehry-designed art museum that opened in Bilbao, Spain, a decade ago and transformed an unremarkable river port town into a major tourist destination. In the first three years of its existence, according to the Financial Times, Gehry's titanium-clad magnet pulled in an estimated $500 million in new business and $100 million in taxes for Bilbao.

All around the world, cities were seized by major museum lust. They craved spectacular structures, preferably designed by big-name architects, that would repeat the 1997 Bilbao branding miracle of quality, prestige and revenue potential…

[Yet] Pleasing and gratifying as all this progress may be, it does come with certain disorienting costs and effects. To a greater degree than we may recognize at first, and for longer than we expect, new museums are an awful lot about themselves and less about what's inside. Call it the Bilbao Side Effect. By virtue of their own notoriety and splashy drawing power, these high-profile houses have a way of obscuring their presumptive prime function: of displaying art in the most felicitous and revealing ways possible. People come to see the building, in other words, and regard the contents as a secondary concern.

It appears, however, that Academy of Sciences is so far passing muster, even among the most skeptical critics. Earlier this month, Newsweek published an essay by Cathleen McGuigan that was likeable for its cynical, outside-the-fold attitude about the latest building fad:

I hate green architecture. I can't stand the hype, the marketing claims, the smug lists of green features that supposedly transform a garden-variety new building into a structure fit for Eden… Achieving real sustainability is much more complicated than the publicity suggests. And that media roar is only getting louder. The urge to build green is exploding: more than 16,000 projects are now registered with the U.S. Green Building Council as intending to go for a LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design)—or sustainable—certification, up from just 573 in 2000.

… So when I come upon a beautiful sustainable building that doesn't scream green, it cheers me up. The California Academy of Sciences, opening later this month in San Francisco, is a perfect example. It replaces the old science museum that was damaged in the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake. Its design is sensitive to its place and history: the new building doesn't gobble up more space on its spectacular site in Golden Gate Park, and its architect, Renzo Piano, was careful to go no higher—36 feet—than the original structure. The most obvious ecofeature of his elegantly simple glass-sided pavilion is the green roof: a rolling 2.5-acre terrain, inspired in part by the surrounding hills, it cleverly disguises, under its two biggest bumps, the domes of the planetarium and of the rainforest exhibit underneath.

To be sure, it seems that the new academy has not forsaken science in the pursuit of art. Last October, the Chronicle ran an article that focused on the planned exhibits rather than the architecture, concluding, “Take a deep breath, science buffs - and get ready to be blown away.” And, last March, The New York Times had a piece that described some the research-oriented lessons that have already been learned. Apparently, the penguin exhibit at the last museum was not terribly exciting because the amphibious creatures tended to “huddle on dry land” rather than engage in acrobatic swimming exercises that enthrall visitors. But:

Since 2004, when the academy moved to temporary quarters, scientists have used underwater jets to simulate currents in the penguin tank. Penguins like to swim in moving water, so the jets “completely changed their behavior,” said Pam Schaller, a senior aquatic biologist at the academy. The jets were such a success that they are being included in the penguin tank at the new museum.

All of this makes me very happy that the National Association of Science Writers’ annual meeting is taking place at Stanford this year, which will afford me some time to go see the new academy for myself. I know the albino alligator is still there; I wonder about the two-headed snake?

Did We Just Invade Pakistan?

| No Comments

Over the last few years, the war along the Afghan-Pakistan border has progressed from scattered bombing incidents to almost daily reports of American incursions with Pakistanis returning fire—now, even without American troops having to enter Pakistani territory. Is the U.S. at war with Pakistan? If history is any guide, the answer is a resounding “not yet.”

The U.S. has launched attacks on al Qaeda and militant leaders in Pakistan since shortly after September 11, 2001. Whenever they could identify a known leader, or “person of significance,” an unidentified missile would blow up a compound, and blame would fall on the U.S. One of the earliest was a 2004 incident, in which the Pashtun tribal elder Nek Muhammed died in an alleged Predator missile strike. Since then, numerous unidentified missiles assumed to come from orbiting drones have exploded in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas, or FATA. The use of drone-fired missiles is so popular—they are considered “clean,” inexpensive, and relatively low-risk by foreign policy experts—that reports of their usage are almost common (including one missile strike that barely missed Al-Qaeda’s number two, Ayman al-Zawahiri).

After a recent rule change authorizing cross border raids, U.S. Central Command, which oversees the war in Afghanistan, has supposedly attempted two incursions into Pakistani territory: a pre-dawn raid on September 3, and an unconfirmed report of a pair of helicopters driven back by ground fire from the Pakistani Army. The September 3 raid was the first since a quietly reported “hot pursuit” in 2006 that found several special operations solders inside Pakistan, pursuing militants who had crossed the border into Afghanistan to launch attacks.

These events have gained a lot of attention—whether hyperventilating essays by Christopher Hitchens or analysts’ dour predictions of increased winter violence, concern seems to be at a fever pitch.

The depth of this concern is unwarranted. Missing from the excited calls for another “Awakening” movement is an understanding of Pakistan’s history before it was Pakistan. Tribal unrest, even Islamist-fueled tribal unrest, is a regular and cyclical occurrence. While it presents a danger that must be addressed, the recurrence of tribal unrest in the FATA does not warrant the panic currently gripping U.S. policy circles.

For well over 100 years, the central government that establishes some measure of control over the Pashtun tribal areas—whether British or Pakistani—has been caught in a cycle of violence and truces with the tribes along the Frontier. Tribal conflicts, often driven by radical and charismatic Islamic fundamentalists, have characterized this century of violence.

In 1897, a British fort in Malakand faced down a rampaging horde of 10,000 warriors led by Mullah Mastun, the “Mad Mullah of Malakand,” who roused his troops by proclaiming the Prophet’s desire to rid their homelands of the infidel British. After much violence, the British put down the insurrection, only to see another charismatic leader, the Faqir of Ipi, emerge in 1937. The British never defeated him, and 40,000 troops played a violent game of hide and seek in the mountains of Waziristan all the way until Partition in 1947. The Third Anglo-Afghan War in 1919 featured the Amir of Afghanistan inciting these same Pashtun tribesmen to abandon their posts as British foot soldiers to fight for a free Pashtun Afghanistan.

Just after Partition, the government of Afghanistan again stirred up the border tribesmen, attempting to split them from the newly formed Pakistan. In the 1970s, as the Balochi tribesmen further south were agitating for independence, the Pashtun tribes began to rebel against the central government in solidarity. Tribal violence in 1980s and 1990s was largely directed at Kashmir and a war-torn Afghanistan; only after September 11, when the U.S. supposedly pressured Pakistan’s military dictator Pervez Musharraf to take action against the tribal groups in the FATA, did this violence become a pressing matter of American national security.

Unfortunately, this sort of context is missing from almost all media discussions of the current spate of tribal violence. While it’s unrealistic to demand a detailed history of conflict cycles in every article on this topic, some recognition of how “normal” these sorts of uprisings really are would make an effective deterrent to the near panic now inching its way into the White House.

That panic has dramatic consequences. U.S. raids into Pakistan are a fool’s game if not carried out with the utmost care: the only entity more despised in Pakistan than Musharraf is the U.S. Reports that drone attacks are “shots in the dark” are not encouraging; neither was that September 3rd raid, which was sloppy in almost every way.

Normally, pre-dawn raids surprise the targeted compound’s occupants while they’re asleep, making a capture or killing much easier. But this raid happened during Ramadan, when people rise long before dawn to eat and drink before their daylight fast begins; nearby villagers rushed toward the waiting helicopters, shouting slogans of protest. Reports that the raid also might have caused upwards of twenty civilian deaths highlights the ham-fistedness of the move. As viscerally appealing as such actions may be back home—Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama has promised to strike targets inside Pakistan if need be—it is impossible for the U.S. to come out of these raids looking good.

From this follows a fundamental tenet of counterinsurgency: a population-centric strategy. Current U.S. strategy does not focus on the FATA’s people; it only tries to kill its leaders. These routine insertions also carry the risk of American soldiers dying at the hands of the Pakistani Army—an event that would almost assuredly make matters worse. If the U.S. is to regularly violate Pakistani territory and preemptively strike targets suspected of having launched cross-border attacks, then the rules of the game change. The U.S. loses the right to complain about those militant raids; the danger of killing the wrong individual (or even tens of innocent civilians) assumes a whole new political dimension. Unless the U.S. has negotiated some sort of secret memorandum with the Pakistani government, these raids represent nothing more than a declaration of war. That is surely a path no one wants to walk.

Same Ol' Science Platforms

| 1 Comment

With the economy going to pot, it’s not surprising that the presidential candidates haven’t devoted much time to issues of science—R&D funding, education, stem cells, oceans, etc.

Thankfully, that hasn’t stopped reporters from poking and prodding as much as possible. The most recent example of that initiative is the journal Nature’s attempt, published Wednesday, to get the candidates to answer a series of submitted questions on climate and energy. It is a commendable effort, but, unfortunately, at this point it seems that journalists are just reprinting the candidates’ same answers, unable to obtain new insights into their positions.

That isn’t necessarily reporters’ fault—after all, only Barack Obama bothered to respond to Nature; John McCain failed to reply—and it certainly doesn’t mean that the distinguished journal should not have published the information it had. Given the candidates’ reluctance to broach scientific topics on the campaign trail, it doesn’t hurt for publications to rehash existing material, whether or not they are able to contribute fresh information. Nonetheless, if a news outlet is going to bother submitting a list of questions to the candidates this late in the game, it should try to phrase its questions so that they stand the greatest chance of provoking a novel response. Take, for example, the following questions submitted by Nature:

• What methods would you support to reduce domestic greenhouse gas emissions? Are you in favour of a carbon tax, a cap-and-trade system, or some combination of the two?

• How much would you be willing to invest in developing and deploying alternative and renewable energy technologies?

• Where does nuclear power fit in with your vision for the US energy plan? And how do you plan to tackle the problem of nuclear waste?

Come on. Both Obama and McCain have reiterated their basic plans for cap-and-trade, renewable energy, and nuclear many times over, and this information is available at scores of news pages, in addition to the candidates’ own Web sites. These issues beg for more detailed exploration. Nature could have rephrased its questions to read something like this:

• We know your basic outline for cap-and-trade, but do you favor inclusion of any one of the so-called “safety valve” measures that would put a ceiling on the price of carbon? Or better yet, if cap-and-trade fails, do you support using the Clean Air Act and the Environmental Protection Agency to regulate carbon emissions instead?

• We know, broadly, how much you plan to spend (and not spend) on renewable energy, but there is a classic chicken-and-egg problem between producers and suppliers, which exists in both the transportation and utilities industries. The former want the latter to invest in storage and transmission capacity before they invest in research and development; the latter want the opposite. At the federal level, how do you plan to help break that impasse?

• We know your general feelings about the potential for nuclear’s role in our energy economy, and your plans for and concerns about waste. But financing has plagued nuclear development just as much as worries about security and disposal. In fact, it is likely that nuclear would need even more government support than technologies like wind and solar. How far would you go, as president, to help make nuclear financially viable?

Who knows? Politicians are, if nothing else, artful dodgers, and they might have ducked these questions as well. Indeed, one of Nature’s better queries— “Would you support a ban on new coal-fired power plants that do not incorporate carbon capture and storage,” which was a good twist on the more standard “What role do you see coal playing in America’s energy future”—failed to provoke an interesting response. What is certain, however, is that most of the questions, as Nature phrased them, were guaranteed to produce the same canned responses readers have seen before.

Another thing that surely thwarted a better response is that the journal posed the exact same queries to both candidates, which seems absolutely ridiculous. Henceforth, questions must be tailored to the individual candidates, taking into consideration their previous statements and different positions.

More interesting than Nature’s presentation of the candidates’ (that is to say, Obama’s) answers to its questions is a corresponding analytical piece on the challenges that either candidate will face in achieving his policy goals as president. It would have been interesting if, instead of posting the candidates’ positions in a different article, Nature had woven them into its analysis. The other thing the journal could have done to better serve readers (especially given the McCain’s camp’s failure to respond to its questions) would have been to spotlight a similar question-and-answer exercise recently published by Science Debate 2008.

The efforts by that group—which comprises a very impressive list of scientists, academics, journalists, politicians, and business figures—have been perhaps the most fruitful to date. Both Obama and McCain replied (though notably, McCain took two weeks longer than Obama to submit his answers). That said, the group’s campaign, in itself, shows just how hard it is to “get more” out of the candidates. Obama and McCain declined an actual debate, the group’s main goal, and Science Debate 2008 has lobbied for months to get responses to its fourteen submitted questions. The answers they finally received are detailed and worth reading, but close evaluation shows that even they don’t go too far beyond what Obama and McCain have already stated in online platform positions (though this is less true for McCain, whose printed material is not as comprehensive as Obama’s).

Again, none of this is meant to deride Nature or any other outlet that has struggled to pry more information from the candidates. But it should be a reminder that, with only a month left to go until the election, reporters should be careful to ask questions that are the least likely to produce the same old answers.

Couric: No Love for the "Gov"?

| 2 Comments

Did Katie Couric show more, you know, deference to Joe Biden than she did to Sarah Palin in her interviews with the two candidates? The American Spectator says yes:

CBS New anchor Katie Couric ordered staff to drop all references to "Governor" or "Gov." from her interview with Alaska Gov. Sarah Palin. When a staff member pointed out that in other venues, Couric and CBS News had referred to Governor Palin's opponent, Joe Biden, using his title of "Senator" or the abbreviation, Couric, according to a CBS News editorial aide, sought approval from CBS News management to drop the "Governor" reference during her broadcast interview with Palin that began on Wednesday night.

CBS denies preferential treatment. "It's not true," an unnamed network source told the Spectator. "We treat everyone the same."

And yet. On Couric's CBS blog, Couric & Co., the transcripts of the interviews suggest a different standard as far as honorifics go. Here's the transcript of Couric's September 22 interview with Joe Biden, emphasis mine:

Katie Couric: How is it preparing for the debates?

Sen. Joe Biden: Well, it's kind of hard to prepare because I don't know what she thinks. There's been no -- I don't know a lot about her, so I have to assume for purposes of the debate that she agrees with John on everything.

And here's the transcript of her interview with Sarah Palin, emphasis, again, mine:

Katie Couric: You've cited Alaska's proximity to Russia as part of your foreign policy experience. What did you mean by that?

Sarah Palin: That Alaska has a very narrow maritime border between a foreign country, Russia, and, on our other side, the land-boundry that we have with Canada. It's funny that a comment like that was kinda made to … I don't know, you know … reporters.

Hmm. I'd also point out that the discrepancy seems to bear out in Couric's own word choices. Take this sentence from her Biden interview: "Polls show that Sen. McCain and Sarah Palin are making inroads among white female voters who are less educated," Couric told him. Again: Sen. McCain. Sarah Palin.

Still. Coincidence? Yeah, probably. Slip of the tongue? Yeah, probably. And, either way, it may be a moot point. Couric's September 24 interview with Palin, whatever it lacked in special sauce, made up for in G-Love:






[h/t: Gawker]

McCain Wins Debate! Apparently!

| 7 Comments

One of Chris Cillizza's eagle-eyed readers makes a good catch: A Wall Street Journal story posted this morning (before, of course, the first presidential debate--indeed, before McCain had even announced that he will, in fact, be participating in it) features an ad declaring, "McCAIN WINS DEBATE!"

Below the ad's image of a smilingly victorious, flag-ensconced candidate, and the all-caps declaration of his victory, smaller text notes: "Paid for by McCain-Palin 2008."

The ad has since been removed from the WSJ page. See the screen shot of it here.

Huckateevee

| No Comments

Well. Like a hover craft meeting the mothership, Mike Huckabee will finally, as has long been rumored, get his own show on Fox News. It will be called--wait for it--Huckabee ("I'm sure the name will make it easy for all of you to find it," Huckabee tells fans on his Web site), and will likely be chock full of delightfully folksy aphorisms involving farm animals. Huckabee's debut episodes will air this Saturday and Sunday at 8 p.m. EST.

[h/t: Michael Calderone]

McCain's In

| No Comments

McCain has just announced that he will be attending tonight's presidential debate in Oxford, Mississippi hosted by Jim Lehrer.

Seconds before cable outlets announced the news, I got off the phone with Anne Bell, a spokesperson for McNeil/Lehrer Productions, the business arm of The NewsHour with Jim Lehrer, who confirmed to me that, no matter what McCain decided, the debate--or something like it--would have proceeded under the auspices of the Commission on Presidential Debates.

“No matter what, there will be a program," she said.

"The Commission asked Jim Lehrer to host a debate, and the Commission is going ahead with the debate. Jim Lehrer will fulfill that obligation," she added. "There will be a 90 minute program. What shape it will be, we don’t know."

With McCain back on board, that question seems to be answered. The University of Mississippi's chancellor had proposed an Obama only town hall had McCain not attended.

On today's American Morning, CNN's Susanne Malveaux conducted the obvious ultimate person-on-the-street story, reported from the current Ground Zero of the American Political Media: Oxford, Mississippi. What do you think, she asked various species of POS, about the potential of John McCain not showing up to debate tonight?

"The consensus in the hometown of Ole Miss: sheer disbelief," Malveaux declared, a note of melodrama in her voice. Here's the evidence of that disbelief, courtesy of various Ole Miss street-people:

"We were just horrified."

"It was a shock. It was like getting kicked in the stomach to find out that McCain doesn't want to show."

"He did hurt my feelings yesterday."

And, finally, the adorably sassy Anne Morgan, a 9-year-old from Oxford, predicting the political fallout of a missed debate for Candidate McCain: "He's gonna lose the state's votes--half of 'em, anyway."

Well. Morgan will be relieved to know that McCain's campaign just announced: the GOP nominee is Oxford-bound! The debate's on! Students, street people, and visiting media of Ole Miss, rejoice!

Update: The NRO's Rich Lowry, via Michael Calderone, reports that:

One side effect of McCain's debate gambit is, I'm told, that everyone at Ole Miss now hates him. It will make for a very hostile audience tonight among those students and faculty attending. He might have to apologize for creating the uncertainty or make some explanation up front, which is never ideal.

Audit Roundup: NYT on WaMu's Bank Run

| No Comments

The extraordinary times continue. Nobody’s really framing it this way, but a 1930’s-style run on the bank just felled the country’s sixth-largest bank, Washington Mutual. It’s by far the biggest bank failure in American history, and JPMorgan Chase immediately picked its assets up.

The Times has great detail, reporting that the government was slinking around behind WaMu’s back looking for rescuers and that the company’s board of directors didn’t know it was about to be seized. WaMu’s CEO, in the job all of three weeks, will get paid more than $19 million for his efforts.

Here’s the Journal on the health of the banks—the first time I’ve heard a statement this stark (emphasis is mine).

Faced with deepening losses on mortgages, credit cards and other loans, big and small banks across the country are struggling with what many bank executives say is a crisis far deeper than the savings-and-loan debacle.

Most of what I’ve read up to now has said the banking industry’s woes were less severe than the late ‘80s S&L crisis, with far fewer likely to fail. Makes me want an answer to my question No. 3 from yesterday even more.

Geoff Colvin at Fortune says this is not a financial disaster. I’ll take some of whatever he’s smoking.

Talkin’ about hedge funds yesterday—Roubini speak. You listen.

Roger Lowenstein at The New Republic says this is “the wrong emergency.”

America's economy does not face an emergency—only its financial system does. This is a distinction lost on the bankers in Washington, but it is one worth remembering. On Main Street, unemployment is 6.1 percent. Home prices are down close to 20 percent and presumably headed lower. These numbers are not pretty, but they do not add up to an economic Pearl Harbor or even close.

I think this argument is wishful thinking. If the financial system collapses, how will it not send our credit-addicted economy into a tailspin?

Here’s some analysis in the Times and the Journal of how the credit crisis is filtering down into the real economy. The Journal helpfully offers some scenarios about what might be in store.

If you’re still somehow not a believer of how bad the financial system is locked up, here’s a scary chart from Calculated Risk on the key TED spread. What’s that and why does it matter? Here’s an explanation from Kevin Drum when he was at The Washington Monthly.

Classic Blunders

| No Comments

Summing up a general confusion over what McCain actually means by the words "suspended campaign," last night Rachel Maddow quoted one of my very favorite lines from The Princess Bride.

Let's hope McCain doesn't fall victim to either of the classic blunders: getting involved in a land war in Asia, or going against a Sicilian when death is on the line. Wait... one of these sounds feasible.

Couric and Palin, Round Two

| 7 Comments

Last night CBS showed Katie Couric asking the spectacularly unbriefed Sarah Palin about her Charlie Gibson-era claim that being able to see Russia from Alaska had something to do with foreign policy credentials. You can watch the clip below.

I can't believe that there's not a better answer than the one Palin gave here, and you'd think that she and her advisers would have mapped it out in the last two weeks. But maybe not.

Palin tries to play down the old remark:

"It's funny that a comment like that was kinda made to char... I don't know... reporters..." she starts, the train of thought breaking down at the end.

"Mocked?" helps Couric.

"Yeah, mocked. I guess that's the word, yeah."

Moving on, the most concrete example of experience-by-proximity that Palin offers is, quote, "We have trade missions back and forth..."

About that. Sasha Issenberg and Bryan Bender reported on September 4 in the Boston Globe that:

According to business leaders and academics familiar with foreign-policy issues and Palin's administration, she has demonstrated little interest in expanding the state's trade ties with Canada or Russia compared with some of her predecessors....

Among her predecessors, Walter Hickel, a Republican first elected in the 1960s who returned to office in the 1990s, proposed a "Multi-Modal Transport Corridor" across the Bering Strait, which he imagined would link the Trans-Siberia Railway to American train lines. Democrat Tony Knowles, whom Palin defeated in 2006, pursued expanded trade opportunities with Taiwan during the 1990s.

Russell Howell, director of the American Russia Center in Anchorage, said that while many Alaskan oil-exploration companies have strong interest in pursuing Russian partnerships, Palin has not played a noticeable role.

Howell's organization has helped facilitate contact between Russia and Alaskan business and government leaders during past gubernatorial administrations.

"I have not heard that Governor Palin has done anything like that and we have had no contact with her about visiting Russian officials," said Howell.

Couric doesn't follow up in the clip below ("Have you participated in the trade missions? What have they accomplished?"). But the Globe's reporting suggests the answer.


More Fantastic Financial News

| No Comments

Or, you know, not.

According to figures released yesterday by the marketing info firm TNS Media Intelligence, "ad spending during the second quarter of 2008 was off 3.7 percent versus last year, the steepest quarterly drop since 2001."

All forms of advertising are affected. Specifically, per the TNS report,

- Magazine ads fell 1.8 percent. (Though, fascinatingly, Spanish language mags are up 7.1 percent.)

- Newspaper ads fell 7.4 percent.

- Radio ads fell 6.5 percent.

- Internet ads rose 8 percent (but that's a decline in growth from previous rates).

[h/t: New York Post]

Mr. Toad's Wild Ride

| 1 Comment

On Monday's Campaign Desk, I suggested that mainstream journalists--who, in their zeal to provide balanced, sober, and non-panic-inducing coverage of the financial crisis, often erred on the side of callousness--would do well to take a cue from Bill O'Reilly. And, specifically, from the pundit's particular strain of impassioned, indignant populism.

Well. That strain has, apparently, mutated. Indeed, the form of Populismus indignus O'Reilly has been hosting, if yesterday's episode of The Radio Factor is any indication, seems to have evolved into some kind of ultra-resistant, mutant form that attacks its host's temper, judgment, and, quite possibly, sanity. (I'm not sure precisely how to distinguish the benign brand of populism from the mutant strain, but here's a good rule of thumb: when your voice cracks as you call a high-ranking member of Congress a "big fat toad," and when your voice cracks even more when you threaten physical violence against said high-ranking member of Congress, you're probably infected with the latter.)

So. For the record, I officially take back my previous praise of O'Reilly's populist approach to journalism whatever it is he practices. Instead, journos, build your resistance to it. And, in the meantime, listen to O'Reilly do it live, below.





[h/t: Johnny Dollar]

"Ailing" vs. "Embattled"

| No Comments

A front-page headline on Wednesday with an article about Warren E. Buffett’s plan to invest $5 billion in the Wall Street investment banking firm Goldman Sachs described that company as “ailing.” While its stock has been battered and it has agreed to tighter government regulation and wants to raise more capital from investors, “embattled” would have been a more accurate headline description of Goldman’s state than “ailing.”

The New York Times, Editors' Note: September 25, 2008

On the subject of whether the press is using language responsibly with regards the financial crisis, this editor’s note would be evidence not that it isn’t but that it certainly is.

I guess one can understand the difference between “ailing” and “embattled.” The first means Goldman is sick from the inside out; the other means it is under attack from outsiders, which is not necessarily Goldman’s fault.

What’s the record show?

Goldman just received a dose of money from Warren Buffett on terms that are universally accepted as extremely onerous to Goldman and that place Bufffett safely ahead of public shareholders.

Along with the rest of its ailing industry, it was given injections of Fed lending that it isn’t really entitled to; placed in the iron lung of a federal bank charter; and now, has access to the world’s largest publicly funded financial charity hospital in the form of the Wall Street bailout package. This is federal life support. It is the financial equivalent of open-heart massage.

All of this was necessary, of course, because the market really doesn’t know the health of the Goldman’s portfolio and understandably isn’t taking any chances.

What’s more, we know Goldman participated in the behavior that led to this crisis and itself ingested some of the toxicity it created. The only question is how much.

If you are an investment bank and are accepting handouts from strapped taxpayers in order to remain solvent, what are you?

License and Registration

| No Comments

Ever wondered how the campaign and the economy's woes intersect in any pragmatic way in the lives of average voters? The Times provides one answer.

Newsweek on The National Enquirer

| 1 Comment

Newsweek has a pretty interesting (although slightly peg-less, given its bare mention of the unmentionable Palin coverage) article on the National Enquirer's post-Rielle, post-Internet role in the media landscape. But this paragraph is just soo huffy:

Yet even when the mainstream media followed the Enquirer into the muck, it did so tentatively. Recall that in 1998, while this magazine was proceeding cautiously with what would have been the first story about President Bill Clinton's affair with a White House intern, the less discriminating Matt Drudge hijacked NEWSWEEK's reporting and broke the most sensational political-sex-scandal scoop in American history.

Though I suppose Drudge has suffered much worse than being labeled "less discriminating."

Yes, No, I Don't Know

| No Comments

A few weeks ago, former Gallup Poll senior editor David Moore appeared on On The Media to talk about how "polls inaccurately portray a consensus on issues the public often knows little or nothing about."

When asking respondents to choose between two options, pollsters force people to make a snap judgment on subjects they may have never before considered, and then present the findings as if these on-the-fly assessments are actually deeply held beliefs, Moore explained.

So with that in mind, here's a hearty thumbs up for the recent NBC/Wall Street Journal poll which asked Americans for their opinion on the bailout plan.

Here are the results:

33 percent disapprove of the plan.
31 percent approve of it
28 percent have no opinion

Hurray for ambiguity. Hurray for shades of gray.

1,000 Words of Bailout Dealing

| No Comments

Well, everyone, looks like we have ourselves a bailout deal. The Washington Post reports,

House and Senate negotiators emerged from a closed-door meeting today and said they have reached agreement on basic principles governing a massive financial rescue plan that they hope to pass soon.

This is news that many Americans will be greeting with some combination of relief, frustration, and resignation. Which makes the picture the paper selected to accompany it—Doc Chris Dodd making the big announcement, with Grumpy Chuck Schumer, Sleepy Bob Bennett, and Dopey Judd Greg in the background—perfectly suited to its mood. Don't they look just thrilled?










Update: This one, courtesy of the Times, also speaks volumes about the mood of the thing. If he gets sick of the whole Congressional gig, Barney Frank could have a real future as a Greek tragedian...










Whither the Ombudsman?

| 1 Comment

Editor and Publisher reports this month that the ranks of ombudsmen are shrinking at newspapers across the country.

Since early 2008, a string of major news papers have seen their ombudsmen leave, either through layoffs, buyouts, or simple retirement. In many cases, cash-strapped editors have chosen to let those positions remain empty — or be eliminated. Among those that have lost their ombuds since January: The Sacramento Bee, the Star Tribune in Minneapolis, The Sun of Baltimore, the Fort Worth (Texas) Star-Telegram, the Orlando Sentinel, The Hartford (Conn.) Courant, and The Palm Beach (Fla.) Post.

Sad news.

Danger! Distress! Crisis! Collapse!

| 4 Comments

Last night, President Bush did what he probably should have done two weeks ago: address the American people about the economic crisis facing the country. The speech he delivered was sober in tone, and both explanatory and rhetorical in scope: It both clarified the genesis of the current crisis and framed the administration's bailout proposals as an urgent and necessary short-term solution to that crisis. "Our entire economy is in danger," the president noted, before outlining his proposals for getting us back to economic safety.

Such an admission--in danger, yikes--is highly unusual coming from a sitting U.S. president; when the economy is floundering, we generally expect game-facing and sanguine-making from our public figures despite (and because of) that very floundering. See Jimmy Carter, who, when he delivered his (in)famous "Malaise" speech in 1979, acknowledged the nation's economic woes by implication rather than declaration:

The threat is nearly invisible in ordinary ways. It is a crisis of confidence. It is a crisis that strikes at the very heart and soul and spirit of our national will. We can see this crisis in the growing doubt about the meaning of our own lives and in the loss of a unity of purpose for our nation.

See also FDR, in whose first inaugural--which, though it promised "a candor and a decision which the present situation of our nation impels," similarly eschewed declaration for suggestion when it came to the period's own economic crisis--his acknowledgment of the specifics of the Depression came down to his famous pronouncement that "the only thing we have to fear is fear itself."

Presidents, indeed, have always resisted full disclosure when it comes to financial crises, preferring instead to traffic in hopeful allusion and convenient metaphors when economic matters turn grim. So the fact that our current president last night used the words "danger" and "crisis" is notable. Perhaps that's why, following Bush's address, the nation's papers of record splashed their Web sites' homepages with the most ominous of his words.

Here's The New York Times:










...and The Washington Post:










...and the Los Angeles Times:










...and Newsday:










...and USA Today:










...and the San Francisco Chronicle:










...and the Seattle Post-Intelligencer:










...and the Detroit Free Press:










...and the Minneapolis Star-Tribune:










Et cetera. An economy in danger! A long and painful recession! Oh, my!

On the one hand, these scare-making headlines are fair enough. Bush's admission of danger and the like when it comes to the economy is, in some sense, historical. The "danger" and "recession" lines were, you could argue, the emotional cruxes of his speech. Besides which, of course, the economy is in crisis.

Still, though. Context matters. And when taken out of context, as most headlines are, those same declarations of danger become not descriptive of Bush's rhetoric--the economy's in danger, but here's how to keep it safe--but, rather, evocative of fear. (Be afraid, Americans. Be very afraid.) It's not just a matter of the pesky panic thing we'd all prefer to avoid during times of economic trial; it's also more basic than that: The melodramatic "danger! danger!" headlines simply aren't faithful to the overall argument of Bush's speech. The ultimate message of last night's address was this: "Our economy is facing a moment of great challenge, but we've overcome tough challenges before, and we will overcome this one." It was not "we are facing a moment of great challenge," the end. It was not "Danger! Danger! Full stop!"

News outlets are, of course, at their discretion to decide whether Bush's optimism in this case skews more toward the genuine or the promotional. Just as they're at their discretion to decide whether his speech's text or its subtext is more worthy of readers' knowledge. Perhaps their "Danger! Recession!" proclamations were the result of their determination that there's really no place for optimism in the current crisis. Even so, melodrama rarely has a place in headlines. If news organizations have decided that their readers should be scared right now, fair enough. But that's a decision that deserves to be explained, at the very least, in full sentences.

Headlines in Anchorage

| 1 Comment

From today's front page (online version) of the Anchorage Daily News:

1) "Legislators lock horns over Palin inquiry" (Highlight: Hmmm. The headline?)

2) "Palin blessed three years ago to be free from 'witchcraft''" (Highlight: The pastor, before so blessing Palin, preached that "We need God taking over the media.")

3) "Botanical garden closes after bear kills moose near fence" (Highlight: The lede. "A bear feasting on a moose carcass along the perimeter fence of Alaska Botanical Garden Tuesday morning has prompted officials to close the facility. The garden will be closed to public use until Oct. 10 to give the bear time to finish its carcass and move along.")

While the focus now is rightly on how to prevent a (possible) economic apocalypse, let’s not forget the key players who got us into this fiasco. Bloomberg keeps the spotlight on the credit-ratings agencies, which were essential in the making of this crisis, in an in-depth two-part series.

The lede is a terrific synopsis of how abysmal the ratings agencies were:

Frank Raiter says his former employer, Standard & Poor's, placed a ``For Sale'' sign on its reputation on March 20, 2001. That day, a member of an S&P executive committee ordered him, the company's top mortgage official, to grade a real estate investment he'd never reviewed.

The Times looks at just how hard it is to figure out a price for all this junk gumming up the financial works. It's a problem that could cost taxpayers hundreds of billions of dollars in a bailout.

Harold Meyerson in this morning’s Washington Post, reminds us that despite the fact that all the politicians are scrambling on the regulation train, the parties’ fundamental philosophies belie the heinie-covering.

“…America may be a republic of amnesiacs, but deep in some seldom-used brain lobe, it does recall that its two political parties have differed on questions of regulation and stimulating the economy, a comparison that does not now work in Republicans' favor.”

In my post this morning, I listed five questions the press should be asking right now about the crisis and the bailout plan. Columbia Business School professor Amar Bihde sort of gets at the “too big to fail” question in Forbes, arguing that these behemoth financial companies need to be dismantled.

Politico also hits that angle, with a look back at the 1999 repeal of the Glass Steagall Act, which split up banks and investment banks. It quotes Rep. John Dingell before the vote, “in words that sound unusually prescient now”:

"[W]hat we are creating now is a group of institutions which are too big to fail," he said then in words that sound unusually prescient now. "Not only are they going to be big banks, but they are going to be big everything, because they are going to be in securities and insurance, in issuance of stocks and bonds and underwriting, and they are also going to be in banks.

Floyd Norris has a good rundown of yesterday’s hearings on Capitol Hill, and catches Sen. Elizabeth Dole blaming Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the credit crisis, probably leaning on the work of people like Kevin Hassett, who co-wrote “Dow 36,000” a year before the tech bubble burst (and is now a senior McCain adviser).

UPDATE
Adding, this Jon Weil piece at Bloomberg on how the bailout plan is a big feint to inflate asset values is a must-read. Weil's framing of the issues throughout the crisis has been tremendous.

Couric, Gaffe-Ignorer?

| 2 Comments

Early this week, McCain and his legion of loyal supporters reveled at yet another one of Senator Biden’s blunders after his primetime interview with Katie Couric, “Joe Biden Behind the Scenes.” Here's Biden:

When the stock market crashed, Franklin Roosevelt got on television and didn’t just talk about the, you know, princes of greed. He said, "Look, here’s what happened."

And while reporters jumped at the chance to call Biden out on his poor history background (we didn’t have television in 1929, nor was FDR president), no one even mentioned Couric’s own historical deficiencies.

Instead of correcting Biden on his historical gaffe, Couric’s chronicle of her up-close-and-personal time with Biden goes straight from the slip-up to Couric’s narration (“Relating to the fears of the average American is one of Biden’s strong suits”) that’s sprinkled with impassioned sound bites of Biden tugging on the heart strings of blue-collar workers.

Maybe Couric didn’t want to embarrass Obama’s talkative running mate. Or, maybe she just missed history class that day, too. Either way, it doesn’t seem quite fair to let her off the hook.

Context Isn't Coastal

| No Comments

’Tis a season of change. Summer shifted into fall. Lehman Brothers shifted from in business to not. And John McCain shifted from ardent de-regulator to Wall Street sheriff.

And with this last shift came an evident change in rhetoric. “Fiery,” said the Washington Post; “striking a more populist tone,” said The New York Times; “McCain has had to rapidly adjust his stance,” summed up the Boston Globe.

We come not to bury these national papers’ stories, but to praise them. Because each of these pieces not only noted that the candidate was up to something new, as a matter of campaign tactics, but also pointed out that it was new for him ideologically. They highlighted a core inconsistency between a career—including four years chairing the Senate’s Commerce Committee—that again and again favored deregulation (of our airwaves, of our banking system, and of our financial markets), and his newfound rhetorical pitchfork.

The press and its magnifying glass wearing ancillaries at outfits like Politifact can do a fine job of patrolling the candidates’ allegiance to the dry truth. It’s a relatively simple matter to hold a candidate to honest numbers or recitations of facts. (Although mileage may vary on whether or not they change what the candidates say.)

But McCain’s shift requires something different, something that you won’t see from the arbiters at Factcheck. It’s not a matter of finding a report or statistic that refutes a particular claim he's made; it’s about having the willingness to look back at his career and make a judgment about the full force and flavor of his record.

It’s the sort of judgment that reporters often resist making, for a host of reasons. It requires the willingness to think for oneself, and the recognition that analysis and independent conclusion is not the same thing as bias. But it’s also a matter of resources: to judge a candidate's record fairly, reporters must first be deeply familiar with it. And if they're not already, that familiarity can only be gained through thorough reporting, and through the time such reporting requires.

In this case, especially as the markets quiver and McCain swoops into Washington, journalists' willingness and ability to make those judgments is what best serves readers. This is clear if you take a look at a few local stories from early last week, early last week, as the crisis reached full boil and McCain began to whistle a new tune. Here’s one describing a Tuesday event from the Cleveland Plain Dealer.

Republicans Sen. John McCain and Gov. Sarah Palin brought a populist message to the Mahoning Valley Tuesday, whipping up a rally with vows to fix Wall Street and help working-class Ohio families.

McCain promised stiffer regulations and more transparency in the American financial system if he is elected president.

After that lede are some quotes from the rally, followed by some balancing quotes from a Democratic conference call with Ohio Senator Sherrod Brown that the Obama campaign organized to rebut the visit. There’s no mention of McCain’s past record on deregulation, no clue to readers from either the voice of the reporter or a non-partisan source that McCain’s tune is something new, unexpected, and rather contradictory to what he’s made his career saying. Isn’t that the sort of information you’d want as a swing state voter?

If so, you’d have to find it elsewhere. Here’s the top from a Washington Post story, published the same day:

A decade ago, Sen. John McCain embraced legislation to broadly deregulate the banking and insurance industries, helping to sweep aside a thicket of rules established over decades in favor of a less restricted financial marketplace that proponents said would result in greater economic growth.

Now, as the Bush administration scrambles to prevent the collapse of the American International Group (AIG), the nation's largest insurance company, and stabilize a tumultuous Wall Street, the Republican presidential nominee is scrambling to recast himself as a champion of regulation to end "reckless conduct, corruption and unbridled greed" on Wall Street.

See the difference? Of course, The Washington Post has far more resources and experience to bring to a story than the Plain Dealer. And a campaign rally is a hard news story for a regional paper, perhaps warranting a different cast. But just because a news event happens in a paper’s backyard is no excuse for not putting that event in the proper context.

It’s not just Ohio. Take this story from the Sarasota Herald Tribune, from a McCain rally in Florida earlier the same day:

Republican presidential nominee John McCain lashed out Tuesday at Wall Street with a ferocity seldom heard from leaders of his party. He railed against corporate greed, called for more government regulations and vowed to stop CEOs from cashing in when their financial institutions falter.

And most of all, McCain tried to position himself as the best candidate to solve the financial crisis--not as one of the leaders who allowed it to happen….

While offering little detail, he promised to give full support to financial regulatory agencies and advocated transparency.

The article strikes a more skeptical tone than the Plain Dealer’s, certainly, but there’s still no mention of McCain’s past regulation-hostile philosophy.

Again: If you were a reader in swing state Ohio, or Florida, isn’t that information you’d want to have?

One of the main benefits campaigns get by stumping in swing states are the media echoes after the rally: the headlines in the next day’s papers, the segments on that evening’s news. This week, NPRs David Greene and Politco’s Michael Calderone had excellent stories teasing out this strategy. The bottom line is that this local coverage will reach more people than can be packed into even the largest stadium. And when those stories offer little more then stenography, and fail to question a candidate’s record versus his rhetoric on one of the campaign’s biggest issues, well, who’s to say that’s not part of the plan?

MSNBC's "Aging, White Male Divas"

| No Comments

...is how New York Times TV ctitic Alessandra Stanley, in her mostly-positive review today of The Rachel Maddow Show, describes Maddow's peers at the cable network. Writes Stanley:

Her program adds a good-humored female face to a cable news channel whose prime time is dominated by unruly, often squabbling schoolboys; Ms. Maddow’s deep, modulated voice is reassuringly calm after so much shrill emotionalism and catfights among the channel’s aging, white male divas.

"Good debate," Stanley contends," isn’t just dueling talking points, it’s a clash of personalities and ideology in the same room." ("Good debate" on cable news?) Stanley points to a "bracing" exchange recently between ("aging diva") Pat Buchanan and Maddow ("one of the rare occasions when Ms. Maddow takes on an adversary"). I've often enjoyed the Buchanan v. Maddow moments during MSNBC's campaign coverage this year. They have been, sometimes, educational and entertaining and, yes, "bracing."

Eyes on Chicago

| No Comments

Michael Miner, the Chicago Reader's longtime media critic has a thoughtful piece today on the dilemma that The Chicago Tribune--under new Zell-tastic ownership--faces in either sticking with their unbroken record of backing Republican presidential candidates or endorsing Obama, a fresh-faced hometown pol whom they've strongly supported in the past.

I’m not at all sure the Tribune will endorse the Republican ticket. There are good reasons why it might not—but also reasons anyone who wants to respect the Tribune should worry about. ...

It may be that Sam Zell and company view the Trib’s political heritage as its seed corn. But as this is a brash, arrogant, desperate bunch with no background in the newspaper business and hundreds of millions of dollars of debt to dig out from under, it probably does not. “Is our POV blurred or dated?” asked innovations chief Lee Abrams in a staff memo in April. He suggested the company was operating on cruise control, “accepting that the look and POV are fine, when historically they might be, but the history may hold us back from competing and winning in today’s vastly changed and intense new environment.”

On September 29 the Tower will unveil a leaner, cleaner Tribune transformed for one big reason—the old one cost too much to produce. If Zell and Abrams and their buddies think endorsing Obama will give the retooled Tribune a leg up in this hazardous environment, they won’t let history stop them. Then it’ll be up to [editorial page editor Bruce ]Dold to persuade us that it’s still the newspaper of Lincoln talking, not the paper of—to quote the back of a T-shirt a Zell-hating Cubs fan was sporting a couple rows ahead of me at Wrigley Field last Sunday—a “money-grubbing old man.”

Read the whole thing here.

Unpacking the $700 Billion

| 1 Comment

Since the federal bailout of Wall Street was proposed earlier this week, the press has done its best to try and contextualize its $700 billion sum. “What is $700 billion worth?” lists have popped up all over the place, in an attempt to bring meaning to a number that is difficult to comprehend in everyday dollars.

This frame can seem trivial in the somber light of the crisis. Some seek to sensationalize the $700 billion with irrelevant contrasts (how many ice cream spoons would it buy?). But others draw legitimate comparisons (how many times would it have rebuilt Katrina?) that clarify the scale of the bailout. Check out both types, here, here and here. With varied levels of success, these are attempts to unpack the $700 billion in ways that make the most sense to average Americans, and they’re good-faith efforts.

The “what’s it worth” question ultimately seeks to lend credence and shape to popular outrage, reframing the proposed sum as a series of knowable quantities rather than as a lump-sum solution being pushed through Congress. But even as we note these efforts, we might also argue that some blame for this crisis can be attributed to the decline of truly populist reporting in the first place—the kind of reporting that, glibly put, would have better connected what was happening on Wall Street to what the residents of Main Street could expect further down the road.

Since Monday, when Megan wrote about the missing rage in journalists’ accounts of the financial meltdown and proposed bailout, many news outlets have begun to take up the populist cry that rightly argues that this isn’t the taxpayers’ fault. And for now, the press should continue to ground coverage in context and a healthy skepticism, as Ryan argues, thereby decreasing the likelihood of under- or over-estimation of the bailout cost and how the process will play out.

How? Continue to unpack the hugeness of the number, which raises some of the legitimate reasons for the public anger evident in editorials and comment sections of the papers’ news sites. Specify ways that the number is misleading: the government, and taxpayers, will probably get something return on their money in due time. Some reporters are trying, rightly, to push the notion that it isn't $700 billion or nothing. Check out two good examples here and here. And, last but not least, allot some extra space for personal finance reporters, as many papers have done, to answer questions from curious or panicked readers. Personal finance Q&As might not be directly related to the cost of the bailout, but in a trickle-down sort of way, they can provide background information that is very helpful.

Letterman, Olbermann, Bitter-men?

| No Comments

Everyone's talking about what David Letterman said about John McCain last night. Nutshell: McCain canceled his scheduled Letterman appearance at the last minute to, per Dave, "race back to Washington," only to then sit for an interview with CBS News's Katie Couric, snippets of which Letterman aired --including bits of McCain having his TV makeup applied -- while shouting things like, "It's as if [McCain] went off to get a manicure or somethin' [instead of doing my show]" and wondering aloud whether McCain "suspended his campaign" because of the economy or because of his slipping poll numbers.

Letterman's (substitute) guest last night, MSNBC's Keith Olbermann, made this contribution to the bitter-fest (after McCain asked him, basically, Why do you think McCain told me he had to go to Washington to fix the economy and then made time for Katie Couric?)

OLBERMANN: I think [McCain] dissed you...Or the other possibility is that [Couric] has all the money that's required to fix the economy.

Perhaps Olbermann and Letterman should switch jobs?

In the Beginning

| No Comments

Last year, New York’s state legislature, which has historically led the nation in passing pro-consumer credit legislation, approved a pair of bills aimed at protecting residents from questionable lending practices, the kind that have come back to haunt the economy. One of them would have put the brakes on the “universal default” provision, which lenders use to jack up the rates on credit cards if a cardholder misses a payment on a card issued by another lender. This practice has caused credit-card rates for some people to soar into the 20 or even the 30 percent range, far surpassing what once was considered criminal usury and helping to pile on debt that has contributed to mortgage foreclosures. But then-Governor Eliot Spitzer vetoed the bill, arguing that it would force lenders to increase interest rates or fees for all credit-card holders, even those with good credit records. Spitzer also claimed that the law wouldn’t do any good anyway because federal law would preempt state law, and federal law allows banks to bypass state usury laws by setting up shop in states with lax regulation.

Whatever the merits of Spitzer’s argument, it was an important discussion for New York and the rest of the country. But his veto was like the proverbial tree falling in the empty forest. The AP’s Albany bureau sent out no story, and the news editor does not recall why. A Nexis search found only one brief mention of the veto, in the Albany Times Union. Spitzer sided with the banks and the media were silent.

This would not always have been the case. What happened in Albany is just one piece of evidence of the decline of the consumer movement, the rise of consumerism to replace it, and the media’s role in both trends. The consumer movement that rose in the 1960s pushed for laws and regulations to protect buyers from the excesses of the marketplace. The press aided both its creation and its demise, then helped to replace it with consumerism, which serves the individual shopper but not systemic reform that might benefit everyone.

The Case for Sunlight

| 3 Comments

The current financial crisis is a matter not only of economics, but of journalism, as
well. As reporters and commentators scramble to shed light on the meltdown—its causes
and its effects, in both the short term and the long—they're doing so in the shadow of
an administration that has declared its desire for more opacity, not less, in its future
financial dealings. The secrecy inherent in Hank Paulson's proposed bailout plan should
raise serious questions among people who believe, as we do, that the free flow of
information is vital for our democracy.

In light of all that, we asked Gary D. Bass, executive director of OMB Watch—a
nonprofit government watchdog organization dedicated to promoting open government,
accountability, and citizen participation—for his perspective on journalism's stake in
the votes Congress will be casting on Friday. His thoughts are below.

— The Editors


Only a few days ago, Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson asked Congress to pass legislation that would allow his department to use $700 billion to purchase mountains of bad debt. That's 5 percent of the nation's total annual economic output, or to put it another way, that's even more than what has been spent on the war in Iraq. The magnitude of the funds requisitioned is matched only by the administration's requested level of unchecked power and opacity in how it would execute this historic market intervention.

We do not pretend to know whether a bailout is needed or, if one is needed, what size and scope it should be. But most assuredly, whatever solution is pursued should include vigorous, timely, and accessible disclosure of all details surrounding any government decisions in response to financial market problems. Paulson's initial request to Congress would have hidden the actions of the Treasury not only from the sight of the public, but also from Congress, the courts, and the media. Sec. 2(b)(2) of Paulson's legislative text would give his department authority to enter into contracts "without regard to any other provision of law regarding public contracts." Sec. 8 would make "[d]ecisions by the Secretary pursuant to the authority of this Act … non-reviewable and committed to agency discretion, and may not be reviewed by any court of law or any administrative agency." Paulson has agreed to modify these provisions, but their proposal is a clear indicator that the administration has its sights set on virtually unchecked authority—much like what happened after the 9/11 terrorist attacks.

The type of opacity sought by Paulson should be especially troubling to journalists and other members of the media. More than anyone, journalists understand the power and importance of information. From repeated experience, journalists know that often, when government throws up walls of secrecy, that is done to protect not the people, but rather ineptitude, corruption, conflicts of interest, and questionable decisions on the part of the government. Time and time again, journalists have fought past government secrecy to bring to light occurrences of mismanagement, fraud, and abuse of power. The current debate over solutions to the fiscal meltdown on Wall Street should be no different, both in the process Congress uses to develop a solution and in the implementation of the solution itself.

Congress would be wise to ensure that significant oversight and accountability structures be put in place in whatever solution they adopt, including disclosure requirements that make information available to the public and the media. If Paulson or his successor can make unilateral decisions about contracts, for example, that power will likely raise conflicts of interest that will remain unknown without journalistic scrutiny. The firms most able to help the government dispose of toxic assets are likely the same companies that are seeking the government bailout, and the public has a right to know which firms are benefiting and why. Congress must be wary of ceding authority to an autonomous actor with no assurances of safeguarding the public from conflicts of interest.

Journalists know that secrecy worsened this crisis, and as such, they have a responsibility to help ensure that the solution Congress adopts avoid additional secrecy. Otherwise, the taxpayers could end up spending $700 billion just to see the same disasters repeated.

Mad Dog Wailin'

| 3 Comments

There are few coastal media elites who would admit on purpose to genuine contempt for the entire middle and south of the country. It just isn’t sporting.

But then there’s Matt Taibbi. He’ll admit it, on purpose and at great length. He really does think he’s better than you. And he’s really, really pissed off. Again. Taibbi’s prose - be it about Tom Friedman, the 109th Congress, or the Pope - lurches over an arid emotional range between umbrage and fury. But this time, it’s not them - it’s you.

Taibbi’s latest tantrum in Rolling Stone, though titled “Mad Dog Palin,” is actually an attack on the voters themselves. (This would be a good place for a link to the article. It's not on the Rolling Stone Web site yet, but you can read it here.) In a way, Taibbi’s just keeping it real. He’s not into paternalistic, passive-aggressive hand-wringing about why voters just won’t acknowledge their own best interests and get liberal already. Taibbi knows why:

Here’s the thing about Americans. You can send their kids off by the thousands to get their balls blown off in foreign lands for no reason at all, saddle them with billions in debt year after congressional year while they spend their winters cheerfully watching game shows and football, pull the rug out from under their mortgages, and leave them living off their credit cards and their Wal-Mart salaries while you move their jobs to China and Bangalore.


And none of it matters, so long as you remember a few months before Election Day to offer them a two-bit caricature culled from some cutting-room-floor episode of Roseanne as part of your presidential ticket. And if she’s a good enough likeness of a loudmouthed Middle American archetype, as Sarah Palin is, John Q. Public will drop his giant-sized bag of Doritos in gratitude, wipe the sizzlin’ picante dust from his lips and rush to the booth to vote for her. Not because it makes sense, or because it has a chance of improving his life or anyone else’s, but simply because it appeals to the low-humming narcissism that substitutes for his personality, because that image on TV reminds him of the mean brainless slob he sees in the mirror every morning.

The main problem Taibbi sees with Palin isn’t that she’s an “obviously unqualified, doomed-to-fail joke of a bible-thumping buffoon.” It’s what the Palin nomination - and its spectacular success so far - represents about what Americans value, which is apparently “being a fat fucking pig who pins ‘Country First’ buttons on his man titties and chants ‘U-S-A! U-S-A!’ at the top of his lungs while his kids live off credit cards and Saudis buy up all the mortgages in Kansas.”

The spluttering gist is that Palin is a caricature of America - the American Right in particular, though Taibbi’s rancor is as bipartisan as that resolution establishing July 2007 National Watermelon Month. (Seriously. That passed unanimously. Yes we can.)

It’s ironic, though, that Taibbi himself is an even better, more thorough caricature of the supposedly America-hating left. Taibbi actually does hate America and Americans, and he makes no apologies for it. It's refreshing to see someone explicitly insult every citizen of every red state while other coastal "elites" like Brooks and MoDo (cf. Campaign Desk circa April) pretend in their even more condescending way to “get” them.

But as CJR has pointed out before, Taibbi’s vituperation is not ad hominem. It’s ad everyone.

5 Crisis Questions for the Press

| 3 Comments

1. What happens if nothing happens?

If the government doesn’t bail out Wall Street and the banks, will we all be in bread lines and Hoovervilles, planning our trips west to Californy? Or will we just face a deep recession or something more moderate even?

I’m not asking for fortune-telling here, just some scenarios.

2. How better could that $700 billion be spent?

Why not spend it on shoring up shaky homeowners, who are ultimately the wobbly foundation causing the debt edifice to collapse? More like this type of reporting, from yesterday’s Washington Post, is in order—and fast.

3. Whither the banks?

It wasn’t so long ago we were hearing about what bad shape the banking industry was in—Citigroup, Wachovia, Washington Mutual, etc. Now they’re being presented as pillars of strength and saviors to Wall Street’s investment banks. Wachovia is in merger talks with Morgan Stanley and the latter and Goldman Sachs have converted to commercial banks, effectively meaning the end of Depression-era law that split I-banks from commercial banks.

But surely the Big Bailout is more about rescuing the regular banking system than it is about anything else. Banks aren’t lending to each other. We’re officially in a Panic of ’08. Why is it now considered good that Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley will now be able to spread their risk to consumer deposits, rather than relying on short-term borrowing?

How does such a model endanger commercial banks and the deposits of Americans? We’re all ears, biz media—and no, this WSJ story isn’t good enough.

4. Why have politicians and regulators let institutions get “too big to fail, and why not put such firms on a diet?

The press should ask why companies whose collapse would threaten economic apocalypse aren’t being slimmed down and split up until they’re not so scary. Instead, we have Bank of America, the nation’s biggest commercial bank, swallowing Merrill Lynch, the second biggest investment bank with nary a peep from the press about whether this is a good idea. B of A was already too big to fail. Now it’s something worse.

Why isn’t anyone writing about slimming these companies down? Bigger is not better here.

5. What happens if hedge funds and private equity fall, too?

The hedge fund and private-equity industries are on the verge of collapsing like the late great investment-bank industry, says none other than Mr. Been Right All Along, Nouriel Roubini. What will that mean for markets and the economy?

Hedge funds and private-equity use tons of debt to goose returns, but aren’t regulated at all and are serious dangers to the financial system and to the economy. Seems like a good time to do a story on how the next regime will regulate them.

Couric Followed Up (Will Palin)?

| 5 Comments

Katie Couric asked a follow-up question.

When Gov. Sarah Palin, Couric's interviewee on CBS Evening News tonight, failed to answer the question before her ("You've said, quote, 'John McCain will reform the way Wall Street does business.' Other than supporting stricter regulations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac two years ago, can you give us any more examples of him leading the charge for more oversight?"), Couric did what reporters too often don't do: she asked again.

COURIC: But [McCain's] been in Congress for 26 years. He's been chairman of the powerful Commerce Committee. And he has almost always sided with less regulation, not more.

(Yeah, that was a question.) And when Palin again failed to answer ("He's also known as the maverick though..."), Couric... asked again.

COURIC: But can you give me any other concrete examples? Because I know you've said Barack Obama is a lot of talk and no action. Can you give me any other examples in his 26 years of John McCain truly taking a stand on this?

And when that version, too, went unanswered, Couric -- this time, almost apologetically -- asked again.

I'm just going to ask you one more time - not to belabor the point. Specific examples in his 26 years of pushing for more regulation.

At which point Palin promised, "I'll try to find ya some and I"ll bring them to ya."

Kudos to Couric for continuing to ask (that is, for doing her job) rather than giving up and moving on. Couric followed up. (Will Palin?)

Overall, solid work on Couric's part. She kept focused on the economy; she didn't let a vague talking point/assertion go unchallenged (when Palin said, "Americans are waiting to see what John McCain will do on this proposal. They're not waiting to see what Barack Obama is going to do. Is he going to do this [Palin licks finger and holds it aloft] see what way the political wind's blowing?" Couric asked what she was talking about, particularly in light of recent poll numbers hinting otherwise); she maintained her gravitas face, for the most part, (even when Palin used the m-word!).

We'll see what happens when more of the interview airs in the coming days.


Watch CBS Videos Online

Schooling Sarah

| 1 Comment

This week, GOP strategists seem intent on replacing the image of Sarah Palin gazing knowingly onto Russia from her front porch with images of her having tête-à-têtes with Hamid Karzai and Henry Kissinger, all in an effort to dispel concerns about her foreign policy inexperience.

The press, barely privy to these proceedings and making do with what they’re given, were in a tricky spot, forced to turn photo-ops into news stories.

The Wall Street Journal slugged its story with the headline “Palin Uses U.N. Session to Bolster Her Resume." Other outlets avoided such assertive verbs in their heds, treating the day more directly: “Palin gets an introduction to foreign policy,” said the L.A. Times; “Palin's U.N. Crash Course,” reported CBS News. The Washington Post created a stark numerical juxtaposition using numbers with “Palin Sits Down With 2 Foreign Leaders” in the headline, and a mention of the 150+ leaders Biden has met in the article's body.

But cleverness aside, Palin’s inexperience on the foreign policy stage is real and cannot be shored up by a few drop-in visits with heads of state, and the media ought to do a better job of pointing this out. Where’s the open skepticism? Where are the questions? The Wall Street Journal’s headline implies that Palin has a foreign-policy resume that can be “bolstered,” which she doesn’t.

Let’s be clear on something. Being able to make conversation with a head of state for one half hour does not equal foreign policy expertise. Since we don’t actually know what was said in these exchanges, (because reporters weren’t allowed in, and because Palin didn’t speak to reporters afterward), the press can’t run stories that allow the GOP to sell the idea that Palin can get up to speed with foreign policy with a some briefings and few handshakes. The fact is Palin’s foreign policy expertise remains unchanged from two days ago and any story that alleges otherwise is wrong.

The Associated Press came out strongly when reporting Palin’s around-the-world-in-three-hours:

Palin is studying foreign policy ahead of her one debate with Democratic vice presidential candidate Joe Biden, a senator with deep credentials on that front. More broadly, the Republican ticket is trying to counter questions exploited by Democrats about her qualifications to serve as vice president and step into the presidency at a moment's notice if necessary.


There was no chance of putting such questions to rest with photo opportunities Tuesday.

More outlets need to follow the AP’s lead when reporting on Sarah Palin’s Excellent Foreign Policy Adventure. While the visuals might be convincing, we need thousands of words to dispel the story the pictures are telling.

McGambit

| No Comments

Just minutes ago, John McCain issued one of his campaign’s classic media-cycle-grabbing gambits. He’s announced that, as of tomorrow morning (so there’s still time to get out a digging press release or two), he’ll be “suspending” his campaign to return to Washington to work on the economy.

And that, of course, means that we’ll have to skip that pesky presidential debate upcoming in Oxford, Mississippi. So sorry, Mr. Lehrer!

Here at CJR, we often fault our political press for over-analyzing the political dimensions of the presidential campaign—what voting bloc is this policy tailored to, who likes this color necktie, etc.—rather than discuss how the programs proposed by the candidates would affect voters (read: news consumers).

But sometimes that kind of coverage is valid, and if there were ever such a time, now is it. Yes, McCain does have an important role to play in this crisis—if he doesn’t endorse the eventual bailout or rescue package, it’s unlikely it will garner enough Republican votes to pass. But there’s no reason he can’t (like Obama did this morning) lay out a few basic principles such a bill would have to meet before it would garner his support. But instead, he’s "suspending his campaign," and, in the process, putting Obama into a damned-if-he-does, damned-if-he-doesn’t position.

This move is so transparently political that covering it as a transparent act of politics is pretty much the only approach. And again, it’s the right one.

The stakes are especially high because McCain’s hostage in this crisis is one of the most treasured institutions of the media-politico season. The debates aren’t flawless, but they are the method by which millions and millions of voters get vital information on the major candidates and their plans for the country. (It is, in fact, the debates’ very prominence and importance, and McCain’s willingness to scrap one, that is meant to demonstrate how seriously he’s taking the crisis.)

Unfortunately, right out of the gates, cable’s framing was credulous.

“I don’t want to debate John McCain’s motives,” said Norah O’Donnell on MSNBC just after the news moved. But just a half hour later, she’d come around. “Do you think McCain be criticized for doing this, even though he says he wants to suspend politicking, that he’s doing it for pure political reasons—whether he’s looking at pools that show him dropping because of the focus on the economy…”

McCain is saying, essentially, one simple phrase to Obama: “Your move.”

He’s saying it to the press too.

Friday Night: Keeping Up Appearances

| No Comments

In anticipation of Friday night’s first presidential debate (which, if John McCain has his way, might be postponed), the campaign press and the candidates are focused, in their own ways, on the impression that Senators McCain and Obama will make on the American people. Both sides are setting and managing expectations; talking about what this candidate needs to do (and avoid doing).

Jim Lehrer, the journalist moderating the debate, is thinking about appearances as well.

Leher recently told the Baltimore Sun (italics mine):

Fairness and the appearance of fairness are critical because everything must appear to be absolutely straight and driven by the views of these people who want to be president rather than by some agenda that the moderator may have. This is not me saying, 'Hey I want to reveal this or I want do that.' This is a different purpose.

A higher purpose, presumably. Which sounded good (reasonable and serious and sincere and maybe just what we need in this age of hysterical barking punditry). Until I looked again.

- "Fairness is critical." OK. Great. Be fair. (Although… fair to whom? Voters seeking information? The candidates?)

- “The appearance of fairness is critical." Critical to what, exactly? To avoiding accusations of bias and the inevitable, ensuing distraction from that? (And such accusations do have a way of sucking up all the attention, no doubt).

- "Everything must appear to be straight and driven by" candidates' views and not some moderator "agenda." This focus on not appearing to have an agenda—the appearing to have being as bad or worse than any actual having? And: Are all agendas bad? What if your agenda is truth and information? Does maintaining “the appearance of fairness” trump informing people (say, holding a candidate to his record?) What happens when being fair to voters might not look fair to candidates (“fair” here meaning treating both candidates equally on an issue in which an inequality exists.)

Could this focus on appearances stem from all the “working the refs” the campaigns have done this election season? It could. But it also reminded me of an exchange I had with Lehrer during a Q&A in 2006:

ME: How do you approach reporting when a public official has said something that is blatantly untrue?

LEHRER: I don’t deal in terms like “blatantly untrue.” That’s for other people to decide when something’s “blatantly untrue.” There’s always a germ of truth in just about everything … My part of journalism is to present what various people say about it the best we can find out [by] reporting and let others — meaning commentators, readers, viewers, bloggers or whatever … I’m not in the judgment part of journalism. I’m in the reporting part of journalism. I have great faith in the intelligence of the American viewer and reader to put two and two together and come up with four. Sometimes they’re going to come up with five. Best I can do for them is to give them every piece of information I can find and let them make the judgments. That’s just my basic view of my function as a journalist.

ME: That goes beyond presenting a claim and several counter-claims that appear to call into question the original claim?

LEHRER: That’s part of it. Absolutely that’s part of it. I mean, if somebody says — doesn’t matter if it’s the president or who —if somebody says, “It rained on Thursday,” and you know for a fact it didn’t rain on Thursday, if the person was of a nature that you felt you should quote him, “It rained on Thursday.” Second paragraph, third paragraph — or in television terms second or third sentence — you would say, “However, according to the weather bureau it didn’t [rain Thursday].” But you don’t call the person a liar. The person who would call that person a liar would be the person who’d read that story and say, “My god, Billy Bob lied.” But I’m not doing that. I’m providing the information so that the person can make their decision. People might say, “Well the weather bureau has lied. Or I was out that day and it was raining …”

ME: Is there any place for writing, “Billy Bob said it rained Thursday. The weather bureau said it didn’t. I was out that day and I say it didn’t.”

LEHRER: I would never do that. That’s not my function to do that.

ME: Is it a newspaper’s function?

LEHRER: Look, I’m just telling you what I do, ok? I’m an expert on the NewsHour and it isn’t how I practice journalism. I am not involved in the story. I serve only as a reporter or someone asking questions. I am not the story.

Back to Lehrer's words this week (to the Sun):

It isn't about pressing the candidates. It's to make it possible for the people who are running for president to exchange their ideas rather than to bounce off mine.

Hey, I complained about all the "Russert-based questions" in a 2007 primary debate moderated by Tim Russert. I hear Lehrer's it's not about me point.

And yet Lehrer's vision of A Presidential Debate ("the people who are running for president exchange their ideas") sounds like an event at which a moderator would be superfluous, and one that therefore works well only if "exchange their ideas" is really, in earnest, what "the people who are running for president" aim to do at the debate. Is it?

Tricky Rick

| No Comments

After the New York Times wrote about how John McCain's campaign manager Rick Davis had been paid some $30,000 a month for five years as president of the Homeownership Alliance, McCain explained that Davis has not been involved with the company for several years and invited the press to look into Davis’s record, while his campaign slammed the Times for being “150 percent in the tank” for Barack Obama.

Today, the Times called McCain's bluff. Turns out that, while it is technically true that the Homeownership Alliance has not paid Davis any money recently, it is also true that Freddie Mac paid Davis's lobbying firm, Davis Manafort, up through last month. The Times reports that its sources:

[D]id not recall Mr. Davis’s doing much substantive work for the company in return for the money, other than to speak to a political action committee of high-ranking employees in October 2006 on the approaching midterm Congressional elections. They said Mr. Davis’s firm, Davis Manafort, had been kept on the payroll because of his close ties to Mr. McCain, the Republican presidential nominee, who by 2006 was widely expected to run again for the White House.

Actually, Freddie Mac continued to pay Davis Manafort until it was taken over by the government this month, along with Fannie Mae. According to the Times:

Jill Hazelbaker, a spokeswoman for the McCain campaign, did not dispute the payments to Mr. Davis’s firm. But she said that Mr. Davis had stopped taking a salary from the firm by the end of 2006 and that his work did not affect Mr. McCain.

Well, no kidding it didn't. Note that the problem here is not, strictly speaking, a matter of special interests having too much power over government (of either party). It seems that the McCain campaign, like so many people in America, didn't really understand how the mortgage giants worked. By underwriting high-risk mortgages, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac gave housing loans to people with bad credit (some 70 percent of new mortgages in recent months were given by the two companies), both exacerbating the housing crisis and hurting themselves in the process. But McCain’s campaign (like Obama’s campaign, the Bush administration, most homeowners, and pretty much every member of Congress) ignored the hazardous nature of subprime mortgages, and did little to prevent the disaster.

If only Rick Davis had some influence with the mortgage company, then someone from the McCain campaign might have been paying attention. Instead what we've got is something weirder and very Washington: "Don't blame me, I just cashed the checks."

But let’s be honest about this already. Attacking the media for reporting the truth—however embarrassing that truth might be—is not just unseemly, it's irresponsible. Did the McCain campaign think no one would figure this out?

The Elephant in the Control Room

| 10 Comments

When Andrea Mitchell reports on the current financial crisis—or on anything that relates to the crisis, which is, these days, a lot—there is an excessively large elephant in the control room. Its name is Alan Greenspan.

That Greenspan is Mitchell's husband doesn't, under normal circumstances, warrant disclosure or special treatment. Mitchell is a career journalist who knows what conflict of interest is—and how to avoid not only its appearance, but also, one hopes, its effects. Under normal circumstances, it would be unfair to hold her husband against her.

Under normal circumstances. But the credit crisis—and the current meltdown we're facing, whose effects, assuming we can find a way to stanch them in the short term, will likely be with us for generations to come—is not normal circumstances. Greenspan, by virtue of his nearly-nineteen-year chairmanship of the Federal Reserve Board, is, to some extent, culpable in the crisis we're facing. Critics have accused the Greenspan-led Fed of inflating the housing bubble by keeping loan rates too low for too long, encouraging reckless lending and borrowing. Greenspan himself has admitted as much, telling CBS last year, "While I was aware a lot of these practices were going on, I had no notion of how significant they had become until very late. I really didn’t get it until very late in 2005 and 2006.” And as The New York Times put it in a December 2007 article headlined "Fed Shrugged as Subprime Crisis Spread" (emphasis mine),

Until the boom in subprime mortgages turned into a national nightmare this summer, the few people who tried to warn federal banking officials might as well have been talking to themselves.

Edward M. Gramlich, a Federal Reserve governor who died in September, warned nearly seven years ago that a fast-growing new breed of lenders was luring many people into risky mortgages they could not afford.

But when Mr. Gramlich privately urged Fed examiners to investigate mortgage lenders affiliated with national banks, he was rebuffed by Alan Greenspan, the Fed chairman.

The degree of Greenspan's culpability in the current meltdown is certainly debatable. One could argue, as he does, that its root cause wasn't the interest rates of the mortgages themselves, but their repackaging. What isn't debatable, though, is the fact that, as chairman of the body that presided over the economy while it began its slow-before-sudden descent into Dante-conomic hell, the legacy of Greenspan's Fed chairmanship is intimately entwined in the crisis. (If the awkward evasiveness he and Mitchell exhibited at the opening-night gala for the New York Philharmonic last week is any indication, the couple is acutely aware of that.) The oft-repeated comparison of the credit meltdown to September 11 is flawed in many respects, but it's valid in the sense that we had warning signs of this crisis long before it exploded last week. There's a reason that "asleep at the switch" has become a truism in the treatments of the crisis; and one of the people manning that switch was Alan Greenspan.

None of which is to say that Andrea Mitchell is culpable for her husband's credit-crisis connection. She isn't. But nor does that mean that her reporting isn't, to some degree, compromised by Greenspan. Take Mitchell's commentary on today's episode of Morning Joe, in which—wearing a pundit's hat more than a reporter's—she tried to find a silver lining to the Paulson plan's $700 billion investment request (emphasis mine):

Once there's some stability in the market, then the real value of these mortgage loans will become apparent, and then people will get back in.

And, by the way, there's some really interesting data that is just beginning to surface in these hearings. Lockhart, the regulator of Fannie and Freddie, testified to this yesterday, largely overlooked. There was an article in the Wall Street Journal, an op-ed, by a Columbia professor and by Peter Wallason, who has done some advising for McCain, but is a former treasury official and a former White House counsel. And what they said is that there was a domino effect.

What happened was, the Bush Administration started threatening to regulate Fannie and Freddie and to take away some of their special, implicit benefits where they got cheap money, where they got special implicit subsidies in their interest rates, they could get money at a lower cost. And during that period, they had to prove—and Congress was pressuring them—both parties—pressuring them prove that they were fulfilling their commitment to low-income housing.... And all of the sudden you saw a surge in what they were putting into these subprime loans. And it practically doubled in the last couple of years, in what they were putting into those subprime loans. This was between 2006, 2007—that's when you saw the big increase in bad loans. So there's a lot of blame here to go all around, but they've got a lot of answers to deliver, as well.

Again: this was between 2006, 2007. And Greenspan resigned from the Fed's chairmanship on January 31, 2006.

Which is troubling. Mitchell may be making a fair historical comparison to add context to the current crisis; but the fact that it's a comparison that would also partially absolve her husband from guilt in that crisis means that it's probably a point another reporter should be making. While the shades of populism in Mitchell's concern for blame assignment may be legitimate, they could just as easily be the symptoms of a wife wanting to protect her husband's reputation, now and for the future. It's one thing for Mitchell to report the facts of the credit crisis, but venturing into commentary is a precarious trek. So is reporting on the Fed itself, as Mitchell did last Monday:

I'm Andrea Mitchell, live in Washington today. The Federal Reserve has agreed to lend one of the world's largest insurers, AIG, $85 billion to stave off financial crisis in exchange for a major stake in the company. Let's get right to CNBC's David Faber, who's been reporting this all night and all day. David, the Fed said just two days ago they would not be in the bailout business. Now they are taking over, practically, this business by converting these shares and having such a big stake in AIG. What changed?

A fair question, in every sense. But when Mitchell asks another reporter about the Fed—and, really, about anything related to the economic crisis—it's not so much a question of fairness as it is one of accuracy. While Mitchell may be able to be balanced and sober in her own assessments of the crisis, or in her ability to ask good questions about it, she's not the only player in her reporting. She has sources and interviewees. And it's debatable whether those sources and interviewees would be similarly able to answer Mitchell's questions fully, given the ties of the person who's asking them.

NBC News doesn't share that doubt. As Allison Gollust, NBC News's Senior Vice President for Communications, told me via e-mail:

We make decisions about Andrea's reporting on the current financial crisis on a day-to-day, case-by-case basis. There are countless aspects of the story that present absolutely no potential for conflict whatsoever. In cases where we feel the focus of a given storyline may present a problem, we assign those stories to another correspondent. We are 100 percent comfortable with all of her reporting thus far.

Still, though. I worry that, to the extent that TV segment interviewees are sources, and to the extent that they provide useful information and analysis, rather than just, you know, "good TV," an interview with Mitchell might constrain their honesty. You wouldn't want Laura Bush asking you about the federal government's reaction to Katrina. You wouldn't Maria Malan interviewing you about apartheid. And so on. Those interviews would be awkward, but, more to the point, they would be unproductive. They'd yield, at most, partial truths. It'd be naive to think that an interview with Mitchell would be any different.

In reporting on the financial crisis, journalists need to help viewers and readers and listeners fully understand what we're facing right now. (And to fully understand what, exactly, our tax money will be paying to bail out, assuming that the Paulson plan passes.) "What went wrong?" should be a standard question Mitchell and other journalists are asking right now. When one potential answer to that question is "Alan Greenspan," there's a conflict. A big one.

Mitchell—who's recently been doing the work of a national political reporter, though her official title at NBC News is Chief Foreign Affairs Correspondent—has been, like a select smattering of NBC's on-air talent, pretty much omnipresent during the campaign season. As MSNBC has pushed to make itself worthy of its self-supplied tagline ("MSNBC: The Place for Politics"), it has put its most respected personalities—Tom Brokaw, David Gregory, Chuck Todd, and Mitchell—on the air as often as possible. Mitchell regularly guests on Morning Joe and on the evening juggernaut that is Countdown with Keith Olbermann. She anchors the 1 p.m. hour of MSNBC Live (Mika Brzezinski joked on today's Morning Joe that that hour should be called, simply, Andrea). She's been a correspondent and commentator during the network's live evening coverage of political events: primary nights, the conventions, etc. On MSNBC, Mitchell is everywhere.

But maybe she should be a little less everywhere while the financial crisis is at its height. Maybe MSNBC should consider whether its viewers are served by an anchor and reporter who is, in so many ways, so close to the story she's covering. That isn't to say that Mitchell should be simply taken off the air right now. That would be a loss to MSNBC and to its views; Mitchell is not only one of the best reporters NBC News has, but also a gravitas-giving presence on a cable network that is desperately seeking, among other things, gravity. But it is to say that, when it comes to covering the financial crisis, the expanse of Mitchell's space in "The Place for Politics" is worth questioning. Particularly since whatever space she occupies must also accommodate her elephant.

Remembering Nancy Maynard

| No Comments

When I first met Nancy Hicks Maynard, she had just been appointed as a co-director of the Media Studies Center at Freedom Forum during its first year outside of the Columbia School of Journalism.

I knew Nancy by reputation as a reporter and, of course, as the former owner of the Oakland Tribune, which she ran with her husband, the late Bob Maynard.

As I got to know her, I realized that she was not only a pioneer for women journalists. She was a risk taker—an ingredient that's all too rare in today's journalism.

Nancy worked as a reporter at The New York Times during the days when there were few women reporters, let alone African-Americans, in the newsroom.

Her marriage to the late Robert Maynard led to another risk—the purchase of the Oakland Tribune. Their decision to publish the paper put them in the history books as the first African-Americans to own a mainstream newspaper. From her vantage point, Nancy became keenly aware of the news industry’s struggles to sustain itself, and during our Freedom Forum year she spent a great deal of time investigating and promoting innovative ideas on the future of the news media. The result was her book Mega Media: How Market Forces Are Transforming News.

But perhaps the most lasting legacy of her forceful pursuit of journalism excellence was the journalism training institute that bears the Maynard name.

Thousands of journalists of all colors and backgrounds have benefitted from the vision that Nancy and Bob put into that training program. As an editor at The Philadelphia Inquirer, I sent many minority journalists to Maynard, confident that they would get the training and assistance that would help them move into top reporting and editing positions. Eventually, I brought the institute to the Inquirer, to help the paper thoroughly examine the diversity of its coverage.

On a personal level, Nancy was an important ally in my efforts to realize what was then considered a revolutionary idea—a text book, complete with a supplementary CD and Web site, on how to cover race and ethnicity. This was 1996, and most people had no idea what multimedia was all about, let alone how to use it as a teaching tool on race.

Somehow I knew that Nancy would take a risk on me, even though I had neither academic credentials nor teaching experience. By helping me attain a Freedom Forum fellowship, Nancy gave me the confidence and intellectual support I needed to create a unique text book on how to cover race and ethnicity.

It took more than ten years and a lot of help to get my project—The Authentic Voice—done and on the shelves at journalism schools around the country. It is just one of her lasting legacies. Nancy Maynard, a woman of many achievments, left her mark on this world. Above all, she believed in the necessity of fearless reporting on the complexities of how race and demographic change were transforming America.

We've still got a long way to go, but we are closer to the goal because of Nancy Hicks Maynard.

Living in the Past

| No Comments

As far as the Chicago Tribune is concerned, Hillary Clinton is still in contention for the presidency.

According to this roundup of "Profiles of 2008 presidential candidates," the gang consists of McCain, Obama, and Hillary. And Clinton's face, alphabetically I presume, sits above Obama's.

Oops!

Taking It To The Streets

| No Comments

Despite the buzz surrounding the current presidential campaign, historical trends suggest a sizeable portion of the American public will not vote this year. Journalists can claim a good deal of the credit for the public’s disconnection to national politics—a 2007 Pew poll (PDF) found that a majority of those surveyed, while still holding an overall positive opinion of the press, nonetheless thought the media was biased, often inaccurate, and unlikely to report on things that readers cared about.

A survey of just about any paper’s political coverage leaves little mystery as to why. Today’s top headlines in The New York Times’s politics section: “McCain Aide’s Firm Was Paid by Freddie Mac,” “Pinpoint Attacks Focus on Obama,” “Obama and McCain Stand Firm on Bailout,” and so on. The Chicago Tribune: “Wal-Mart shoppers: McCain's battlefield,” “Biden hits coal-country nerve,” “Obama, McCain: Economy lifts Obama.” The Dallas Morning News: McCain, Obama in virtual tie for women’s votes, new poll finds,” “Palin meets with Kissinger, presidents of Afghanistan, Colombia,” McCain, Obama tread carefully on the economy.”

This is not another complaint about our focus on “horse race” coverage—many of these stories are unquestionably news, and some horse-race coverage is necessary. The problem is that political reporters follow the campaigns as closely as an EKG monitors a patient's heart rate. We get a lot of coverage about what candidates do and what the campaigns think is important. But that is not the same thing as covering what voters would like them to do and what Americans care about. A campaign might choose to talk about abortion, for example, even when the economy and health care are more important to most voters, because it mobilizes a key constituency to go to the polls.

The press spends far too much time "following" the campaigns, instead of emphasizing neglected issues and rooting its coverage in the experiences of actual communities. This is not a job solely for papers in local markets—the national debate would be enriched by real news about how the presidential contest is playing out across the country—especially since swing states have a disproportionate impact on national politics. Trudy Lieberman has done a great job of this in her Health Care on the Mississippi series for CJR. But there’s always room for more.

What if, instead of shelling out to send legions of reporters to the conventions, The New York Times, the cable news networks, and other national news outlets simply assigned a pair of reporters to every swing state for the 2008 election cycle assigned to get to know the states’ voters and their concerns? They would not cover the machinations of the campaigns’ state operations, but rather drive coverage to issues the campaigns might not have an interest in talking about. They would be advocates for the voters, not a means for the campaigns to get out their “message.”

Of course, there has been some very good political reporting this cycle, even of the kind I'm describing. My favorite story remains Katherine Q. Seelye's October, 2007 report on what patrons of South Carolina's black beauty parlors thought about the Democratic primary. The article communicates a sense for the texture of the political debate, and how it filters into voters' daily lives. Her reporting turned up a widespread "almost maternal concern for Mr. Obama's safety," an element that would be hard to elicit from polling.

Of course, Seelye was apparently tipped to the story because the Obama campaign had organized a beauty-parlor outreach campaign. But political discussions happen in community gathering spots—and, for that matter, Internet chat rooms—that no politician or journalist ever thinks to visit. Seeking out these stories without help from the campaigns is obviously a resource-intensive task. But it’d be much more informative than poll analyses that take up an unjustifiable amount of space when millions of Americans are making up their minds in a way that is infinitely more interesting than numbers can illustrate.

The Press and Phil Gramm

| 6 Comments

The alternative press has led the way on the story of Phil Gramm and the policy roots of the financial crisis, beating the mainstream business and other media rather badly about the face and neck.

Why this would be so is a subject for group psychologists, anthropologists, social workers, ethnographers, drug counselors, and media critics like us, and certainly another day. But with an election around the corner, we would suggest only that it is as much a mistake for journalists as it is for voters to assume that past policy decisions are unrelated to our current predicament.

So, let's accentuate the positive and offer an Audit Credit to Mother Jones for more excellent reporting on the ever-widening ripples from the deregulation of the American financial system, which allowed, as it invariably does, the bad money to drive out the good.

James K. Galbraith examines the bubble effects of this deregulation, looking beyond the obvious one in housing, already burst, to the other ones in energy and food. As his colleague David Corn did last summer, Galbraith lays considerable responsibility for financial deregulation at the feet of former Senator Phil Gramm. But, unlike Corn’s also Credit-worthy piece, Galbraith shifts his focus to a specific result of that deregulation: the speculation that has resulted in high commodities prices.

Galbraith’s analysis is nuanced. He does not blame high energy and food prices solely on speculation, but he does expose as a myth the idea that high prices are the result of tight supply and high demand alone. He states bluntly:

Yes, Virginia, speculators can affect the price—if they are large and relentless enough to dominate a market, and especially if they can store the commodity and keep it off the market as the price rises.

Here is where deregulation comes in, because it has given speculators their outsized power. Deregulation has meant that speculation is not a fringe activity, but has rather become a mainstream investment strategy. Here is Galbraith:

Thus today, when officials like Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson say that speculation is not a factor in the commodity markets, they’re not counting hedge funds and investment banks as speculators—even though that’s what they really are.

Galbraith is hardly the only one to raise the issue of speculation and high oil prices, but he distinguishes himself by looking at the larger picture: energy speculation as one facet of broader, and disastrous, deregulation.

In Galbraith’s and Corn’s pieces, Mother Jones makes it clear that if you are looking for someone to thank for this situation, you wouldn’t be wrong to send your regards to Phil Gramm.

Gramm threw his weight behind the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000, which, among other things, paved the way for a boom in those nasty credit default swaps that are coming back to haunt us all. Writes Galbraith:

This, combined with other deregulatory moves by the CFTC [Commodity Futures Trading Commission], broadened the ‘swaps loophole,’ an enormous backdoor into the commodities markets, basically permitting speculators making bets off the commodities exchanges to be treated as ‘commercial interests’—like say, farmers—and hence avoid the scrutiny (including limits on the size of their bets) normally applied to financial players.

And, as is better known, Gramm also co-sponsored 1999 legislation—backed by the Clinton Administration—that collapsed the distinction between investment and commercial banks.

For a view of where both pieces of legislation fit into the financial crisis, take a look at this clear timeline that appeared in Mother Jones last summer.

In the interest of credit where credit is due, we note that Mother Jones, while notable for its force and persistence, was not the first publication to have looked closely at Gramm’s history. Credit also goes to The Texas Observer, where a rigorous article by Patricia Kilday Hart, from last May, pinpoints Gramm as an architect of the financial crisis. Here is Hart on the circumstances of the 2000 legislation:

In the early evening of Friday, December 15, 2000, with Christmas break only hours away, the U.S. Senate rushed to pass an essential, 11,000-page government reauthorization bill. In what one legal textbook would later call ‘a stunning departure from normal legislative practice,’ the Senate tacked on a complex, 262-page amendment at the urging of Texas Sen. Phil Gramm.

There was little debate on the floor. According to the Congressional Record, Gramm promised that the amendment—also known as the Commodity Futures Modernization Act—along with other landmark legislation he had authored, would usher in a new era for the U.S. financial services industry.

And did it ever.

In a reminder that the core circle of Gramm critics is a somewhat select bunch, the Texas Observer quotes both Galbraith and former government regulator Michael Greenberger, another name that appears prominently in what there is of Gramm coverage. (We’ve flagged an interview with him further down.)

But we can also see the widening influence of these ideas in pieces like this one from last July. Dave Davies, of the Philadelphia Daily News, chose to spend his “few minutes with McCain” asking about

the fact that his campaign co-chair and economic advisor, former Texas Sen. Phil Gramm, was co-sponsor of the 1999 law that allowed commercial banks to get into investment banking. And the fact that Gramm was a prime architect of a 2000 bill that kept regulators’ hands off ‘credit default swaps.’

McCain’s answers are unenlightening. But what is important is that this local reporter asked the question. What inspired him? Well, he didn’t mention any publication by name, but he appeared to give Mother Jones and The Texas Observer a nod when he explained, “Liberal writers raised this issue a month ago.”

The fact is, both the Mother Jones pieces and the Texas Observer piece are part of a small but important batch of articles appearing over the past several months that examine Gramm’s place in financial deregulation, and the resulting effects of that deregulation on the economy. Mother Jones and the Observer stand out for their depth and focus, but other pieces that at least place Gramm in context include an excellent April 2008 interview on Fresh Air with Greenberger, and a March 2008 New York Times piece that focuses on deregulation more broadly but does mention the former senator.

As a side note, press criticism of Gramm has not gone unnoticed in Washington. On Sept. 17, Vermont’s Bernie Sanders demonstrated that politicians—or at least their aides—do scan the press. He went to the trouble of reading to Congress a Sept. 15 post by blogger Peter Cohan criticizing Gramm’s deregulatory schemes, and he also mentioned The Texas Observer. In addition, Democrats have compiled an information sheet on Gramm that is based in substantial part on press coverage.

In other words, information is out there for those with the motivation to look for it.

The effect of these articles in the political arena remains to be seen. But it is worth noting that the current crisis is not the first time the press has focused on Gramm and deregulation.

To bring in recent history: Gramm and his wife, Wendy, did get some high-profile attention—from an eagle-eyed Public Citizen, then The New York Times, The Chicago Tribune (“Sen. Gramm and Wife Deregulated Enron, Benefited from Ties,” Jan. 18, 2002, Robert Manor), The Washington Post (“For Gramms, Enron Is Hard to Escape,” Jan. 25, 2002, Dan Morgan and Kathleen Day)—several years ago, after the Enron debacle and California energy crisis, for their roles in energy deregulation. But, as will happen, the hubbub died down.

Before it did, some reporters—in the NYT and the WSJ (“Out of Reach: The Enron Debacle Spotlights Huge Void In Financial Regulation,” Michael Schroeder and Greg Ip, Dec. 13, 2001), for example—widened their view, to address the problem of deregulation beyond the energy market. But the job of piecing together Gramm’s role in broader financial deregulation would largely fall to later reporters. Like Hart in The Texas Observer and Galbraith and Corn in Mother Jones.

All this is to say that while Gramm’s role in deregulation has not received the attention it deserves, neither has it gone away. Rather, it forms an undercurrent to the press’s effort to present the larger story of financial collapse.

And lastly, we come full circle: Another place the story has popped up again in recent days is on Mother Jones’s website, where David Corn returned to the topic September 15. He elaborated on suspicions about an ongoing connection between Gramm and McCain:

Gramm is responsible for the rise of the wild and wooly $62 trillion swaps market. And he was chairman of the McCain campaign and a top economic adviser for McCain—until he dismissed Americans worried about the economy as ‘whiners.’ After that comment, McCain dumped Gramm. But was Gramm truly excommunicated from McCain land?

This is pretty much a rhetorical question. And to back up his point, Corn goes on to offer evidence that Gramm appears to be “back in the good graces of the McCain campaign.”

All the more reason why the press needs to keep Gramm in its sights.

A(ggressive) P(assively)

| No Comments

Hey, Ron Fournier! You know that whole "accountability journalism" thing you're trying? Well, there's a fine line between accountability and mockery. Take this little gem of a lede (h/t: TNR) from your organization's assessment of Sarah Palin's most recent TrooperGate turnabout:

ANCHORAGE, Alaska (AP) — Less than a week after balking at the Alaska Legislature's investigation into her alleged abuse of power, Gov. Sarah Palin on Monday indicated she will cooperate with a separate probe run by people she can fire.

First of all: Zing. Second of all: It's an open question, I think, whether Fournier's foray into "accountability journalism" is, indeed, beneficial to news organizations that rely on AP copy--or, put another way, whether "oh, SNAP!" is really a reaction AP stories should be evoking among readers. But it's hard to argue with the fact that the AP's single-sentence assessment here--which Eve Fairbanks called "the most dryly contemptuous lead sentence I've read in a political news story in a while"--is perhaps the pithiest summary of this latest irony in the irony-laden TrooperGate affair. Because, after all, the line between objectivity and accuracy is a fine one, as well.

A Laurel to the Columbus Dispatch

| No Comments

We at CJR have long urged news outlets to consider at how the candidates’ proposals will affect real people. To that end, we have been running our own series, Health Care on the Mississippi, which has discussed how John McCain’s and Barack Obama’s health plans would affect various residents of a small Arkansas town on the Mississippi River. So we were pleased to see that the Columbus Dispatch has gone beyond the standard treatment of the candidates’ health proposals and asked some deeper questions about what those plans would do.

The paper used a local family, the Wirebaughs, to illustrate just what it means to have insurance, lose it when a job is outsourced, and get on Medicaid, only to be kicked off when the breadwinner gets a new job with insurance but with a three-month waiting period, during which the family is uninsured again. While the family had no insurance, they delayed getting medical care—regular check-ups for the pregnant Barbara Wirebaugh and her young sons. When a pre-employment physical revealed that her husband had an enlarged heart, he, too, delayed treatment, and worried that his condition would disqualify him under the new employer’s plan.

The paper has the candidates’ campaigns discuss how the Wirebaughs would fare under their proposals, and quoted a number of independent health care gurus, many from Ohio, who moved beyond the boilerplate comments we have been hearing from many in the health policy establishment. The head of the Ohio State Medical Association said that neither plan reduces health costs, neither offers universal coverage, neither offers a financing method, and neither addresses the inadequate primary care work force. He is spot on.

The president of a public-private partnership called Access HealthColumbus zoomed in on the overarching problem, saying that neither candidate sets a course for health-care policy. “The longer we avoid talking about this underlying policy issue the worse it becomes. Some of these ideas are good Band-Aids, but they’re still Band-Aids,” he said. Blogger Robert Laszewski, who also heads a Virginia consulting firm, noted that both plans call for the “same relatively uncontroversial and incremental cost containment ideas.” He called them “cost containment lite.” Laszewski also reiterated a point he has been making for awhile: that neither candidate’s plan is likely to pass.

Laszewski may be right, but it would be a shame if editors got the idea that they should forget about health care. There’s too much at stake, and the public is looking for leaders who will address this issue. Just ask the Wirebaughs, the people we’ve been profiling in Arkansas, and countless others whom newspapers should be writing about. With the election quickly looming, it’s beyond time to put Obama’s and McCain’s proposals to the sniff test.

Scarborough, Assignment Editor

| No Comments

Joe Scarborough, Mika Brzezenski, and the Financial Times's Chrystia Freeland on MSNBC this morning:

SCARBOROUGH: Chrystia, let me tell you what I would love for you to have somebody write an article on. I'm serious. I would like to have a study of all of the CEOs who were fired over the past eight years for not growing their businesses at 28% a year...


BREZENSKI: And how much they made when they walked out the door...


SCARBOROUGH:. No. No. And I'll give you a great example, General Electric. We always, Why isn't it growing at 48%? Why isn't it growing at 78%? You must be failing. And not just General Electric...

FREELAND: There was a lot of pressure on lots of companies to lever up their balance sheets. What you're saying is the paranoid and prudent are suddenly looking great...

SCARBOROUGH: The prudent? But guess what? The prudent have been fired. Again, a list of all of those CEOs who didn't grow at the rate of these companies that have now gone belly up. Because they are all out there. There are guys out there saying, "Yeah, I got fired, I got kicked around because I wasn't growing my company as fast as Lehman Brothers or...

At which point Scarborough swiveled in his chair, placed his long-idle coffee mug into the GE microwave beside him, and pressed "reheat" as the camera pulled in tight, to an audible groan from Brezezinski?

Oh, that's that sitcom.

It's actually an interesting angle that Scarborough raises. Still. Shades of 30 Rock.

Roundup: A Two-Sided Scandal

| No Comments

One thing forgotten by the business press in the debate over the $700 billion bailout, I think, is that this is not the first but the second blow dealt ordinary Americans in the credit scandal.

Forcing taxpayers—who had nothing to do with any of this—to buy the world’s most mysterious securities, that’s only the van backing up over the body.

The first blow was already delivered in the form of wildly unsuitable—indeed, trick—mortgages sold as the lending industry, starting around 2004, descended into what can only be described as breathtaking corruption to meet Wall Street's rising demand for mortgages. If that sounds strong, I'd submit it's only because the business press has done a poor job assembling what is in fact a very rich record, indeed. This initial accident is the one the Justice Department and FBI are investigating, and the one that California, Illinois and other states are suing about. Read all about it in CJR’s print edition (subscribe, for Pete’s sake, or okay, read it for free here).

The first blow is in fact far more damaging to the millions of those involved since it involves an equity loss and wealth transfer from homebuyers—non-combatants in the financial-services marketplace, and a particularly vulnerable group at that—to the professional classes of mortgage brokers, lenders, bond salesmen, etc.

The third blow is yet to come as the economy slows, and may trough for years, as a result of a crisis purely, solely, of the financial-services industry’s making.

As I’ve said, I really don't think it's possible to understand the credit crisis and bailout without fully appreciating the extravagant crookedness that underlies it. My former colleagues in the financial press, I think, are getting there. The political press is just getting started and, at this rate, may never make it.

In other news:

David Leonhardt of The New York Times asks the right question: how much is the U.S. going to pay for these securities, the value of which is utterly unknown? He says the value ranges from 25 cents to 75 cents on the dollar.

I say, Merrill Lynch sold its junk to a private equity firm back in July for 22 cents, and gave such generous terms that the real number is actually lower.

Leonhardt is wrong that it’s the only question people should focus on in this rush to passage. Still, it’s a good question, also asked in this Wall Street Journal Op-Ed:

First, there is the central issue of how to price the assets. When the subprime crisis hit in the summer of 2007, the Treasury's first response was to encourage the private sector to create a fund -- the so-called "Super SIV" (structured investment vehicle) -- to buy mortgage-related assets. This proposal foundered due to the difficulty of setting a price for these assets which come in complex and incomparable varieties.


And in this Journal editorial:

Private capital is vital but won't be forthcoming as long as no one knows what those assets are worth and which firms might fail.


And by Bill Gross, the king of bonds, who seems to be offering the rosiest scenario of all time:

I estimate the average price of distressed mortgages that pass from "troubled financial institutions" to the Treasury at auction will be 65 cents on the dollar, representing a loss of one-third of the original purchase price to the seller, and a prospective yield of 10 to 15 percent to the Treasury. Financed at 3 to 4 percent via the sale of Treasury bonds, the Treasury will therefore be in a position to earn a positive carry or yield spread of at least 7 to 8 percent.

Easy for him to say. If it’s such a great deal, why doesn’t he take it?


This Journal news story tries to explain the mechanics of how the government would hold some sort of auction to determine values. It is not very comforting:

One concern raised by members of Congress and others is the potential conflicts of interest among the asset managers who would be hired to run the program. Some critics worry that the program would create incentives for asset managers -- or a future Treasury secretary -- to benefit institutions with which they have financial or personal ties.

I’m sure that will never happen. This is Wall Street we’re talking about. But even assuming good faith how are our buyers going to know the value and overcome the advantages the sellers have in all of this? Unknown.

Other recommendations:

Liberal opinionist Tom Frank in the Journal:


The philosophy of government that has dominated Washington for almost three decades is now in ruins, and it is up to Mr. McCain to find out exactly why we believed it in the first place. Why did government stand back and permit all the misconduct that generated all this bad debt? What particular ideas led us to believe that government should just keep its hands off and let markets run their course?

(On a related topic, check out this brilliant piece by The Audit's Elinore Longobardi on the press and Phil Gramm.)

Harold Meyerson in the Post calling for taxpayers to get an equity stake for its riskiest ever investment:

And having endorsed the Street's version of socialism -- the American public picks up the tab for the financial sector's mistakes, no questions asked -- Paulson and the administration and the Republicans remain opposed to the more democratically socialist, or democratically capitalist, proposition that the public should get something for its investment. China, Singapore and the oil emirates cut a deal for their people. Why won't Hank Paulson cut one for his?


And George Will:


The essence of this crisis is lack of knowledge, including the inability to know who owes what to whom, and where risk resides. In such a moment, government's speed should not vary inversely with its information.

That’s not the essence, but it’s a good point.

Where Have All The Commas Gone?

| 2 Comments

(Voice of police dispatcher): “Calling all cars! Calling all cars! Be on the lookout for escaped commas. Last seen after years that follow dates, and after state names that follow cities. Can be recognized by their downward curves. Please recapture and replace immediately. Reward is clarity of meaning.”

We're talking about a parenthetical comma, which sets off information: “She was born July 20, 1995, and went to school in Springfield, Ill., where she graduated at the top of her eighth-grade class.” The loss of all those commas may not be a crime, but it certainly is a mystery.

The parenthetical comma isn’t an optional comma. It serves two purposes: the first is to set off the year/state from the date, and the second is to set off the year/state from the rest of the sentence. Without it, readers can be momentarily distracted into thinking that the year/state is part of phrase by which it is followed.

Here are some examples. Not too long ago, a CNN news crawl read: “A judge in Alexandria, Virginia ruled yesterday that ...” Was the judge in Alexandria named Virginia? Of course not. (We will not discuss why CNN chose not to abbreviate Virginia in this case.) And the cornerstone laid at the base of the Freedom Tower at ground zero reads: “To honor and remember those who lost their lives on September 11, 2001 and as a tribute to the enduring spirit of freedom.” In both cases, the first comma, following the city and date, is missing its mate, which is supposed to follow the extra information of the state and year.

So far, I have not found a single grammar book, style guide, or other advisory that approves the omission of that second comma. And much of the time, that comma is missing even if followed by an independent clause that would have been set off by a comma anyway. Yet time and again, in court documents, news stories, and books—not to mention granite—that comma has gone missing.

If anyone has an explanation for this phenomenon, please forward it. And if you recognize yourself, please turn yourself in, and reward your readers.

Couric Preps For Palin

| 1 Comment

From Katie Couric's blog:

Friends come up to me wondering if I'll ask [during an interview with Sarah Palin this week] about the rumors online, all the gossipy stuff that seems to sell magazines and mean so little in terms of Palin's preparedness for the job.

This election is too important, and we have only a few precious weeks left to get to know who these candidates really are. With 7 percent of women undecided, I want to serve the sisterhood (and the brotherhood, too, btw) by helping all of us make informed choices.

Couric is, however, taking question suggestions.

Here's one: Remember when, during your 60 Minutes sit-down with then-candidate Hillary Clinton, you asked, "Someone told me your nickname in school was Miss Frigidaire. Is that true?"? No need to similarly "serve the sisterhood" this time. (Sarah Barracuda. We know.)

Jurisprudence, American Style

| No Comments

It may well be true that the U.S. Supreme Court is losing its influence in the wider world. But you won’t find much evidence for the proposition in the latest (and probably last) installment of Adam Liptak’s generally praiseworthy “American Exception” series in The New York Times.

The article, headlined "U.S. Court, a Longtime Beacon, Is Now Guiding Fewer Nations" and published on page one of the September 18 edition, argues that "a diminishing number of foreign courts seem to pay attention to the writings of American justices," while attempting to link this trend to the domestic debate over whether the Supreme Court should ever cite foreign law. But in 2,500 words, the piece gives only two concrete pieces of evidence for the apparent trend—statistics about declining court citations in Canada and Australia.

Meanwhile, the article proposes at least six possible causes, without doing much to demonstrate the validity of any of them. Perhaps American legal influence is declining because the new authority of the European Court of Human Rights has rendered U.S. Supreme Court decisions irrelevant in certain crucial areas; or because “new and sophisticated” constitutional courts elsewhere have little regard for the old ways; or because slightly older constitutional courts are maturing and developing their own bodies of precedent; or because the unpopularity of the Bush administration has led foreign courts to snub American judgment; or because the Rehnquist and Roberts courts’ conservatism is out of sync with the prevailing international liberalism; or because some U.S. Supreme Court justices vocally oppose citing foreign law, making foreign judges want to return the favor.

This last suggestion is the most innovative. And while the article devotes nearly 1,000 words to a largely familiar discussion of the pros and cons of citing foreign law, it is strangely nonchalant about establishing a connection between the U.S. Supreme Court’s resistance to foreign citations and a reciprocal neglect by foreign judges. As Michael Stokes Paulsen, a professor of law at the University of St. Thomas, writes on the Balkinization law blog, “What unites the two phenomena, loosely, is the idea of some sort of U.S. balance-of-trade in the export-import market for constitutional interpretation.”

Even the two pieces of evidence the article manages to muster for its central claim seem shaky:

From 1990 through 2002, for instance, the Canadian Supreme Court cited decisions of the United States Supreme Court about a dozen times a year, an analysis by The New York Times found. In the six years since, the annual citation rate has fallen by half, to about six.

Australian state supreme courts cited American decisions 208 times in 1995, according to a recent study by Russell Smyth, an Australian economist. By 2005, the number had fallen to 72.

Are these numbers significant or not? At least the Canadian statistic consists of nineteen data points. But do the two data points borrowed from the Australian study demonstrate a meaningful trend?

Russell Smyth, the economist who performed the study, wanted to analyze citation patterns over a century, so he counted citations from one year in each decade as a representative sample: 1905, 1915, 1925, and so on, through 2005. He found that between 1905 and 1975, the number of American citations never rose above sixteen; in both 1965 and 1975 the number was twelve. But ten years later, in 1985, it jumped all the way up to 105. In 1995 it jumped again, to 208.

Why the large increases in 1985 and 1995? And is the decline in 2005 significant? “I think Adam Liptak has used my study in a slightly misleading way,” Smyth told me over e-mail. The 2005 decline should be considered in light of the 1985 and 1995 increases, he said, which followed directly from the passage of the Australia Act of 1985-1986, severing the remaining legal ties between Australia and the United Kingdom. It was, Smyth said, “the beginning of attempts to forge a national legal identity” and led to greater citation of foreign, but non-British, jurisprudence.

As for the 2005 decline, Smyth doubts its significance as an indicator of American legal influence. Australian state courts cite relatively few foreign decisions, period: those 208 citations from 1995 were only 1.37 percent of the total citations, foreign and domestic. (The seventy-two from 2005 were 0.47 percent of the total.) The Australian High Court may well still be citing as many American cases as ever, Smyth said. (A study of High Court decisions shows a continuing upward trend in various sorts of American citations through 2000.)

Are the Canadian numbers more persuasive? Peter McCormick, a Canadian political scientist and the author of a statistical analysis of Canadian Supreme Court citations, told me that in Canada, too, there was a large increase in American citations in the 1980s and 1990s that makes the decrease of the 2000s seem less significant. Looking at a graph of the past century, he said, “the general feeling is a long-term level at 3% or below, with a temporary ‘blip’ of a dozen or so years centered on 1990.” His best explanation for the blip is the passage of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms in 1982, combined with the presence in the 1980s and 1990s of several Canadian Supreme Court justices who earned graduate law degrees in the United States. (The last of this group left the bench in 1997.)

Based on his research, McCormick found it particularly unlikely that Canadian judges were hesitating to cite the U.S. Supreme Court because of its current conservatism. “The citations are splendidly scattered across a very extended period, and across a very broad range of judges,” he said. “So if I am a [Canadian Supreme Court] judge who knows the US jurisprudence and I feel like citing that Court even though I don’t like its current or recent direction, I can just keep looking until I find a judge (or at least a finding or a rationale) that I do like.” The most frequently cited U.S. Supreme Court justice, through the 2000s, was Byron White, who served between 1962 and 1993. Justice Horace Gray, who served from 1882 to 1902, was in the top ten.

Despite its flaws, Liptak’s article collects a number of strong quotations and makes some worthwhile points. In one of the article’s most persuasive moments, we are reminded why the worst fears about foreign citation are overblown:

The controversy over the citation of foreign law in American courts is freighted with misconceptions. One is that the practice is somehow new or unusual. The other is that to cite such a decision is to be bound by it. … Indeed, American judges cite all sorts of things in their decisions—law review articles, song lyrics, television programs. State supreme courts cite decisions from other states, though a decision from Wisconsin is no more binding in Oregon than is one from Italy.

But the extended discussion of the controversy over foreign citation mostly serves to muddy the article’s core argument. Indeed, no one quoted in the article asserts the connection that Liptak wants to make between American justices being reluctant to cite foreign precedent and foreign judges declining to cite them in return. (Former U.S. Supreme Court Justice Sandra Day O’Connor comes the closest when she says, “When U.S. courts are seen to be cognizant of other judicial systems, our ability to act as a rule-of-law model for other nations will be enhanced.”)

At a crucial point early in the article, a misleading arrangement of quotes gives the incorrect impression that Australian High Court Justice Michael Kirby is making this connection. The article quotes former Israeli Supreme Court Chief Justice Aharon Barak as saying that the U.S. Supreme Court “is losing the central role it once had among courts in modern democracies,” and then immediately quotes Kirby as follows:

Justice Michael Kirby of the High Court of Australia said that his court no longer confined itself to considering English, Canadian and American law. “Now we will take information from the Supreme Court of India, or the Court of Appeal of New Zealand, or the Constitutional Court of South Africa,” he said in an interview published in 2001 in The Green Bag, a legal journal. “America” he added, “is in danger of becoming something of a legal backwater.”

Kirby’s final pronouncement sounds like it means that the Australian High Court no longer has much use for the U.S. Supreme Court. But in the full interview, it is clear that what Kirby means is that by ignoring the rest of the world, America is impoverishing its own legal imagination:

The best thoughts, the most creative thoughts, will come from outside of your magic circle. It’s therefore important to stimulate your mind with analogous reasoning. … One problem in the United States, in my experience, is that lawyers are not as stimulated as in other countries by external forces that really challenge their thinking. England, which is the source of the legal system in both our countries, is being fundamentally challenged now because of its association with Europe and the civil law system. Other countries, similarly, are being challenged by the forces of globalism. America is in danger, I think, of becoming something of a legal backwater in a world of such radical global changes, and it’s not good enough simply to go to a lawyers’ conference in London and feel like you’ve been globalised. You’ve got to realize that the legal systems of Asia, Latin America and Africa are speaking to us as well.

This notion that attention to foreign jurisprudence can stimulate good legal thinking, which Barak also asserts, is an interesting one, and Liptak might have written a more focused article about whether, as some believe, U.S. Supreme Court decisions are becoming increasingly narrow and esoteric, and the causes and implications of that trend for both American and foreign jurisprudence.

An article that considered how the quality and substance of U.S. Supreme Court decisions have changed over time might have left room for another reason that foreign judges may be less inclined to cite American decisions. As Mark Tushnet, a professor at Harvard Law School, wrote to me in an e-mail,

High court judges around the world are now talking not about U.S. Supreme Court influence, positive or negative, but regretfully about the failure of U.S. constitutional jurisprudence to contribute to thoughtful reflection on what those judges see to be common problems of constitutionalism. It’s not just statistics about citation, but a considered judgment that U.S. constitutional jurisprudence is not useful in a way that it had been earlier.

I’d like to read that article.

UAL and Bloomberg, Revisited

| 1 Comment

The litany of media screw-ups in the UAL affair—that financial news blip before the current deluge—was well documented. Except, that is, for one thing: Bloomberg somehow escaped much scrutiny, despite having a key role (for better and for worse) in the fiasco.

It’s worth another look, even if the markets weren’t suffering from a combination of nervous exhaustion, hysteria, depression, bipolarity and the vapors, which they certainly are now.

On reflection, the events of September 8 were less about the dangers of junk information on the Internet, and much more about the power of the Bloomberg terminal and the extent to which it functions as the financial markets’ nervous system. The bad information came from elsewhere, but it was “the Bloomberg” that amplified the information enough to crash the price.

Meanwhile, and paradoxically, Bloomberg News, a segment of Bloomberg and an integral part of the Bloomberg product, was first to get the story right (though in the mayhem, it later got it wrong, too), and for that we offer two-and-a-half cheers to the newsroom across from Bloomingdale’s.

Let’s walk through it again: In the wee hours of Sunday, September 7, a Google News “bot” found a 2002 story on the South Florida Sun Sentinel’s site and slapped a 2008 date on it. That was bad, but the junk appears to have sat out there benignly for about thirty-three hours until a researcher for a firm called Income Securities Advisors unthinkingly picked it up and sent it out to subscribers via Bloomberg terminals at 10:53 a.m. EDT on Monday, September 8, with a headline saying “UAL Corp.: United Airlines files for Ch. 11 to cut costs”, according to the Chicago Tribune. UAL shares plummeted 76 percent, wiping out more than a billion dollars of shareholder value, until Nasdaq halted trading at about 11:07.

Here's a not-very-easy-to-read chart (courtesy of Bloomberg, of course) of September 8 trading at five-minute intervals. Note that the stock had done very little for the hour and twenty-three minutes that the market was open until the bad information appeared on the Bloomberg.










Bloomberg News (whose stories are clearly identified on the terminals) wrote headlines about the plummeting UAL stock at 10:59, but provided no other information (and certainly nothing erroneous). Then at 11:06 it broke the news that the bankruptcy story was wrong with a headline saying “UAL HASN'T FILED FOR BANKRUPTCY, SPOKESWOMAN SAYS.”

So, Bloomberg’s terminals, not the Internet, basically spread the fire; its news service was the first to put it out, providing proof that you can be fast and good.

Though, of course, nobody’s perfect.

Bloomberg News muddied the waters by issuing an erroneous headline at 11:07, a minute later, citing the Tribune saying UAL had filed for bankruptcy. Fortunately for Bloomberg News, that came a few seconds after Nasdaq shut down trading in UAL and it didn’t affect the stock.

In any case, from a journalistic and a market perspective, the focus should really be on Bloomberg LP’s model.

Bloomberg’s amazing terminals—those $20,000-a-year machines—are delivery vehicles for an incredible amount of information, including its own news service, but also third-party news and research, such as information from Income Securities Advisors, whose stories are available with an add-on subscription fee to regular Bloomberg service. Those and all other outside submissions are clearly marked as being from a non-Bloomberg source.

“That was also lost on so many people,” says Judith Czelusniak, a Bloomberg spokeswoman. “We provide proprietary news, data, and analytic tools and are also a delivery mechanism for independent news and research.”

The error gave Bloomberg competitor Dow Jones the opportunity to whack an unnamed “major financial news service” a couple of days later with a full-page ad in The Wall Street Journal that sounds like it was written by Rupert Murdoch himself:

Old news is bad news: Dow Jones delivers credible, timely, and accurate news you can trust.

A Dow Jones spokeswoman says it doesn’t distribute third-party content on its wire that hasn’t been edited by Dow Jones journalists. A Reuters representative didn’t get back to us.


It’s a bit silly, though, to blame Bloomberg because its terminals carried erroneous information from a third party. That would be sort of (but not quite) like blaming Google and YouTube for this guy. A Bloomberg is an information conduit; it offers a variety of sources, and that is part of its strength. Dow Jones here is merely criticizing Bloomberg for offering more information, which should give you an idea why DJ had so much trouble with Bloomberg over the years. (Background available here:)

The more things you offer, the more mistakes you make. Put another way, and as every bad editor knows: if you don’t do anything, you’ll never screw up.

Still, though (and unlike YouTube), Bloomberg LP isn’t entirely blameless since it performs a journalistic function by controlling who is and isn't allowed to post on its terminal. Thus it is ultimately responsible for any bad information that makes it on there.

There were a litany of breakdowns in the new media newsgathering process with the UAL story, but the role of the powerful Bloomberg terminal in amplifying the bad information should at least be considered. It’s not to say the model is flawed, but, again, without the terminal, nothing much happens here. Something to think about in these nervous times.

Also notable was the fine performance of Bloomberg’s news staff, which provided its readers better information, quicker than others, and helped correct the record.

How Do We Say This Delicately?

| No Comments

Ah, yes:

CNN: "McCain drifts away from legacy of deregulation."

"Drifts away" sounding more benign than, say, "slinks away" or "would rather you not focus on." (Personally, I'm hearing Christopher Cross's voice: "Sailing! Takes me away! And soon I will be free" of my deregulation legacy.)

CNN might then have done a bit more to call the drifting McCain back in the ensuing article (to account for his record or, at least, to remind readers of that record in any specificity before enabling the "drifting away" from it.)

How many politicians wish they could "drift away," with reporters' assistance, from suddenly unwanted "legacies?"

Defining The Bush Doctrine

| 1 Comment

After Charlie Gibson's infamous interview with Alaska governor Sarah Palin, much was made of her confused look and pause when Gibson asked her: "Do you agree with the Bush Doctrine?"

But Gibson's own understanding of the Bush Doctrine was slightly confused:

The Bush Doctrine, as I understand it, is that we have the right of anticipatory self-defense; that we have the right to a preemptive strike against any other country that we think is going to attack us.

A version of this question (and this definition) is bound to reappear in Friday’s foreign policy-focused presidential debate, so we might as well clear this up right now. Gibson was trying to say that the Bush Doctrine equaled the right of the United States to wage preventive war—which means that State A attacks State B because, sometime in the future, State A believes State B could pose an immediate threat. The initial "shock and awe" campaign of 2003's Operation Iraqi Freedom was a classic example of preventive war.

But by calling the initial attack a "preemptive strike," Gibson confusingly equated the Bush Doctrine with preemptive war—or the right of State A to attack State B when there is evidence State B is actively preparing to attack State A. In 2006, the RAND Corporation reported (PDF) that most commentators on international law believe preemptive war is only legitimate when an imminent threat exists, "most often a visible mobilization of armies, navies, and air forces preparing to attack."

The Bush administration's claims that the Iraq war was preemptive never really matched such scholarly consensus, and were wholly discredited when no weapons of mass destruction were discovered. A precedent for a legitimately waged preemptive war does, however, exist: Israel's first strike against Egypt in 1967, which began the Six Day War.

Although Gibson's gaffe may seem like a minor mistake, it's not, for one big reason: preemptive war is legal, preventive war is not. While it's unlikely any American official will or would ever be held accountable for waging preventive war in Iraq or anywhere else, RAND does describe the consequences of waging war in contravention of international law:

[T]he perceived illegality of an action affects perceptions of its legitimacy, and that may affect the success of the action through its influence on other nations either as a help or a hindrance. Moreover, even though the perceived illegality of an action alone may not bar that action, striking first when that attack is believed to be illegitimate will entail costs, even if they are difficult to measure ...

Understanding the difference between the two rationales for the use of force could help Americans understand how U.S. foreign policy has changed since the preventive war doctrine was enunciated in 2002; it could also help Americans understand the widespread foreign opposition to the invasion and occupation of Iraq. More immediately, though, it could help the public and politicos alike understand future questions about the Bush Doctrine—questions that, as it turns out, can be just as awkward for the interviewer as for the subject.

Palin's "Photo Spray"

| No Comments

From the pool report* from Gov. Sarah Palin's "meeting" with Afghan president Hamid Karzai in New York today:

Palin, her legs crossed and at one point patting her heart, was leaning in eagerly and smiling. Karzai, wearing his traditional clothes but without his trademark karakul hat, was also grinning while discussing [his] child. His remarks were unintelligible as the noise from the clicking cameras drowned them out. This was the only exchange that was heard:

“What is his name?,” Palin asked.

“Mirwais,” Karzai responded. “Mirwais, which means, ‘The Light of the House.’”

“Oh nice,” Palin responded.

“He is the only one we have,” remarked Karzai.

At this point, the pool was hustled out the room and down to the hotel lobby.

Pool was in the room for a grand total of 29 seconds.

Palin spokesperson Tracey Schmitt gave a statement to reporters in the lobby as to why print pool and wires were not allowed in:

"The decision was made for this to be a photo spray with still cameras and video cameras only."

I'm not familiar with the term "photo spray," but I do think it's more apt that "photo op" in that it doesn't imply that something is being given (the campaign provides the press an opportunity to photograph the candidate... in a specific, controlled manner) so much as something is being forcefully dispensed, like pesticide on a pest.

* Better than nothing? This 29-second pool report, from CNN producer Peter Hamby, apparently exists only because CNN threatened to pull its cameras when initially told by Palin's people that only cameras (no print and wire reporters in the press pool) would be admitted to the meeting. Other media orgs, too, complained. A "media rebellion," per the New York Times.

UPDATE: Maybe reporters would have better luck with this Sarah Palin?

What Can You Buy For $700 Billion?

| 19 Comments

While Secretary of State Hank Paulson pushes for the government to issue a $700 billion bailout, most of us in the media are still trying to comprehend just what that sum translates into.

For a better perspective on just how massive this bailout really is, check out Zephyr Teachout's post yesterday on techPresident:

It is $140 billion more than has been spent on the Iraq war since the invasion.

It is $120 billion more than that spent on social security benefits.

It is almost 3 billion nonrefundable bus fares from Durham to San Francisco, leaving tomorrow.

It is nine times the amount spent on education in 2007.

It could pay for 2,000 McDonalds apple pies for every single American.

That's a lot of pie. Here are some more numbers that we came up with to help you wrap your head around how much money $700 billion really is:

- It would reimburse banks, home owners, and local governments for nearly 9 million foreclosures
- It could prevent over 200 million foreclosures
- It could buy 8.6 billion monthly Metrocards
- The government could rebuild Katrina-ravished New Orleans and Gulf Coast … three and a half times
- Roughly 538 Yankee Stadiums could be built
- 5.4 million students could be sent to a public university
- It equals nearly 520 times the amount of Amtrak’s current operating budget
- It is $14 billion more than the U.S. spent during the Vietnam War

This morning, Fox personality and self-impersonator Bill O’Reilly went on Good Morning America to peddle his eighth book, which goes on sale today. Modestly titled A Bold Fresh Piece of Humanity, the memoir traces O’Reilly’s modest Levittown beginnings and the etiology of the face that launched a thousand jokes. Or, as he told GMA’s Robin Roberts, the book is “kind of like going into Frankenstein’s laboratory - how’d that monster actually rise from the slab?!” Gooood question.

His ballyhooing about the book—wanting to sue the nun who taught him in third grade for smacking him with a ruler, wanting to smack everyone who wants to know what happened to that cute little boy on the cover (“I don’t want to hear it anymore, ladies and gentlemen. I’m nine, all right? Now I’m eighty!”)—quickly transitioned into something grander, an O’Reillian philosophy of life: “I believe that overcoming fear is the key to a useful and honorable life.”

This pugilistically innovative life method explains how America has gotten through everything ever, how it will get through this now, and how Robin Roberts got through cancer. (Chemo? Overrated.). Roberts, bored, flustered, or transported by the lecture, decided to wrap up by saying “Bill O’Reilly. You should really have your own show - oh, that’s right! You already have your own show!”

“I do have my own show, Robin,” the Philosopher King groused. Indeed.

Back on the Biden Bus

| No Comments

When Sarah Palin joined the Republican ticket last month, according to the LA Times's Faye Fiore today:

a fickle press corps deserted [Senator Joe Biden] for Alaska. Palin's campaign plane was so full that they had to kick people off, Biden's so empty that reporters had their choice of rows to stretch out and take a nap.

But in recent days something changed.

A "sign of the fading Palin mystique," per Fiore? Katie Couric's presence at a recent Biden campaign event in Ohio.

(So: Nap-time's over?)

Thanks to Fiore's presence on Biden's trail we now know that Biden is a close-talker (which made Fiore uncomfortable but, she observed, seems to work well with real people in Ohio). And, that Biden talks a lot about his working class roots -- which, again, the crowds like --but Fiore couldn't help but notice that "for a regular guy, Biden is very well-tailored," that "the break in his gray slacks is exquisite."

Beg, Borrow, or Steal An Opinion

| No Comments

Everyone loves to talk about John McCain's complicated relationship with the media. CJR has previously considered The New York Times’s relationship with the McCain campaign. The latest news from the campaign trail is that McCain, the Silent Generation's noisy spokesman, has fired back. Michael Scherer over at Time’s blog, Swampland, wrote about the McCain campaign's attack on the Times and the paper's article yesterday on McCain campaign manager Rick Davis. Scherer writes that McCain senior adviser Steve Schmidt:

[T]urned this public shaming up a notch by condemning the New York Times, easily the most influential newspaper in America, as a partisan rag in unusually blunt and categorical language.

"Whatever the New York Times once was, it is today not by any standard a journalistic organization. It is a pro-Obama advocacy organization," Schmidt announced on a well attended conference call. "This is an organization that is completely, totally, 150 percent in the tank for the Democratic candidate."

Forget about the mathematically questionable 150 percent for a minute. Discussions of purported liberal media bias can be valid ones and it might be legitimate to question whether the Times’s political coverage has been unduly pro-Obama. But Scherer doesn’t really address that question. Instead, he offers this:

This may be a nifty bit of misdirection. It may be a legitimate complaint. It may be a play to rile up the Republican base. (One of the McCain campaign's best fund-raising days of the spring came the day after the New York Times suggested--without definitive evidence--that McCain had an inappropriate relationship with a lady lobbyist.) Whatever it is, it's [sic] certainly will get the talkers talking, which is most definitely Schmidt's intent."

Whatever it is? The talkers are talking, but, evidently, Time is not; Michael Scherer’s analysis here is almost laughably incomplete. Schmidt's complaint is pegged to yesterday’s Times story about McCain campaign manager Rick Davis’s ties to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Here’s the story’s lede:

Senator John McCain’s campaign manager was paid more than $30,000 a month for five years as president of an advocacy group set up by the mortgage giants Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to defend them against stricter regulations, current and former officials say.

Schmidt made the point that there were Obama donors and advisors connected to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, too. Technically, the Times acknowledged that very point (“[McCain] and his Democratic rival, Senator Barack Obama, have donors and advisers who are tied to the companies.”). But the article was, after all, about Davis and his relationship with the mortgage giants—specifically, his efforts to help them avoid further government regulation.

No one from Barack Obama's campaign was paid tens of thousand of dollars a month to head an advocacy group set up to protect Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac from regulations. While both presidential candidates are closely connected to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, it looks like McCain's campaign was more closely (and more sinisterly) connected. So while it is likely that Times story is more damaging to McCain than to Obama, the story is also a reflection of reality.

This is what makes the Time piece so regrettable. The McCain campaign looked at a damaging story and proclaimed media bias, to deflect attention from the fact that the story is true. It's just not good enough to for commentators to say "this could be one thing or it could be another." It's actually entirely valid—indeed it's a journalist's job—to assess whether the attack is misdirection or whether it’s a legitimate complaint. Do some reporting and pass an informed judgment. If that's not a possibility, then don't write about it in the first place.

ABC News Paid For "Other Materials"

| No Comments

And I was hoping I could ignore O.J. Simpson Trial, Vegas Edition.

The New York Times reports that a key witness, Thomas Riccio, yesterday testified that ABC News paid him $15,000. ABC News said it paid not for the interview but for "other materials."

Mr. Riccio’s recording of the planning and execution of the meeting — and the fact that he sold it to TMZ.com before sharing it with the police — had been widely reported, but until Monday he had not publicly disclosed that he had also been paid by mainstream news organizations. Under cross-examination by one of Mr. Simpson’s lawyers, Yale Galanter, Mr. Riccio described his negotiations with ABC News and “Entertainment Tonight.” He said that producers from both had told him they could not pay him for an interview, but that when he said he would not cooperate without pay, they offered money for photographs of Mr. Riccio with Mr. Simpson and rights to use the audio recording.

A spokesman for ABC News, Jeffrey Schneider, said the network never paid for interviews. What it paid Mr. Riccio for, Mr. Schneider said, were rights to broadcast parts of the audio recording on “Good Morning America” and to show several photos of Mr. Riccio and Mr. Simpson together on the day of the hotel-room meeting. He said Mr. Riccio had been interviewed to clarify parts of the audio that were difficult to hear. The interview was broadcast on “Good Morning America.”

Podcasting through the Crisis

| No Comments

CJR has praised it before, but the best explainer I’ve seen—scratch that—the best explainer I’ve heard on the how the world’s financial system became mired in bad mortgage debt was a May episode of Chicago Public Radio’s This American Life, co-produced with NPR News.

The hour-long piece entitled “The Giant Pool of Money” was reported and assembled by Alex Blumberg, one of the program’s regular producers and once my radio professor, and Adam Davidson, NPR’s international business and economics correspondent. And it’s excellent: understandable, comprehensive, and engaging.

Last weekend, Blumberg did another great spot looking at the role of Securities and Exchange Commission chair Chris Cox and his agency in the crisis.

And Davidson is now doing extra innings, conducting interviews and answering listener questions on the crisis on a newly minted emergency NPR podcast named “Planet Money,” which, in under two weeks, has become iTunes’s second most popular offering. If you are confused by the crisis and a podcast listener, ad this to your mix. And if you're confused by the crisis and not a podcast listener, well, now might be the time to start.

Davidson and producer Laura Conaway strike a conversational tone, which goes a long way towards blunting the often-anxious news. And as a reminder to how often that news changes, the team is careful to mention the exact time they start recording—because who knows what could happen in a couple of hours...

Ready, Set, Voter Psychology!

| No Comments

There’ve been several articles recently about the Minds of Voters—some good; others quite bad. (Gawker has a roundup here.)

A Salon piece from yesterday presumably wanted to add to this discussion. The article, by neurologist Robert Burton, argues that overconfidence in one’s beliefs can lead to “the inability to consider how new facts might alter a presently cherished opinion,” and offers a philosophical mandate, couched as a solution: “…if we, as a country, truly want change, we must be open-minded, flexible and willing to revise our opinions when new evidence warrants it.”

Good, good, yes. And? But no, that’s essentially where it ends.

Burton’s commentary is based on a paper published in 1999 by two Cornell psychologists, called "Unskilled and Unaware of It: How Difficulties in Recognizing One's Own Incompetence Lead to Inflated Self-Assessments,” which studies “our ability to judge ourselves and others”—an ability that is unsurprisingly decreased when we ourselves are incompetent.

Burton uses the paper to explain why voters might be bad at judging the capabilities of the candidates they support, even when alerted to misinformation or false statements. Unfortunately, his efforts just add another ____-ological explanation for why individuals don’t always vote rationally, without advancing a particularly new insight. If that’s the deal, then I vote to pass on this brand of commentary.

The article exemplifies how unconvincing this type of psychology-behind-the-electorate commentary can be at times. (From a Newsweek piece about a possible biological basis for conservatism and liberalism: “The research…attempts to connect the dots between a person's sensitivity to threatening images—a large spider on someone's face, a bloodied person and maggot-filled wound—and the strength of their support for conservative or liberal policies.” Analyzing voter predilections with physiology makes for an entertaining read, but that’s about it.)

Articles like this (and the Salon piece, which remains infuriatingly vague about whose voting psychology it is parsing), remind us that voter-psych studies are most useful when balanced with a more logistical approach to voter mindsets. For instance, an analysis of existing structural problems in the voting system might arguably explain some of the historical voting trends as well, if not better, than many psych studies ever would.

It’s an interplay that a recent New York Review of Books piece tackled skillfully, looking at both the psychology of white voters and the logistics of black voter registration to analyze the possibilities of the Bradley Effect. (Writer Andrew Hacker advises the Obama camp: “ALWAYS SUBTRACT SEVEN PERCENT!”)

Hacker’s article, weaving practical and theoretical issues to confront a difficult topic, is a rarity in the Inside the Minds of Voters slalom. Many other writers have succumbed instead to Analysis by Archetype, treating voting blocs (and their resident psychologies) like so many lump sums to add to or subtract from the candidates’ respective totals. The Salon piece likewise suffers from a vague and belittling analysis (you know who I’m talking about, so I won’t be so indelicate as to call Sarah Palin fans incompetent), and an unproductive shout-out to the necessities of testing executive response:

It is not enough to hear each candidate regurgitate memorized and rehearsed policy statements; we must know what they will do and how they will act in situations for which they have not been adequately prepared. Leadership is measured by the best decisions during the worst times.

It’s as if in addition to not providing any specific, useful voter analysis, Burton is a bit behind on recent headlines. Physician, heal thyself.

Bono's FT Blog

| No Comments

Bono (of U2 and the One Campaign) and Jeffrey Sachs (of Columbia's Earth Institute) are blogging for the Financial Times this week (on the occasion of the the Millennium Development Goals summit). Bono describes himself as the FT's

roving reporter in the canyons of Manhattan. While the world upends on Wall Street, I’ll be mostly midtown at the UN and the Clinton Global Initiative talking about the resilience of the world’s poor while the world’s rich find out how fragile life can be.

Bono promises to blog about doing "judo in a suit" with McCain and Palin later this week ("judo in a suit" being Bono's description of what happens in the meetings he has with world leaders and the like.)

Audit Roundup: Context, Please

| No Comments

If I were a newspaper editor right now I’d be ordering more stories like this Bloomberg piece, which gropes for historical comparisons to where we are now and finds one in Scandinavia’s financial crisis of the late 1980s and early 1990s.

Ridiculous? Sure. How can you compare this $700 billion catastrophe (and that’s only the taxpayers’ stake; never mind the borrowers’ loss of equity) to one in Sweden, Norway and Finland that cost only $14 or so billion to fix?

But I wonder if I’m the only one who wonders whether we are stumbling through a storm—as “unprecedented,” “momentous,” and historic” as it may be— that previous generations have experienced before. Some of us readers vaguely remember from school that U.S. history was pockmarked with financial crises for most the 19th and early 20th centuries, culminating in the one in 1929, and that those stopped for a while.

Wikipedia provides a list:

--Panic of 1819: pervasive USA economic recession w/ bank failures.

--Panic of 1837: pervasive USA economic recession w/ bank failures; a 5 yr. depression ensued.

--Panic of 1857: pervasive USA economic recession w/ bank failures.

--Panic of 1873: pervasive USA economic recession w/ bank failures; a 4 yr. depression ensued.

--Panic of 1893: pervasive USA economic recession w/ bank failures.

--Panic of 1901: limited to crashing of the New York Stock Exchange.

--Panic of 1907 - pervasive USA economic recession w/ bank failures.

Coincidentally or not, the period following the New Deal did not suffer from financial shocks perpetrated by Wall Street. Those came after the deregulatory movement begun in the 1970s. (A PBS documentary last night showed Ronald Reagan finding his voice opposing big government while working for General Electric from 1954 to 1962. Watching it, I could only wonder:
What part of that period’s broad-based economic expansion—the one that essentially created the American middle class as we know it—didn’t he like?)

In any case, Bloomberg’s Scandinavian tale contains many parallels to our own:

At the end of the 1980s, the economies of Sweden, Finland and Norway had surged after deregulation and low interest rates encouraged banks to lend more. Finnish house prices jumped 80 percent in real terms, and its stock market soared 164 percent in five years, according to JPMorgan Chase & Co.

The byproduct was a mounting debt burden. As policy makers sought to slow inflation and protect their fixed exchange rates, banks found their balance sheets decimated by nonperforming loans amounting to 10 percent of the region's gross domestic product.

The Scandinavians acted swiftly, like U.S. policymakers are doing today, and received wide applause:

The response to the subsequent financial crisis was one of ``rapidity and vigor,'' said then-Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan in a 1999 speech. Sweden guaranteed bank obligations against losses and established a $14 billion restructuring fund to provide failing banks with capital in return for equity. In addition to taking over Nordbanken AB, the government created a ``bad bank'' that bought troubled assets at a discount, while leaving financial institutions to manage their more-liquid holdings.

Norway's government took similar steps by insuring savings and seizing control of the country's three biggest banks. Finland merged more than 40 banks, including Skopbank Ltd., into a government-run entity and moved nonperforming assets to management companies run by its central bank.

And yet, even still, the result was unbelievably destructive (the emphasis is mine):

While the interventions ``were sweeping and ultimately a success,'' they didn't bring immediate relief to the three countries' economies, as banks cut back on lending and companies and consumers spent less, said Lauri Uotila, chief economist at Sampo Bank, a unit of Danske Bank A/S in Helsinki.

The Finnish and Swedish economies contracted in 1991, 1992 and 1993. Norges Bank calculates that during the early 1990s, output fell 12.3 percent in Finland, 5.8 percent in Sweden and 4.1 percent in Norway. Unemployment didn't peak in Finland until May 1994, when the rate reached 19.9 percent, having fallen as low as 2.1 percent in 1990. Sweden's jobless rate averaged 9.9 percent in 1997, up from 1.6 percent in 1990.


The Wall Street Journal makes a stab at historicism here:

Some politicians and bankers say the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act, and other deregulatory measures set the stage for today's mess. They argue that the mortgage-lending frenzy was fueled by companies like Citigroup, which raked in huge profits by repackaging mortgages into securities and selling them to investors around the world.

Good job. More please.

Other recommendations:

Read Barry Ritholtz’s 13 questions for Paulson and Bernanke, including my favorites:

1. You two gentlemen have been wrong about the Housing crisis, missed the leverage problem, and understated the derivative issue. Indeed, you two have been wrong about nearly everything since this crisis began years ago. Why should we trust your judgment on the largest bailout in American history?

4. In the nationalization of AIG, the US taxpayer received 80% of the company. What is the taxpayer getting for their money in this $700B bailout?

7. In 2004, your former firm, Goldman Sachs, along with 4 other brokers, received a waiver of the net capitalization rules, allowing these firms to dramatically exceed the 12-to-1 leverage rules. How much was this waiver responsible for the current situation?


The business press is still trying to get its arms around the utter immorality and scandal that the credit crisis represents. Here’s the The New York Times’s attempt via interviews with economists.


“It absolutely has to be punitive,” Mr. Baker said. “If they sell us the junk, then we own the company. This isn’t a way to make these companies and their executives rich. This should be about keeping them in business so the financial system doesn’t collapse.”


The Times also offers a roundup of conservatives bridling at the bailout, which, they don’t seem to recognize, is regulation after-the-fact, sort of like fixing your car at 65 miles an hour:

Mr. Shelby, of the banking committee, said: “Congress must immediately undertake a comprehensive, public examination of the problem and alternative solutions rather than swiftly pass the current plan with minimal changes or discussion. We owe the American taxpayer no less.”

Mr. Gingrich, the former House speaker, said he expected Republican lawmakers to oppose the plan in increasing numbers. “I think this is going to be a much bigger fight than he expected,” Mr. Gingrich said, referring to President Bush.


Andrew Ross Sorkin makes a good observation about the bailout as proposed:

The passage is stunning.

“Decisions by the Secretary pursuant to the authority of this Act are non-reviewable and committed to agency discretion, and may not be reviewed by any court of law or any administrative agency,” the original draft of the proposed bill says.

And with those words, the Treasury secretary — whoever that may be in a few months — will be with vested with perhaps the most incredible powers ever bestowed on one person over the economic and financial life of the nation. It is the financial equivalent of the Patriot Act.


Finally, the Journal is inadvertently funny with a story about counselors at business schools besieged by panicked MBAs.

"We're like a tennis player on their toes," she says.

That MBAs have to find another line of work, away from Wall Street, I'd say qualifies as the least of our problems and may be the beginning of a solution.

39 Days

| No Comments

Washington Post:

As of this writing, it has been 39 days and 22 hours since Sen. John McCain last held a news conference (despite having promised to hold weekly Q&A sessions with the press if he's elected). According to the Democrats, it's been 24 days and 11 hours since his running mate, Sarah Palin, held But like her running mate, Palin is AWOL from the media (although she did go to Media, Pa., on Monday, where she quipped: "I want to ask you a few questions, Media." To cheers from the crowd and jeers toward the media, she said: "Let me ask YOU a few questions." Huge cheers.one.

Not the most important issue of the day, perhaps. But maybe the most ironic, given where McCain and Palin were Monday: In Media, Pa.

Where they didn't take questions.

Does that pledge to have weekly press conferences as president still hold? No answer, yet.

UPDATE: From Joseph Curl's Washington Times blog:

But like her running mate, Palin is AWOL from the media (although she did go to Media, Pa., on Monday, where she quipped: "I want to ask you a few questions, Media." To cheers from the crowd and jeers toward the media, she said: "Let me ask YOU a few questions." Huge cheers.

One of the three questions [McCain took from the audience] Monday came from a very angry woman... "I want to take the opportunity to ask the media, where's your 30 investigators over in Chicago! You gotta' start doin' your job and stop picking on little children because of their age and their pregnancy! Shame on you!"...

[I]t would have been nice -- and honest and fair -- had McCain said to the angry mob: "Now wait a sec, they're not all bad guys, and they're just doing their jobs."

What Happens in War

| No Comments

Dexter Filkins has been covering the biggest story of the last ten years for the last ten years. A good argument can be made that this New York Times reporter has seen more war than any other journalist working today, not to mention any soldier or marine. From Kabul to Kandahar, Baghdad to Ramadi, Falluja to Haditha, Filkins has been bullets and blood and copy-inches deep in these wars that have fatigued, befuddled, and killed sheiks and politicians, snipers and supply officers, civilians and insurgents. His need to be there for the story and his seemingly indefatigable ability to sip tea and dodge bullets whizzing by his ear are a pointed corrective to the blather of the blogosphere and the nauseating (and lethal) know-nothingness inside the Beltway and, more often than not, the Green Zone.

Sublime and tenacious, The Forever War takes us from Kabul in 1998 through the summer of 2006 in Iraq. In the course of this journey, Filkins reminds us that there is still some way of comprehending man's worst undertaking, a messy war: getting dirty (and sometimes bloody and beaten) while asking tough questions of everyone involved.

In Iraq, for example, things sometimes fall apart before the reporter is able to ask questions. One morning Filkins is drinking his coffee when an explosion goes off near enough to the Times compound that "the walls of the house swayed and the windows rattled." A car bomber in an ambulance targeting the Baghdad headquarters of the International Committee of the Red Cross had been cut off in the road by another driver—a Good Samaritan, as Filkins calls him, who paid with his own life, "his hands on the wheel, his head arched in a final fiery grimace."

Wonder Cover

| No Comments

The American Society of Magazine Editors has named the finalists for its annual magazine cover art contest. "Cover of the Year" finalists below; full list of finalists here.










Numb and Numb-er

| 17 Comments

Of the many images of Hurricane Katrina that endure in the mass consciousness, one of the most indelible is that of CNN's Anderson Cooper, moved literally to tears at the destruction he witnessed in the days after the storm. His reporting from New Orleans and other areas of the Gulf Coast was raw and urgent and absolutely right for the moment and the mood of the country. It transformed Cooper, formerly an obscure CNN field reporter, into not only an overnight celebrity, but also a representative of a media that was squarely on the side of the people, sharing in their pain and feeling their anger. In his shunning of objectivity for connectivity, Cooper became the voice and the vessel of the widespread outrage over the government's handling of Katrina—and his impassioned indignation wrote itself into Katrina's story as a rare moment when Americans and their media were, in many ways, one.

Well. The devastation currently upon us may be taking place on Wall Street rather than Bourbon Street, and its impact may be financial rather than physical in nature—but, all in all, much of the current situation feels familiar, even redundant. Another case of American citizens being betrayed by a government that's supposed to act in their interest. Another case of wide-scale distress that could have been prevented had the government been more diligent in its duties. It's deja-screw, all over again.

So, then: Where's our Anderson? Where's the vessel for the indignation and confusion so many Americans are feeling right now? Where's the voice that merges anger and accountability in its treatment of the credit crisis? As Howard Kurtz asked in yesterday's Reliable Sources, "Where is the sense of outrage in journalism that we saw after the Enron scandal and the other accounting scandals of a half dozen years ago?"

Missing in action, I'd say. Indeed, in the week since the current meltdown transpired, we've seen journalists express shock at Wall Street's implosion (whoa, what just happened?). We've seen them express awe (wow, that just happened). We've seen them engage in intellectual inquiry (how did that just happen?) and explanatory exposition (here's what just happened) and forward-looking analysis (how can we fix what just happened?) and political analysis (how does what just happened relate to the campaign?) and blame-gaming (who's responsible for what just happened?). We've seen a lot of level-headed, even-handed treatment of the crisis. And, as Dean noted last week, much of that treatment has been commendable. But what we have yet to see, in that sober and balanced and occasionally noble coverage, is indignation. Anger. Outrage.

Take a piece that ran in the Media & Advertising section of today's New York Times—"Amid Market Turmoil, Some Journalists Try to Tone Down Emotion"—which analyzes the connection between overly "emotional" reporting and market panic. The emotion in question is not, to be clear, journalists'. Rather, it's words'. (Yep, because everyone's favorite topic of inquiry during moments of national upheaval is semantics.) "For most of the country," the piece begins, "the financial crises of the last few weeks have offered an education in economics. For journalists, they have been a lesson in semantics."

A lesson in semantics? That's what the crises have meant to reporters? "Journalists say there is a narrow gap between their duty to convey the extent of what is happening to banks and markets and causing panic," Richard Perez-Pena writes. And, later,

Each day presents new evidence that finance companies are uniquely vulnerable to a loss of confidence among creditors, trading partners, investors or customers. As a result, rumor, speculation and fear can cripple a bank with shocking speed. That has reporters and editors, so often accused of hyperbole and sowing alarm, parsing their words with unusual care.

Which, hey—this is good stuff, overall. And the fact that the piece verges on stating the obvious (journalists should choose their words carefully? You don't say!) is forgivable in light of the very real journalistic challenge it discusses: navigating the often fine line between reporting on financial turmoil and exacerbating it.

And yet. In the larger context of crisis, the piece's tone—indeed, the entirety of its content--seems slightly off-base at best, hopelessly out of touch at worst. Words, words, words...is that really what journalists should be focusing on while the economy's in a meltdown? On the one hand, sure: Words are what they do. But on the other, the focus on semantics Perez-Pena describes paints a picture of a press corps that, like the government did, misses the point. The piece depicts journalists as, above all, cool and calm and collected—so detached from the magnitude of the economy's difficulties that they can calculate with minute precision the words they should be using to tell their tales of woe. (Deck chairs and the Titanic come to mind.) Compare that sense of semantic separation to, again, Anderson Cooper, whose anger was, among other things, a tacit admission—and even, in some ways, a celebration—of the fact that words, when in it comes to crisis reporting, aren't always enough.

But for Perez-Pena's journalists, it's not merely a matter of words overcoming outrage; in his framework, those journalists don't feel outrage in the first place.

Which is not to say that those journalists—Perez-Pena's or their professional analogues—should lose their tempers as they tell their tales, or that audiences want their journalists to burst into tears—rhetorical or otherwise—when relating new developments of the financial meltdown. Of course not. Nor should the media be engaging in finger-pointing and blame-gaming at this point. The press is right to be looking forward rather than backward, and to be focusing, along with the government, on finding solutions...and, as they do so, to be choosing their words carefully.

It is to say, though, that a little empathy would go a long way in this case. Journalists, after all, like most Americans, must be feeling some sense of anger that the government has, in so many ways, and for so long, put corporate interests ahead of average poeple's. They must be at least a little bit miffed that a portion of their taxes, assuming Hank Paulson gets his way, will go not toward updating the country's infrastructure or improving its public education system, but toward bailing out mortgage companies. They must be feeling some sense of resentment at the fact that Richard Fuld, who helmed Lehman Brothers into its bankruptcy, is walking away with an estimated $65 million in severance pay. They must be just a little bit pissed off about all this. Everyone else is. So why not let that show? Why not bring a little dose of accountability journalism into their reporting? And why not bring a human element into their narratives?

It's not often we get to say this, but mainstream reporters could take a cue, in this case, from Bill O'Reilly. On The Factor last week, the self-styled populist declared, "Every American should be furious about the economic meltdown. It's not your fault, ladies and gentleman. Not my fault. OK? It's the federal government's fault."

This is classic O'Reillian hyperbole, yes, but there's something refreshing in its authenticity. Something, indeed, reminiscent of Cooper's Katrina coverage: something urgent and candid and real. When the public trust has been violated, we want our news reporters to be angry about it. Just like we are.

The Candidates' Fuzzy Math

| No Comments

If I were to write a formula representing the two presidential candidates’ reactions to the impact the federal bailouts to the financial sector would have on their proposed social and economic programs, it would look like this:

Obama: Progressive Tax + Universal Health Care + More Funding for Education = Progressive Tax + Universal Health Care + More Funding for Education + $700 billion

McCain: Tax Cut + Open-Market Insurance + Semi-Privatized Social Security = Tax Cut + Open-Market Insurance + Semi-Privatized Social Security + $700 billion

Try to solve for the variable and you get a mathematical impossibility: 0=$700 billion!

In other words, in interviews with the New York Times, both Obama and McCain refused to admit that the cost of bolstering the system requires them to rethink their proposals for tax cuts and other government programs.

It is good and necessary that the Times is asking the candidates to make the connection between the current financial debacle and the broad sweep of promises made in the heat of the trail. But, it’s bad and disappointing that the Times didn’t push Obama and McCain harder on their stances.

When McCain insisted that he would be able to preserve the Bush tax cuts despite the recent expenditure and still balance the budget, by some magic trick of restrained spending, the published article didn’t offer any analysis about the feasibility of this proposal. McCain’s recent mantra about cutting spending and reducing the size of government may play well on the campaign trail, but in this context, not pushing for specifics is practically criminal.

Obama’s calls for close scrutiny over financial institutions strikes the right note in the current climate, but it also merits more probing questions about precisely how much regulation he proposes and with what powers will the regulators be endowed.

John Harwood, the reporter behind the piece, has done good work during the campaign, and it’s clear that he’s aware of the disconnect between the economic situation and the candidates’ proposals. But his failure here to push more aggressively for specifics leaves voters to wade through the morass.

To help voters evaluate the candidates more closely, articles like these need to ask specific questions, like “Senator McCain, do you really think it’s fiscally responsible to cut taxes after spending $700 billion on a banking bailout? How, exactly, will you balance the budget after doing so?” At the very least, these articles should enlist the expertise of economists and historians to gauge the feasibility of the candidates’ claims. Or just ask a seventh-grader. ‘Cause the equations don’t add up.

84 to 2

| No Comments

60 Minutes last night featured "a revealing side-by-side look at the candidates and their positions" (Steve Kroft interviewed Obama; Scott Pelley interviewed McCain). The results were better, journalistically-speaking, than the "side-by-side look" 60 Minutes gave us of Obama and Clinton back in February (Kroft on Obama, Couric on Clinton) in that actual issues were actually discussed. Here are some press-centric moments:

PELLEY: Senator Biden, Senator Obama's running mate, has done 84 interviews and news conferences by our count. And Governor Palin has done two. And I wonder why that is. There's a perception that you might be nervous about what she might say, that you're not putting her in front of reporters.


McCAIN: She's gonna be doing more all the time. She's, as you know, been introduced to the country. We're campaigning hard. Look, everybody that has met her and known her and the enthusiasm of these crowds, the American people are vetting her. And they're liking a lot what they're seeing.

And:

(VOICEOVER): Early in the campaign, McCain told a reporter that the economy wasn't his strong suit. The Obama campaign picked that up. Pelley didn't ask about that quote, but it was clear in this interview that he's still sore about it.

PELLEY: You're not an expert on the economy. Senator Obama is not an expert on the economy. So let me ask you what traits would you bring to the Oval Office that would help navigate this country out of the current emergency?


MCCAIN: Never complain, but maybe I can explain. That statement about me and the economy was made in the context of a long conversation. Moral of the story is, don't have long conversations, especially with 60 Minutes. Point is, no seriously, is that I understand the economy as chairman of the Commerce Committee...

Both candidates were asked whether we're in a recession. Can you match the answers below with the candidate who gave them?

Oh, I think there's no doubt that we're gonna see, when the numbers come out, that we are officially in recession. I think, for a lot of people, they've been feeling like we've been in a recession for years now. When their wages and incomes don't go up, and the cost of gas and groceries and home heating oil and prescription drugs are all going up, that feels awfully like a recession to them.

And:

Sure. Technically I don't know. Unemployment is up. Wages are down. Home foreclosures are incredibly high. Those people, they don't care whether technically we're in a recession or not. The fact is they're hurtin'. And they are hurting very, very badly.

(HINT: The first answer was delivered to Kroft; the second answer was delivered to Pelley).

Nobody Puts Press In The Parking Lot

| No Comments

The "press tent was a lonely place to be" at last night's 60th Primetime Emmy Awards, reports Variety, due "the distance between the [Nokia] theater and the press tent, which was perched on the roof of a parking garage some distance behind theater" such that "more than two hours into the show, only a half-dozen winners had come back stage" to talk to reporters.

More:

[T]he fact that it took an elevator ride to get to the press area had reporters delivering a harsh critique of the press digs for the Nokia's first outing as Emmycast venue.

By contrast, at the Emmys' longtime home at the Shrine Auditorium, the press tent was only steps away from the backstage area, and winners often came back stage with a little sweat still on their brow or flush in their cheeks.

And the reviews of the show (its suddenly unfortunate-seeming 60th anniversary theme: diamonds) are in!

"Cable dramas dominate what seemed like the worst award-show ever," Dallas Morning News

"Emmy show a big snoozer," (San Jose) Mercury News


"If they ever give an award for the telecast of 2008 that was the most flat, boring and strangely off-kilter, we may have a winner..." Detroit Free Press


"Emmy awards, deserving winners, awful show," San Francisco Chronicle

"Show that celebrates TV is itself a crashing bore," MSNBC


"Lamest Emmys Ever?" Salon

(I know, I know. Probably many of the above reviewers were nowhere near that press tent. Probably the show really was uniquely bad...)

That's It?

| No Comments

Breaking: "Presidential candidates air attack ads," reports the AP's Nedra Pickler. Pickler's report, in full:

Presidential candidates Barack Obama and John McCain are criticizing each other in new television ads.


McCain portrays his Democratic opponent as a product of corrupt Chicago machine politics. Obama says McCain's proposal to deregulate health care could have disastrous effects like deregulation of Wall Street.

The negative commercials announced Monday come as the two candidates are locked in a tight race with six weeks until Election Day.

The campaigns "announced" new attack ads. Which Pickler then quickly summarized.

Thanks for that?

Media's Unemployment Stats Inaccurate?

| 2 Comments

As conditions in the economy continue to worsen, it can only be expected that unemployment rates, especially here in NYC after the Wall Street fiasco, will continue to rise. This comes just two weeks after the nation’s unemployment rate reached its highest level since 2003—a whopping 6.1 percent—according to the Department of Labor.

But, as Katherine Aaron of the Center for Public Integrity reported here, those statistics don’t accurately represent the reality of the situation. According to Aaron, the official unemployment rate publicized by the Dept. of Labor, as well as most of the media, doesn’t account for three sects of workers.

One group, known as “discouraged workers,” is comprised of workers that are neither employed nor looking for work because of a “job-market related reason.” In other words, these “discouraged workers” have given up the job search because they’ve had no luck in the hunt.

These workers are then clumped into a larger category known as “marginally attached workers,” defined by the Dept. of Labor as:

Neither working nor looking for work but indicate that they want and are available for a job and have looked for work sometime in the recent past.

The last unrepresented group is made up of individuals working part-time out of necessity, not choice. When all three groups of workers are added into the equation, the unemployment rate skyrockets to 10.7 percent, which is up from 8.4 percent last August.

Hopefully, this broader definition of unemployment will be of concern to public officials, and reporters, when it comes to addressing issues relating to the economy. (Hint, hint, Jim Lehrer. We hope you haven’t finalized your questions for Friday yet.)

Take a look at other Dept. of Labor statistics here.

Shades of Lipstick

| 1 Comment

On October 16, 2006, despite expectations that she’d be absent, Sarah Palin showed up. The occasion was a candidate’s forum sponsored by the Alaska Associations of Elementary and Secondary School Principals, taking place at their annual convention at the Anchorage Sheraton.

The state was in the end weeks of a topsy-turvy campaign that would eventually install Palin in the governor’s office. Public polling had showed her with a steady lead after trouncing incumbent governor Frank Murkowski in her party’s primary.

But Alaskan polls can be volatile, and the campaign of her Democratic opponent, former governor Tony Knowles, hinted that its internal polls were showing a much closer race. That day, Knowles and independent candidate Andrew Halcro planned to hold a joint press conference criticizing Palin’s pattern of avoiding public appearances. In late September, she missed a Chamber of Commerce debate, making a last minute decision to attend a National Guard ceremony instead. The next week, she withdrew from an event hosted by Alaska Native business leaders on the very day it was to be held, again claiming a scheduling conflict. (An email by a campaign advisor later surfaced that made it clear she’d withdrawn because her handlers felt the questions would be too difficult, and that they hadn’t had adequate time to brief her.)

The joint press conference was to take place just after the schools forum, but Palin’s unexpected appearance forced her opponents to cancel. In the end, the Associated Press described the forum as a “low-key question-and-answer session.”

But “low-key” would not be the first words evoked by a campaign document distributed by Palin that day, and obtained by CJR. Here’s how it begins:

‘Who’s Your Daddy?" Great question! I see that I got a “thumbs down? On the Anchorage Daily News Sunday scoreboard with an accompanying insinuation that I may not have the appropriate dad to allow me a particular public service role.

And so it goes on for two full pages, without a single mention of education policy. Sarah Palin, writing in the first person, defends her father against this alleged attack from the Anchorage Daily News, the state’s largest paper. In a sincere but defensive tone, she cites his volunteer work, the strength of the family he raised, his outdoorsmanship, and, key for an education crowd, his longtime service as a science teacher and high school coach in Wasilla.

Chuck Heath does sound like a good guy, and you can’t blame anyone, gubernatorial candidate or not, for sticking up for their dad when the paper takes a swipe. But what, exactly, had the Daily News written about Palin’s father?

Sarah Palin’s first foray into state politics came in 2002 when she narrowly lost a Republican primary for lieutenant governor. Senator Frank Murkowski, who had represented the state in the Senate since 1981, had returned to head the ticket as the party’s gubernatorial nominee.

After winning the election, Murkowski resigned his Senate seat, was sworn in as governor, and then faced the privilege of selecting his own successor. After announcing twenty-five Alaskans he said he was considering (a list that included Palin), Frank Murkowski chose his daughter, State Representative Lisa Murkowski, for the seat. He later appointed Palin to the state’s Oil and Gas Commission.

Amid charges of nepotism, Frank Murkowski quickly became one of the nation’s most unpopular governors; in a pointed rebuke two years later, a ballot initiative removed the position’s right to fill senate vacancies. By the summer of 2003, Palin and several others were being mentioned as potential intra-party challengers to Lisa Murkowski, who would face election to a full term in November 2004.

On July 17, 2003, the Anchorage Daily News fronted a story highlighting Murkowski’s campaign war chest, which, only seven months into her senate term, held a healthy $934,000.

The following weekend, the Anchorage Daily News ran its regular Sunday feature, “Who’s Up, Who’s Down,” a cheers and jeers style charticle. Here were the first three items that day:

UP - Scott Gomez: A second tour with Lord Stanley's Cup brings heavenly days for our hometown Devil.

UP - U.S. Sen. Lisa Murkowski: Almost $1 million in the campaign kitty already, and ready to roll.

DOWN - Would-be Murkowski rivals: Jerry Hood? Johnne Binkley? Sarah Palin? Who's your daddy?

The chart closed strong by noting that the Denali tourist trade was “EVEN … Freak July storm disrupts travel, but the visitors get it: Hey, this is Alaska!”

Given its tone, location, and context, the “Who’s your daddy?” line is clearly a joke. And not only that, it’s a joke at the expense of Palin’s potential opponent, pointing out the nepotism tainting the younger Murkowski’s appointment.

It also ran three years before the Anchorage schools forum, when Palin handed out her cri de coeur. Though the letter is undated, details make it clear that it was written long before the forum, probably shortly after the original item ran. For one, in a section where she describes her siblings and their spouses “all happily doing our thing serving Alaskans,” she mentions a brother in law who works as a state trooper. Palin’s sister would file for divorce from state trooper Mike Wooten in April 2005, and the rest, as they say, is history. By the time of the schools forum, Palin had told police that Wooten made violent threats against her sister and her father, Wooten had been subject to a domestic violence protective order, and a contentious divorce trial was underway.

The letter seems to mock how she had been depicted in the press, claiming that she’s become a “media-stamped ‘hard core conservative Republican.’”

Conversations with media observers in Alaska suggest that Palin had very friendly relations with the state’s journalists, and didn’t run against or belittle the press as the McCain camp has repeatedly done on her behalf in recent weeks. The letter seems to be a rare, early, exception to her old approach.

After recounting a time her father asked her to hold still-warm moose eyeballs, and listing the names of his grandchildren, Palin closes with a final dig at the paper.

So seeing the “thumbs down” on the newspaper editorial scoreboard with the suggestion that my dad may not be the right dad to allow me to progress towards some political position that may not be in the cards for me right now anyway . . . gave me the opportunity to think about just who my dad is today. I thank the ADN for that.

‘Who’s Your Daddy?” My dad is Mr. Heath, and he’s a teacher. In my book he is rich because he continues to share the wealth. I’m proud of him and thankful for his love for Alaska and for teaching others about this Great Land. In fact, the next time my name is in that newspaper, they should go ahead and use my full name: Sarah Heath Palin.

The paper has only used Palin's full name once, when quoting from a congratulatory press release issued by the Miss American Organization after she was named as John McCain's running mate.

Health Care on the Mississippi, Part VII

| 1 Comment

This is the seventh in a series examining how the candidates’ health care proposals will affect ordinary people who live in the river town of Helena-West Helena, Arkansas, and how the press could cover that angle. The entire series is archived here.

Sidney Randle

Sidney Randle, sixty-nine, has lived with Medicare for a long time. He worked twenty-one years for the Mohawk Rubber Company, until 1979, when it closed. Then he worked at a service station until his back and shoulder went out of whack, and his diabetes, which he has had for nearly thirty years, worsened. “I got so many problems, I don’t know which ones put me on disability,” he says. Randle has been receiving Social Security disability payments since 1987, and got his Medicare card a couple years after that. It’s his lifeline to medical care.

He takes seven medications—for high blood pressure, diabetes, COPD (chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder), an enlarged prostate, and heart disease. Surgeons have placed a stent to open a blocked artery, and a stroke two years ago made it harder for him to walk, although Randle told me he is exercising at a gym and losing weight—“twelve pounds lately,” he says proudly. Like many seniors, he has had trouble paying for his prescriptions; the $1249 monthly check from Social Security doesn’t stretch far enough to cover them all. You could say that it was a godsend when Medicare Part D, providing seniors with a prescription drug benefit, took effect in 2006. But that benefit came with a catch—a big one, too.





After people on Medicare accumulate $2510 in drug expenses (most of which, after a deductible and coinsurance, are covered by the government), they hit the infamous “donut hole.” Congress knew that the government couldn’t pay for all the drugs someone might need, so it funded only a portion of seniors’ medication expenses during each year. Once in the donut hole, a person is on the hook for the next $3,216 in prescription costs. Then Medicare returns with another layer of coverage. After drug costs total $5,726 for the year, catastrophic coverage kicks in, and a senior’s Part D drug plan pays all but 5 percent of the cost.

Sicker people like Randle hit the donut hole each year. In a report released in August, the Kaiser Family Foundation found that, last year, one-quarter of those with Part D coverage (some 3.4 million people) fell into the gap. Four percent eventually qualified for catastrophic coverage. That leaves a lot of people on fixed incomes scrambling to pay for their medicines. Kaiser said that people in the donut hole had devised ways to compensate once they had to pay the full price of their prescriptions. Some stopped taking their medicines, some switched to a similar but cheaper drug, and others simply reduced the number of drugs they were taking.

When Randle hit the donut hole, he went to the Delta Area Health Education Center, where Cal Woodridge, the prescription assistance coordinator, found drug company programs that give him free medicines until his benefit renews. Woodridge told me that his clients are hitting the donut hole a month earlier this year. “That tells us that the prices of medicines are going up and some of the coverage is not as good,” he said. “They are spending more money quicker.” While more people are using generic drugs, drug makers are raising prices for brand-name drugs, propelling seniors into the donut hole even faster. Those increases are also reflected in higher drug benefit premiums, which will rise 12 percent next year.

How Randle would fare under the candidates’ proposals

Neither candidate has talked much about Medicare; nor have the media pressed them for their solutions to the looming financial problems facing the system—solutions that may involve raising taxes so that current benefits can continue. When Newsweek asked Joseph Newhouse, a Harvard professor and Medicare expert, why this is, he called Medicare “an issue that will only lose you votes.” Since a lot of elderly people on Medicare vote, Newhouse said, “it’s very heavy political lifting to cut benefits or services.”

John McCain has proposed revamping Medicare’s payment system to reward doctors who produce better health outcomes. But for the most part, the candidates’ prescriptions for Medicare nibble around the edges of the drug benefit instead of addressing the system’s long-term sustainability.

John McCain’s proposal

McCain, who voted against the drug benefit in 2003, would accelerate the introduction of generic drugs and allow the re-importation of U.S.-made drugs that are sold more cheaply in other countries. Before Part D, savings-conscious seniors bought drugs in Canada and Mexico. Today, re-importation means very little, since Part D has taken some of the sting out of high prescription costs.

The faster introduction of generics will hardly help Randle. He takes mostly brand name drugs; when they are too expensive, the free medicine he gets while in the donut hole continues to tie him to drug companies’ more expensive brands—which, of course, means higher mark-ups and market share.

Barack Obama’s proposal
Obama would promote the use of generic drugs. OK, maybe Randle can go to Wal-Mart and cheaply fill some of his prescriptions with generics. Doctors would have to agree the generics would work well for him. Plus, he would need some consumer education to make the switch, and must be willing to give up the free drugs while he is in the donut hole. It would be a cost/benefit calculation. Obama would allow the federal government to negotiate prices of pharmaceuticals used by Medicare recipients. When Congress established the drug benefit, lawmakers banned the government from negotiating cheaper prices, as it does in the VA system. So far, Congress has failed to overturn the ban. If the new Congress can do that, the price of drugs for Randle might drop, and he wouldn’t reach the donut hole as fast. But it’s unclear whether price negotiation will affect the system’s long-term fiscal health.

Since we don’t know where the candidates stand on fixing the overall finances of Medicare, it’s hard to say which candidate would help or hurt Randle the most. Cutting benefits to shore up the system would certainly pinch, since he would have to finance more care from his own slim income. Increasing premiums and copayments for certain Medicare services would also hurt him. One solution on the table is making wealthier beneficiaries pay more for their benefits, either through higher premiums or higher coinsurance, a move that some say leads to the further privatization of Medicare. Even if Congress defines “wealthy” as incomes around $50,000, which a few experts think could happen, Randle’s very low income keeps him safe for now.

The Audit Speaks!

| No Comments

This weekend, On The Media hosted Audit boss Dean Starkman to
speak about the heroic efforts of the business press to explain and
explore the current financial meltdown, and the not-so-heroic
oversight effort by the business press of the regulatory climate and
business practices that got us here.

This morning I've been thinking that being a business press critic right now is sort of like being a critic of the London fire depart during the Blitz. The city is on fire and they are scrambling as fast as possible and that's all you can do at this point.

It's how we got here that's the question.

You can read at the transcript at the program's website, download the mp3
file
, or listen to the segment using the below player.

Old Carbon Capture Strategy, New Story

| 1 Comment

On Tuesday, I wrote a column about the media’s failure to cover the opening of the world’s first coal-fired power plant with a fully integrated carbon capture and storage system. Given the adolescent nature of the technology it might not have been such a big deal, I reasoned—but the fact that both U.S. presidential candidates have made CCS a central promise of their campaigns makes the plant all the more relevant.

A lot of people argue, quite correctly, that “clean coal,” a nickname for CCS systems, is an oxymoronic advertising ploy. Part of the reason for that, as one savvy reader noted in a comment under my column, is that, “This unproven technology does nothing to stop the enormously destructive operations of coal mining.”

“Agreed,” I replied in a second comment. “CCS has nothing to do with the mining of coal, only the processing thereof.”

It turns out that while that is still largely true, it may not always be so. Last Monday, The Wall Street Journal published another of its excellent Journal Reports on energy, the paper's seventh pullout section on the subject. Among other gems, it contained a very intriguing article about underground coal gasification (UCG), a different type of CCS (the new German plant uses oxyfuel combustion and other demo plants are using pre- and post-combustion methods) that burns coal without mining it. According to the article, “India and China are at the forefront” of developing the technology:

The Asian giants are investigating large-scale commercial projects that would produce energy by burning the coal where it lies, deep below the Earth's surface. Building on pilot projects in the U.S. and elsewhere, the two countries are also looking at the possibility of capturing and permanently storing underground the gases produced, like carbon dioxide, which scientists believe cause global warming.

The underlying technology is one pioneered by the Soviets during the 1930s, called underground coal gasification - a way to tap energy from coal that was impossible or too costly to bring to the surface. A borehole is drilled down to the coal seam, which is then ignited. Oxygen is forced down through the borehole to feed the combustion. Gases produced by the combustion are then forced out a second borehole to the surface, where they are harnessed to turn turbines or for the production of chemicals. A power plant in Uzbekistan has been using the process for nearly 50 years. But elsewhere the practice was largely abandoned as increasing reserves of oil and natural gas were discovered, providing a cheaper alternative.

Because UCG was not cost-effective, it also faded from news pages after some early coverage. In 1980, Canada’s Globe and Mail ran a interesting article (unavailable online except through Lexis-Nexis or Factiva) about UCG with the soon-to-be-moot headline, “U.S. leads in underground coal gasification.” It reported that “three dozen companies - ranging from oil giants to local power companies” had expressed interest in a Department of Energy program to share UCG with private industry. It then went on to give a fairly detailed description of the burning process, and, despite the fact that cognizance of global warming was still many years off, noted that other environmental concerns were already at play:

Little pollution will escape into the atmosphere (coal acts like a charcoal filter, trapping many waste combustion products), but water supplies may become contaminated by trace elements and heavy metals released from the coal. If a coal field is exploited economically, drilling rigs, air compressors and pipework will litter the landscape.

Indeed, in 1984, just before UCG all but disappeared as a topic of conversation, The New York Times published an article with the headline, “Proposal to burn coal underground stirs protest in Pennsylvania town.” The project’s opponents feared that “the coal could burn out of control, ruining their homes and their valley, like the [mine] fire that has been burning for 20 years only 10 miles away and is now forcing the evacuation of the town of Centralia.”

Last week’s Journal article mentioned that groundwater contamination is a lingering concern, as is the possibility that UCG could “cause serious incidents of subsidence, which involves land sinking into the cavities created when the coal seams are drilled and burned out.”

Back in 1988, The Independent in London published an article (unavailable online except through Lexis-Nexis or Factiva) about UCG that expressed similar concerns, while noting that the dangers involved in sending miners underground could be avoided. The headline referred to the technology as “Mining by Remote Control,” and concluded with the unrealistically optimistic paragraph:

The idea of UCG may have had a disappointing first century. But it is increasingly likely that within 20 years a working coalfield will look like an oilfield. Later, we may be getting energy from the vast coal reserves that lie six miles under the North Sea, and which are the source of the gas that is causing such problems for the coal industry today.

After that piece, however, little was even heard about UCG (at least from the press) for more than a decade. In the last two years, however, it has come up frequently in the Indian and Australian press, where UCG projects have been a more conspicuous part of domestic energy markets.

It was refreshing, then, to see the Journal reintroduce underground coal gasification into the American media conversation last week. It is still a problematic technology, of course, just like every other carbon capture and storage scheme out there. But as long as politicians are promising people that CCS will be keystone in their energy future, journalists have a responsibility to explain every option on the table.

Debates: Jim Lehrer As Heidi Klum

| No Comments

"Presidential debates should be a little more like [Bravo reality TV show] Project Runway," argues Time TV blogger James Poniewozik," in that:

[T]he best way to test someone's ability to do a job is to get them to do it, not to talk about it. They're about applying knowledge, not regurgitating it. Whereas a Presidential debate is like a job interview—a tepid one, with time-delimited answers—an episode of Project Runway is like a job tryout...

And so, he continues, the debate moderators should "focus more on hypothetical scenario-playing... like how [the candidates] would handle, say, a military conflict between China and Taiwan." Because:

[S]houldn't Jim Lehrer be able to elicit at least as much information about a candidate's future job performance as Heidi Klum?

Fierce!

...The Wall Street Journal! Per the paper's analysis of the Bush administration's proposed $700 billion mortgage buyout plan, currently under review in Congress: "The debate could expose a peculiar irony in the government's rescue planning, because taxpayers are now both creditors and debtors in the housing mess."

Both creditors and debtors. Peculiar irony, indeed.

Changes at The Politico

| No Comments

Today The Politico issued a press release announcing its post election plans.

Bottom line? They plan to grow, not shrink, after November 4, with more print editions, at least 15 new staffers, and expanded coverage of the executive branch.

To read CJR's convention interview with Politico editor in chief John Harris, where he presaged some of the changes, click here.

Audit Roundup: Without Words

| 2 Comments

The business press has done its usual thorough job of explaining the whos, whats and wherefores of this historic weekend, but I’m not sure anyone’s been able to convey the disgrace, the scandal in all its fullness, of the fact that U.S. taxpayers—innocent bystanders, by any account—must pay for bailing out Wall Street.

The most outraged, embarrassed voice seems to be that of Henry Paulson on the talk shows:

And, again, it pains me, it pains me tremendously to, to, to have the American taxpayer be put in this position…

He said that on his way to saying that there’s no alternative, but at least it’s something.

Also out there:

Evidence that the business press has work to do can be found in this walk-and-talk in this morning’s Washington Post, which found respondents understandably vague about what’s happening, with most seeming to believe this is about bailing out irresponsible borrowers:

"I'm not overextended," Merkle said. "I didn't buy a large home that I can't afford. I'm not behind on any of my payments. I'm not sure I want the government to take my tax dollars and buy someone else's house for them."

The Wall Street Journal does well, however, at conveying the enormity of the import that the last two independent Wall Street firms will convert to bank holding companies:

The headline

Goldman, Morgan Scrap Wall Street Model,
Become Banks in Bid to Ride Out Crisis

And the story:

With the move, Wall Street as it has long been known -- a coterie of independent brokerage firms that buy and sell securities, advise clients and are less regulated than old-fashioned banks -- will cease to exist.

It's worth pondering that for a minute.

The New York Times does less well in its account:

It also is a turning point for the high-rolling culture of Wall Street, with its seven-figure bonuses and lavish perks for even midlevel executives. It effectively returns Wall Street to the way it was structured before Congress passed a law during the Great Depression separating investment banking from commercial banking, known as the Glass-Steagall Act.

The last historical comparison may be true, but it’s meaning is not explained. More please.

The Journal’s editorial page, meanwhile, is starting to resemble some mad Shakespearean character, blaming everything, including—get this—the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, instead of the deregulatory philosophy it has been promoting for lo these many years..


Nice try. Much more on this as we go

Krugman provides an actual suggestion: give the taxpayers a stake in the upside:

And if the government is going to provide capital to financial firms, it should get what people who provide capital are entitled to — a share in ownership, so that all the gains if the rescue plan works don’t go to the people who made the mess in the first place.

That’s what happened in the savings and loan crisis: the feds took over ownership of the bad banks, not just their bad assets. It’s also what happened with Fannie and Freddie. (And by the way, that rescue has done what it was supposed to. Mortgage interest rates have come down sharply since the federal takeover.)

And this also strikes me as valuable:

But I’d urge Congress to pause for a minute, take a deep breath, and try to seriously rework the structure of the plan, making it a plan that addresses the real problem.

Evidence that government should get a stake for being force to lend on and buy securities of utterly unknown quality is found in this Journal account of how American International Group shareholders are desperate to avoid having the once-hugely profitable insurers taken over the United States for $85 billion.


Shareholders who are dissatisfied with the deal are exploring ways to quickly pay off the loan, which gave the federal government the right to take 80% of the insurer. Under this scenario, AIG would not only sell assets, but also raise capital in other ways, potentially leaving shareholders better off. AIG had no choice but to accept the federal help last week, when large sums of private money weren't available.

Private money wasn’t available for good reason. This is the mother of all subprime loans.

Robert Samuelson reminds us of a stunning fact:

As is well known, the crisis began with losses in the $1.3 trillion market for "subprime" mortgages, many of which were "securitized" -- bundled into bonds and sold to investors.

He is actually minimizing the figure to make some other point, but the idea that so much money was lent into what was once, quite properly, a marginal business is, for me, all you need to know about level of regulatory breakdown that brought us to this.

Also recommended:

Gretchen Morgenson calling for disclosure of what taxpayers are actually buying:

Now, inquiring minds want to know, whom did we rescue? Which large, wealthy financial institutions — counterparties to A.I.G.’s derivatives contracts — benefited from the taxpayers’ $85 billion loan? Were their representatives involved in the talks that resulted in the last-minute loan?

And did Lehman Brothers not get bailed out because those favored institutions were not on the hook if it failed?

We’ll probably never know the answers to these troubling questions. But by keeping taxpayers in the dark, regulators continue to earn our mistrust. As long as we are not told whom we have bailed out, we will be justified in suspecting that a favored few are making gains on our dimes.


And Kevin Phillips talking to Bill Moyers about how the financial sector, instead of financing the economy, came to dominate it.

KEVIN PHILLIPS: But what's here that doesn't get the attention is the United States in the last 20 years undertook an enormous transformation of itself with no attention paid. And what it means is and what makes all this so frightening is the country is at risk because of the size of the financial sector that has never been graded on its competence and behavior in any serious way. They are the economy at this point. And we are now seeing what happens when a 20 to 21 percent of GDP financial sector starts to come unglued.


BILL MOYERS: But there are people, Kevin, who disagree with us, who say that this financial industry has created great wealth for America in the last 25 years.

KEVIN PHILLIPS: Oh, it's created great wealth for a small slice of America. But if you go back and we remember the manufacturing heyday, the auto workers in Michigan had fishing cabins up on the lake. And the middle class had been fattened by the rise of the blue-collar middle class. Well, there's no rising blue-collar middle class now. The middle class is shrinking.

The pie in a financial economy goes to the one or two percent — or even less- that have capital skills and education. We have never had so much polarization and wealth disparity and just groaning wealth right at the top of ladder as we have now under finance.


You had essentially a financial sector that, let's say, was sort of neck and neck with manufacturing back in the late 1980s. But they got control in a lot of ways in the agenda. Finance has been bailed out. I mean, everybody thinks this is horrible now what we're seeing in terms of bailouts. Even a lot of the people who do it think it's bad.

This has been going on since the beginning of the 1980s. Finance has been preferred as the sector that got government support. Manufacturing slides, nobody helps.

Sunday Watch 9-21-08

| 5 Comments

“It began,” Secretary of the Treasury Czar Hank Paulson told George Stephanopoulos, “with excesses in the system, irresponsible behavior and practices in financial institutions.” On Meet the Press, Paulson again alluded to “excesses”—“excesses building up for sometime in this country”—and elaborated a bit: “bad lending practices, irresponsible borrowing, irresponsible lending…. We have overcomplexity. Mortgages are now securitized, sliced and diced, put into tranches, sold all over the world.” “What has gone on here,” he told Tom Brokaw, “is terrible, it's unexcusable [sic].” Mistakes were made. And that was all that Czar Paulson had to say about the origins of the grandest, most devastating financial crisis in three-quarters of a century.

At least that was all Paulson declared in so many words. What he did not declare was that America has been led to believe, by him and his friends, for several decades now, that markets are essentially self-regulating; and that what we have learned this week, as if we needed to learn it, is that this proposition is sheer nonsense.

Indirectly, however, Paulson said a good deal more, or so I read in one of his later remarks. About the Federal Reserve’s decision to bail out the American International Group last week, he added this: “This is a situation where there are fifty different insurance regulators, very little oversight at the holding company, a hedge fund on top of insurance companies.”

If I understand this remark properly, Paulson was acknowledging that AIG, a private insurance company, functioning with “very little oversight” at the federal level, had grown into an indispensable lubricant of the world financial system. “I can't explain how we got there,” Paulson said, meaning either that the situation is inexplicable, or that it is inexplicable to him, or that it is nothing he can explain in TV-sized sound bites. If it is inexplicable absolutely, or inexplicable to him, isn’t this an intellectual earthquake at the high end of the Richter scale? Don’t the week’s events discredit the decades-old lecture about the self-regulating splendors of markets?

To George Stephanopoulos, Paulson did declare that he might well have (1) an explanation and (2) a remedy up his sleeve: “I've spent a lot of time, well before this problem, developing a regulatory blueprint, looking at our outdated, outmoded regulatory system that doesn't fit the modern financial world, looking at how policies and practices need to be changed.” He said the same to Tom Brokaw, adding: “we very much need new regulations, new policies.”

In that case, why not ask Paulson why he kept his regulatory blueprint to himself? Did he tell the president of the United States, or did he anticipate the need to update “our outdated, outmoded regulatory system” only to find that the president wasn’t interested? For many months, economists have warned about the dire consequences of the housing bubble. How can any official be kept accountable when journalists don’t inquire into the sources of their errors?

To be clear: I’m not proposing an escalation of gotchas. I’m proposing an escalation of intellectual curiosity in the interest of accountability. I’m talking about the fifth W—Who, What, Where, When, Why. As in, why didn’t you act earlier? Why did your government minimize the significance of the housing bubble?

Secretary Paulson is busy these days. Yet one might have hoped the Sunday morning interlocutors would ask him about alternatives to the trust-me receivership into which he proposes to cram the global financial system. Paulson kept framing the problem in chocolate-vanilla terms: Either implement his plan or do nothing. One might have hoped to find an economically-literate critic or two around the network news round tables: Paul Krugman, say, an actual economics professor who has been blogging to beat the band all day at his NYT site; or Robert Reich, who has published a most specific list of conditions for bailout; or, from a different angle, Washington Post columnist Sebastian Mallaby.

On ABC’s round table, there were harsh words for what is laughably known as our political and financial leadership. Cokie Roberts, if I heard her correctly, said she’d like to see the financial chiefs marched down Wall Street in “sackcloth and ashes.” (Maybe she meant tar and feathers?) She approved of Obama’s comforting advisers, the likes or Robert Rubin, Warren Buffett, and Paul Volcker. George Will agreed that Obama sounded calm, at least, while McCain “showed his personality in this last week and made some of us fearful.” McCain, he added, “substituted vehemence for coherence,” having “discovered his inner William Jennings Bryan.” Cokie Roberts, channeling her inner David Stockman, wondered if there was some malevolent purpose to a budget-busting measure that would leave the next president without options. Sam Donaldson unhelpfully declared that we’ve got to “do something quickly, do something now.”

All entertaining, especially the spectacle of Cokie Roberts finding her inner Mme. Defarge. Especially entertaining if you think such bagatelles are what America’s broadcasters owe the people who grant them television licenses for zero dollars a year.

In yesterday's New York Times "Week in Review," Patrick Healy wrote a piece headlined, "Let's Call a Lie A Lie...Finally. " It was not, however, a piece by a political reporter urging his peers to call a lie made by a candidate a lie (I, too, was fooled by the "Let's"). Rather it was a piece by a political reporter observing that "once considered politically out of bounds, the word 'lie' --stated blunty and unapologetically -- has had its unveiling in the 2008 campaign" by, largely, the Obama campaign asserting that the other guy is lying, often.

Healy does not directly address what a campaign repoter's role should be in dealing with candidates' lies and/or accusations that their opponent is lying (what can we possibly do?) but he does, I suppose, show us what he considers his role to be:

On Thursday, for instance, an Obama spokesman denounced, as "another flat-out lie from a dishonorable campaign," a McCain television advertisement citing a newspaper report that Franklin D. Raines, the former leader of now-disgraced Fannie Mae, was advising Mr. Obama on housing issues.

I'm just giving you a "for instance." You know, of how one campaign responded to a claim made in an opponent's ad. You know. One campaign ran an ad claiming one thing. The other campaign called it a lie. On to my next paragraph...

Healy did find an expert who addressed the obvious "What now?" aspect of Healy's overall observation that, Wow, the "L-word" is getting used a lot lately by one of the campaigns:

"When politicians ignore a lie and it doesn't go away, they can be tainted, and when they deny it, they can sound defensive," said Geoff Stone, a University of Chicago law professor and an informal adviser to Mr. Obama. "Americans need someone who many people watch who has credibility and can be an independent arbiter -- a Walter Cronkite, say -- and there isn't one."

Today's Murrow or Cronkite... Someone who many people watch who can be an independent arbiter. Riiiight. But... who?

A few pages further along in the "Week in Review" (in a column by Frank Rich):

You know the press is impotent at unmasking this truthiness when the hardest-hitting interrogation McCain has yet faced on television came on The View. Barbara Walters and Joy Behar called him on several falshoods, including his endlessly repeated fantasy that Palin opposed earmarks for Alaska. Behar used the word "lies" to his face."...In our news culture, Behar, a stand-up comic by profession, looms as the new Edward R. Murrow."

David Brooks's M.O.

| No Comments

For anyone who has ever asked himself, "What's David Brooks thinking?"

Brooks...admits he is something of a throwback. "This is going to sound pretentious, but I try to be a 1950s public intellectual in 2008, in 800 words."

Just for fun, fill in the blanks, but imagine it's Brooks's co-New York Times columnist Maureen Dowd talking: "This is going to sound ____, but I try to be a ____, in 800 words."

Painting A Portrait With A Pipeline

| No Comments

Here’s props to The Washington Post for an article today that substantively reports on Sarah Palin’s executive style.

Starting with Palin’s inappropriate culling of e-mail addresses from a Department of Commerce directory (in order to promote a favorite piece of legislation), the article examines Palin’s time in executive office to make the case that, while she is skilled at gauging and responding to the public will, she isn’t very interested or involved in policy details. The piece compares her official record alongside her day-to-day interactions with legislators to gain insight into her modus operandi as governor.

Palin has promised that she would shake up Washington (touting it as a two-reformers-for-the-price-of-one kind of thing), and the story both recognizes her achievements and questions the claim. The article quotes Stephen Haycox, a historian at the University of Alaska at Anchorage, in an oft-heard criticism of Palin: "She seems as if she is incurious about the mechanism of government." It’s a sobering assessment of Palin’s talent as a politician, and one that the rest of the article seeks, successfully, to evaluate and contextualize.

Take Palin’s approach to the development of Alaska’s natural gas pipeline. The governor’s role in getting the pipeline built is a pretty familiar campaign story by now. The article explains Palin predecessor Frank Murkowski’s role in the pipeline plan, details Palin’s efforts to seek competitive bids on the project and thereby increase state leverage, and notes the public popularity of her efforts. But then it unfurls the example of pipeline legislation—a cornerstone of Palin’s argument that she is an independent-minded reformer—into a small character portrait:

Still, Palin struck some lawmakers as curiously detached from the process. In early March 2007, she invited the state Senate's leaders to her office for a preview of the pipeline legislation. To the astonishment of the five senators and their aides, she barely said a word for the hour. As staff members explained her signature plan, the governor was preoccupied with her two BlackBerries.

"It was so bizarre. We all talked about it afterwards," said a legislative source, one of three participants in the meeting who recounted the governor's silence. "We all said, 'What was that? Was she even paying attention?' "

The anecdote—set up by the history and changing structure of the legislation—lends credibility to Haycox’s characterization of Palin, and to the article’s argument.

Specifying a politician’s strengths and weaknesses (absorbing policy minutiae from experts? speaking off the cuff? instinctively quelling public worry?) fairly and informatively can be a difficult task. But if show-don’t-tell is the way to avoid both cinematic grandiosity and easy caricature (and a difficult mantra to follow in campaign reporting), the WaPo story is an A-1 example of how to do it well.

In the article, Haycox says this of Palin: “She hears the mood of the electorate very, very well.” It’s a very relevant assessment of talent—especially in the middle of a campaign that has emphasized the Alaskan governor’s instinctive talents rather than her capabilities—and the article provokes a worthy follow-up question: “At what cost?”

Race-Baiting Redux?

| 3 Comments

If Campaign 2008 is a china shop and discussions of race are the china, then the media are the bull. Which is another way of saying what should be obvious at this particularly contentious juncture in this particularly contentious campaign: that accusations of race-baiting against either presidential candidate should be handled with the utmost care—because, when the media buck around with those accusations willy-nilly, they have the tendency to pulverize pretty much everything they touch.

Well, metaphorical Fragile Object, meet metaphorical Bull. Today, race-baiting accusations are again upon us, according to the banner headline currently emblazoned on the home page of The Huffington Post:










The story? John McCain has a new attack ad out, in which he implicates Barack Obama in the implosion of Fannie Mae. "Obama has no background in economics," the ad intones.

Who advises him? The Post says it's Franklin Raines, for "advice on mortgage and housing policy." Shocking. Under Raines, Fannie Mae committed "extensive financial fraud." Raines made millions. Fannie Mae collapsed. Taxpayers? Stuck with the bill. Barack Obama. Bad advice. Bad instincts. Not ready to lead.

The problem, allegedly? Franklin Raines is black.







The ad juxtaposes images of Obama and Raines, two black men—which one could read, if one chooses, as an insidious pander to people's insidious fears about black men. "This is hardly subtle," Time's Karen Tumulty writes. "Sinister images of two black men, followed by one of a vulnerable-looking elderly white woman."

Let me stipulate: Obama's Fannie Mae connections are completely fair game. But this ad doesn't even mention a far more significant tie—that of Jim Johnson, the former Fannie Mae chairman who had to resign as head of Obama's vice presidential search team after it was revealed he got a sweetheart deal on a mortgage from Countrywide Financial. Instead, it relies on a fleeting and tenuous reference in a Washington Post Style section story to suggest that Obama's principal economic adviser is former Fannie Mae Chairman Frank Raines. Why? One reason might be that Johnson is white; Raines is black.

The AP, to some extent, corroborates Tumulty's reading of the ad in its reporting. It also challenges that reading:

Obama's campaign says Raines is not an Obama adviser and that McCain's campaign knows it because Raines said so in an e-mail earlier this week to Carly Fiorina, a top McCain adviser. Obama's campaign provided The Associated Press with a copy of the e-mail.

"Carly: Is this true?" Raines asks above a forwarded note informing him that Fiorina was on television saying he was an Obama housing adviser. "I am not an adviser to the Obama campaign. Frank."

Obama's campaign says Fiorina did not respond.

McCain spokesman Brian Rogers said he was not aware of the e-mail to Fiorina, but noted that the Post reported on three occasions, between July 16 and Aug. 28, that Raines was advising Obama.

"If he was not advising, obviously someone somewhere along the way should have corrected the record," Rogers said.

Tumulty may have a point in sounding the race-baiting alarm. And if indeed a campaign is engaging in race-baiting tactics, that needs to be called out. But today's blog-post-to-banner-headline trajectory once again highlights how quickly the fire of Racial Tumult (no pun intended) can spread. There's a thin line between exposure and exacerbation when it comes to talk of race-baiting. If we're going to engage in accusations and discussions of race-baiting, it's worth stepping back for a moment and asking who, in the end, is being baited.

An ad for a panel hosted by Mediabistro:












In the Moo'd

| No Comments

Call it the Goldilocks approach to political journalism. Many campaign-related articles we read are too cold (informative, maybe, but not terribly readable); many others are too hot (readable, maybe, but not terribly informative). The ones that strike a balance in their temperature--like "Moo," Timothy Egan's masterful treatment of Sarah Palin's gubernatorial record, currently the most-emailed story on nytimes.com--are, to borrow a description, just right.

Army Alters Photographs, Issues Them To AP






The Associated Press retracted two government-issued photographs last night after a photographer in Texas alerted the agency that the photos in question appeared to be doctored.

Bob Owen, chief photographer of the San Antonio Express-News, notified the AP that the photos of two deceased soldiers, who died in Iraq on Sept. 14, were nearly identical. Upon examining the photos, Owens noticed that everything except for the soldier’s face, name, and rank was the same. The most glaring similarity, Owen told CJR, was that the camouflage patterns of the two uniforms were “perfectly identical.”

After inspecting the photographs, the AP confirmed that the images were, indeed, Photoshopped, and issued eliminations on the two photos.

The elimination reads:

The content of this image has been digitally altered and does not accurately reflect the scene. No other version of the photo is available.

The photos were released by the U.S. Army at Fort Stewart in Georgia. Officials at the base could not be reached for comment.

“I’d like to think that the media holds itself pretty accountable and we try really hard to keep high standards,” Owen said. “Obviously the army, and the government, doesn’t see anything wrong with that [photo altering] at all.”

Come On, Slate

| No Comments

Newly posted on Slate is an essay--a kind of analysis-meets-memoir--about Growing Up Alaskan. It's a nice piece, evocative and full of rich detail, that paints a portrait of both the particularities and peculiarities of a culture that, apparently, it's now our patriotic duty to be fascinated by. The essay is by turns touching and probing, and certainly worth reading.

Which is perhaps why Slate's editors slotted the essay as today's lead story, giving it prominent play on the site's homepage, complete with a massive photo and a snappy, attention-grabbing headline:











Except...all the promises of "weirdness"(!) and "strange"ness(!) and all that are a little too snappy. The piece doesn't, in the end, mock Alaska; its point isn't to point out "how strange Alaskans really are"; rather, like an episode of Northern Exposure that plays out in prose, its point is to celebrate Alaska's quirkiness. And ultimately to celebrate what the essay's author, Jim Albrecht, deems a cultural "sense of responsibility for the welfare of one's neighbors."

And yet: "Bridge to Weirdville" (ha!). And the glib pronouncement that "you have no idea how strange Alaskans really are" (ha!). Followed by another telling tease: "All the Juiciest Bits from the New Dick Cheney Book" (ha! and: ooh...!).

From a marketing perspective, anyway, this is great packaging. How could any reader not give the piece a click? What red-blooded American wouldn't want to learn more about the kookiness and laughable craziness of our tundra-dwelling countrymen?

Except, of course, the piece doesn't match the packaging. The home page promise of Alaska-attacking hilarity is greeted by, alas, a relatively sober, if occasionally amusing, essay on the landing. Looks like we might have another case of page-view sellout on our hands.

McCain The "Modernist"

| No Comments

Writers are often instructed to avoid the use of vague or contentious words. Immediately following September 11, 2001, some editors even told journalists to eschew the word terrorist, as it is an ill-defined and pejorative term.

But what about modern? In conversation, people often use “modern” to mean "the way things are right now," but in an historical sense the word is confusing. The modern era begins with the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution, so "modern" starts in (roughly) the middle of the eighteenth century.

The problem is that people often use "modern" to mean "compared to some earlier time" in history, like when The New York Times said in 2005 that:

The design of the modern workplace is a product of a long-gone era. Enter in your 20's, work at breakneck speed until your 50's, supervise until your 60's and then retire; that map is an artifact of a time when most workers (read: men) had support staff (read: women) back home.

Now the long-gone era to which the Times referred—say, the 1920s-1950s—was also "modern." What the author meant was the contemporary workplace, or, better yet, the technological workplace where both employees and employers don’t expect long term commitments.

Usually the reader can figure this out through context. This is not, however, always the case. On Saturday, CNN reported that:

"We will take no lectures from John McCain, who is cynically running the sleaziest and least honorable campaign in modern presidential campaign history," said Obama spokesman Bill Burton. "His discredited ads with disgusting lies are running all over the country today. He runs a campaign not worthy of the office he is seeking."

Is Burton right? Well, it's sort of hard to tell. While a case can be made for the existence of a postmodern presidential campaign, there is, strictly speaking, no such thing as the pre-modern or early modern presidential campaign—elected government being itself modern. One wonders to what Burton is comparing the McCain campaign. All American presidential elections have been modern affairs.

Of course, Burton meant to say that McCain's campaign is "really sleazy," and he was using "modern" in the colloquial sense of the word, meaning "involving recent techniques, methods, or ideas." But when one looks at the history of the American presidential campaign, what recent techniques, methods, or ideas are up for discussion? Is Burton talking about the use of television? Is McCain's the sleaziest and least honorable campaign since 1960's Kennedy vs. Nixon? Or is Burton talking about, say, universal suffrage? Is this the sleaziest and least honorable campaign since 1920's Harding vs. Cox? Or does he mean something else altogether?

Actually, he doesn't really mean anything with the word "modern." It's filler. Without modern, the sentence becomes "John McCain, who is cynically running the sleaziest and least honorable campaign in presidential campaign history." This statement is clearly false, considering some of the nasty rumors thrown around by those shadowy nineteenth-century presidential candidates. But if Burton were to define the statement further—"John McCain, who is cynically running the sleaziest and least honorable campaign since the presidential campaign of 1848"—this would require research, and leave the speaker open to error.

A fact check of Burton's statement would be nice, but I’m not really sure what he means. Even in the colloquial sense of the term, meaning “recent,” where do you draw the line?

Modern is a word that’s sometimes appropriate, but more often it's just a catch-all junk word used when one is unclear about definitions and trends. Or, as in the Burton case, when the speaker thinks a sentence needs a little more drama without much work.

Major Trouble

| No Comments

The McCain campaign has a new ad out attacking Obama's legislative record. It begins with a voice-over:
"On the biggest financial issue of the day," the phantom voice declares, "Barack Obama would not say if he supported or opposed the government-backed rescue of insurance giant AIG."









Well. The voice, it turns out, belongs to Fox News's Major Garrett. And, this morning, Politico's Michael Calderone reports, the network sent a cease-and-desist letter to the McCain campaign:

"We demand that you immediately remove Mr. Garrett's voice from this ad. As Mr. Garrett is a non-partisan news correspondent covering the Obama campaign for Fox News, it is highly inappopriate [sic], among other things, of your campaign to use him in your ad."

One could point out a strain of irony in the indignant tone of the letter, particularly given the fact that the line between "accountability journalism" and anti-Obama bias is a fine one in the Garrett comment in question. Still, though, kudos to Garrett et al for taking a stand against campaign stooge-ery.

The Battle of Ashgabat

| 1 Comment

Just before midnight of Friday September 12th, the police in Ashgabat, the capital of Turkmenistan, began an all-night shootout with a group of radical Islamists. Saturday morning’s reports said twenty policemen died in the fight, indicating that the energy-rich Central Asian state might be turning into a new front in the war on terror.

Except it wasn’t true. While the Ashgabat police certainly got into an hours-long gunfight, and while somewhere between ten and twenty policemen might have died, they were fighting criminals, not terrorists. Such news carries altogether different implications—both about Turkmenistan and the way some news agencies covered the situation.

Most of the earliest wire stories reporting on the situation quoted Gundogar, a Web site run by Turkmen exiles, and the various RFE/RL correspondents in Ashgabat as the source of the radical Islamist charge. The AP and BBC dutifully ran the story, posting Gundogar’s allegations without examining their trustworthiness, and the story made its way into the broader news world (the BBC has since corrected its story).

Though the RFE/RL story was laden with skepticism of the Islamism charge, the AP repeated the charge as fact. While it is a Muslim country, Turkmenistan is known more for its strategic energy and personality-cult tyrants than Islamism or even violent crime. Why so many news agencies would rush to blame the violence on purported Islamic militants—based on information from a Web site run by a few dissident exiles—is puzzling and troubling. Is the need to insta-publish so great that these outlets ran unvetted stories?

But the story is stranger than that. On Sunday, August 14, Al-Jazeera noted that the U.S. Embassy in Ashgabat had warned American citizens to avoid the northern districts of the city. This would be the Khitrovka district, where the gun battle occurred.

It is also where an armed gun battle took place on September 8, according to a U.S. Embassy press release from September 12. Two criminal suspects, the embassy release says, shot and killed one soldier, wounding another soldier and a policeman. The embassy also noted that the two men are suspected of being involved in a gas station robbery during late July or early August (despite being one of the most energy-rich countries in the world, in February Turkmenistan began rationing gas, which led to some violence at gas stations).

The moment the most recent gunfight happened, the embassy stepped up its warnings about travel to the Khitrovka district, noting the “continued confrontation between law enforcement and armed suspects.”

Realizing he had a public relations boondoggle on his hands, on Monday, September 15, Turkmeni president Gurbanguly Berdimuhamedov berated his own police for the weekend’s violence, claiming the battle was with “drug traffickers.” This explanation, again, was accepted wholesale by regionally focused news agencies like IWPR and RFE/RL (the latter even repeated a rumor from a Russian-language Web site, claiming the skirmish was a botched attempt to overthrow the government). And again, this narrative has entered the mainstream thinking on the incident—what little there is.

In all of this, an unanswered question looms: What’s with the rumors? After the incident on September 12, RFE/RL correctly reported that one must be vigilantly skeptical of any news coming out of the area. The fact that the U.S. Embassy was on alert for days before the battle indicates the violence wasn’t a surprise, and didn’t warrant the breathless coverage it received. Yet many respected and otherwise excellent and trustworthy news agencies relentlessly broadcast rumor after rumor, as if they were confirmed, vetted truths.

Missing in all of this, too, is what the news means for Turkmenistan. While the allegations of drug violence are certainly plausible, as Turkmenistan is a major corridor for opium smuggled out of Afghanistan, before September 12 the running theory was that unrest was related to gas rationing. Not until days passed did the government leak news of its battle with drug lords—forgetting to mention that, originally, the danger was over some robbers stealing gas and killing soldiers.

In other words, there is a good deal more to this story. Even if those reporting on it aren’t exactly saying so.

Finger off the Pulse

| No Comments

PEJ releases research results that are fairly shocking: In the nine months leading up to the current Wall Street crisis, coverage of the economy—"which includes themes such as gas prices, banking industry troubles, the housing crisis, and retail sales"—filled only 9.3 percent of the total news hole. And—even more shocking—in the month leading up to the meltdown, "press attention to the U.S. economy was at a low point for the year." That low point would be 4.8 percent of the media newshole.

By comparison? The week of August 18-24, Veepstakes speculation—empty conjecture that, as Clint noted on Campaign Desk, was essentially meaningless in the end—filled a whopping 42 percent of the news hole.










Point of View: The Bubba Edition!

| No Comments

If you, as I did, thought that John McCain's appearance on The View last week was as awkward as the show's "Red, White & View" segments could get...well, think again. Because, this Monday, the Ladies of the Curved Couch will host...Bill Clinton.

Yep: Barbara and Bubba, side by side! Watch out, Senator McCain...your Awkward Moments Per View Segment world record could be in jeopardy!

Clinton will ostensibly be guesting on the show to talk about the Clinton Global Initiative. (Remember that? The organization that's fighting AIDS in Africa and developing microfinance to fight poverty and founding schools in developing countries and generally making everyone forget about Monica Lewinsky? The organization that had everyone thinking Clinton was saving the world, or at least his own legacy, before 2008 primary antics made them think he might actually be more angry and petulant and possibly racist than he is messianic? Yeah, that thing.)

But--this being The View, and all--Clinton probably won't end up spending much time talking about developing nations while on the couch with the Viewers. He will probably end up talking about Barack Obama. And, if the ladies are feeling extra-sassy, about where he stands on the "boxers or briefs" debate.

Either way, we can pretty much be assured that Monday morning will bring some combination of: awkward flirting from Joy, indignant interrogation from Elisabeth, and at least one pointed, South Carolina-related question from Whoopi. Sweet. If they bring the awkwardness, we'll bring the mimosas.

Jon Stewart wasn't too impressed by the Hannity/Palin interview, either.





What can Plato's cave dwellers tell us about journalism? More than you'd think, says Bill Grueskin. Speaking to the incoming class of students at Columbia's Graduate School of Journalism on September 2, Grueskin compared current journalists to Plato's allegorical prisoners, who see fleeting shadows without, necessarily, seeing the fuller picture:

Many journalists are sort of like those prisoners right there. And I think all of us are a little bit like that. We sort of see little glints of what's happening. We see online growth, we see problems in the print industry, we see all these layoffs and you can kind of come up with conclusions that fit the data. But the truth is, nobody fully understands where this is going.

Grueskin should know. As deputy managing editor for news at The Wall Street Journal, he oversaw the development of the Journal's Web site, wsj.com. Now the newly appointed Academic Dean at the Journalism School, Grueskin spoke to students about the importance of adopting a new media mindset while preserving the journalistic standards that have withstood the test of time. "You have a responsibility, now, to our industry," Grueskin said. "Democracy works badly when the press is not healthy and vigorous. Create models that will make it vibrant and healthy for a long time."

Watch the video of Grueskin's talk below.

Low resolution:

High resolution:


For a full-screen version of the high-resolution video, click here.

Readers who joined the business press conversation only recently must getting a headache by now.

Wall Street is imploding, and what’s all this about short sellers? Are they really naked? Is “marking to market” really bad? It sounds so good. We just had to learn what a credit-default swap was. Help!

Audit prescription: Take one Weil, one Eisinger, and call us in the morning.

Basically, all the smart kids are saying that you can bone up on the “uptick rule” all you want, but it has nothing to do with the price of A.I.G. in China or the problems on Wall Street.

Weil:

American International Group Inc., Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. -- lobotomized, in one form or another. And all Cox and the SEC can come up with this week is a new ban on ``naked short selling,'' like that has anything to do with the world's financial problems.

Cox is SEC chairman Christopher Cox, who, to plagiarize myself, long ago became the Mr. Bill of the financial crisis. There goes Lehman. Oooo! Similarly, Andrew Cuomo is vying to become the Inspector Clouseau.

But back to Weil:

Maybe naked shorting is a huge problem somewhere. Maybe it's not. Who knows? The SEC has never given us any evidence that it is. And the practice has had nothing to do with the meltdown of big companies like AIG and Fannie, shares of which never were hard to borrow.

Meanwhile, we're staring into the abyss. Mr. Market doesn't believe any major U.S. bank's balance sheet, partly because the SEC has done all it can to buy them time…

What's taking down these grand financial icons such as Lehman and A.I.G.? It couldn't possibly be that the companies themselves made stupid and shortsighted decisions. So it must be a conspiracy of the short-sellers. It must be some wrong-headed accounting rules and bad regulation.


Read the whole thing, but don’t skip the end:


If we're ever going to get investor confidence back, what we need at the SEC is a Wyatt Earp. Naked short sellers? How about doing something useful, like sending subpoenas to Lehman Brothers and its auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, and making sure the world finds out about them. Or take a hint from Marvin K. Mooney, the Dr. Seuss storybook character who overstayed his welcome.

The time has come. The time is now. Just go. Go. GO! I don't care how. You can go by foot. You can go by cow. C. Christopher Cox, will you please go now!

Pretty funny. Who does Weil think he is? The Audit?

Jesse Eisinger of Portfolio says the same thing, and he’s just as right:

What's taking down these grand financial icons such as Lehman and A.I.G.? It couldn't possibly be that the companies themselves made stupid and shortsighted decisions. So it must be a conspiracy of the short-sellers. It must be some wrong-headed accounting rules and bad regulation.

Read that whole thing, too.

And if you really must know what the uptick rule is, read this WSJ editorial, which, it kills me to say, is quite good.

Then there's Mr. McCain's tirade against the "uptick rule," a Depression-era chestnut that investors could only short stock after a rise in that stock's price. The SEC staff studied the effect of the uptick rule on prices for years, in a controlled experiment involving thousands of stocks. It found the rule had no effect. Other studies, including those that examined the uptick rule's effect on stocks disclosing bad news, also found that it "protected" no one. The SEC's permanent staff has long supported repeal and the SEC's commissioners voted to do so unanimously in June 2007.

So, there: one less thing you have to learn about.

The Bridge Goes Nowhere New

| No Comments

ProPublica has a detailed article about the $26 million construction of the Gravina Island Highway, the road that was supposed to lead to the infamous Bridge to Nowhere, even though Palin (as we all know) ultimately said “no thanks” to the bridge itself.

The fact checks on Sarah Palin’s statements about the Bridge to Nowhere were valuable because they called out the candidate’s false rhetoric. But exactly how much value is added in reporting the details of the Road to Nowhere (as the highway has been tagged) and the various construction alternatives being considered by the Alaskan Department of Transportation? Here are some of those details:

Alaska's Department of Transportation is currently analyzing nine different alternatives (six bridges and three ferries), only one of which connects with the recently completed Gravina Island Highway. The only other proposed solution that would use a substantial portion of the road is a bridge with a price tag of about $254 million, said Malcolm Menzies, an Alaska DOT official. The alternatives range from a low cost estimate of $80 million for one of the ferry proposals to about $360 million, Menzies said. CLICK HERE for a map of the access road, the original "Bridge to Nowhere" design and the alternatives being considered by the DOT.

You heard that: nine different alternatives. (Which one’s the best choice for America?) An AP story similarly notes the details of a bridge being considered for construction in Wasilla:

A $600 million bridge and highway project to link Alaska's largest city to Palin's town of 7,000 residents is moving full speed ahead, despite concerns the bridge could worsen some commuting and threaten a population of beluga whales.

That deserves a reread: “…despite concerns the bridge could worsen some commuting and threaten a population of beluga whales.” More importantly (my emphasis): “A Democratic council member in Anchorage will try Tuesday to spike the city's sponsorship of the project, which Palin supports with some reservations.” Somebody, alert the American public: Palin is such a frigging bridge supporter (with some reservations)!

The problem with these articles is, of course, not that they concern the details of Alaska’s transportation infrastructure; it’s what the details say, or in this case, don’t say about Palin the VP candidate. The articles are clearly meant to fit into the realm of the campaign (with detour to Alaska) beat, which means that the sole point of reporting them was to say or illustrate something new about Palin as she takes the national stage.

But for all its thoroughness, the ProPublica story doesn’t do that in any significant way. And the AP story, for its part, is just plain gimmicky. The Bridge to Nowhere was newsworthy not because earmarks are the campaign’s hot topic, but because Palin lied about her position on them. Hunting down other bridges in Alaska is kind of like getting mixed up about which trails are most important to sniff.

These stories feel off-point because they rely on superficial similarities (Bridge—now Road—to Nowhere; Another Bridge) to create their relevance to the campaign. Palin’s record in Alaska is worth investigating, and there are plenty of legitimate issues to dig into. But reporting on bridges for the sake of reporting on Palin just sort of seems like a road that’ll take the public nowhere new.

Election Day Worries, Already

| No Comments

You know all the work and all the worrying and all the strategy and all the tragedy and all the sturm and all the drang and all the sound and all the fury that have, together, comprised the epic Campaign of 2008?

Well. All the diffuse drama will itself diffuse, on November 4, into some combination of machines, paper, and people. Each of which, in various ways, has been known to break down.

Fabulous.

Please Explain

| No Comments

As the financial markets lie in ruins, Obama-Biden and McCain-Palin are taking plenty of time on the campaign trail to assign blame and issue their prescriptions for what ails the economy. Both Obama and McCain are calling for more oversight of the markets, though the Arizona senator has previously been a strong supporter of deregulation.

Many papers around the country are taking the time to parse the candidates’ rhetoric on the issue—including an analysis of McCain’s struggle to command the economics debate and close reporting of Obama’s renewed focus on the topic. But the Chicago Tribune political staff’s coverage of the economic meltdown has been limited to a series of He Said/He Said articles that report the debate while neglecting the substance.

There are several elements involved in reporting from the trail. Part 1 is what the candidate said. What the opponent said in response is Part 2. But, arguably, the most important component for readers, and the task that falls to journalists, is Part 3: what does it all mean?

So on Tuesday (“Obama, McCain debate economic crisis”), Wednesday (“Obama, McCain exchange blows on economic woes”), and Thursday (“Rivals taking populist turn on economy”), Jill Zuckman and John McCormick dutifully filed dispatches from the trail:

Like the war in Iraq, Obama's campaign believes it can tie McCain to a struggling economy overseen by a Republican White House. "Too many folks in Washington and on Wall Street weren't minding the store," Obama said.
"Guys and gals, our regulatory system is outdated and it needs a complete overhaul," Palin said. "Washington has been asleep at the switch and ineffective and management on Wall Street has not run these institutions responsibly and has put companies and markets at risk."
"I'm here to send a message to Washington and to Wall Street," McCain told autoworkers at a GM plant in Lake Orion, Mich. "We're not going to leave the workers here in Michigan hung out to dry while we give billions in taxpayers' dollars to Wall Street. We're going to take care of the workers.... They're the ones that deserve our help."
"My opponent is running for four more years of policies that will throw the economy further out of balance," Obama told an audience at Colorado School of Mines. "His outrage at Wall Street would be more convincing if he wasn't offering them more tax cuts. His call for fiscal responsibility would be believable if he wasn't for more tax cuts for the wealthiest Americans."
"The focus of any such action should be to protect the millions of Americans who hold insurance policies, retirement plans and other accounts with AIG," McCain said in a statement. "We must not bail out the management and speculators who created this mess."

So we have: “not minding the store,” “asleep at the switch,” “hung out to dry,” and so forth. But what, if anything, do these hoary clichés actually mean? Whose economic proposals are endorsed by non-partisan economists? Which candidate has provided a specific plan that can even be evaluated in the first place? How will these proposals impact most voters?

The problem is that questions like these can’t be answered when the story centers on the debate and not on the underlying issues. During a time of crisis, reporters must must must do more than perpetuate the false balance created when two sets of arguments are presented side-by-side with no evaluation whatsoever. It’s journalistically irresponsible to, over and over, write this kind of story: “Here’s what the candidates are saying, you decide what’s right.”

Deciphering complicated matters like the current financial requires reporting steeped in issue expertise and historical context. McCain’s record in the Senate and his reversal on the regulation issue require close scrutiny, as does Obama’s lack of experience on economic matters. Why not implement a tag-team approach, where trail reporters collaborate with in-office writers who can dedicate their time to calling economists, historians, and or others who can offer legitimate insight on the crisis?

America’s financial situation is dire and confusing, and it probably won’t get substantively better before the new administration takes office. And the current New York Times/CBS poll shows that voters are becoming more interested in measuring each candidate’s economic expertise.

This is why it’s essential for all publications—but especially papers-of-record like the Tribune—to dedicate time and inches to actual issue-based reporting, and get beyond the chatter of the debates.

C-SPAN to Launch Debate Hub!

| 1 Comment

From the blessedly staid souls who brought you last month's blessedly staid Convention Hubs--online coverage of the DNC and GOP conventions--comes a new feature: Debate Hub. Yep, C-SPAN is at it again! Detailed, sober, generally gimmick-free coverage of our upcoming national mud-wresting matches political slap-fests presidential and vice presidential debates!

Per the press release,

Debate Hub will feature an interactive timeline that allows users to identify and watch the questions from the debates they find most interesting. Users will also be able to share this video with others using C-SPAN's Video Library embeddable player.

It will also feature complete video footage of each debate, as well as aggregated blog and Twitter coverage of each debate.

The Hub (yep, we're so on a one-name basis) will go live on C-SPAN's Politics page later his month. When it does, it will also feature--this necessitates a special notation--a word tree. Yep, again: a word tree. A "visualization of each candidate's responses."

Which will be--and I write this without any sarcasm--awesome.

In fact: if C-SPAN can find a way to team up with these guys, their debate coverage might just be complete.

Note to CNBC: Breathe

| No Comments

And now we have CNBC's Erin Burnett questioning short sellers' patriotism.

This, we overhead this afternoon. Not believing our ears, we cleaned them with Q-Tips, Tivo’d the segment, transcribed it, and there it was.

"We're getting to the point where some of the activity in some of the [stock] names out there causing all investment banks in this country to be wiped out in a week could be considered to be unpatriotic."

The remark was made shortly after news broke that Britain's financial regulator outright banned bets against financial companies in the United Kingdom. Britain's radical step provided the context for the discussion.

So there’s that.

Adding to the nuttiness, Jim Cramer came to the defense of shorts, sort of—by raising the prospect that terrorists might be behind it.

We aren’t kidding.

Talking to Burnett about her patriotism comments Cramer said some people he's talking to are wondering whether what's going is "financial terrorism."

"Obviously the financial terrorism thing to me has to be put on the table just because the regular short sellers are not doing this. They're not doing this."

He added:

To ban short selling is wrong. It's just wrong. Unless, If you have reason to believe that it was a force that would normally use physical terrorism that is using financial terrorism—if you have reason to believe that."

Even as we agree with Cramer on the issue of not banning shorts, we’re not sure this kind of talk is helping matters, generally.

A CNBC spokesman said he's reviewing the segment.

Look, we know this deepening crisis has everybody, including financial commentators, spooked. And understandably, so.

But this is stuff you normally find in the darkest corners of Yahoo Finance chat boards, not supposedly reputable financial journalism broadcasts.

Time to take a deep breath.

Gore: Good and Plenty

| 1 Comment

Looks like Al Gore, whose global reach encompasses the Nobel Foundation, hipster television, and, you know, the actual globe, will soon add one more territory to his empire.

Portfolio's Jeff Bercovici reports that Gore will soon be buying a stake in Plenty, "a four-year-old title about environmentally-conscious living." The former Veep's exact stake--and exact role--in the bimonthly mag are still to be announced. But influence is suggested in the current issue's cover art, which features, in the background, a line of orange-lit wind turbines--and, in the foreground, a similarly citrus-hued head shot of...Al Gore.

It's talking about Obama.

The New York Sun ain't dead yet, and reports an ex Securities and Exchange Commission official says a boneheaded SEC rule change in 2004 let the investment banks load up on much more debt (twice as much) and is to blame for their downfall.

What happened to AIG? The Journal's behind-the-scenes experts Monica Langley, Deborah Solomon, and Matthew Karnitschnig tell us in an excellent first draft of history, as do the Times's Eric Dash and Andrew Ross Sorkin.

Roger Cohen in the NYT writes one of the best step-back columns we've seen on the crisis (even if he does quote Coldplay). It's part of the growing perception (a correct one) that too many of our best talents have been tied up shuffling money around instead of creating stuff.

The Washington Post's Dan Balz puts aside false balance and notes correctly that anti-regulation McCain has a big problem with the deepening of the financial crisis, which clearly calls out for more and better regulation.

Presidential leadership in a (financial) hurricane? Bloomberg writes, astonishingly, that President Bush has "publicly uttered 160 words about the worst Wall Street crisis since the Great Depression." Its headline also avoids false balance: "Bush Absent on Financial Crisis as Paulson Leads."

The Post's Steven Pearlstein blames the bust on Americans living far beyond their means and financing it with foreign investment, the removal of which pulled the bottom out of the house of cards. He calls the crisis the "greatest destruction of financial wealth that the world has ever seen—paper losses measured in the trillions of dollars. Corporate wealth. Oil wealth. Real estate wealth. Bank wealth. Private-equity wealth. Hedge fund wealth. Pension wealth."

The NYT looks at Fed Inc., the unprecedented transformation of the central bank into the "investor of last resort." We might call it the "nationalizer of last resort."

Notes from the Spin Cycle

| 10 Comments

Say what you will about Charlie Gibson's interview of Sarah Palin last week (we certainly did). At least it was journalism. Last night's exchange between Palin and Sean Hannity—the second interview granted by the would-Veep to a television news network and, as a BREAKING NEWS chyron repeatedly reminded its viewers, HER FIRST INTERVIEW ON CABLE TV—was something else entirely. A chat between pals? Mutual back-slapping? Proto-propaganda? Some combination thereof? I'm really not sure.

Palin, for her part, did well. Though she answered Hannity's questions with a frustrating lack of specificity, she also did so with a great deal more assuredness and fluency than she'd exhibited in the Gibson interview. She discussed her stances on drilling in ANWR and on energy independence with authority. As Karl Rove put it, commenting on Hannity & Colmes after the interview aired, "I thought that really was a compelling and very credible performance." In many ways, it was. After last week's showing, it was a relief to see Palin looking both confident and, more importantly, competent.

But, then again, she was in her element. Hannity wasn't just a friendly adversary in the interview; he was a full-on cheerleader. While he asked the vice presidential nominee substantial-if-fairly-predictable questions about the economy and energy—never following up on her well-presented but generally vague talking points—he spent just as much time asking Palin about the campaign itself. And about, for that matter, why Obama and Biden are so wrong about so many things...and why McCain and Palin are, in so many ways, so right.

Wait, you missed the interview last night? And you think I might be overstating the case? Well, this being about Fox News, and all: We report. You decide. Below, a selection of the questions Hannity asked of Palin last night:

HANNITY: Explain when you were governor and, as governor of Alaska, how you took on your own party. There's this — you know, you still have a very high approval rating, but there are people that still weren't happy about it. How did you take on your own party, specifically? And do you think you'd be able to do that, as well, in Washington?

HANNITY: Senator Obama on the campaign trail — and Senator Biden as well — they often criticize John McCain, that, well his plan is — he's going to continue the policies of tax cuts for the wealthy. For those that maybe buy into that class warfare agreement or think, why shouldn't the rich pay more? My question to you is the converse: why does everyone benefit if the rich pay less or if everybody pays less in taxes? Why is that good for the economy?

HANNITY: Is Senator Obama ... using what happened on Wall Street this week — is he using it for political gain? Is there a danger of a presidential candidate is saying to the world that America's situation of economic crisis is the worst that we've seen in decades — which was words that he was using yesterday — is there a danger in terms of the world hearing that?

HANNITY: Things have gotten pretty heated on the campaign trail and especially in the last two days. There were two weeks where I think you were the focus of the attack. Now it seems that the focus of the attack is Senator McCain.

Do you think these attacks, ratcheting up these attacks by Barack Obama — I don't know if you had a chance to see the speech yesterday — and by Senator Biden, do you think these attacks will be effective?

HANNITY: Well, let me ask you, Americans have heard, for example, a lot of information, false information, misinformation or incorrect information on ANWR. Some have said the drilling there is going to hurt the animals, it's going to ruin the environment, it's going to hurt the environment and hurt the landscape. You know, it's clear I've heard you talk passionately about your love for your state of Alaska. You know, why then why then would you support drilling in Alaska? Why would that be a good thing?

My read on all this: With few exceptions, last night's interview was essentially a push poll with visuals. (Governor, why is your ticket's economic plan good for the economy? Governor, why are Obama and Biden so mean to you? Governor, why are you so awesome?) Which isn't surprising, I realize. Hannity was granted the interview precisely because of the loudly prophetic nature of his partisanship: He sings the good news every night, and the McCain campaign calculated that Hannity, above all, shares in its conviction that the good news is, indeed, named Sarah Palin. As the Los Angeles Times put it, Hannity, "a conservative commentator, underscores her appeal to the party's base, which has been energized by her selection."

Still—call me naive—I actually expected more from Hannity. Not a lot, but certainly more than he gave us. I thought that the pundit might use the "Palin exclusive!" to show viewers both loyal and new that Fox News can be better than its common caricature as a partisan spin machine. That it is, fundamentally, a news organization, capable of real journalism (as the network shows itself to be, again and again, in its straight reporting segments). I expected that Hannity himself would take advantage of the opportunity to transcend his own ideology.

Instead, he wallowed in it. Hannity's demeanor last night often seemed—as had Gibson's, but for an entirely different reason—smug. "I'm Sean Hannity," he announced by way of introducing the Palin interview. "We get right to our top story tonight: She is the politician who has taken America by storm and who has changed the very dynamic of the presidential race. Governor Sarah Palin has been the target of left-wing smears and conservative adoration as she was introduced as Senator McCain's running mate nearly three weeks ago."

Sheesh. Compare that tone of dogmatic, defensive devotion to what we saw in Keith Olbermann's recent interview with Obama. Yes, Olbermann’s interview was softer than it could have been—but at least its tone was sober. At least Olbermann occasionally challenged the senator on his answers; at least he asked follow-up questions; at least the goal of his interview seemed to be, you know, the extraction of information from the candidate.

But Hannity wasn't, in the end, seeking information. He was seeking spin. He wasn't lobbing journalistic softballs at Palin; he was forfeiting the whole game.

There has been precious little reaction to the Hannity interview in the mainstream media today. Which is partially because the Palin Novelty is wearing off, but partially because the interview was conducted by Sean Hannity. Many critics and commentators tend to dismiss pundits like Hannity and Olbermann and their ilk as journalistic Crisco: flabby, bloviating blobs too slippery to adhere to rigid journalistic standards. I see the pragmatism of their assumptions (square pegs, round holes, all that), but I'd argue that it is precisely that mindset of defeatism that people who care about journalism must try to defeat.

The simpering smugness Hannity demonstrated last night is both a specimen and a symptom of the above-the-law mentality we see so often in politicians and, increasingly, the press—one that, at its worst, treats the truth as inconsequential. It's the same mindset that leads members of the McCain campaign to keep repeating the "thanks but no thanks" line when discussing the Bridge to Nowhere—despite the fact that, as has been documented again and again and again and again and again and again and again and again, that line is a lie.

We’re giving those partisan pundits a free pass when we allow them to abdicate journalistic responsibility. And we're also tacitly approving their spin-uber-alles mentality—that cynical and destructive mindset that has hijacked so much of our discourse. Though we might think we're upholding journalistic tradition by ignoring those who so clearly thwart that tradition, we're not. On the contrary, we critics enable these figures expressly by withholding our criticism of them. We’re defining the standards of journalism so narrowly as to exclude even highly influential outliers—and, in doing so, we're providing them with a journalistic frontier in which they can conduct their gun fights and bar brawls and the like with whimsical abandon. And with an audience, often, of millions.

"Now Thursday night, by the way," Hannity noted as he closed last night's segment,

I'm going to bring you part two of Governor Palin and our interview here. Now, well, we'll find out if she thinks the media is trying to elect Barack Obama, her strategy for repairing our relationships abroad and her thoughts on the mini army that's been sent to Alaska to look into her personal life.

In other words: a valid—and urgent—topic of inquiry, sandwiched between a piece of spin and another of distortion. If Gibson had said something like that in his interview, he'd be a laughingstock. But who's holding Hannity accountable? We can say that applying journalistic standards to people who clearly aren't interested in being journalists is worth neither the breath nor the ink required in the effort. But we'd be wrong. It's the people who fancy themselves above the law who create the need for laws in the first place. And it's the people who care about journalism's standards who should be stepping up to enforce them.

York on Kindergarten Sex Ed

| 5 Comments

This week, National Review published an article by Byron York with the simple headline “On Sex-Ed Ad, McCain Is Right.”

Too bad that’s not what York’s article proves.

You’ll recall that last week the McCain campaign, to much opprobrium, released an ad spotlighting a sex education bill that Obama supported while an Illinois state senator. Here’s the full script:

Education Week says Obama "hasn't made a significant mark on education".

That he's "elusive" on accountability.

A "staunch defender of the existing public school monopoly".

Obama's one accomplishment?

Legislation to teach "comprehensive sex education" to kindergartners.

Learning about sex before learning to read?

Barack Obama.

Wrong on education. Wrong for your family.

There are a slew of problems with this—the ad’s tortured definition of the word “accomplishment,” for one. The bill didn’t pass, and Obama wasn’t a prime author, co-sponsor, or sponsor. Given that characterization of “accomplishment,” it’s even more absurd to believe that the failed bill could be described as his “one accomplishment.”

There have been several valuable fact checks on this point, and on the nitty gritty of what the bill, should it have passed, would have actually done. All have found, essentially, that the ad’s central, nasty claim—that Obama voted to “teach ‘comprehensive sex education’ to kindergartners”—is bunk.

But York, in brave defense of the ad, and in defiance of common sense, does his best to prove otherwise. He suggests that there’s something rotten about all this fact checking, and about the “’McCain-is-a-liar’ storyline” that came from this ad. “But before accepting the story at face value,” he writes,

it might first be a good idea to examine the bill in question, look at the statements made by its supporters at the time it was introduced, talk to its sponsors today (at least the ones who will consent to speak), and find answers to a few basic questions. What were the bill’s provisions? Why was it written? Was it really just, or even mostly, about inappropriate advances? And the bottom-line question: Is McCain’s characterization of it unfair?

Agreed! The bottom line question is whether or not McCain’s description of the bill is fair. (Hint: It isn’t.) But reread the italicized sentence about “inappropriate advances.” By including that question, York, like a magician trying to distract his audience, introduces a side issue—namely, the validity of Obama and his campaign’s explanation for why he backed the bill. Perhaps that’s a worthy question, but not one that has anything to do with the truthfulness of McCain’s ad, ostensibly the subject of York’s piece.

Obama’s favorite retort, when confronted with this matter, is to note that the bill would have sanctioned warning young students about inappropriate sexual contact and rape. He mentioned this in 2004, when his GOP senatorial opponent, Alan Keyes, tried the attack in a debate. Here’s what Obama said in response:

We have a existing law that mandates sex education in the schools. We want to make sure that it’s medically accurate and age-appropriate. Now, I’ll give you an example, because I have a six-year-old daughter and a three-year-old daughter, and one of the things my wife and I talked to our daughter about is the possibility of somebody touching them inappropriately, and what that might mean. And that was included specifically in the law, so that kindergarteners are able to exercise some possible protection against abuse, because I have family members as well as friends who suffered abuse at that age. So, that’s the kind of stuff that I was talking about in that piece of legislation.

His basic point—that the bill would have required sex ed to include age appropriate discussions of inappropriate touching—is sound. Was it the sole focus of the bill? No, but it’s still there, and its presence is hardly inconsistent with Obama’s 2004 statement describing the predator issues as “an example” of the “kind of stuff” to be found in the legislation.

After McCain’s ad slammed the bill, Obama spokesperson Bill Burton issued this statement:

It is shameful and downright perverse for the McCain campaign to use a bill that was written to protect young children from sexual predators as a recycled and discredited political attack against a father of two young girls—a position that his friend Mitt Romney also holds.

Burton’s flackery, claiming that the bill “was written to” address the predator issue, could read as false if you take the phrase to mean that predation was the bill’s only or main purpose. But if you take it to mean that the bill was written in a way that would sanction teaching kindergartners about predators, then there’s no problem here. The crime, in York’s eyes, seems to be that Obama and his staff, when called to account for a controversial bill, chose to cite a section that’s a good illustration for why some types of sex education are appropriate at the kindergarten level. Outrageous, I know.

But again, the question is dilatory. Despite York’s feint, the framing and nuance that Obama uses to respond to the attack really doesn’t address the truthfulness of the attack itself—which, if you look at the ad, is that Obama supported “comprehensive sex education” for kindergartners. But York’s claim is also shaky on that front.

To understand, you’ll need some background on sex ed in Illinois. As Matt Vanover, a spokesperson for the Illinois State Board of Education, explained to me, Illinois does not require that formal sex education be taught in any grade. Rules broadly related to sex ed are found in three sections of the Illinois school code. One decrees that schools offer a “Comprehensive Health Education Program” in all elementary and secondary schools. The program is a bit of a grab bag, requiring that health courses include some information on abstinence, nestled alongside instruction on public health, first aid, nutrition, tobacco, alcohol, drug use, and a host of other loosely related subjects. In sixth through twelfth grades, some instruction on AIDS is required.

The other two sections of the school code broadly relating to sex ed only apply if a local district or school should choose to offer a full sex ed course, or a full family life course. If they do, state statutory requirements outline what material must be included. For example, the sex education statute requires instruction in “honor and respect for monogamous heterosexual marriage” and “alternatives to abortion,” and stressing that “abstinence is the norm.” It includes no language on contraception.

Senate Bill 99, the bill cited by McCain’s ad, would have amended all three relevant sections of the code. The bill’s amendments required that curriculums be based on peer-reviewed science. The scope of instruction was expanded to include information on sexual predators, sexual harassment, sexual peer pressure, counseling, and contraception, clearly stating that the topics were to be covered in an age-appropriate fashion. By amending the mandatory health course statute, the bill, in effect, would have created a mandatory statewide sex-ed program.

So where does kindergarten come into this? Two of three sections of the school code—the mandatory health section, as well as the sex education section, which only applies to districts choosing to offer such courses—already used language envisioning some sort of instruction in elementary school, which could include kindergarten. But all three sections specifically mandated that AIDS prevention instruction be included in the sixth through twelfth grades.

The Senate bill would have amended all three sections of the school code to expand AIDS instruction down to the kindergarten level. In two of those instances—one in the only-if-locally-decided-upon family life section, and one in the state required health section—the revision was weakened by very clearly being paired with a phrase saying that it only be done where “age appropriate.”

In other words, districts that wanted to offer some AIDS education before 6th grade had a clear green light, but wouldn’t be required to do so where they didn’t feel it was age appropriate. (York even quotes the head of the Illinois Education Association, who said that lowering the potential age for beginning AIDS instruction was a goal of the legislation. “What might be appropriate in an urban inner city might not be appropriate in a rural community,” he said.)

There was only one instance—again, only mandating instruction on HIV and other STDs—where the words “age appropriate” were omitted. Guess which of the three York quotes in full?

Yes, Obama and the committee majority voted for the bill without the “age appropriate” clause in that one section. Considering that the same language appears in two other nearly identical revisions, it has the flavor of oversight rather than intentionality. And the two other instances, including the one in the more serious, state-required, health course section, would explain the legislators’ intentions vis-à-vis kindergarten.

Even so, using York’s cramped, hyper-literal, and extremely ungenerous reading of the text, Obama is guilty, at most, of voting a bill out of committee that, had it passed unamended, would have required that local districts continuing to provide sex ed courses to their kindergartners (separate from the revamped health courses) not fail to mention HIV, other STDs, and appropriate means of prevention. I don’t know Illinois well, but I can guess that that would be a pretty narrow sample size.

Still, this is how York concludes:

The fact is, the bill’s intention was to mandate that issues like contraception and the prevention of sexually-transmitted diseases be included in sex-education classes for children before the sixth grade, and as early as kindergarten. Obama’s defenders may howl, but the bill is what it is.

Well, yes, the bill is what it is. And York’s piece is what it is.

Dude!

| 1 Comment

I missed the Todd Palin broadcast debut, but as Megan and Liz have pointed out, that's no great loss. For a flavor of the interview (which didn't include a single question on Sarah Palin's questionable firing of the state's public safety commissioner, an issue that, by all indications, Todd was well involved in) you could do worse than this Talking Points Memo compilation of inanity. (Stray thought: remember when Van Susteren was, like, a legal correspondent or something?)

Totally funny! And despicable! At the same time!

Thanks, but No Thanks Redux

| No Comments

Sorry to disappoint, but this is not about Sarah Palin.

In their long ago Spring 2008 issue, The Kenyon Review published a lovely rumination on rejection letters.

Many magazines lean on a form letter, a printed note, a card, and I study them happily. The New Yorker, under the gentle and peculiar William Shawn, sent a gentle yellow slip of paper with the magazine’s logo and a couple of gentle sentences saying, gently, no. Under the brisker Robert Gottlieb, the magazine sent a similar note, this one courteously mentioning the “evident quality” of your submission even as the submission is declined. Harper’s and the Atlantic lean on the traditional Thank You But; Grand Street, among other sniffy literary quarterlies, icily declines to read your submission if it has not been solicited; the Sun responds some months later with a long friendly note from the editor in which he mentions that he is not accepting your piece even as he vigorously commends the writing of it; the Nation thanks you for thinking of the Nation; and the Virginia Quarterly Review sends, or used to send, a lovely engraved card, which is worth the price of rejection.

Enjoy.

About Those Anonymice

| No Comments

Last fall, when Clark Hoyt, the public editor of The New York Times, spoke to Professor Richard Wald's Critical Issues in Journalism class at Columbia University's Graduate School of Journalism, he presented the idea of a research project to evaluate how closely reporters adhere to the newspaper's anonymous-sources policy.

Drawing on his experience as a former D.C. bureau chief of Knight Ridder, Hoyt defended the need for anonymity to protect sources who, fearing reprisal, might not otherwise come forward. But Hoyt also criticized hurried reporting that abuses anonymous sourcing for the sake of the big scoop.

Anonymous sources have long served as the anchors for many investigative stories. In 2005, for instance, The Washington Post’s Josh White broke news of the possible detention of "ghost" prisoners at the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq. The Post's coverage supplemented information from military documents, with disclosures from unnamed prison guards and "Defense Department officials," to report on the illicit confinement of unlisted prisoners in Iraq by the American military and the CIA.

In the Pool with Biden

| No Comments

Ben Smith has posted the full pool report from Joe Biden's visit yesterday to the Football Hall of Fame, written by Perry Bacon of the Washington Post. It's a fun read, as it describes one of those moments where running for national office (and covering the person running) really seem fun. It's almost a novella. Biden gets misty, cracks jokes, and drops a conspiratorial aside. Though the highlight would have to be when Biden taps Bacon on the chest and tells him he really needs "to work on your pecks."

I suspect covering Biden provides more than the average share of those sorts of moments.

Ringing True, but Late

| No Comments

Katherine Seelye at The New York Times has a good piece up about the persistence of campaign lies, even after media and fact checking organizations have repeatedly debunked the claims. “But why, with all this fact checking, and with traditional news organizations increasingly emboldened to call out the candidates, do candidates repeat inaccuracies?” she asks.

Still, it's a clarion call that comes a tad late (and kind of predictably buoyed by opinions from the likes of cognitive scientist George Lakoff, a.k.a. Champion of Framing). Jonathan Martin, for one, wrote about it last week at Politico, after McCain’s interview with the ladies of The View, as did Slate. (The NYT had a thorough news story on the interview, but didn’t really prod the trend.) Should it take a comment from Karl Rove (on Fox News this weekend) to highlight the fact that false statements should, at bare minimum, have a short shelf life?

It Really Is That Bad

| No Comments

People ask me if the business press has acted responsibly in describing the panic currently consuming global financial institutions and markets—what with the use of words like “momentous,” “unprecedented,” “historic,” etc.—and I tell them yes. There’s no other way to describe it.

Critiquing the business press right now, as I’ve alluded to elsewhere,is a bit like critiquing the London fire department during the Blitz: All the major institutions are on fire. The press is scrambling to cover them. What are they supposed to do?

Lehman Brothers, Bear Stearns, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and American International Group (the seizure of which, for me, is so far the most unbelievable event of them all) were the Buckingham Palaces and London Towers of the financial world.

What words would you use?

The question is understandable, though. Isn’t everything always the “worst-ever”? And don’t we seem to get these “historic” calamities every five years or so? Readers might be forgiven for thinking news outlets exaggerate the importance of what they’re writing about for a lot of reasons but perhaps mostly because they deal with these institutions and events everyday, and they’re too close to the story.

But I don’t think that’s the case this time.

And now it seems to me that a significant line has been crossed with a headline on the front page of this morning’s Wall Street Journal:

Worst Crisis Since '30s, With No End Yet in Sight

The story is good, with explanations and analysis of what’s happening and why, but it’s the headline that’s important.

They say on Wall Street that no bottom can be reached without what they call “capitulation”—basically when investors give up hope that the market will recover and just sell.

For me, the flat, declarative headline on top of a news story, as opposed to opinion or analysis, on page one of the Journal is a sign that the flagship of the financial press has capitulated.

…With No End Yet In Sight

Believe me, I’m not criticizing the paper—to the contrary. I have no idea if the editors and writers are right. I just trust them because I know the decision wasn’t made lightly.

I was a big opponent of News Corporation taking over Dow Jones & Company, the Journal’s late, not-so-great parent, but this has nothing do with that. It’s true that Rupert Murdoch in April jettisoned a Journal veteran and installed a new managing editor, Robert Thomson, but without exception all the brass below him—Mike Miller, Nik Deogun, Alix Freedman, Alan Murray, Mike Wiliams—are Journal-istas from way back and well-aware of its traditions.

Whatever has happened, they know the Journal is still the standard bearer and agenda setter for the financial world, and they know perfectly well how foolish and damaging to the paper’s credibility it would be to get caught up in the hysteria of the moment and make historical comparisons that a few days later might prove to be unwarranted.

Today, they are doing what newspapers do: declaring and defining a new reality. This particular crisis is worse than all the others, including the tech wreck of 2000 and the crash of '87 (odd that the big ones all came after deregulation; hmm), and is comparable only to the one that started in 1929 and was followed by the Great Depression.

In this respect, the headline resembles a famous five-word lead that appeared on page one of the Journal on October 20, 1987, the day after the Dow Jones Industrial Average fell more than 22 percent:

NEW YORK — The stock market crashed yesterday.

Here was the headline:

The Crash of '87: Stocks Plummet 508.32 Amid Panicky Selling --- Percentage Decline Is Far Steeper Than '29; Bond Prices Surge

I remember talking to an editor who described the heated newsroom discussion about that lead, about whether it was appropriate to use the word “crash.” They did, and it was.

Same goes here, I suspect.

As I’ve said, an evaluation of this emergency coverage of this catastrophe does not mean that the business press won’t have to face its own reckoning once the dust settles.

There will be time later for that discussion, and indeed it’s already begun.

But if anyone was wondering where this moment stands in history, now you know.

Cable's "Soulless Palavering"

| No Comments

Never use a five-dollar word when a fifty-cent one will do...except, maybe, when laboring to describe what it is that cable pundits do. From the LA Times' James Rainey (while complaining about the quality of coverage of Candidates On Economic Crisis) :

Armed with these scraps of near-news, horse-race junkies...then launched new rounds of soulless palavering.

Rainey applauds Bloomberg News's coverage (they examined the candidates' relevant track records!) and offers simple advice to other reporters:

It's not surprising the candidates are flummoxed by a meltdown like none we have seen in our lifetimes. But reporters need to keep boring in and asking what they would do, specifically, other than feeling really, really worried about the fate of Joe and Josephine Voter.

Why can't Obama, for instance, say clearly whether he would support bailouts of AIG and Washington Mutual? It seems like the eloquent senator should be able to come up with a yes or no answer.

And can McCain please specify one type of regulation he would now favor? He's demonstrated there are many he opposes.

Doug Glanville Likes Baseball

| No Comments

Doug Glanville didn't set any records in his nine years as a professional baseball player. But he's been making his mark this year as an occasional columnist for The New York Times, in a series of very articulate reminiscences about his life in the major leagues. From this morning's entry, about how it felt to play baseball in the days following September 11th, 2001:

We were playing a game that we loved and that was our livelihood. It was a gift to be able to respond to fans who wanted us to come back and give them a temporary reprieve from the fear and the sorrow. In that first game back, the fans treated every pitch like we were playing the most important game they have ever seen. They cheered every strike and sang in total unison during the 7th inning stretch.

Many thanked us for playing that day, and their gratitude seemed to be about fulfilling a need, or maybe creating an oasis of peace and unity. Just being part of that, and tasting a moment when you find real purpose in what you do, helped us understand the power of this game.

Glanville's entire series is worth a read.

You Say Tomato, They Say Campaign Ad

| No Comments

From an AP article exploring those negative cable news-bait campaign ads (the ones that don't require an actual ad buy by the campaign, just an email to reporters):

"It's getting just silly that the ads they are putting out are represented as real spots," said [Evan Tracey, head of TNS Media Intelligence/Campaign Media Analysis Group, a firm that tracks ads].

"You used to hide the harder edge message in radio and direct mail," Tracey said. "What you have now is that the campaigns say, 'Hey, (MSNBC's) Morning Joe is a food fight, let's supply the tomatoes.'"

Who's Down With OPM?

| No Comments

Watching Sean Hannity's "no-topic-off-limits interview" with Sarah Palin right now. Nothing too tough or noteworthy so far. Lots of economy talk (Hannity: Is Obama using the Wall Street crisis for "political gain?" Palin doesn't really take that bait... Palin says our country has an "OPM addiction"--"Other People's Money").

Other questions: Will the Obama campain's "attacks be effective?" "Explain how you, as Governor of Alaska, took on your own party?"

Useless observation: Remember how many times Palin said, "Charlie" during her interview with Gibson? I've only heard her say "Sean" once so far.

Hannity's tease for Part 2 (airing tonight):

We'll find out if she thinks the media is trying to elect Barack Obama, what her strategy for repairing our relationships abroad and her thoughts on the mini army that's been sent to Alaska to look into her personal life.

Also Thursday night, the personal side of Governor Palin.

Actually, I think Palin's "personal side" was amply-covered, already, by your Fox colleague Van Susteren (in her "First Dude" interview).

Sweat-Stained TPS Reports

| 3 Comments

That lunch at your desk in now an workplace norm is one thing. But, "treadmill desks"? Can the toilet-in-a-desk-chair (ergonimically correct, one hopes) be far behind?

UPDATE: For CJR reader Kevin who politely requested a media angle to the above:

If you go to the walk-working social networking site cited in this article, you see that the media is keen on the treadmill desk story. The AP was soliciting treadmill desk-ers on the networking site in July; ABC News's 20/20 was on it in August, the result of which has an unmistakable Daily Show feel: (ABC's JOHN STOSSEL: "They used to call it 'secretary spread.' Those extra pounds that appear on the bottom of workers who sit all day at their desks...")

From a 2007 ABC News report on the same, this one from Good Morning America: "For Amy Langer, working is now a losing proposition — losing weight, that is..."

NPR explored, "What does the new apparatus say about our multi-tasking society?" in February 2008.

Media Obstruction in Galveston

| 23 Comments

It was a rough week for the Galveston County Daily News. On Saturday, Hurricane Ike tore off its roof and left reporters with a single cell phone from which to operate, according to the Houston Chronicle:

[Editor Heber] Taylor was blogging as the eye of the storm passed over Galveston Island and the natural gas that powered the generator was cut off. The power went out as Taylor put the period to his last sentence: "We are about to lose contact."

The newspaper plunged into darkness, and the wind tore off the roof soon afterward, allowing in rain that soaked the interior. The storm surge lapped at the newspaper's doorstep.

Covering the hurricane’s aftermath brought additional challenges. Literally adding insult to injury, Galveston’s mayor, Lyda Ann Thomas, “on Monday ordered all city employees not to talk to news reporters. She did not say when that order would be lifted,” according to an article by the Daily News’s Rhiannon Meyers:

Thomas and City Manager Steve LeBlanc will be the only officials allowed to talk to reporters… But at a noon press conference Monday, Thomas and LeBlanc talked for less than 30 minutes and refused to answer more than five questions. Thomas said she would try to hold another conference today.

Daily News reporters who tried to speak to city employees were denied and told no one could talk except for the mayor and city manager.

A conversation about the complaints of media obstruction broke out on the Society of Environmental Journalists’ list-serv. (It is a private, off-the-record list, but the individuals here granted permission to quote their e-mails.) One reporter, speculating that “something’s definitely up,” pointed out a CNN article from last week, which quoted Mayor Thomas saying, "We do not intend to evacuate Galveston Island … It's the last thing we want to do. Our job is to protect lives and property, [and] right now we feel that sheltering in place is the best action for our citizens to take."

Hurricane Katrina was proof that such poor advice can come back to haunt a politician. And whether or not Thomas’s earlier decisions factored into her media blackout, authorities are very sensitive to how the public perceives their response to emergencies. On the SEJ list-serv, Dr. William Freudenburg, a professor of environment and society at the University of California, Santa Barbara, concurred:

I'm not sure what's going on in Galveston, but as someone who has paid attention to disaster research for a very long time, I can tell you that a secrecy instinct actually a fairly common reaction after a disaster. The people we call "officials" feel they're supposed to be "in charge," but they don't know what the hell to do. So they clamp down, in any way they can.

The Daily News was not the only paper frustrated by obstructions to its reporting. New Orleans Times-Picayune reporter Chris Kirkham, who has covered four hurricanes, said in an interview that roadblocks were the biggest impediment to his work. “Usually a press pass gets you through,” he said. But in his opinion local authorities were trying too hard to be “a step ahead of the media.” Earlier this week on the SEJ list-serv, Kirkham wrote:

I was there in Galveston from the beginning, and at one of the earlier news conferences the City Manager said police would take reporters out to certain areas but that "there may be things we don't want you to see.” Also tried to ban footage of any bodies (though only 5 reported so far).

Of course everyone just went out on their own anyway, but it seemed they were pretty clueless about how to be in the middle of a national story. They also keep restricting access to the heavily damaged west end of the island, for no apparent reason (roads no longer flooded).

Ostensibly, authorities want to exert some measure of information control in order to avert panic and incendiary rumor. As freelance writer Joseph Davis pointed out on the SEJ list:

[I]t's also interesting to take a few grab samples of the blogosphere-buzz someone referred to — secrecy of course shifts all of us paranoid schizophrenics into overdrive, a category some put me in … So far I have read items suggesting that they will be pulling 20,000 bodies out of there, that there is a bio-defense facility on the island, that FEMA has taken over cell phone service there, etc. I know of no reason to think any of these true.

And fear of Internet gossip should not prohibit responsible journalism. The ABC News affiliate in Houston carried a video of investigative reporter Wayne Dolcefino confronting Texas governor Rick Perry about temporary “no-fly” zones for TV helicopters over parts of the Bolivar peninsula and west Galveston, the hardest hit areas. Later in the video, Dolcefino tells the ABC anchors:

After Katrina, we were able to go to Waveland, Mississippi, and Gulfport, and Biloxi, and places that were devastated, where there were, sadly, bodies on the road. Now that’s a horrible thing to see and a horrible thing to show, but people who live there, who have friends there, who have relatives there, have a fundamental right to know that stuff. They have a fundamental right to know, not just from the words of a politician or public official, but from the news media, which are independent of government and have also the responsibility of trying to help the public evaluate response…

We couldn’t get crews back on Galveston last night and this morning until we complained on the air for about twenty hours. And it’s not because we want to sightsee, guys, it’s because we have the responsibility of telling people… I made it as clear to [Gov. Perry] off camera as I did on camera that this is not going to be tolerated. You know, we hear about disasters in other countries—what was it, Burma, Myanmar—where they won’t let people in to see and you know, this is the state of Texas; this America. And we’re not trying to interfere with rescue and search operations, nor did anyone suggest we would be.

When asked why he thought the government was obstructing access, Dolcefino did not mince words:

I don’t think they want us to see images that may remind people… of the images that we saw in New Orleans. I don’t think they want us to see the images that were seen in Waveland, Mississippi or Gulfport… I think that’s the reality; they do not want us to see yet, until they can control what we see and how we see it. And that is simply, at least in my career, unacceptable. Maybe a lot of reporters won’t say it, but I will. I think they do not want us to see images of potential fatalities that may be on land or on water.

Other reporters didn’t think access was much of a problem. The Houston Chronicle’s Matthew Tresaugue said he wasn’t sure why TV choppers were prohibited from flying last Sunday, but that there were, in fact, reporters in the air. On SEJ’s list-serv he noted that:

The Chronicle had a photographer over Bolivar on Sunday about the same time as the televised confrontation. I flew with a photographer from High Island to Galveston's west end to Surfside Beach in a Cessna yesterday, and one of our columnists and a photographer got a closer view of the same area from a helicopter. ... I think the difference is the television guys wanted to take their helicopters, and we hitched rides. On my flight, I was able to see what I needed and even double back to take second looks. I can't complain.

At any rate, its’ hard to imagine that information about the government’s response to Hurricane Ike would not get out sooner or later, and access seems to have improved since the weekend. But authorities should realize that obstructing the media’s ability to report in disaster zones only makes the public more suspicious about the adequacy of their response.

The Bigger Tent

| 5 Comments

In the late 1990s, the staff at the Committee to Protect Journalists in New York took note of an exciting new trend in China. With traditional Chinese media under tight state censorship, people with something critical to say about their government had seized on the Internet as a new platform to publish their views. Their actions were not unlike the samizdat dissidents of the Soviet era or the poster-makers of Beijing University during the 1989 student uprising. But now, with the Internet, Chinese writers had the potential to reach a global audience.

In 1999, China arrested six people on charges of using the Internet to spread “anti-government” or “subversive” messages. I was the executive director of CPJ at the time, and we had to decide whether to take up their cases. None was a journalist in any traditional sense; reporting wasn’t their daily job and they didn’t write for established news organizations. But they were, we reasoned, acting journalistically. They disseminated news, information, and opinion. We took up the cases.

In the years since, CPJ has defended writers in Cuba, Iran, Malaysia, and elsewhere—some traditional journalists, some not—who used the Internet to get around official censorship. In CPJ’s view, these were entrepreneurial spirits using technology to battle enemies of press freedom. The many American journalists who supported CPJ’s global work readily agreed. 

Horrific. And hilarious.





Seth Colter Walls at Huffington Post talks to big bucks former Clinton supporter Lady Lynn Forester de Rothschild, who has, surprisingly, come out in favor of John McCain. As Walls notes, however, it seems like "her support for McCain was less than entirely thought-through at an ideological level":

Rothschild once told me that if she were to ever support McCain, it would be "more in sadness than in anger." Today, however, she touted her "enthusiastic support" for the McCain-Palin ticket during her press conference. When I asked her whether she still held onto any of that former sadness, Rothschild looked taken aback and said she was sad about the Democratic Party in general, as led by Howard Dean and House Speaker Nancy Pelosi.

Here's what one of Clinton's people thinks of the defection: "The Duke of York already had plans, so Lady de Rothschild was the next most important endorsement to reassure working Americans during the economic crisis."

Ouch.

Forget about AIG. This is the most important story of the day. Banks have essentially stopped lending to each other, threatening to bring the financial system, and thus the economy, to a standstill. This despite the Fed shoveling money into markets.

Adding to the spookiness, a major money-market fund “broke the buck”, meaning investors who had their money in these supposedly extra super safe investments will lose part of their principle.

My favorite part: the news prompted S&P to downgrade the fund from its top AAA rating to its lowest, riskiest level. What’s the point of these rating agencies again?

The Times’ David Leonhardt asks some good big-picture questions in his page-one column today on the crisis and the government lurching from one bailout to the next. The Washington Post says lawmakers are getting fed up with the "ad hoc" approach.

Slate’s new Big Money site takes a look at which big financial firms are likely the next to go (Washington Mutual, Wachovia, Ambac Financial)

The normally bearish Calculated Risk sees a glimmer of hope in the wreckage on Wall Street.

Nouriel Roubini, the clairvoyant of the current crisis (so far), does not:

…we are now closer to the financial meltdown that I described in my February paper in my “12 Steps to a Financial Disaster”. Stock prices are sharply down and there is a risk of a market crack; interbank spreads and credit spreads are wider than ever since the beginning of this crisis; Lehman and Merrill are gone and soon enough Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs will also need to find a larger partner with deep pocket or risk getting in severe trouble; the biggest insurer in the world—AIG—is teetering near bankruptcy; the biggest US S&L—WaMu—is effectively insolvent and close to going bust; dozens of other banks are near bankruptcy; there is a beginning of a silent bank run as depositors are nervous about their assets; the panic is mounting in financial market; the CDS market is frozen because of the collapse of Lehman and the soon collapse of AIG, WaMu and other financial institutions; many hedge funds are now teetering as their losses are mounting; investors in fixed income—including preferred stocks—have experienced massive losses; overnight LIBOR spiked over 300bps to over 6% as panicky investors seek the safety of cash while the Fed lost control of the Fed Funds rate yesterday as the liquidity demand push such rate from the target of 2% to over 6%; the financial turmoil is becoming global with stock markets all over the world plunging.

The upshot?

At this point the perfect financial storm of the century cannot be contained. The only light at the end of the tunnel is the one of the coming financial and economic train wreck.

Today's episode of Martha Stewart's talk show--due, we can only assume, to some combination of its host's continuing attempts to redefine her role in the cultural conversation, its employment of politically astute booker-producers, and some kind of rupture in the space-time continuum--features as its guests...Ben Smith and Jonathan Martin. Yes, the Politico bloggers.

Which, just...there are no words. Except, that is, the ones Martha utters during the segment.

The erstwhile doyenne of domesticity, after referring to Sarah Palin as "Sharon" ("she reminds me of somebody--a Sharon," Stewart declared by way of explanation), goes on to wax philosophical with her esteemed guests about What Bloggers Are: "You really are news reporters with active, wireless computers on your laps, ready to go."

You really are, guys. You really are.







Just for Laughs

| No Comments

Do yourself a favor and check out this hypothetical NPR blooper reel.

Peter Sagal, Terry Gross, Carl Kasell, Robert Siegel, Michelle Norris, and all your favorite NPR personalities are there.

Giggles galore.

More Laurel-y Goodness

| No Comments

Earlier today, on Campaign Desk, I posted an assessment of an article by The New York Times's Jeff Zeleny--an article that does, I think, a great job of reporting on the Obama campaign's economic-messaging strategy.

Well, just wanted to add to the props-giving: Another NYT piece, this one by Michael Cooper, does a similarly commendable job of laying out McCain's economic messaging. In a way that is informative, nuanced, and, as in Zeleny's article, un-boring.

Thanks, guys.

How Would Jack London Vote?

| 5 Comments

Apparently, Democrat.

He might have voted for Ron Paul. But probably not for Palin (I mean... McCain-Palin). Here's the reason, according to Paul Malmont, whose fictional book about London hits shelves in January and therefore makes him the appropriate authority for any speculation on the fabled author's (fast forward to present... now!) voting proclivities:

Jack, having seen first-hand how industrial progress led to corruption and exploitation in the north, would never have chanted, 'Drill, baby. Drill.'

And wait: "He would have a hard time with Palin if he'd discovered she wasn't a Darwinian believer."

Read more of the interview with Malmont at GalleyCat. And then go check out a copy of White Fang.

Reporting Rhetoric, Non-Obnoxiously

| No Comments

Reporting about campaign rhetoric can be one of the trickiest balancing acts there is in political journalism. Go too far in one direction, and—wobble!—you're Biased; go too far in the other, and—wobble!—you're Dull. Indeed, even if you manage to keep your balance, literally and figuratively, in your reportorial exploits, you run the risk of being boring. Or, at least, hopelessly redundant. (The McCain campaign is trying to disassociate itself from the Bush/Cheney legacy? Shocking. The Obama campaign is trying to win over middle-class, middle-aged women? Riveting.)

Anyhow. I mention all this because today's New York Times features a textbook example of Rhetoric Reporting That Is Actually Worthwhile. The piece, courtesy of NYT Obama-trailer Jeff Zeleny, reports on a speech about the economy the Democratic nominee delivered yesterday, and analyzes "whether Mr. Obama can define his candidacy around the economy, as other Democrats have done, and be seen as connecting with the struggles of Americans."

Zeleny's answer to his own question is: It remains to be seen. Because his story's subtext is: How do you get people to pay attention to your message when they've spent the past several months willfully ignoring it? (Some telling lines, emphasis mine: "Senator Barack Obama has delivered at least four major addresses on the economy in the course of his presidential candidacy. Yet even his advisers conceded that voters might not have noticed until he spoke here Tuesday as turmoil rippled through the financial markets"; and "Mr. Obama spoke forcefully about the economy on Tuesday during a 40-minute address at the Colorado School of Mines, essentially hitting the rewind button as he reprised ideas he has offered before"; and "with Mr. Obama drawing so much early attention for his opposition to the Iraq war—not a message of economic populism—many of his economic proposals have received limited notice.")

It's an excellent analysis of a very real problem faced by the Obama campaign: How do you get people to listen to your message in the first place? How do you take advantage of the fact that, as Obama surrogate Tom Vilsack told Zeleny, “There is a tremendous opportunity for [Obama] at a time when undecided voters focus on the election”? Those questions are especially urgent—and they render their story's straight-news slug especially appropriate—now that they're pegged to a very real piece of information: the current culmination of the credit crisis. "Neither Mr. Obama nor Mr. McCain won their respective nominations through their economic messages," Zeleny notes.

Mr. Obama was a candidate of change, who campaigned on his judgment in opposing the Iraq war. And Mr. McCain largely appealed to Republicans because of his national security credentials and support for the war. The economy may not have been their initial playing field, but both have no choice but to urgently adapt.

It's a good point—and it'll be telling to see how both candidates do that. In the meantime, Zeleny's piece serves as a nice model of how reporters can make their own tellings of the candidates' rhetorical adaptations unbiased, un-egregious...and thankfully un-boring.

Courting Decline

| No Comments

Perusing the Times today, I came across this sad little headline: "Supreme Court’s Global Influence Is Waning."

Yeah. Not only is our executive branch wallowing in lame duck-hood and our legislative branch often stalled in partisan gridlock--now, it seems, we've gone and made our declining influence into a hat trick. The judicial branch? Lame.

In other countries' eyes, anyway.

"Judges around the world have long looked to the decisions of the United States Supreme Court for guidance, citing and often following them in hundreds of their own rulings since the Second World War," Adam Liptak writes.

But now American legal influence is waning. Even as a debate continues in the court over whether its decisions should ever cite foreign law, a diminishing number of foreign courts seem to pay attention to the writings of American justices.

Great. Just great. Someone should probably call Gore Vidal.

MSNBabsC

| No Comments

Number of segments in which "Streisand" has been mentioned over the past 24 hours (per a TVEyes search):

CNN: 13

FOX NEWS: 13

MSNBC: 27

Headline Or Job Description?

| No Comments

Theoretical first-grader: "What does a politician do?"

The New York Times: "Politicians Point Fingers, Assign Blame".

Worthy of Webster's!

Not-So-Starry Night

| No Comments

So the Los Angeles Times covered the big Obama fundraiser in Hollywood last night. There’s plenty mention of the stars in attendance—Will Ferrell, Sarah Silverman, and Leonardo DiCaprio among them. And we get numbers—well, numbers of a certain kind: Tickets to the reception and dinner at the Greystone Mansion went for $28,500. Entry to the Regent Beverly Wilshire, where Barbra Streisand performed, cost $2,500. There were 300 guests in attendance at the first, and 800 at the latter.

Come on, there’s more to write about than this. The LAT is already in danger of being framed as an entertainment rag; it shouldn’t add to that trending reputation by publishing a piece that dwells on the logistics of an event attended by politically responsive glitterati. At least, that shouldn’t be the focus.

Particularly when the two candidates are taking such different routes to financing their campaigns, fundraisers like this one are prime opportunities to add some contextual meat to the (right) numbers. And while writing about celebrity attendance might practically be a requirement in Tinseltown, it’s important to go beyond call-and-response-style quotes like this one:

As if on cue, John McCain used the Illinois senator's lucrative detour from battleground states to Beverly Hills to mock Obama's professed solidarity with working people… “Let me tell you, my friends, there's no place I'd rather be than right here with the working men and women of Ohio," McCain told cheering supporters in Vienna, Ohio...

Writers Dan Morain and Michael Finnegan state that the evening “came fraught with risk,” referring to the expectation that Obama would be unfavorably associated with Hollywood’s ruling class at a time of economic hardship. Backing up that (valid albeit simplistic) argument is a video clip paired with the article, a KTLA broadcast segment from Tuesday night, which rather obtusely contrasts the Rolls Royces parked outside the event with the current travails of the economy. “Barack Obama says he understands the economy, and it’s hard to doubt that when the senator can raise millions of dollars in just one day for throwing a few dinner parties,” the reporter says glibly in the voiceover. (It’s no fault of the LAT reporters that the segment is so bad, but it’s an unfortunate pairing nonetheless.)

The problem with reportage like this is that in covering the lavishness of the affair and yet wanting to not completely deemphasize the Important Issues, the LAT ends up with a trite wedding of the two, which is, perhaps, the worst possible outcome (since Obama’s lucrative fundraiser in fact has nothing to do with his understanding of the American economy). And in the process, it misses an opportunity to address more significant fundraising questions.

For an example of one of these more significant questions, check out today’s Washington Post. The article, written by Matthew Mosk, looks into McCain’s questionable use of joint fundraising committees and “hybrid ads” (campaign ads which minimally tout GOP items in order to qualify for RNC funding) to raise pools of money outside of the public funds he is receiving. The article, which uses the same quotes from McCain that the LAT did, is a particularly good example of how to weave a glossy event like last night’s into the bigger story of campaign finance. And that’s a more important fundraising story than the one in which Obama is out of touch with America’s economic woes because he receives money from Tobey Maguire.

Firsts

| No Comments

CBS News reports that this morning "marked the first time [Palin] answered a question from the press on the fly, prompting concerned looks from staffers." She was asked for her reaction to the AIG bailout.

Also:

Told that her traveling press corps was getting lonely in the back of her campaign plane, Palin said, “Are you getting lonely? Gee, yeah, come on up then!”

(Stampede!?)

(Tele)Prompting Speculation

| No Comments

Report with all your senses. This advice is commonly given to journalists, and it’s clear that the anonymous writer of this post on CNN’s Politicalticker blog was using his or her eyeballs to report the following 78 words yesterday:

It appears Barack Obama's teleprompter is hitting the campaign trail.

The Democratic presidential nominee has never tried to hide the fact he delivers speeches off the device, though normally he doesn't use one at standard campaign rallies and town hall events.

But the Illinois senator used a teleprompter at both his Colorado events Monday — making for a particularly peculiar scene in Pueblo, where the prompter was set up in the middle of what is normally a rodeo ring.

The post was accompanied by a photograph of Obama at a podium flanked by a teleprompter screen.

The next day, this information made its way into a New York Times story. “With Mr. Obama drawing so much early attention for his opposition to the Iraq war — not a message of economic populism — many of his economic proposals have received limited notice,” Jeff Zeleny wrote. “So using a teleprompter, he gave a speech here intended to set the framework for the rest of the campaign.”

What an odd little item. Both McCain and Palin have had their teleprompter moments, so maybe Obama was due for his.

But still. The CNN post makes no effort to explain what it means that Obama is using a teleprompter at the rodeo, or why it matters. (Or why, for that matter, why a podium doesn’t look “particularly peculiar” but a teleprompter does.) And the Times piece inserts the factoid in a throwaway clause, in a manner almost designed to fuel controversy and speculation.

It’s no wonder that the crew at Fox & Friends questioned Obama spokesman Bill Burton about the prompter. Is Obama using it because the campaign wants to more closely control its message and avoid a gaffe?

And on Hannity & Colmes, the debate raged.

Sean Hannity mentioned the teleprompter as “proof that Senator Obama is just another political consultant creation, not some new breed of politician.” And guest Rick Santorum added that the use of a teleprompter “tells you that something's taking a toll on him, and he wants to make sure he stays on message. That's not a good sign. That shows the guy's weakening.”

It was up to sometime voice-of-reason Alan Colmes to offer the obvious disagreement: “It sounds like you're grasping at straws when you're saying he brought a teleprompter with him, he's insecure. Do you really think that has anything to do with who is going to be the better president of the United States whether or not Barack Obama is giving a speech and he's checking with a teleprompter?”

Of course it doesn’t. And, while The New York Times can’t be held responsible for things said by pundits on Fox News, it should realize that the casual, decontextualized mention of a random fact like Obama’s teleprompter usage is almost certain to fuel irresponsible speculation among those who speculate irresponsibly for a living. It’s certainly fair to mention the news that Barack Obama is using a teleprompter during his speeches; it’s also fair to expect that the news will be accompanied by the context that allows readers to discern what, exactly, that fact actually means.

The lesson here is that one fact, when not couched in the warm, cozy confines of context, can grow legs and wander into fodder-for-speculation land, where time stands still while we debate the meaningless.

This is the sixth in a series examining how the candidates’ health care proposals will affect ordinary people who live in the river town of Helena-West Helena, Arkansas, and how the press could cover that angle. The entire series is archived here.

Pam Culp

Pam Culp and her husband Allen farm 5000 acres of corn, wheat, rice, and soybeans in the rich alluvial plain that hugs the Mississippi River. Their thirty-something sons have returned home to farm the land that has been in the family for four generations. As land owners, the Culps are near the top of the area’s socioeconomic strata; over the years they’ve acquired more land to boost their financial returns. Some years they’ve grown cotton, but the higher prices being paid for grain this year steered them away from the area’s traditional cash crop. Like farmers everywhere, they cross their fingers that hurricanes and hail don’t destroy their crops before harvest.

In some ways, Pam, 58, and Allen, 59, fit into the “consumer-directed” model for health insurance toward which the country seems to be moving: if you want insurance, take a high deductible policy and pay out-of-pocket for care until the deductible kicks in. If you postpone care until the insurance pays, well, that’s the trade-off for getting a policy with a cheaper price tag. Theory has it that if you have to pay on your own, you will think twice before seeking medical care. “If you’re paying for care, you’re not going to run to the doctor for a snotty nose, but it’s one of those two-edged swords,” Culp says. Research has begun to show that people who buy such policies often postpone medical care, and don’t fill prescriptions even when they need them.







The Culps’ policy from Assurant Health, which calls itself a leader in the individual health insurance market, is not so cheap. They pay about $6900 a year for coverage that they can’t use—not just yet, anyway. Their policy requires them to pay a $5200 yearly deductible—and another $2000 deductible for using out-of-network doctors—before the insurance kicks in. So they’ve been careful to use in-network doctors.

For the three years they’ve owned the policy, the Culps have paid out-of-pocket for medical care, amounts ranging from $1000 and $3000 each year for medicines, check-ups, and other kinds of routine care. “We said ‘yes’ we can pay for the minor things,” Culp explained. “We are blessed we don’t have to use it.” For them, the insurance equates to coverage for catastrophic illness.

The Culps are lucky that they have generally been healthy. But Allen has been postponing ear surgery—at least until the harvest is over. He has had bad ears since childhood, and about twenty years ago underwent a procedure to patch a hole in his eardrum. Doctors hoped that scar tissue would seal the hole and improve his hearing. And, for awhile, it did; but the hole has returned, and he needs another procedure to close it again. That will cost $2600, plus another $100 for a hearing test. Doctors have refused to do the procedure unless he has the hearing test.

For awhile, the Culps were resisting the test, believing that the doctor was just covering himself for liability in case the operation failed. They are wary of unnecessary tests. “We chose not to have the hearing test at this time,” Culp told me when I first met her. “We always knew his hearing had decreased. When you’re paying for it yourself, you can choose not to do it.” But now, she says, once the harvest is over, he will have the procedure done by an ear specialist in Little Rock.

How the Culps would do under John McCain’s plan

The Culps are high enough up on the income ladder that they might actually benefit from McCain’s plan, which seems geared more toward helping those already with insurance than those without. His tax credit aims to help the financially secure pay their ever-rising insurance premiums. The Culps could take the $5000 tax credit and try to buy a better policy. The credit, plus the $7000 or so they now pay in premiums, can probably buy a policy with a smaller deductible and, consequently, quicker access to insurance protection. That might be important in the years to come; health problems inevitably surface with age.

Of course, they would still have to jump through a new insurer’s underwriting hoops; that is, their health would be carefully examined before the company would issue coverage. And Allen’s ear problems might disqualify him from coverage altogether, or the carrier might refuse to cover any treatment for diseases of the ear. McCain would not require insurers to accept those with pre-existing medical conditions.

McCain also proposes letting carriers sell across state lines, in the hope that more competition would lower premiums. Experts doubt that will happen, since states tend to be dominated by single carriers; in Arkansas, that carrier is Blue Cross Blue Shield. Culp is a savvy shopper and already has begun searching the Internet for other options. They chose their current policy because it would pay $8 million in lifetime benefits, instead of the $1 million paid by their previous insurer. To the extent that any of McCain’s proposals will foster more price transparency and consumer information, the Culps might benefit.

How the Culps would do under Barack Obama’s plan

The aspect of Obama’s proposals most relevant to families like the Culps is his promise to cut the average family’s premiums by $2,500. However, as The New York Times pointed out in July, such a promise may be nothing more than pie-in-the-sky campaign propaganda. The Times reported that Obama is “offering a precise ‘chicken in every pot’ guarantee, based on numbers that are largely unknowable.” Obama’s plan might help the Culps change insurance carriers for a better plan—if, as president, he can persuade insurance companies to insure people who have health conditions. He has promised to regulate insurance more strictly, but it’s unclear if he can do that once the legislative process gets going and the lobbyists move in.

It’s also unclear whether the Culps will be able to join Obama’s so-called public plan option and obtain better, more comprehensive coverage. They already have insurance, and might not be eligible for the public plan, depending on how the legislation gets written. Lobbyists for the insurance industry will probably voice the “crowd out” argument; that is, they will argue that people should buy insurance from private carriers instead of taking a government plan that is likely to be cheaper, but will siphon business from Aetna, Blue Cross, and company. The bottom line: Because there are so many “ifs” that Obama and his surrogates have not yet answered, the Culps might not benefit much from his proposals.

Losing Face (Today's Fourth Hour)

| No Comments

This is how they're filling that fourth hour of the Today Show? "Kathie Lee and Hoda Take Off Their Makeup:"

Man on the Street in Sanaa

| No Comments

Gripping man-on-the-street reporting from Christian Science Monitor contributor Shane Bauer in Sanaa, Yemen. (Plus, some helpful context and background to the bombing at the U.S. Embassy there today.)

Bauer quotes "Yemeni journalist Adel al-Ahmedi, standing among a crowd of hudnreds who gathered at the scene":

This attack targeted Yemen and America at the same time. The people who waged this attack are fed up with the government, and they target the American embassy to try to harm relations between the US and Yemen.... This is a clear tragedy, but we are afraid of America's response more than the attack itself.

NYT: Again With Palin's Hair

| No Comments

Having already tracked down the woman who styled The Real Sarah Palin's hair, the next step for the The New York Times was, naturally, to locate the woman responsible for Pretend Palin's coif. (Fey wore a wig!)

From the Times:

Is there a name for this hairstyle?

Ms. Rogers [hair stylist for Saturday Night Live] shrugged. “You should ask Palin’s hairdresser,” she said.

Yeah, the Times already did. It is, apparently, an "updo."

C-E-(Uh)-O

| No Comments

Have you heard the one about how Carly Fiorina doesn't think Sarah Palin is qualified to run Hewlett-Packard? Or any large and complex company? And how she thinks precisely zero percent of the candidate collective asking to become Chief Executive of the United States is qualified to run a corporation?

Yeah. So have we. Here's the story: Fiorina, guesting on St. Louis's KTRS Radio, was asked about Palin: "Do you think she has the experience to run a major company, like Hewlett Packard?"

"No, I don't," Fiorina responded. "But you know what? That's not what she's running for."

Yowza. (Candor: 10; Talking Points: 0.) Later yesterday, Fiorina was interviewed by NBC's Andrea Mitchell, who gave the Surrogate Who Stumbled a chance to redeem herself. Fiorina's explanation of her prior commentary?

"Well, I don't think John McCain could run a major corporation."

"I don't think Barack Obama could run a major corporation. I don't think Joe Biden could. But it is not the same as being the president or vice president of the United States. It is a fallacy to suggest that the country is like a company, so of course, to run a business, you have to have a lifetime of experience in business, but that's not what Sarah Palin, John McCain, Barack Obama or Joe Biden are doing."

So. None of the candidates, per Running-a-Company Expert Carly Fiorina, is qualified to run a major corporation! Isn't that funny? Not ha-ha funny, so much, but ironic-funny? CNN thought so! So did The Washington Post! And USA Today! And the New York Daily News! And The Huffington Post! And Fox News! (Though that last outlet, rather than using the typical "Fiorina: Candidates unqualified to lead firm" headline, came up with its own unique take on the story: "Fiorina: Obama Camp ‘Deceitful’ in Clipping My Quote.")

Per the transcript database TVEyes, Fiorina (and, one presumes, her gaffe) was the subject of television banter a whopping fifty-one times yesterday.

Which, look. The not-qualified-to-run-a-corporation thing was—both times—a dumb thing to say. (Particularly because one could point out that Fiorina, given her dubious record at the helm of Hewlett-Packard, isn't, perhaps, the best person to be judging others' CEO Fitness.) Though Fiorina may have had a point about the particular differences between the business of running the country and the business of, you know, business, that point was out of place, being uttered, as it was, while Fiorina was on borrowed time from the McCain campaign. Surrogates, political beasts that they are, aren't given air time to wax philosophical, or to be, for that matter, nuanced. They're there to manufacture sound bites and spin. Sad, but true.

Politicians and the press who write about them, for their part, love nearly nothing more than surrogates going off-message...and, more generally, the counterintuitive verve of a candidate getting flack from someone on his or her own team. (See, "Rove, Karl”—and, even more recently, "Forester de Rothschild, Lynn.")

But that doesn't mean the press should spend time reporting and analyzing those gaffes for public consumption; irony is rarely its own justification. Even though, in laying both sides of the metaphorical aisle with the they're-not-qualified line of logic, Fiorina was basically wrapping her own gaffe in a brown paper package (insult-toward-the-left and insult-toward-the-right, rolled into one!), tying it up with string (conflict! juicy, dramatic conflict!), and laying it at the door of the media. The fact that the packaging is pretty doesn't mean that the press should accept the gift. Because, Delightful Little Irony notwithstanding, what, exactly, is the point of time spent talking about the Fiorina gaffe? What value does it add to our campaign conversation? In short: none. And...none. We're not, in the end, spending time discussing the gaffe; we're wasting it. Reporters' time—and voters'.

CNN taps someone from Harvard Business School to wax wise on "the vulnerability of American citizens to anything that is new" and Sarah Palin's "shelf life" (who are you calling a product?), or the shelf life of the Palin brand, or, maybe, the Palin brand's buzz... or...something. I think.

With so much business jargon-speak ("Election Day" becomes "an action-forcing deadline"), it's hard to sort out.

Dean?

UPDATE: Also: "[McCain] is steak and [Palin] is sizzle?" He's meat and she's dressing? Not sure the McCain campaign is going to adopt that marketing slogan. Might alienate... vegetarian voters.

McCain's Got a Squeeze Box

| No Comments

The AP's Glen Johnson sees McCain going in and out and in and out (because, maybe, where's the melody in "trying to have it both ways?"):

John McCain embraces and expels Washington like an accordion player belting out a song.

Squeeze in and he touts his vast knowledge of the capital city. Draw out and he casts himself a reformer bent on changing its ways...

Squeeze in, and he's the new capital tour guide for his running mate, Alaska Gov. Sarah Palin.

"I can't wait to introduce her to Washington, D.C. I can't wait," he said to cheers Monday in Jacksonville.

Draw out, and he's never set foot in the city himself.

"The word's going out, my friends: The old-boy network, the pork-barrelers, the earmarkers, my friends, the word is, 'Change is coming,'" McCain said. "There's two mavericks coming to Washington, and we're going to shake it up."...


There are even times when McCain does both - squeeze in and draw out - in the same thought...

"I know how to fix it. I know how to fix the corruption," he said of the nation's economic problems during an appearance Tuesday on NBC's "Today" show. "I've been fighting it the whole time I've been in Congress."

Another one...?

| No Comments

The New York Post is reporting that another major paper is in danger of demise. This time, it's the Star-Ledger, New Jersey's largest daily.

Sigh.

The paper's owners, the Newhouse family, according to Keith Kelly, "will issue notices to all employees later this week saying that the paper will be sold or - failing that - closed on Jan. 5."

Here's the background, per Kelly:

Back on July 31, the company said it needed to get 200 people to accept voluntary severance packages at the Star-Ledger and another 25 buyouts at the Trenton Times, plus concessions from the pressmen, mailers and drivers.

While it has reached a tentative pact with mailers and pressmen, the company said negotiations with the drivers have stalled.

"Since it is doubtful that the drivers will ratify an agreement by Oct. 8, 2008, we will be sending formal notices to all employees this week. . . advising [them] that the company will be sold or failing that, that it will close operation on Jan. 5, 2009," said Star-Ledger Publisher George Arwady.

Talks—and last-ditch efforts to find concessions and compromises with drivers—will continue until October 1, Doug Panattieri, president of the Newspaper and Mailers Delivery Union, told the Post.

Still, the statement Arwady made to the Star-Ledger staff back in July still seems to be true: "Despite the best efforts of all of us, the Star-Ledger is losing its battle to survive."

Once again: Sigh.

Charlie Cook: D.C. establishment fixture, Cook Political Report proprietor, National Journal columnist, critic of ethnic foods. From his National Journal column this morning:

Next came the Democratic convention, which was the political equivalent of a Chinese dinner. It looked, smelled and tasted great; it was a perfectly enjoyable experience -- and diners were hungry just a few hours later.

First, why is being hungry a few hours after eating a "Chinese dinner" thing, and not a "the way the digestive system works" thing? Second, I think he actually means to reference a Japanese dinner, often characterized by small and delicate portions of fish, instead of a Chinese dinner, often characterized by fried chicken with orange sauce. Third, what sort of restaurant does the Republican convention resemble? I'm guessing churrascaria.

31 Women

| No Comments

The Washington Post has a haunting, detailed story today reporting, in part, that "there have been 31 female [suicide] bombers this year" in Iraq (the youngest, 13) and:

Since the 2003 invasion, 53 Iraqi women have either carried out suicide attacks or were apprehended before they could do so, according to the U.S. military. The attacks have killed more than 370 people and injured 650.

The Post (foreign service) reporter, Sudarsan Raghavan, talks to a woman who claims to head a 20-member group of female would-be suicide bombers in Iraq "who were the wives, sisters or daughters of insurgents killed by U.S. or Iraqi forces," reporting that this woman was "contacted through previously successful means of reaching members of al-Qaeda in Iraq."

Also, children at a school funded by U.S. reconstruction money are learning about the dangers of suicide bombers:

"This is an explosives belt. Don't ever get close to it," teacher Zena Abbas told the class. "If a stranger comes to you and gives you a toy or money and asks you to put on an explosives belts, say no. He wants you to blow yourself up and die. And then you will hurt many people for no reason."

Some children nodded. Others appeared confused.

Teaching the next generation of news consumers how to discern quality news and information from the dreck and, more importantly, why the distinction matters, is something that anyone who is serious about sustaining good journalism should support. That is precisely what the nascent news literacy movement, born in Howie Schneider’s Stony Brook lab, aims to do, and the effort takes another giant step forward today with the launch of The News Literacy Project, Alan Miller’s national project that will bring retired journalists into the classroom to

give middle and high school students the tools to be smarter and more frequent consumers and creators of credible information across all media and platforms. Students will be taught how to distinguish verified information from raw messages, spin, gossip and opinion and encouraged to seek information that will make them well-informed citizens and voters.

Trooper Star

| 1 Comment

Late Monday afternoon, as the country reeled from the news of Wall Street's implosion, a campaign-related announcement inserted itself into the news cycle. "Gov. Sarah Palin," the AP informed the public, "is unlikely to speak with an independent counsel hired by Alaska lawmakers to review the firing of her public safety commissioner, a spokesman for Republican presidential candidate John McCain said Monday."

Which is big news. It's big news because the independent counsel Palin is "unlikely" to cooperate with was hired as part of an investigation that Palin herself initially ordered. It's big news because it involves the central figure of the TrooperGate investigation—the governor of Alaska, who happens also to be running for Vice President—deciding that she is, in some sense, above the law. The TrooperGate story may be more complicated than that, sure. The extent to which it is remains to be seen. But, regardless, it's a story.

You wouldn't know that, though, from the coverage it was given yesterday. With a few exceptions, the she-won't-talk development has gotten precious little attention in the mainstream press.

The media outlets paying most attention to the story are those generally considered to have an ideological bent. On both Countdown with Keith Olbermann and The Rachel Maddow Show Monday night, Palin's decision was given lead-story treatment. Fox News's Web site reprinted the AP story with the following headline: "McCain Camp: Palin Unlikely to Cooperate With ‘Tainted’ Probe." The Washington Times did the same, with its own "taint"-focused headline: "Palin refuses to testify if probe is 'tainted.'"

Which is indicative of the partisan veneer the TrooperGate story has assumed. Not just in its own plot twists and turns—the Alaska governor is claiming she won't cooperate in the investigation because, as Palin spokesman Ed O'Callaghan told the AP, it is, yes, "tainted" by Democrats' partisan involvement in it—but also in its overall treatment in the media.

Per such treatment, the TrooperGate story has become in many ways a hall of mirrors—mirrors that have become warped, Fun House-style, by the story's partisan details and overtones. (Palin's ethics investigation started as nonpartisan, but it became partisan along the way; or perhaps the Alaska GOP let the investigation go forward because they initially resented Palin, but once she became the party's Veep nominee they changed their mind; et cetera.) And the resulting narrative implies that the story is primarily about politics and spin—rather than about, you know, facts. Take the following quote from the AP's report on Monday's TrooperGate development, which is symptomatic of the this-is-all-about-politics aura the TrooperGate story has adopted:

"The partisan presidential campaign of McCain/Palin has interfered and is picking partisan targets to smear in order to make this investigation look like something it isn't," said Patti Higgins, chairwoman of the Alaska Democratic Party. "Rather than cooperating with the investigation, the Republican presidential campaign is doing everything it can to stall and smear."

And then, later:

Palin initially said she welcomed the inquiry. But after she became McCain's running mate on Aug. 29 her lawyer sought to have the three-member state Personnel Board take over the investigation, alleging that public statements by the chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee, Democratic state Sen. Hollis French, indicated the probe was politically motivated.

It's fair enough to report about the politics here. Of course. But it's-all-about-politics as an overtone in the TrooperGate narrative can easily lead to an overtone of who-are-we-to-know-who's-right:

The McCain campaign says it can prove Monegan was fired in July because of insubordination on budget issues, and not because he refused to fire a state trooper who went through a nasty divorce from Palin's sister.

Monegan said Monday that Palin never complained to him about his performance.

Balance, yes—both sides of the story. But what are readers to take away? Very little. The whole TrooperGate story, narrative-wise, has become a kind of Rashomon meets Northern Exposure. Quirk, Mooses, and Competing Versions of Reality all around.

Except, of course, TrooperGate isn't Rashomon. There aren't competing realities here—Republican versus Democrat, Palin et al's version of the truth versus Monegan et al's version of it—there is only one reality, distinct and singular. And it's the media's job—to state the obvious—to uncover it.

There's a fine line, to be sure, in reporting on investigations like TrooperGate; over-eager analysis can imply guilt when none is yet proven. But the pendulum shouldn't be left to swing freely in the laissez faire direction. “Avoiding the ‘taint’ of partisanship in the story” can easily become a euphemism for “simply not doing one’s job.”

Take Greta Van Susteren's interview with Central TrooperGate Figure Todd Palin on Monday night. Since Todd is the only Palin to have been subpoenaed in the TrooperGate case, and since fired Alaska public safety commissioner Walt Monegan has accused him of playing a large part in urging the firing of Palin's ex-brother-in-law Mike Wooten, you'd think Van Susteren would have jumped at the chance to learn more about TrooperGate from Palin himself.

You'd think. Instead, as Liz pointed out, Van Susteren asked Palin, during her rare chance to talk to him on the record, about...the weather. Sheesh.

The TrooperGate story is still developing, and many of the biggest questions it poses and implies are yet to be answered. In any conclusive or satisfactory way, anyhow. But as the story plays out, it's worth remembering that it's not, in fact, fundamentally partisan, no matter how much both sides try to claim it as such—and the media shouldn't allow the facts of the case to be hijacked by attempts to render it so. The press's job in covering TrooperGate may be to parse through partisan rhetoric, sure, but it's simpler than that, as well: it's simply to find out what happened in the case. Nothing more than that—and certainly nothing less.

The New York Observer explores the question: "Does print journalism matter this election?" and talks to the New York Times's executive editor, Bill Keller, about why his paper's front-page Sunday story on Palin ("Once Hired, Palin Hired Friends and Lashed Foes") didn't seem to have coattails-- cable or otherwise.

In sum: it's the Internet's fault.

It's the Internet Age! What can we do? We write serious, investigative pieces. It's not our fault if everyone's talking about tanning beds instead.

Don't some of the same people who write these "meaty" stories -- or, at least, their peers at the same paper -- then go on cable to weigh in on LipstickOnAPigGate? Doesn't the Times, as Michael Calderone notes, have a relationship with MSNBC and, therefore, some impact on what Keller called the "constant low-grade babble of cable?" Yes, you are receiving a relentless stream of emails and web ads from the campaigns but no, you don't have to write about/talk about/acknowledge each (or any) one on any of the assorted platforms you are, yes, today forced to feed.

You aren't, quite, powerless.

Dowd's Notebook Dump

| No Comments

Every now and then, Maureen Dowd's column reads unusually chaotic (unedited?).... disjointed, a string of zingers without a home (until now, here, courtesy of the New York Times).

Today is such a day.

The column is, best I can describe: References to random bits of recent "news" from the campaign trail (the most important things of late, naturally, like TanningbedGate and that McCain surrogate Carly Fiorina declared that none of the candidates is CEO-material) followed by a stream of consciousness-style What MoDo Saw During Her Week in Wasilla (Dowd went to Walmart...and church(es)!) ---or, as she puts it, "sauteed myself in Sarahville." This, of course, consists of abrupt accounts of run-ins with angry people shouting inflammatory things (one such quote, randomly, became Dowd's headline).

Really, is there a wider point to this? Is she trying to tell us that she went all the way to Wasilla only to have confirmed many of her preconceived notions of What and Who She Would Find There? Or...?

Passport to Paradise. Or Something.

| No Comments

Remember Passport-Gate? That tense moment in which the media were fixated on the fact that Barack Obama's—and Hillary Clinton's!—and John McCain's!!!—passport files had been hacked into?

You'd be forgiven if you don't. After all, the whole scandal—from Breaking News Item #1 to Breaking News Item #5—played out in, basically, one evening. One hyped-up, nervous, melodramatic evening.

Well, today, the guy who got Melodrama's ball rolling (that would be Lawrence C. Yontz, 48, a State Department contractor from Arlington, Virginia) announces, via his lawyer, that he, according to The Washington Post, "will plead guilty to illegally accessing the electronic passport records of high-profile politicians, entertainers and other Americans." It's official: the Giant Scandal Everyone Was Talking About For An Evening wasn't, in fact, Watergate II; it was just a low-level contractor, snooping.

And...scene.

McCain Under the Microscope

| 1 Comment

In his column Tuesday, New York Times columnist Bob Herbert peered into John McCain’s health plan, something we have been urging mainstream media to do for some time now. “Has anyone bothered to notice the radical changes that John McCain and Sarah Palin are planning for the nation’s health insurance system?” Herbert asked, before explaining that McCain wants to require workers to pay taxes on the value of the health benefits paid by their employers. In other words, employees will not only continue to pay part of the escalating premiums, but also a tax on the benefits.

In return, McCain would give families a $5,000 tax credit and individuals a $2,500 credit to lure them out of their employers’ plans and into the individual insurance market, where prices are super high and scrutiny of health conditions is tough.

McCain announced his plan at the end of April, but the media have largely ignored the tax increase part. Instead, they have causally reported that he would give a tax credit, often without mentioning the shortcomings of that approach: that the credit may not buy much coverage, given sky high premiums; that it is worth a lot more to younger workers than older ones who pay more because of their age; that it might eventually destroy employer-based coverage. Without the explanation, his plan sounds soooo benign and palatable.

So kudos to Herbert for using his large megaphone to tell the public what’s really going on here. Herbert also deliberately connected the consequences of destroying the employer market with McCain’s plans for the individual market, observing that McCain wants “to undermine state health insurance regulations by allowing consumers to buy insurance from sellers anywhere in the country.” We made this point last month, noting that allowing insurers to cross state lines is unlikely to lower the price of insurance and, instead, will eliminate the valuable protections some states have given their residents.

A study published today in the health policy journal Health Affairs fleshes out what is likely to happen. Its conclusions: the number of people without health insurance will actually grow over time, and McCain’s proposal will actually increase a family’s costs for medical care. Hmm—that’s just the opposite of what we’ve heard from campaign rhetoric. Maybe, just maybe, the media will now take notice.

It's All About the O(hio)

| No Comments

In the great state of Ohio, early voting in the presidential election is set to begin on September 30. (No, not a typo: September 30. Exactly two weeks from today.)

In light of that fact, and in light of the fact that, "while the national electoral terrain appears to be broader than it was in 2004 with once reliably Republican states like Virginia up for grabs, there is no place more likely to be in the bull's-eye than the Buckeye State," Salon's Walter Shapiro takes a detailed look at the political climate in the state. Well worth a read.

The Good, the Bad, and the Best

| 1 Comment

Bitch, the print magazine devoted to feminist analysis and media criticism, is in danger of going under. A memo on its Web site, entitled, “Bitch’s fate is in your hands,” lays it out for supporters.

The bad news: “Simply put: We need to raise $40,000 by October 15th in order to print the next issue of Bitch.”

The good news: “…while we can't say what form Bitch will take in the future (our direction will depend, in part, on your feedback), we can say that we've been hard at work to find an innovative publishing model…” (Whoa, maybe it’ll be an online-only mag!)

The best news: A wiener dog graphic that will grow as supporters donate money. Also, a video featuring editor Andi Zeisler saying with marvelous reserve, “Wiener people going to realize that independent magazines need money?”

See the wiener dog here. The video is here.

A Little Help From Their Friends

| No Comments

As the candidates react to last weekend’s Wall Street meltdown, the political media, it seems, are struggling to pinpoint the appropriate nexus of economic and campaign coverage.

An article from today’s Washington Post takes aim at recent campaign antics: “That phase of the campaign may have ended.” It might have also mentioned that “that phase” of campaign coverage may have to take a break as well. The article, written by Dan Balz and Robert Barnes, broadly analyzes campaigns’ reactions to the financial crisis, with a nod to what voters may now expect to hear from both sides. Wedged into it is a simple and declarative statement: “…voters will be looking for more than accusations and boilerplate from the two nominees.”

Balz and Barnes indirectly suggest that coverage should seek to make more explicit (and historical) connections between Wall Street’s meltdown and campaign rhetoric, in particular when the candidates’ statements have tended towards crowd-pleasing denunciations of Washington or their opponents.

The significance of the idea almost gets lost in “Obama accused McCain” and “McCain's campaign accused Obama” details, but the logical follow-up to it is that, sure, the candidates will no doubt stress—in greater depth—their economic positions and preparedness in the coming days. But even if they don’t go beyond accusations and boilerplate, political reporters, of course, should.

A few of today’s papers, unfortunately, showcased a fill-in-the-blank mentality in their coverage of the candidates’ remarks, devoting significant space to already-familiar quotes and predictions.

Boston Globe readers got a whiff of McCain’s approach: “The Arizona senator tried to walk a fine line, simultaneously launching a television ad saying "our economy is in crisis" while standing by his optimistic assessment about the health of the overall economy." And following this was Obama’s tack: “McCain's assertion provided an opening for Obama, who for weeks has criticized his rival for being ‘out of touch’ with struggling families and for being too close to President Bush.”

To his credit, Michael Kranish tries to mine the candidates’ past statements a bit later on—but the article is top-heavy with he said-he said reporting, and it largely keeps us at the boilerplate. The San Francisco Chronicle, for its part, faithfully detailed: 1) the campaigns’ responses to the financial situation, 2) the inter-campaign responses, and 3) the prediction that campaigns would focus on the economy in coming weeks. But readers (a.k.a. voters) deserve more than equal-opportunity transcripts when a complex topic of concrete importance to them comes up.

By eschewing the harder questions (how, specifically, do we connect the dots to the current administration’s culpability, for instance?), these articles relegate the responsibility of determining how exactly the Wall Street turmoil should inform campaign coverage to the realm of More Comprehensive Coverage To Come. This is insufficient.

Thankfully, a New York Times article written by Jackie Calmes does a solid job tackling these tough questions. The article cites McCain’s record high up in the article (“he said that the economy’s underlying fundamentals…were being threatened ‘because of the greed by some based in Wall Street and we have got to fix it’…but his record on the issue…suggest[s] that he has never departed in any major way from his party’s embrace of deregulation”) and presents the candidates’ previous remarks on the subject of federal regulation. It also lightly notes in conclusion that neither senator has served on the Senate Banking Committee (which has oversight of the industry and its regulators), reminding readers that the story of federal regulation is in fact larger than the back and forth of the campaign.

It may be too much to ask a campaign reporter to peer more deeply into the maw of our economic morass while he or she is out on the trail. But four other reporters contributed to that NYT article. As we have argued before, it makes sense for newspapers to consider forming ad hoc newsroom teams that could contextually augment a campaign trail reporter’s work. At the very least, though, political reporters writing about the current Wall Street crisis ought to be working in tandem with their business-page colleagues, rather than apart. This would, in likelihood, result in better reporting on the crisis-campaign-history nexus, and therefore in a more productive read for all concerned.

Another Hopeful Headline

| 1 Comment

"One hesitates to be too hopeful," Megan wrote earlier today, pointing to HuffPo's "HELLO ECONOMY, GOODBYE LIPSTICK" headline and other evidence suggesting that campaign coverage may, possibly, be taking a turn for the serious and substantial.

Here's a similar headline now from the AP: "Forget the lipstick, economy takes over campaign." (Is that an AP "Note to Self?")

Here's hoping. But then there's this in the AP piece:

The presidential campaign had taken an odd turn to side issues - Alaska's "Bridge to Nowhere" and moose-hunting, Obama's crack about lipstick on a pig - after McCain's surprise pick of Gov. Sarah Palin as his running mate. There was a fascination with huge crowds attracted by Palin. But the collapse and merger of some of Wall Street's legendary companies forced a return to reality seven weeks before the election.

Hold on. The ""Bridge to Nowhere" (Palin's repeated, factually-challenged claim to have said "Thanks, but, no thanks" to it) may, in the grander scheme of things, be a "side issue" but it is not on the same level as 'PigGate, which I'd call a "side-show non-issue."

Audit Roundup: Wall Street Gives Way

| No Comments

Fortune takes a look at how Wall Street rotted from the inside until it gave way, while the FT’s John Gapper gives the history how its model arose.

The Journal says the Wall Street business model is being replaced by old-timey, less risky banking—the “business of chasing customer deposits and building branch networks.”

Speaking of the Journal, it seems like of all the times in its 119-year history, this year was the worst to de-emphasize business news (excepting 1929-30, of course). Rupert Murdoch and editor Robert Thomson have give the front page over to non-business news to an unprecedented extent. The entire front section reads more like the Washington Post than the Journal of even a year ago.

Also on the WSJ bad-timing tip: Launching a luxury magazine while Wall Street goes down the toilet. But, hey, I like the 's new Web site.

Bloomberg’s Jonathan Weil is on fire about the coppers not going after Lehman Brothers, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and others for their shady accounting. This all while short sellers have been vilified by authorities despite being right.

Never has it been more evident that the SEC and other government agencies think their job is to protect financial companies and financial executives, rather than the investors they rip off.

Read the whole thing and pass it along to your friends.

This is a month old, but economist Nouriel Roubini has been the most prescient prognosticator of the crisis, going back years. Not for nothing did the Times Magazine call him “Dr. Doom”. Here he is in July predicting the demise of all the Wall Street Five.

ABC News recalls that the NYT and it eight year ago reported that Lehman Brothers was bundling mortgages from predatory lender First Alliance into the very junk that ultimately caused the avalanche that snowed it under. That reminds me of this good 2007 WSJ piece on Lehman and First Alliance—“How Wall Street Stoked the Mortgage Meltdown”—by Michael Hudson, who has done great work on the topic.

Joe Nocera at the NYT and Barry Ritholtz at The Big Picture gets it right about Merrill Lynch’s John Thain, who saved his company and got out with pretty good terms all things considered —unlike Lehman’s Dick Fuld.

How To Start NY Media Salivating

| No Comments

Hi, reporter for important New York news outlet? Let's say the wife of a founder of Google founded a genetic testing company, with financial and moral support from assorted media moguls whom she then gathered in one place in New York City during Fashion Week for a promotional event (billed a "Spit Party") at which the aforementioned moguls will be hawking loogies into vials... does that sound like something you might cover?

Yeah, not exactly spitting in the wind, that story pitch.

And so 23andme's party was both "The Talk of the Town" in this week's New Yorker and front-page news in Sunday's New York Times Styles section.

Who had the better saliva soiree coverage?

I'll give it to the Times for this quote from 23andme's founder, Amy Wojcicki:

I was sitting at a table at Allen & Company [annual conference in Sun Valley] with Wendi Murdoch, Barry Diller, Diane von Furstenberg, Anderson Cooper and Sergey [Brin, Google founder], and we were talking about tongue curling. Barry cannot roll his tongue, but Anderson Cooper can do a really complicated four-leaf clover.

Ability to tongue-curl (what can't Coop do?) being one of the apparently inheritable traits for which 23andme can test your spit (DNA). Another has to do with a specific sense of smell -- and, credit where credit is due to the New Yorker's Michael Schulman for asking:

On the question of whether he could smell asparagus in his urine, Harvey Weinstein had no comment.

Calculator Politics

| No Comments

There are lies, damn lies, and statistics. This classic line from Benjamin Disraeli sums up the complexity that voters face as they try to parse the talking points coming out of the McCain and Obama campaigns. Just what does it mean that the Arizona senator voted with Bush 90 percent of his time in the Senate?

The task of making sense of these facts and figures falls to journalists, and the Chicago Tribune’s Tim Jones makes this important point in a recent piece about the fungibility of numbers.

For example, in the discussion of the 90 percent, Jones crucially points out that “it's not always obvious, for example, whether a vote was ‘with Bush,’ ‘against Bush’ or neither. Many of those votes were non-controversial.”

These are the distinctions that the press should be making every time they cite a statistic, because numbers without context are easily recruited by campaign spin-meisters. As such, they can be incredibly misleading to the reading, voting public.

The message machine believes that voters subscribe to the “numbers don’t lie” view of the world, which is why they are so commonly invoked in talking points, instead of full explanations. “Nuance is hardly welcome in partisan warfare,” Jones writes. But by going beyond the numbers, reporters should provide depth and analysis that makes sense of the math, and advances the discussion of the issues.

The problem with “numbers” journalism is evident when it comes to financial journalism as well. Last March, the Washington Post pointed out that the barrage of figures coming out of the reporting on housing prices led to confusion about what it all really meant: “How can the government report nearly 6 percent average appreciation of existing homes at the same time that the most comprehensive private-sector study of actual selling prices says they are down by more than 3 percent?”

These holes in understanding are precisely the ones that reporters have to keep plugging. Otherwise this whole enterprise is a sinking ship.

McCain=Baller, Obama=Shot Caller

| No Comments

From the Department of People Who Obviously Wish They Were On A Different Beat comes Christian Science Monitor blogger Jimmy Orr's sports-metaphor-laden take on the presidential campaign:

To use a sports analogy, a campaign can be looked at like a basketball game. Not an organized game with referees and enforced rules, but more like a pickup basketball game — “make it, take it” style.

That is, when you are on offense and you score - you pour it on. You get the ball back and try to score again. This continues until there’s a game-changer. Great defense gives the other team the ball back. A thunderous block shot (Ben Wallace, 2006). A magnificent steal (Larry Bird, 1987) . Or the offensive team simply blows it — like perhaps the worst and most humorous play in the NBA last year where New York Knicks forward Zach Randolph was amazingly awful.

He eventually brings the post back to politics, but I love the idea of this guy sitting down to blog about the campaign, then getting so excited about basketball that he loses his bearings and just starts linking to awesome SportsCenter moments. Now that's a good way to get undecided voters interested in politics.

Turns out, Part 2 of what Fox News's on-screen graphic promised would be "Greta Goes to Alaska to Discover the Real Todd Palin," contained all the meat (and by that I mean Van Susteren's reference to caribou and moose meat).

Part 1? No meat. Although openings were there...

Was, Van Susteren wondered early in the interview, Todd Palin surprised when his wife was picked as McCain's running-mate?

He was not, he said, because "I knew that she was destined for higher positions...maybe not as soon but that's just the way she is..."

Which practically begged Van Susteren to ask, "maybe not as soon," you say? How so? Is your wife ready, today, this "soon," now, to be a heartbeat away from the presidency?

Instead, Van Susteren went with, "Take me back to the first time you met her..." which, if it's any consolation, came with a candid photo of Sarah Palin circa 1981, all feathered hair and leather jacket and Tina-Fey-doing-Sarah-Palin modeling pose, and the answer from Mr. Palin, "Uh, very attractive." Van Susteren then wanted to know, "How'd you get her to talk to you? I mean, someone had to pick up somebody..."

And later, this exchange:

VAN SUSTEREN: How good was she at basketball?

PALIN: She was good, she was instrumental to a championship-winning team...

VAN SUSTEREN: How many points did she average per game?

PALIN: She wasn't one who scored a lot of points. She wasn't a player you would see in all the stats, but she was a valuable part of the team...

Not someone with a lot of stats and yet still valuable, instrumental for the team.... an apt description, perhaps, of Palin's place on Team McCain? Your thoughts, Todd Palin?

Nope.

VAN SUSTEREN: When Sarah went off to college, were you still boyfriend-girlfriend?

Yes. Yes, they were.

And, for the final (non)question:

VAN SUSTEREN: Politicians have their public face but when the media leave when we get out of here you guys must think, 'Wow, this is pretty exciting.'

No. No, they don't. Mostly they think about "kids" and "life schedules" and "work," and not so much, Wow, shooting the breeze with Greta Van Susteren is "pretty exciting."

UPDATE: Before mounting the but-he's-merely-the-candidate's-spouse defense of Van Susteren's easy touch, think of this:

When Ms. Palin had to cut her first state budget, she avoided the legion of frustrated legislators and mayors. Instead, she huddled with her budget director and her husband, Todd, an oil field worker who is not a state employee, and vetoed millions of dollars of legislative projects.

And:

State legislators are investigating accusations that Ms. Palin and her husband pressured officials to fire a state trooper who had gone through a messy divorce with her sister, charges that she denies.

Through the Morning Show Wormhole

| 1 Comment

You probably woke up with a gnarly Crisis-on-Wall-St. Hangover this morning, so you’ll be forgiven if you missed seeing John McCain and Joe Biden violate the laws of physics by appearing, minutes apart, on three morning shows, back to back, to analyze cures for said Hangover.

First, McCain was beamed onto Good Morning America from a wood-paneled sanctum in Miami. What was behind this financial mess? The maverick senator from Arizona, husband of beer heiress Cindy and progeny of a long line of admirals and warriors, posited that the “old-boy network” was to blame, as was “Washington corruption.” These old boys and Washington insiders, McCain insisted, created a culture of “corruption” and “excess” and “treated the American economy like a casino.” And, by the way, when McCain said yesterday that the unraveling American economy was “fundamentally strong,” he meant, of course, that the American worker was fundamentally strong: “I said the fundamental of our economy is the American worker,” he explained. “I know that the American worker is the strongest, the best, and most productive and most innovative.” Obvi! But now that we’re here, how do we get out of here? Why, a “9/11 Commission,” of course.

On to the Today Show, where gladiator Matt Lauer grilled John McCain (still in the wormhole-defying sanctum) from the floor of the New York Stock Exchange. (“It was a bloodbath here yesterday,” Lauer reported wearily.) How did McCain square his message of America’s fundamental economic soundness with his own ad arguing that the economy was in crisis? McCain:

Well it’s obviously true that the American workers are the fundamentals of our economy and our strength and our future, and I believe in the American worker and someone who disagrees with that, it’s fine. We are in a crisis. We all know that the excess, the greed, the corruption on Wall Street have caused us to have a situation which is going to affect every American. We are in a crisis…I warned two years ago that we were in trouble in this area, that Fannie and Freddie are the classic example of inside the Beltway, old-boy network that we’re going to fix and change.

And the system wasn’t equipped to handle the strains placed on it by the old-boy network:

The patchwork quilt, the alphabet soup of regulatory agencies, which has never been reformed. And we need a 9/11 Commission. We need a commission to figure out what went wrong, and how to fix it. And I know we can do it, and I’ll do it.

Quick! Get your wood paneling through the wormhole and over to CNN! Kiran Chetry will help you deliver some fresh insights to the American people!

Well, what I obviously was saying, and I believe is the American workers, the most productive and the most innovative, they are the fundaments of our economy and the strength of it and the reason why we will rebound. We will come back from this crisis but right now we are the victim of greed, excess and corruption on Wall Street which is hurting them very, very badly….I said two years ago that the Fannie and Freddie thing was a very serious problem and that we had to work on it, and I have always opposed greed of Wall Street and I know how we can fix this. We have to assure every American that their deposit in a bank is safe and we have to have a 9/11 commission and we have to fix this alphabet soup of regulatory agencies that's left over from the 1930s.

To summarize: Wall Street and old-boy network get greedy, but even their greed, which has led us into this crisis and which we will examine with a 9/11 Commission and solve by undoing the patchwork alphabet soup of regulatory agencies, will never shake the ingenuity of the American worker, who is the fundamental of the American economy.

Got that?

Good, because following McCain closely through the wormhole was Democratic vice presidential nominee Joe Biden. Biden was asked the same questions everywhere—another weird wrinkle in the laws of physics, I reckon—and yet he somehow managed to mount a vigorous defense in two places almost at once! He explained away Obama’s performance in the polls, went after a spate of McCain attack ads, and defended Obama’s tax hike on the wealthy, all while reassuring the squeezed middle class and the American worker who, Biden said, “has been left out in the cold.” He also proffered his own set of accusatory mixed metaphors.

On the Today Show:

On [McCain’s] watch, we went up on the shoals here. The idea here is, are you going to hire a doctor to operate on you who’s just been convicted of malpractice? Are you gonna do that?

And another good whack at the quack on CNN’s American Morning:

It's been the Republicans, the Republican philosophy that John has adhered to that's driven us in the hole and when you have a doctor that's committed malpractice you don't hire him for the second operation.

So if we’ve learned anything in these first days of this Economic Crisis, it’s that doctors convicted of malpractice are not to be trusted, nor are good old boys inside the Beltway casino. Trust in the American worker who, though left out in the cold, is still fundamentally inventive and strong. Trust also in the power of the morning show wormhole, which lobs energy packets of predictable softball questions at already well-rehearsed politicians. Then again, nobody has ever mistaken morning show interviews for rocket science.

"HELLO ECONOMY, GOODBYE LIPSTICK"

| No Comments

Every cloud, they say, has a silver lining. And our current cloud--or, more specifically, the massive, murky, and menacing haze that is yesterday's plummet of the stock market--is, perhaps, no exception. From a media angle, anyway. Because that crisis has, among other things, served as a reminder--to the presidential candidates and, it seems, to the press that drive their media coverage--that, you know, This Country Has Real Problems That We Should Be Talking About.

On the one hand: Um, yeah. Of course we do. And it shouldn't have taken a major financial disaster to remind us of that. But on the other hand: Hallelujah. At least now we're actually talking about real issues. As Dan Balz wrote, with tentative optimism, in The Washington Post, "After all the uproar and chatter of the past two weeks, the campaign may be heading back to fundamentals." The crisis, Balz predicted, quoting Democratic pollster Stan Greenberg, "will force the discussion to a very serious discussion--not that Palin is frivolous--but I think now people want to know where McCain and Obama are going to take the country."

Or, as The Huffington Post put it even more succinctly in a banner headline this morning: "HELLO ECONOMY, GOODBYE LIPSTICK."

Well. One more time: Hallelujah. This is the moment when the clouds break, the heavens part, and your Higher Power of Choice descends from above to assure you that, from now until November 4, our campaign coverage will be focused on Real Issues. That no longer will we waste time talking about lipstick and/or pigs. That no longer will empty he-said-she-saids define our campaign-related conversations. That no longer will inanity and triviality and general distraction dominate our discourse.

Or something like that. One hesitates to be too hopeful at this point. The sanguine predictions of issue-oriented-ness, after all, are coming on the tails of a series of ridiculous distractions (lipstick! Sarah Palin's hotness!) that, together, were not only a low point in the coverage of this exceedingly long presidential campaign, but that were also variously enabled and created by the media. Balz's hope that "the campaign may be heading back to fundamentals" conveniently ignores the fact that Balz himself, and his colleagues in the press, are the ones who define the direction in which campaigns "head." That's kind of their job.

And yet, still, we hope along with Balz. We hope--perhaps naively, but we hope nonetheless--that the most recent news of the credit crisis will be a wake-up call, not only for citizens, and not only for the people asking to lead them, but for the media. That the press will ask tough questions of the candidates and keep their focus on real and detailed solutions for getting us through the storm. Even Chris Matthews, a pundit whose discipline, put kindly, hasn't been the strongest when it comes to the temptations of campaign-related media bait, is promising to do his part. "As of today," he declared on Hardball last night, "this is no longer an election about lipstick on pigs, misleading ads, or how many houses a candidate wins. This is serious."

It is. Here's hoping Matthews--and everyone else--continue to remember that.

"Clean Coal" and the Campaigns

| 2 Comments

When the world’s most powerful particle accelerator opened along the French-Swiss border last week, it drew reams of press. But it wasn’t the only controversial piece of technology to host a grand opening.

A day before, the first coal-burning power plant to feature fully integrated carbon-capture-and-storage (CCS) technology had opened in northeastern Germany. Unlike the accelerator, however, it received very little attention. The press should have done more. After all, they are both complex and unproven technologies with the potential for big payoff or big disappointment. Yet CCS is eminently more relevant to the lives of most people. Indeed, both Barack Obama and John McCain have promised Americans a future reliant on so-called “clean coal,” and governments around the world are banking on idea that CCS will become more widespread.

So why the silence? No matter what people say, size matters. The German plant is tiny, not only compared to the accelerator, but also to the much larger CCS plants and infrastructure that must be built for carbon storage to meaningfully reduce the greenhouse-gas emissions responsible for global warming. Furthermore, some environmentalists think that CCS is a bad idea, arguing that R&D should focus on renewable energy sources rather than on fossil fuels. Others say carbon dioxide will leak out of underground reservoirs and pose a safety hazard. And, as critics like Grist have pointed out, the term “clean coal” is largely an oxymoronic advertising gimmick. Still, many experts don’t see any realistic way for humans to phase out coal—the dirtiest, but cheapest fuel—without blowing the average consumer’s budget.

“Part of [the reason the German plant didn’t receive more press] is that there’s a certain amount of controversy around carbon sequestration,” said Klaus Lackner, a geophysicist and CCS expert at Columbia University. “People are nervous about it, so that may be affecting the way it’s being presented. Personally, I think we have no choice, and having somebody who really shows it can be done is an enormous step forward.”

In the July/August issue of CJR, Cristine Russell warned journalists about falling into the trap of “techno-optimism,” and, enormous step forward or not, CCS has many more steps to take. But these concerns shouldn’t have barred coverage of the first power plant to boast a fully integrated CCS system. To the contrary, the fact that “clean coal” has become a key issue in the U.S. presidential election should have made more journalists sit up and say, “Hey, what the sooty hell is going on over there?”

“It is a full-fledged pilot,” Lackner said. “At 40 megawatts, it’s a real plant. I mean, it’s not a big plant, but it’s not a toy in the laboratory either. It has the potential, if it works, to scale up to full size and then cookie-cut for lots of other places. I think it deserves more attention.”

To understand what the story was (and what it was not), one need only turn to two pieces by environment reporter Lewis Smith at The Times in London. (His was one of the only major papers to give the German CCS plant considerable attention, publishing an editorial in addition to Smith’s two articles.) The piece that demonstrates what the story was not was an analysis wondering whether CCS is “the ‘magic bullet’ of energy supply.” Smith notes that the German plant is “not expected to be perfect,” and the rest of the piece is good enough—but journalists must really avoid using terms like “magic bullet.” Even ardent supporters aren’t pitching it that way; they know that CCS will never abrogate the need for a diverse and renewable energy supply package.

Much better was Smith’s other article, a very interesting piece that examines the U.K.’s progress in developing CCS technology. The skinny is that “critics believe that Britain's chance to dominate the sector is disappearing.” Given the fact that governments and industries around the globe are promising—and, indeed, banking on—the maturation of CCS, that should have been the angle for American journalists as well.

Like it or not, we’re going to be burning coal for some time to come and, ultimately, some CCS is better than no CCS. So the question is, if Barack Obama and John McCain believe so mightily in this technology, what do they think about this pilot plant in Germany? According to their respective Web sites, Obama wants to build give five commercial-scale plants and McCain would “commit $2 billion Annually to advancing clean coal technologies.”

That’s not enough information. Last year, the Department of Energy killed FutureGen, the domestic plan for a zero-emissions coal plant, when it ran way over budget. What are the candidates’ plans for avoiding a similar breakdown? Moreover, the campaigns aren’t the only outlets pushing CCS. Prime time election coverage features a non-stop repetition of ads touting “clean coal.” In June, BusinessWeek reported that the coal industry’s marketing and lobbying campaign totaled $40 million. The import is clear, the piece continues:

With coal-rich swing states such as Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia critical to the Presidential race, both Barack Obama and John McCain have endorsed the idea that coal is well on its way to becoming a benign energy source. Obama's primary campaign in Kentucky sent out flyers in May showing the smiling Democratic candidate, a coal barge, and the message "Barack Obama believes in clean Kentucky coal."

The catch is that for now—and for years to come—"clean coal" will remain more a catchphrase than a reality. Despite the eagerness of the coal and power industries to sanitize their image and the desire of U.S. politicians to push a healthy-sounding alternative to expensive foreign oil and natural gas, clean coal is still a misnomer.

Precisely because of all that bloviating from industry and the campaigns, American journalists should have given more attention to the new CCS coal plant in Germany. Although it’s a continent away, it represents a tangible step toward the technology they’ve been promised. According to www.followthecoalmoney.org, Obama has received just over $17,100 from the coal industry since 2000, compared to McCain’s $51,850. Journalists have done a decent job of covering the coal industry’s influence on the presidential campaigns — USA Today, The Wall Street Journal, The Washington Post, and The Associated Press are among those that have weighed in. But journalists can always to do more and part of that involves following the technology as well.

Public Policy Matters After All

| 1 Comment

I’m wondering if any other newspaper and business-press readers are curious about the degree to which public policy, including laws passed by Congress and signed by presidents, have anything to do with the great unraveling of the U.S. financial system?

Or is just us CJR elite-types?

I mean, I know Phil Gramm made a boo-boo when he floated a talking point—the “nation of whiners" thing, a real zinger that free-markets-free-men capitalists should have connected with but the girly-man media got in a huff about—then saw it go horribly, horribly wrong. Stupid politics is certainly unforgivable. Nothing is worse, I agree, except the lipstick thing, but anyway, did you hear what happened on The View?

Sorry about the snark, but it’s getting ridiculous. Gramm is the author of two of the most important financial deregulation bills of our time—bills pushed for, lobbied over, and coveted by Wall Street not so very long ago.

And let’s face it, financial deregulation, and deregulation of all kinds, has been a public-policy theme since the 1970s, the era in which the current generation of media leaders grew up, and yet you’d scarcely know it from the coverage, both political and financial.

I’m not just talking about this morning’s deeply unsatisfying political coverage of Obama and McCain’s responses to Wall Street’s implosion.

These stories take false balance to a new level.

But more generally our pals in the media&business press, political press, US Weekly—are treating this calamity like it was Hurricane Ike or some reenactment of the story of the Golden Calf.

Public policy must matter at least somewhat. Otherwise, why do people pay so much attention to politics?

Gramm, for instance, wrote the Commodity Future Modernization Act, passed in December 2000, in the throes of Bush v. Gore, which blocked regulation of a derivative known as the credit-default swap.

If you are just arriving to this horror movie, let’s puzzle this out together. CDSs are, I think, very sophisticated insurance contracts, written, or so I am told, by high-SAT-scoring graduates of famous universities working for formerly well-known but now-extinct financial firms to protect against the failure of AAA-rated instruments called collateralized debt obligations, which are derived from risk-modeled and once-thought-to-be-super-safe mortgage-backed securities, which in turn are derived from home mortgages, like, say, the one taken by the eighty-five-year-old retired chef in Brooklyn, who, suffering from dementia, decided it would be a good idea to refinance his thirty-year fixed-rate loan for a “no income, no asset,” “payment option” adjustable-rate mortgage from IndyMac, sold to him by a Long Island brokerage, that took his monthly payments to $1,400, which is $300 more than his entire monthly fixed income.

Simple, right? Why would anyone want to regulate that system? Anyway, the Brooklyn guy’s mortgage is in foreclosure, as are those of millions of other people, but we don’t have time for that now.

The real problem is that, apparently, one doesn’t have to actually own a security to hedge against it by buying a CDS. That’s why there are $62 trillion—with a “t”—worth of them floating around the financial system, including at American International Group, once the world’s largest insurance company and now the latest Sword of Damocles hanging over the financial system.

Indeed, CDSs are part the financial toolbox of all the financial houses currently in disarray, including hedge funds.

One of the best pieces on this, for some reason, was by Mother Jones this summer. Read our own Elinore Longobardi’s review of the piece and of the issue generally here:

Apparently, A.I.G. is now seeking help from the government.

And that’s just CDS. Gramm is also the author of Gramm-Leach-Bliley, formally known as the Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (taxpayers: next time you seen the word “modernization” next to financial legislation, check your wallet), which allowed the combination of investment banks, such as those in trouble now because of CDOs, CDSs, etc., with the commercial banks, which are entrusted with deposits backed by the federal government.

Think this is a partisan thing? Both bills in question were signed by Bill Clinton.

The point is, we readers need smarter reporting, with context, and more of it, and we need it fast.

Who Gets to Vote?

| No Comments

There are many questions about what role race will play in this November, but one way in which race always figures in elections is in the context of access at the polls. In the September 25 issue of The New York Review of Books, Andrew Hacker offers a comprehensive look at the legal decisions and the statistics that affect and describe black voters, from identification requirements to disenfranchisement due to incarceration.

For many years, the momentum was toward making the franchise universal. Property qualifications were ended; the poll tax was nullified; the voting age was lowered to eighteen. But now strong forces are at work to downsize the electorate, ostensibly to combat fraud and strip the rolls of voters who are ineligible for one reason or another. But the real effect is to make it harder for many black Americans to vote, largely because they are more vulnerable to challenges than other parts of the population.

It's an interesting read, well above the noise of lipstick politics. Take a look.

Squawked Out

| No Comments

In a year of viral video, here's a new one where independent Presidential candidate Ralph Nader bemoans the lack of press attention that his campaign (and his issues) are getting by somberly commiserating with a parrot, and wondering to what depths he may have to stoop.

It's a worthy question, deserving of a more serious discussant than a bird--even if it's a bird named Cardozo.

But back to the video! Its highlight: "Sometimes I think I have to dress up as a panda and go over to the zoo and cast some amorous glances at a female panda..."

Boiler Room

| 9 Comments
“Mr. Howard made it clear to the mortgage broker that he could not read or write, but his loan application erroneously claimed he had had 16 years of education.” —Center for Responsible Lending report, “IndyMac: What Went Wrong?” June 30, 2008

“That was your homework—to watch Boiler Room.”—Lisa Taylor, Ameriquest loan agent, quoted in the Los Angeles Times, February 4, 2005

“It was unbelievable. We almost couldn’t produce enough to keep the appetite of the investors happy. More people wanted bonds than we could actually produce.” —Mike Francis, executive director, residential mortgage trading desk, Morgan Stanley, quoted in “The Giant Pool of Money,” This American Life, May 9, 2008

The nation’s business press at this point must be feeling a bit like the London fire department during the Blitz, scrambling from one financial emergency to the next—a Wall Street pillar collapses here, a bank seized there—each calamity more complex and dangerous than the one before, day after day, week after week.

No sooner had the ink dried on inside-the-boardroom accounts of Bear Stearns’s collapse—in The Wall Street Journal, Fortune, even, for some reason, in comic-book form in Condé Nast Portfolio—when a new series of bank write-offs threatened the global financial system—Whoops, there goes Iceland! (See: Subprime Wave Sweeps Over Iceland, The Associated Press, April 7, 2008); venerable Lehman Brothers became a running emergency, and it was followed swiftly by crisis at Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the twin pillars of the U.S. mortgage market. In this environment, the second-largest bank failure in U.S. history—the discovery of IndyMac’s corpse in July—barely caused a ripple in the zeitgeist. In the face of global meltdown, what’s a few hysterical depositors running around Pasadena?

At this point, I think, business-press readers should be fairly well acquainted with the financial product known as the mortgage-backed security—its derivatives, insurance products on those derivatives, various methods of rating these instruments, the pros and cons of mark-to-market accounting, FAS 157, the role of short sellers in a post-industrial economy, etc. Put it this way: if you don’t know by now that you don’t have to actually own a collateralized debt obligation to hedge against it with a credit-default swap, well, it’s not the business press’s fault.

Talk about more than you want to know.

As a business-press critic, then, I have been reading with no small degree of sympathy as news organizations, which themselves are on thin financial ice, try to cope with a story that promises to surpass in scope, gravity, complexity, and social and economic consequences anything this generation of business reporters and editors has ever experienced.

But, as they say on the loan-workout desk over at Countrywide Financial, sympathy only goes so far, you know?

It seems to me that well into Year II of the Panic, the business press is in the process of making the same mistake it made in the run-up to the debacle: focusing on esoteric Wall Street concerns and ignoring the simplest, most basic, but most important one—the breathtaking corruption that overran the U.S. lending industry, including and especially the brand names, and the extent to which Wall Street drove that corruption. Let’s just call it a case of over-sophistication. Its persistence, however, will only impede journalists’ ability to cover this thing going forward.

In May, The Wall Street Journal published an account by reporter Kate Kelly of the final days of Bear Stearns. The three-day series, complete with pen-and-ink illustrations, was widely praised and was followed by others, notably Brian Burrough’s account in Vanity Fair that, controversially, raised questions of whether short-sellers, aided by overheated speculation on the financial network CNBC, may have had a hand in the firm’s collapse.

My aim isn’t to choose between the two—they’re both fine—but to note that both treated the global credit panic as a given, as though it were the result of some kind of natural disaster or a particularly nasty turn in the business cycle.

I believe my former colleagues, in rushing into such high-concept fare, have underplayed a good story. Sure, we have an idea that bad practices occurred, along with bad judgment, but do we really know the sweep of it all? Since it’s just us business reporters here—just us chickens—let me illustrate what I mean with a quiz. Match the allegation with the institution. Answers are at the end of the piece.

Allegation

1. Handed out copies of the movie Boiler Room as a training tape

2. Partnered to sell its “PayOption Arms” with a brokerage owned by a five-time felon, whose convictions included gun-related charges

3. Forbade loan officers to check borrower income on certain loans

4. Ran an “art department” in its Tampa office, where documents were altered

5. Settled allegations of institutionalized marketing deception that covered two million customers

6. Developed “FastQual,” a program designed to approve borrowers in twelve seconds

7. Incentivized brokers and loan officers through “yield spread premiums” and other compensation schemes to put borrowers into more expensive loans

8. Tapped two kegs of beer at weekly staff meetings

Institution

A. Citigroup

B. Countrywide

C. Ameriquest

D. IndyMac

E. Merit Financial

F. New Century

G. All of the above

This is not a take-home exam. If you don’t get more than two of seven, I think we have work to do.

This is not to say that there hasn’t been great pre- and post-crash reporting. Where do you think most of those anecdotes come from? Gretchen Morgenson of The New York Times, for one, has taken Countrywide apart, brick by brick. But it is to say that after more than a year of the mortgage panic, the business press and us readers would all do well to reflect on not only what we don’t know, but all that we do.

In many ways, it’s understandable that the business press has gotten lost in the weeds. Financial emergencies have appeared nonstop since the summer of 2007, and financial desks and newsrooms have been shrinking at the worst possible time. Meanwhile, evidence of widespread wrongdoing among lenders has emerged only in dribs and drabs—a government lawsuit here, some excellent journalism there.

And one suspects cultural problems. There does seem to be a tendency in big financial newsrooms to zoom in on esoteric stories on the margins—backdated stock options comes to mind—and ignore the big, dumb, honking ones at the heart of the financial system. In the current case, an entire industry’s business model—“selling” consumer debt—is problematic on its face. And was subprime lending ever not the domain of sleazeballs?

Whatever the problem, needlessly tentative coverage has led to a serious false-balance problem. It has also undermined an otherwise heroic post-blowup performance by the press—from those table-pounding stories about the collapse of Bear Stearns to intricate debates about the viability of monoline insurers and the credit-default-swaps market, the health of Lehman Brothers, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and the creation of the mortgage-bailout bill.

Worse, from a tedium standpoint, the failure to assemble an easily gettable record has perpetuated a particularly sterile argument over who’s to blame. David Brooks, George Will, and other cultural conservatives—let’s call them behavioralists—have felt free to blame the unraveling of the financial system on some sort of spontaneous mass deterioration of public morals. Structuralists like myself, meanwhile, argue that people didn’t change, the marketplace did. Most journalists, I would argue, retreat to the mushy middle: the there-is-plenty-of-blame-to-go-around school, a theory of more generalized cultural decay that includes undisciplined lenders as well as irresponsible borrowers.

The trouble with this debate is that all the evidence is on my side. All they have is lazy musings about Woodstock and tattoos. This argument should be over by now, and I honestly believe if these cultural commentators (and everyone else) had better information, it would be.

And by the way, the Bush administration and the Federal Reserve agree with me—not with Brooks or Richard Cohen and his stupid tattoo theory of debt (Cohen linked the two in a Washington Post column mailed in on July 22). New rule changes approved by the Federal Reserve Board in July are targeted entirely at abusive lending practices—better disclosure in ads, good-faith estimates of fees, curtailing prepayment penalties, etc.—and the changes take no steps to crack down on borrower misconduct (which, by the way, did occur, but as the Fed rules recognize, is not what crashed the system).

The Federal Bureau of Investigation also suspects I’m right, having opened criminal probes of lending practices at twenty-one companies, including Countrywide, IndyMac, and other market leaders.

In any case, it’s worth briefly running through what we know to provide a foundation and framework for future reporting. It is hard to understand the global credit crisis—particularly the wreckage in the secondary-mortgage market—without pausing to consider the record of extravagant crookedness that underlies it.

As of the end of june, florida joined Illinois and California in suing Countrywide, including chief executive Angelo Mozilo. The Illinois and California complaints, particularly, provide useful windows into the gears of the subprime sales machine. The suits allege that the company, as a matter of corporate policy and on a mass scale, engaged in deceptive marketing that “misrepresented” the basic terms of loans—including what interest rates were, whether they were fixed or floating, and what fees would attach—and through changing the terms at the time of closing.

And while they are only allegations, few would argue with California when it asserts that the more onerous the terms of a loan for the borrower—e.g. higher rates, prepayment penalties, etc.—the more global bond investors would pay for it; and is it really in doubt that everyone in the loan-supply chain, including the sales force, got higher pay the more onerous the terms? Or, as California puts it: “The value on the secondary market of the loans generated by a Countrywide branch was an important factor in determining the branch’s profitability and, in turn, branch manager compensation.”

Such incentives would logically set the table for the creation of vast call centers—“loan factories,” where retail sales staff were trained in “high-pressure” sales tactics, complete with scripts, cold calls, databases, etc., to “steer borrowers into riskier loans,” as California alleges. The eighty-one-page Illinois complaint, filed June 25, similarly describes a culture in which traditional banking values were turned on their heads and were aimed overwhelmingly toward “selling” loans, which is the opposite of traditional underwriting.

From 2004, Countrywide led the market in rolling out new “products” that were basically bureaucratic ways of approving a loan to anybody. The complaint said Countrywide threatened to fire underwriters for (my emphasis) “attempting to verify a borrower’s ability to pay.

As the bank said in ads aimed at brokers:

More ways to say yes! Qualify more of your borrowers with Expanded Criteria programs from Countrywide®, American’s Wholesale Lender®. Countrywide offers some of the most flexible documentation guidelines in the industry.

Remember, this was not some fringe player. It was the firm that around 2004 was the nation’s largest home-mortgage originator. The market leader.

The complaint has plenty of examples of people blown out of homes they already owned by Countrywide products. A sixty-four-year-old widow with payments of $300 a month on a thirty-year, fixed-rate loan is put in a “3/27 interest-only loan with a fixed rate for only the first three years of the loan.” Never mind what it is; she couldn’t afford the $800 payments before the rate adjusted, Illinois says.

Perhaps she was irresponsible, as David Brooks would have it, or mad as a hatter. But Countrywide itself admitted to regulators in 2007, the complaint says, that 60 percent of borrowers in subprime hybrid arms “would not have qualified at the fully indexed rate”—that is, when the rate went up, as it inevitably did.

The mortgage mania appears to have entered its Baroque phase sometime around 2004. That year, Countrywide approved a brokerage known as One Source Mortgage, Inc., owned by five-time felon Charles Mangold, which proceeded to embark on “rampant” fraud, Illinois says, including the wholesale doctoring of loan files.

But systemic corruption—and that is the right word—has been unveiled at lenders across the board. Two of the most revealing stories on the culture that overtook the lending industry were published early—February 4 and March 28, 2005—by the Los Angeles Times. Reporters Mike Hudson and E. Scott Reckard found court records and former employees who described the boiler-room culture that pervaded Ameriquest—hard-sell, scripted sales pitches, complete with the “art department” in Tampa. Ex-employees confirmed, as did Lisa Taylor, the loan agent quoted at the top of this story, that copies of Boiler Room, the movie about ethically challenged stockbrokers, was indeed passed around as an Ameriquest training tape.

[Ex-employees] described 10- and 12-hour days punctuated by ‘power hours’—nonstop cold-calling sessions to lists of prospects burdened with credit card bills; the goal was to persuade these people to roll their debts into new mortgages on their homes.

Power hours. And if the power-hour culture pervaded the market leaders, what of smaller lenders and mortgage brokers? Here is Glen Pizzolorusso, a young sales manager at WMC Mortgage, an upstate New York brokerage, who earned—get this—$75,000 to $100,000 a month:

What is that movie? Boiler Room? That’s what it’s like. I mean, it’s the [coolest] thing ever. Cubicle, cubicle, cubicle for 150,000 square feet. The ceilings were probably 25 or 30 feet high. The elevator had a big graffiti painting. Big open space. And it was awesome. We lived mortgage. That’s all we did. This deal, that deal. How we gonna get it funded? What’s the problem with this one? That’s all everyone’s talking about . . . 

We looked at loans. These people didn’t have a pot to piss in. They can barely make car payments and we’re giving them a 300, 400 thousand dollar house.

To business reporters of a certain age, boiler rooms are associated with the notorious stock swindlers of the late nineties—A. R. Baron, Stratton Oakmont—criminal enterprises all. But all the elements of the bucket shops of the past—the cold calling, the hard sell, the bamboozling of over-their-head civilians, not to mention the outright lying, forgery, and fraud in its purest form—were carried out on a massive scale and as a matter of corporate policy by name-brand lenders: IndyMac, Countrywide, Citi, Ameriquest.

“It got to the point where I literally got sick to my stomach,” a former New Century underwriter was quoted in Chain of Blame (Wiley, 2008), an early and strong effort at mortgage-crisis history by Paul Muolo and Matthew Padilla.

Of course, many individual borrowers knowingly inflated their incomes and otherwise participated in what would be their own undoing. And it is beyond question that a class of speculators took advantage of the loose lending environment and committed outright loan fraud to make leveraged bets on the housing market. Some say the borrower-shysters bear as much as 10 percent of the responsibility.

Let’s concede all that, because it’s true. My point is merely that a year into the credit crisis, the evidence is becoming overwhelming of a profound structural shift in the U.S. lending industry—one that institutionalized widespread deceptive practices and outright fraud perpetrated on borrowers. I think conservative critics of the so-called debt culture should at least factor this record into their thinking. As the business press is confronted with incredibly complex crises roiling the secondary market, it is important that this basic fact not get lost.

Though I have been critical of my former colleagues in the business press, it is important to recognize that there has been some stellar reporting that shows how the boiler-room frenzy noted above was underwritten and driven from Wall Street. Again, reporter Mike Hudson, this time at The Wall Street Journal, deserves credit for prescience, not to mention guts, for pushing through in June 2007 a revealing story (headlined The Debt Bomb—Lending a Hand: How Wall Street Stoked the Mortgage Meltdown—Lehman and Others Transformed the Market for Riskiest Borrowers) on how Lehman Brothers, in the mid-1990s, funded the retrograde First Alliance Mortgage, despite due diligence from a Lehman vice president who wrote that the mortgage lender was a financial “sweat shop” specializing in “high pressure sales for people who are in a weak state,” a place were employees leave “their ethics at the door,” etc. Lehman went on to lend the lender $500 million and sell $700 million of its mortgages.

This important story, directly linking the fates of a major Wall Street firm with one of the largest—and rankest—actors on the subprime scene, was never adequately followed. Hence, we were treated to minutia about Bear Stearns’s Alan Schwartz (who, because he “hadn’t had time for dinner, ate slices of cold pizza out of the box”), but very little about how his predecessor, Jimmy Cayne, and Wall Street colleagues, worked hand-in-glove with subprime lenders to create the crisis that created the need for tables to be pounded.

Indeed, it is surprising today to remember that most of the big Wall Street firms, to skip the middleman and so desperate for new loans to turn over, bought and expanded their own retail subprime lending operations as the boom heated: Lehman had BNC Mortgage LLC; Merrill Lynch had First Franklin; Deutsche Bank bought Chapel Funding; and so on. Bear Stearns bought Encore Credit Corp. as late as February 2007, unwinding it a few months later.

Wall Street was not just a cog in the lending machine. It was its master mechanic and chief driver. Pushed to provide higher yield to a booming debt market, it funded the most egregious of the boiler-room operations and ignored the plainly deteriorating quality of the loans—the SIVAS (stated income, verified assets); the SISAS (stated income, stated assets); the NINAS (no income, no assets)—it was selling on global markets. The mortgage story is a Wall Street story. The failure of the business press to understand and pursue this angle is so far the biggest failing in the post-crash reporting.

Yet the wall street/subprime story is gettable. I know this because I’ve seen it done. Chicago Public Radio’s This American Life did a story in collaboration with National Public Radio News called “The Giant Pool of Money,” which aired in May. A transcript of this brilliant piece, the most comprehensive and insightful look at the system that produced the credit crisis, is available online at thisamericanlife.org.

In a conversational, public radio-style that some might find annoying, but which I liked, the piece begins at an awards dinner, with an interview with a nervous investment banker whose collateralized-debt obligation, called “Monterrey,” is up for a CDO-of-the-year award given by a trade association.

Like a game of Chutes and Ladders, the narrative then darts down to a marine facing foreclosure because his mortgage reset raised his payments by more than $2,000 a month, then zooms back up to the head of capital-market research at the International Monetary Fund, who explains how the world’s global pool of savings, which had doubled to $70 trillion in just a few years, was under extreme pressure for higher yield as an alternative to Alan Greenspan’s super-low interest rates. Back down the listener goes to meet Mike Francis, the Morgan Stanley head bond trader quoted at the outset of this story, who explains the pressure he was under from this “giant pool of money” for product. Then we are plunged down further—down, down— into the entrails of the system of lenders and brokers in strip malls and office parks around the country, who, with increasing frenzy, burn up telephone lines hawking loans to millions of customers who have no idea what they are in the middle of.

The piece quotes Mike Garner, who was recruited as an executive at Silver State Mortgage, Nevada’s largest mortgage lender, from his previous job—as a bartender. Garner’s new job was to send guys to cruise strip malls to buy up product from brokers like Glen Pizzolorusso, the Boiler Room guy, and sell it to guys like Morgan Stanley’s Francis. Garner says he noticed that every month guidelines got looser, to the point where loan officers refused to look at borrowers’ pay stubs or W-2 forms in order to properly “underwrite” a stated-income loan.

Mike Garner: Then the next one came along, and it was no income, verified assets. So you don’t have to tell the people what you do for a living. You don’t have to tell the people what you do for work. All you have to do is state you have a certain amount of money in your bank account. And then, the next one, is just no income, no asset. You don’t have to state anything. Just have to have a credit score and a pulse.

[reporter] Alex Blumberg: Actually, that pulse thing. Also optional. Like the case in Ohio where twenty-three dead people were approved for mortgages.

Not to belabor the point, but Garner then, crucially, describes how he would sell the loans to Merrill Lynch, Bear Stearns, and the rest, who, at first, refused lower-quality loans; then one would relent.

Mike Garner: Yeah, and once I got a hit, I’d call back and say, “Hey, Bear Stearns is buying this loan. I’d like to give you the opportunity to buy it, too.” Once one person buys them, all the rest of them follow suit.

Meanwhile, back at Morgan Stanley, Mike Francis is buying the loans and feeling bad about it.

Something about that feels very wrong. It felt wrong way back when, and I wish we had never done it. Unfortunately, what happened . . . we did it because everybody else was doing it.

I realize that borrowers who signed the notes can never be fully let off the hook; no one knows what went on in the room at each closing—although the reporting of the last several years certainly yielded plenty of examples of loans made to stroke victims, the retarded, the elderly, the illiterate, and people who don’t speak English. A fine piece in April of this year by The Indypendent, a New York alternative paper, for instance, describes how an eighty-six-year-old Brooklyn man diagnosed with dementia decided it was a good idea to refinance his 5.95 percent, thirty-year, fixed-rate loan with an option ARM, an instrument that BusinessWeek described as “the riskiest and most complicated home loan product ever created.”

But more broadly, it pays to remember that the borrower is the amateur in this equation, someone who might execute a mortgage twice in a lifetime. A lender will do it a hundred times before lunch.

So, that’s what we know: the lending industry used marketing deception—including boiler-room tactics—on a mass scale against a class of financially vulnerable borrowers (which subprime borrowers are, by definition) and other middle-class financial amateurs already laboring with stagnating incomes and rising costs for health care, education, and, of course, housing.

Yet to be explored fully is the extent of Wall Street’s role, the size of the transfer of wealth between classes—from millions of civilians to thousands of professionals—that resulted, and the social and economic consequences of it all.

After that, we can we figure out what we do about it. 

Quiz Answers: 1C, 2B, 3D, 4C, 5A, 6F, 7G, 8E.
Quiz index: 1. ‘Workers Say Lender Ran ‘Boiler Rooms,’ Los Angeles Times, 2/4/05; 2. Illinois v. Countrywide, Cook County Circuit Court, 6/25/08; 3. Ferguson v. IndyMac Bank, Brooklyn federal court, 2/14/08, cited in “IndyMac: What Went Wrong?”; Doubt is Cast on Loan Papers, Los Angeles Times, 3/28/05; “Citigroup Settles FTC Charges,” Federal Trade Commission press release, 9/19/02; Chain of Blame, Muolo and Padilla, Wiley, 2008; Deceptive Ads at Bottom of Sub-prime Mortgage Crisis, McClatchy Newspapers, 8/31/07; ‘The Party’s Over at Kirkland [Washington] Mortgage Company, Seattle Times, 12/3/06)d

Gibson's "Get" wasn't the only one to be gotten. Fox News's Greta Van Susteren got the "first interview" with Todd Palin, Gov. Sarah Palin's husband and kicked off last night's Part 2 of said interview (while donning a North Face puffy vest) by really trying to pin Palin down, to get Palin to own up to... sometimes being cold.

How cold does it get up there on the North Slope [where Palin works as a production operator for BP]?

How cold is cold?

What do you do? How do you stay warm? The rest of us don't work on the North Slope.

How do you stay, I mean, 40-below with the wind, that's, I mean, you can just bundle up so much, you're still cold aren't you?

So when it's blowing like crazy, you're not cold up there?

Van Susteren also got Mr. Palin "On the Record" with answers to these:

So you have fish, moose and caribou in the freezer? That's pretty typical for around here?

You like moose meat? Better than caribou?

What's left to have covered in part 1 of the interview? I'm going to go take a look...

Local Man Enjoys Tomatoes

| No Comments

From today's Los Angeles Times, in its consistently excellent Column One slot, the age-old love story of a computer engineer and his 10,900 tomatoes:

Last year, Bill Anderson grew 10,990 tomatoes, not counting the ones consumed by Buster the Manchester terrier....

Each morning of the tomato season he collected the ripe fruit and spread them out on his kitchen counter. He organized them by variety and entered the totals onto index cards stored in a cookie jar, for later transfer onto spreadsheets. And he ate tomatoes -- for snacks, in salads and sauces. He and Griego gave them away, fed them to friends. They froze tomatoes. Lots of them; in February, they still had frozen tomatoes to give away.

And, from the front page of the LAT's Web site, an appropriately Onionesque reefer: "Winnetka man loves his tomatoes."

That's comic gold no matter how you slice it.

Conduct Unbecoming

| No Comments

Richard Cohen in today's Washington Post: John McCain has "soiled" his "integrity." And, according to Cohen, "the precise moment of McCain's abasement came" at the hands of The View's Joy Behar.

It was always McCain's "integrity" that Cohen found attractive, not his "being accessible" to reporters (Cohen calls this "the journalist-as-puppy school of thought: Give us a treat, and we will leap into a politician's lap.") Now? Cohen just sees "The Ugly New McCain."

UPDATE:: As for that "being accessible" thing, "McCain is practically bubble-wrapped these days," according to an AP headline to an article that quotes McCain saying, "My administration will set a new standard for transparency and accountability."

'PigGate Places Second?

| No Comments

Last week? Very "Palin-centric," according to PEJ's News Coverage Index, which shows Palin starring as "the focal point of the four biggest media narratives—scrutiny of her public record (14% of the newshole), the ABC interview (10%), the 'lipstick on a pig' flap (10%) and general reaction to her nomination (9%)."

Yes, 'PigGate came in second in quantity of media coverage -- if barely -- to "scrutiny of [Paln]'s public record."

And yet, "the strategic elements of the campaign accounted for almost twice as much coverage, (19%)" as "discussion of issues."

Lockdown

| No Comments

Politico's Jonathan Martin describes the trials of the Palin press:

Since being selected a John McCain's running mate on Aug. 29, Sarah Palin has yet to hold a single news conference or take any questions from reporters beyond one network interview and a chat with People magazine.

Reporters travelling with Palin see her only when she's on stage at rallies and when she boards or disembarks from her campaign plane. There is a curtain unfurled between the front of the plane, where she and staff sit, and the back, where the press corps is seated.

On the tarmac, aides and Secret Service agents keep the press at least 30 feet from Palin. She typically greets and thanks local dignitaries.

Arriving in Akron this afternoon, she and her husband, Todd, turned when they heard the shouted questions of a handful of reporters. But they only waved before quickly ducking into a waiting SUV.

But, no offense, who cares?

If Hairstyles Could Talk

| 1 Comment

Boston-based hair stylists have had their say. The LA Times's fashion critic, too, has spoken.

Now, the New York Times' Sunday Styles tracked down the Wasilla, Alaska hair salon --the Beehive Beauty Salon -- responsible for "refining [Sarah Palin's] much-discussed updo."

Favorite line: "Of course, a hairstyle may not tell you about her views on universal health care..." No, that job may actually fall to a person. A reporter, maybe?

The Octo-Press

| No Comments

The predominance of sound bites in campaign coverage—in attack ads passed around by the press, in the addictive parsing by talking heads on cable, in the wordplay of print headlines—has confused politicians and pundits alike. If a misleading sound bite receives lots of airplay and ink, does this necessarily mean it is affecting voters’ views of the candidates? How much attention did voters actually pay to the media’s apparent addiction to discussing the inanity of discussing Obama’s “lipstick on a pig” comment? In the flurry of multi-pronged campaign press strategies (send it out everywhere!) and coverage from an equally-multi-pronged media (can we Twitter-blog-YouTube it?), it has become much more difficult to discern exactly which truths, and which lies, are sticking.

Here’s kudos to Adam Nagourney for straightforwardly pointing that out in today’s New York Times:

…senior campaign aides say they are no longer sure what works, as they stumble through what has become a daily campaign fog, struggling to figure out what voters are paying attention to and, not incidentally, what they are even believing.

Nagourney calls out the recombinant way in which “voters follow campaigns and decide how to vote” (nearly science fiction in the varied strains produced), noting the “proliferation of communications channels, the fracturing of mass media and the relentless political competition to own each news cycle.”

He makes an important, if simple, argument: that even if the McCain camp’s tactics partially succeeded in distracting the media with the “lipstick on a pig” comment, it’s not a given that the comment distracted the voters. “At the end of the day no one was really sure how much those charges broke through or mattered to regular voters,” he writes.

Nagourney’s use of the phrase “broke through” suggests some element of culpability on the part of the press. He acknowledges both the inevitability of the campaigns’ (over)reactions—which, according to him, for the Obama camp’s response to the “lipstick on a pig” faux-scandal, involved two ads, a speech, alerts to political Web sites, and a series of satellite interviews in battleground states—and the media’s role in perpetuating a misleading sound bite by trying to clarify it. But if it’s true that in a news cycle marked equally by speed and diffusion, “a simple speech or angry statement will no longer do” whereby the response (and media analysis) must be as exaggerated as the initial attack, is it a foregone conclusion that this wordy fog of call-and-response-and-analysis on the media stage will continue through the elections’ end?

The question points directly at the sometimes hapless relationship between the media and the many communications arms sprouted by both campaigns in an attempt to comprehensively reach out to the media—with, for example, a rebuttal whose efficacy might depend on the timeliness and efficacy of its release.

But judging the efficacy of those rebuttals in the minds of voters, as Nagourney writes, has been more difficult. He submits a hypothesis, for now: “…this glut of information has created…a level playing field where voters are taking in all this information, but ultimately will believe most of what they see with their own eyes.” And he is right to point out that the next instance of relatively unmediated information will come from the debates.

In line with the positive discovery of uninterrupted C-SPAN footage during the conventions, voters may find that, as far as the media have reached in providing comprehensive and split-minute coverage of this presidential race, the debates’ national staging are what will really change or cement their minds. And at least while the candidates are answering questions, their campaigns—and members of the media—will know exactly what the voters are hearing.

Galveston (And Beyond)

| No Comments

There is much to report, from coastal Texas, on what Hurricane Ike wrought. And no shortage of journalists there to tell those stories. (Some incredible images, for example, here. Read a Galveston Daily News reporter's on-the-scene Twitter updates here.)

Harder to come by are reports like Marc Lacey's on how "the poorest of the poor" in Haiti are faring post-Hurricane Ike (and Hannna and Gustav and Fay.)

As woman after woman hauled off a sack of rice, a bag of beans and a can of cooking oil, the restaveks, a Creole term used to describe Haiti’s child laborers, dropped to their knees to pick up the bits that were inadvertently dropped in the dirt.

None of Their Business?

| 2 Comments

Well. Happy Black Monday, everybody.

By now you’ve heard the news: that Lehman Brothers is declaring bankruptcy; that Merrill Lynch as we know it will no longer exist; that insurance giant AIG is requesting a $40 billion bridge loan from the federal government to stay afloat; that we're currently in the midst of a full-blown financial crisis; that, in general, The Sky Is Falling.

Among the many questions people are asking today, perhaps the most common—besides How could this have happened?—is the slightly more simple Um, what?. Much of today's perfect storm of financial disasters comes as a surprise to those average news consumers who had just settled their brains for a long fall’s presidential campaign. They might have known, sure, about Lehman's woes. And they may have received snippets of information about Merrill and AIG and the rest that, taken together, could have foreshadowed a bit of today's Big Bang. They knew, generally, that the economy's a mess right now—and that Wall Street's follies are partially to blame.

But that today would be Black Monday? That those discrete "warning signs," such as they were, would suddenly merge and morph into a "full-blown crisis"? Not so much.

And that, I'd argue, is in part the fault of the press. And, specifically, it's the fault of the atomized structuring of financial reporting, which keeps Wall Street insiders excessively informed about the market's most minor whims ... and outsiders (read: everyone else) essentially uninformed until, as today, catastrophe befalls the market. In which case, the outsiders are suddenly and unceremoniously brought into the circle of information with doomsday-esque headlines like "FINANCIAL CRISIS" (NYT) and "Markets Tumble..." (AP) and "Market Plunges..." (LA Times) and "BLACK MONDAY: World Stocks Sink" (Huffington Post) and the like on the front pages of the news outlets of record.

Compare the WSJ's and the FT's and Bloomberg's and the business pages' treatment of the current crisis, in the days and weeks leading up to it, to the straight news pages of The New York Times and The Washington Post and the like. Rather than focus, in those days and weeks, on the incidents that led to today's plunge, general-interest news outlets focused fairly myopically on ... the presidential campaign. And, within that, Sarah Palin ("qualifications to be Vice President of," "governorship of," "family of," "fashion sense of," "recreational habits of," "porcine allusions to," etc.). Indeed, in the coverage of the presidential campaign, Palin and Palin-Related Minutiae comprised a whopping 60 percent of last week’s campaign coverage, according to the Project for Excellence in Journalism.

The financial crisis, either current or looming? Didn't even make the cut.

That crisis is very tangibly a campaign issue; but it was virtually ignored as such in general-interest reportage, and got very little coverage outside of the business-press niche. Which led, last week, to a populace of news consumers aware that Todd Palin is a champion snowboarder and that his seventeen-year-old daughter will marry the father of her unborn baby...but not that the national credit crisis would, this weekend, be reaching (what we can only hope is) its nadir. Particularly considering the time the general-interest press has devoted, in the past couple of weeks, to the coverage of assorted campaign-trail inanity, you have to think that it could have found a few column inches or segment minutes to talk about the crisis. But it didn’t—at least, not in any meaningful way.

The problem is one of editorial priorities, to be sure, but it's also one of simple structuring—and, perhaps, assumptions on the part of both sides of the media, financial and general, about what audiences really want in their news coverage. As it is now, what happens in the business press, to borrow a slogan, tends to stay in the business press; often, the admirable reporting done for the benefit of Wall Street traders and business executives isn't made accessible to general news consumers.

Financial reporting is actionable information: information to be acted and, quite literally, traded on. But so is general reporting. And that’s particularly true during an election, in which news consumers, generally, double as voters. But prior to today, we'd heard very little about the candidates' specific solutions to the financial crisis that was already on our hands. It’s a cyclical problem: the existing narrow news hole contributes to the lack of reporting on the crisis as a campaign issue, which itself narrows the news hole. Et cetera. Both candidates blame Wall Street for the crisis (well, of course they do: except for the "elite media," Wall Street is everyone's favorite scapegoat)—but have we heard about what, specifically, they'll do in terms of regulation (or de-regulation, as the case may be) to get us out of the current crisis?

It'd have been nice to know. And it'd have been nice for the press to ask on our behalf—before, as The Huffington Post notes in its current banner headline, "WALL STREET CRISIS HIT[S] CAMPAIGN." And, going forward, it'd be nice to see a bit more synergy between the business press and its general-interest counterpart; between, as it were—to use everybody’s favorite cliché today—Wall Street and Main Street. As The Audit's Dean Starkman wrote in a post published earlier today, "we feel that the Events of 2007-2008, if nothing else, offer an opportunity to explore deeper journalistic issues, both cultural and structural, both in business-press newsrooms, and, especially, in top editorial and business-side suites."

Amen to that.

Not Without Regard

| No Comments

One problem with having so many dictionaries available is that they often don’t agree—on definitions, spellings or even whether something is a “real” word. Irregardless, having so many dictionaries available allows one to trace how “non-words” become “real words.”

If you now find yourself regaining consciousness after reading the word “irregardless,” get the smelling salts ready, because more shocks are coming. If you didn’t flinch, you’re probably a) American; b) from a more urban area; or c) not consulted by your friends on matters of grammar.

Many of us have been told that “irregardless” is not a word, because it means the same as the perfectly good word “regardless” and because the “ir” prefix creates a double negative. (“Less” is a negative suffix meaning “without”; “ir” is what is called a “negative participle,” making what follows it negative. Ergo, “irregardless” means “not without regard,” but not in the flattering sense.)

Indeed, those dictionaries that include “irregardless”—which is most of them, now—call it “nonstandard” or “disputed” English. Most note that the word is probably derived from a combination of “regardless” and “irrespective,” and that it was first spotted in the early 20th century. But they disagree on just how nonstandard it is.

The Random House Webster’s Unabridged Dictionary notes, “Those who use it, including on occasion educated speakers, may do so from a desire to add emphasis.” That’s being kind, because it assumes the “educated speakers” know it’s considered nonstandard. Webster’s New World College Dictionary, the one used by most news publications, calls it “a nonstandard or humorous usage,” which is also being kind. The American Heritage Dictionary is a little more honest, saying: “Irregardless is a word that many mistakenly believe to be correct usage in formal style, when in fact it is used chiefly in nonstandard speech or casual writing.” The Merriam-Webster Collegiate Dictionary, however, is perhaps the most, um, forgiving: “The most frequently repeated remark about it is that ‘there is no such word.’ There is such a word, however. It is still used primarily in speech, although it can be found from time to time in edited prose.”

I am not without regard for the Merriam-Webster dictionary, but my advice to those who do not want to be regarded as anything from uneducated to uncouth is to stick with the unadorned “regardless.” At least until most dictionaries agree that it’s a “real” word.

Early Sunday morning, anger roused Lindsay Lohan from a warm slumber in her girlfriend’s arms. No longer would she sit on the political sidelines and let Matt Damon do all the talking. It was time to call a spade a spade and Sarah Palin a homophobe.

Reacting to a story in the AP reporting that Palin’s church was promoting a gay-conversion conference, Lohan lashed out. “I really cannot bite my tongue anymore when it comes to Sarah Palin,” she wrote on her MySpace page. “I couldn't be more supportive of a woman in office, but let's face it, it comes down to the person, and their beliefs, male or female.”

Apparently, Lohan has thought long and hard about everything that’s at stake in this momentous election:

I find it quite interesting that a woman who now is running to be second in command of the United States, only 4 years ago had aspirations to be a television anchor. Which is probably all she is qualified to be... Also interesting that she got her passport in 2006.. And that she is not fond of environmental protection considering she's FOR drilling for oil in some of our protected land.... Well hey, if she wants to drill for oil, she should DO IT IN HER OWN backyard. This really shows me her complete lack of real preparation to become the second most powerful person in this country.


Is our country so divided that the Republicans best hope is a narrow minded, media obsessed homophobe? … I feel it's necessary for me to clarify that I am not against Sarah Palin as a mother or woman.Women have come a long way in the fight to have the choice over what we do with our bodies... And its frightening to see that a woman in 2008 would negate all of that.

Though I am glad that Lohan has finally put her leaden thumb on the scales, one wonders what is behind her sudden eloquence. (There was, to be sure, an infelicity of the logics: “Is it a sin to be gay?" Lohan asked. “Should it be a sin to be straight?” Good question.) But seriously. Since when does Lindsay Lohan peruse the AP newswire? Remember her tribute to the great Robert Altman, with whom she worked on Prairie Home Companion? Let’s compare handwriting samples, shall we?

I am lucky enough to of been able to work with Robert Altman amongst the other greats on a film that I can genuinely say created a turning point in my career. He was the closest thing to my father and grandfather that I really do believe I've had in several years... He left us with a legend that all of us have the ability to do…Make a searching and fearless moral inventory of yourselves' (12st book) - everytime there's a triumph in the world a million souls hafta be trampled on. - altman Its true. But treasure each triumph as they come.

And the sign-off that would live on in infamy: “Be adequite. Lindsay Lohan.”

Something ain’t right. Maybe Lohan, who plans to marry her girlfriend DJ Samantha Ronson, just wanted to take a stand against Palin’s perceived homophobia and pro-life views. Or Maybe Lohan is really, really against offshore drilling.

More likely, however, is the woman-behind-the-throne explanation. Ronson, a Brit, can’t vote in this election but she, like all those teeming (gay, gay, gay!) immigrants, has a stake in this election, and she made sure to weigh in on Lohan’s MySpace Manifesto: “I love this country- however i wasn't born here and don't have the right to vote- so i beg of you all to really do your research and be educated when you cast your vote this coming november.... and if you're in doubt- vote for obama! Mainly because if she gets elected my green card probably won't get renewed!!!”

Someone call Lou Dobbs.

What the campaigns think "Women Want"

| No Comments

This morning, The New York Times’s Kate Zernike turns in a sillily even-handed paint-by-the-numbers story (“Both Sides Seeking to Be What Women Want”) on the Obama and McCain campaign’s outreach to women.

Both campaigns would like to have the support of women. It’s a close election, in case you haven’t heard. They’d also like to have the support of double-amputees, disk-jockeys, and Vespa-owners.

But to make that "women are a priority to both candidates" point, you need evidence. And two of Zernike’s examples for what McCain’s campaign is doing to play to women are a little absurd. Take this one, high in the story.

And both campaigns are trying to highlight the issues they think will draw more support from women, with Mr. Obama emphasizing pay equity and abortion rights and Mr. McCain playing up his “maverick” image and raising questions of respect.

So the whole maverick thing is about getting the votes from women? No, it’s sort of his main selling point, one that’s meant to appeal to vast, gender-neutral swaths of the electorate. A suggestion like that makes you wonder what demographic Obama’s “change thing” is meant to appeal to. (Hint: it’s not just women.)

Here’s another:

Mr. McCain will continue to campaign this week with Ms. Palin, with a rally on Tuesday in Ohio, an important state for working-class women.

I don’t know about you, but whenever I hear Ohio, I think “working-class women.” Oh, no, wait. I think 20 electoral votes.

Yes, men and women have different voting priorities, and candidates will craft a multitude of messages to resonate with different portions of the electorate. But going to Ohio and talking about being a maverick are kind of just what McCain does.

What Zernike’s article does point out, if you read it closely, is that Obama’s appeal to women is based on policy issues—abortion, health insurance, financial security. McCain’s seems to be entirely symbolic: emphasizing Palin, charging sexism, and bringing family members along on the trail.

That sort of framing would have made for quite a different, and more valuable, story than pointing out that maverick McCain will soon campaign in mythic Amazon, Ohio.

Yes, but...

| 1 Comment

A reader responds to this morning's post of qualified business-press praise:

Dear Dean,

Some comments.

First, now that the horse has left the barn, I agree that the more sophisticated end of the business press is paying attention and bringing the kind of language of emergency to bear - much as you write.

However, even the sophisticated end of the business press fumbled badly if we turn the clock back several years. Where was the coverage of the many elements that any reasonably astute observer could have used to 'cover' the coming of this tsunami?

And, even the 'horse out of barn' part applies only to the sophisticated end of business press. There are millions of Americans who do not read WSJ or NYT. Instead, if they follow at all, it's local news sources and, as we know from reading CJR, those organizations have downsized dramatically -- leaving these Americans without the kind of coverage to which you give kudos. So, the press as a national institution has not/is not doing an acceptable job even now.

Next, neither the sophisticated business press nor the stripped down, inexpert local sources have brought to bear journalistic values such as skepticism or accuracy for far too long. Even basic government statistics -- GDP, inflation, unemployment -- have long since been modified over many Dem and Republican administrations alike so that -- now, they are inaccurate. And these are merely the simple stats -- not the complicated story of securitization abetted by 'free' market, antiregulatory ideology (not to mention greed). The sophisticated business press missed this. I'm not saying there were not, from time to time, some 'musing's or even good reportage. But, whether it's NYT or WSJ or CNBC, etc., there was simply nothing in the business press about this major story that 'got across' the dangers to the economy. Our economy has floated on a combination of credit/debt and illusion for many, many years. Where was the coverage of that?

Last, there are bloggers who have done a far superior job -- both in journalistically covering this story for many years and in explaining/covering it now. Examples: angry bear, Nouriel Roubini, nakedcapitalism.com, Barry Ritholtz, calculated risk, and more.

None of which is to question the sincerity of any journalist, sophisticated or not. The vast majority wish/want to do a good job. My email to you is not about media bashing. Rather, I would like to see an astute observer such as yourself take a big step back and reflect more on the quality of business journalism -- then offer some insights, etc that might help us, in the future, understand horses and barns and fires before they happen. To give kudos only now that the horse is out of the barn is simply not good enough.

Point taken. Especially valuable, I thought, was the reader's observation that good stories may have appeared from time to time, but "there was simply nothing in the business press about this major story that 'got across' the dangers to the economy."

The idea that a story, done once, is "done" is pretty commonly held in newsrooms.


For reference and to keep the discussion going, here are archived Audit looks at now-they-tell-us subprime coverage; how a small periodical got the important Citigroup/Sandy Weill story while the business press was busy writing other things; and the business press's condescension toward regulators. (Editors pushed back against me on the Citi story. In retrospect, I wished I had pushed harder on my push back to their push back, but maybe I'm just bigger than that, is all.)

We're tough here on the business press sometimes, but I hope not reflexively so (I mean, we are critics). A lot of our friends work in it. We have a healthy respect for what they do and the stresses they face.

Still, we feel that the Events of 2007-2008, if nothing else, offer an opportunity to explore deeper journalistic issues, both cultural and structural, both in business-press newsrooms, and, especially, in top editorial and business-side suites.

And so we will. We'd like to hear from many voices, including those from the newsroom. I'm at dean@deanstarkman.com. I'll keep names out of it if you like.

Covering "Thanks, But No Thanks"

| No Comments

"Thanks, but no thanks." Gov. Sarah Palin is still saying it on the stump. She said it over the weekend while campaigning in Nevada.

How did Nevada newspapers report it?

Las Vegas Sun:

Palin also repeated the line that she told Congress "thanks but no thanks," for the so-called "Bridge to Nowhere," a federally funded project in Alaska that came to symbolize pork projects McCain has long criticized.

Palin initially supported the bridge, and her claim that she killed the project has been largely discredited by the media and nonpartisan groups.

Reno Gazette-Journal:

In the face of growing criticism, Palin refused to drop a line from her stump speech that brags about her canceling the nation’s most infamous example of runaway earmark spending, the “Bridge to Nowhere.”


“I told Congress thanks but no thanks on the bridge to nowhere, that if our state wanted to build that bridge, we would build it ourselves,” Palin told the crowd.

According to the non-partisan PolitiFact.com, Palin campaigned for governor on a platform that supported building the bridge between two small communities in Alaska.

She only canceled the project after Congress stopped the funding in the wake of the project becoming a
national symbol of wasteful spending.

The Nevada Appeal:

She also repeated two of her most popular lines, about how she turned down federal earmarks for the "bridge to nowhere" and put the state-owned jet on eBay. By the time Palin canceled the bridge between Ketchikan, Alaska, and its island airport, Congress had long since decided not to pay for it. And the plane failed to sell on eBay; a broker later sold it at a loss.

"Line." A mere "n" away from "lie..."

What Campaign Trail Bubble?

| 3 Comments

The Washington Post 's E.J. Dionne:

I can't believe how small a role our economic crisis is playing in the campaign coverage and in the back-and-forth between the candidates. Who is at fault here? Am I more worried about our economy than I should be? And do you think the economic discussion will eventually trump everything else in the campaign?

Audit Roundup: Playing Chicken

| No Comments

Here's a quick guide to what the business press is saying about the deepening crisis on Wall Street:

The Journal provides a good behind-the-scenes look at the weekend's momentous events that signaled the return of consequences to the markets:

"We've re-established 'moral hazard,'" said a person involved in the talks, referring to the notion that the government should eschew bailouts, since financial firms might take more risks if they're insulated from the consequences. "Is that a good thing or a bad thing? We're about to find out."

Columnist Paul Krugman of the NYT makes the cogent point (made in the above quote) that the government is playing a massive game of chicken by letting Lehman fold.

Mr. Paulson seems to be betting that the financial system—bolstered, it must be said, by those special credit lines—can handle the shock of a Lehman failure. We’ll find out soon whether he was brave or foolish.

And an interesting thought on what's going on here:

...the system has been experiencing postmodern bank runs. These don’t look like the old-fashioned version: with few exceptions, we’re not talking about mobs of distraught depositors pounding on closed bank doors. Instead, we’re talking about frantic phone calls and mouse clicks, as financial players pull credit lines and try to unwind counterparty risk. But the economic effects—a freezing up of credit, a downward spiral in asset values—are the same as those of the great bank runs of the 1930s...

Barry Ritholtz of The Big Picture blog has some trenchant comments on why Bear Stearns got bailed out but not Lehman. For example:

Don't just risk your company, risk the entire world of Finance. Modest incompetence is insufficient—if you merely destroy your own company, you won't get rescued. You have to threaten to bring down the entire global financial system.

The WSJ on the similarities of the situation to Japan in the 1990s.

Can’t John McCain just get his economic advisers to shut up? Here's one of the stupidest pieces we’ve read in some time, from a McCain adviser who says he sees nothing in the situation that warrants pessimism.

“I see nothing in the situation that warrants pessimism.” —Herbert Hoover’s infamous Treasury secretary Andrew Mellon, in 1930.

Speaking of politics, John Harwood of CNBC said earlier this morning the worsening crisis is good for the Democrats: “This will put the debate back on terms that Barack Obama wants to have it on.”

Referring to the Charlie Gibson interview with McCain’s running mate Sarah Palin, he also said, “You can see that she's not an expert on economic policy.”

Forbes is way too bullish on the Bank of America deal to buy Merrill Lynch. This is the same bank that made the boneheaded move to buy Countrywide Financial for $4 billion.

With Merrill’s assets and its recent acquisition of Countrywide Financial, in addition to its massive commercial bank, Bank of America now rivals Citigroup in size.

As if that’s a good thing, Forbes?

Floyd Norris is one of the best commentators out there, and he’s blogging the day’s events over at the Times:

"Even Karl Rove"

| 4 Comments

Pssst, campaign reporters! Permission to say that the McCain campaign has, perhaps, on occasion, stretched the truth: granted! It's ok -- it's safe-- now! Why? Because even Karl Rove has said as much.

Rove on Fox News yesterday:

ROVE: [B]oth campaigns are making a mistake and that is, they are taking whatever their attacks are and going one step too far. We saw it this week for example in the Obama ad where he makes a point, a legitimate point, that John McCain came to the U.S. Congress in 1982 and he's been a long-time Washington insider. But they then say he doesn't even know how to use a computer -- doesn't send e-mails. This is because his war injuries keep him from being able to use a keyboard...that's like saying, "He can't do jumping jacks," well there's is a reason he can't raise his arms above his head...

FOX NEWS'S CHRIS WALLACE: ...What is McCain doing that's a step too far?


ROVE: He has gone, in his ad, similarly gone one step too far and attributed to Obama things that are beyond the 100% truth test and they don't need to attack each other in this way. They have legitimate points to make about each other...


WALLACE: Real quick question, thirty seconds. Do they need to be 100% passing the truth test? In other words, when you were running Bush's campaign did you care whether some fact check organization...


ROVE: No, and you can't trust the fact track organizations, they are human beings and individuals and they have their own biases built in there but, both campaigns ought to be careful about, there ought to be an adult who says, "Do we really need to go that far in this ad? Don't we make our point and won't we have broader acceptance and deny the opposition an opportunity to attack us if we don't include the one little last tweak in the ad?"

Rove says that Team McCain has "gone too far" at times -- "too far," that is, from the truth. You don't have to say it; You can attribute it to him!

CNN's Don Hill:

Even Karl Rove has come out on Fox News today saying, you know, that McCain has been stepping over the line when it comes to the truth meter...

Fox News's Megyn Kelly:

KELLY: Over the weekend, even Karl Rove came out and said that McCain has gone too far. Do you deny it?

TUCKER BOUNDS (MCCAIN CAMPAIGN): Actually what Karl Rove said was that maybe both campaigns had gone a step too far...


KELLY: I want to hold you accountable for what McCain is doing...Has your candidate gone too far? Has he stretched the truth with the voters?


BOUNDS: Megyn, what we have done is gone to great lengths to discuss Barack Obama's record...

MSNBC's Joe Scarborough:

You know what my commercial is tomorrow [if I were with the Obama campaign]? Seriously, I take what Karl Rove says about John McCain's campaign and say, 'Even the man who ran what was described as the dirtiest campaign in history against John McCain is now saying John McCain went too far'....

Profiles in Courage. Or not.

| No Comments

Wall Street brinkmanship. It’s the metaphor that journalists and scotch-swilling brokers use to transubstantiate dollars and cents into bullets and bluster.

So this morning, making my way through The New York Times excellent crisis coverage, it shouldn’t have been too surprising to see two metaphors for Uncle Sam and the money-men’s actions that evoke a macho stare down at the O.K. Corral.

Here’s one, emphasis added, from the lede of the headlining news analysis piece, by Vikas Bajaj and Floyd Norris.

Wall Street and the federal government played a game of chicken over the weekend, and neither side backed down, pushing Lehman Brothers toward bankruptcy and setting off worries of a worldwide sell-off when markets open on Monday.

And here’s the other, from the kicker of the lead hard news piece, penned by Andrew Ross Sorkin:

Outside the public eye, Fed officials had acquired much more information since March about the interconnections and cross-exposure to risk among Wall Street investment banks, hedge funds and traders in the vast market for credit-default swaps and other derivatives. In the end, both Wall Street and the Fed blinked.

Wait: So which is it? Steel nerves, or flinchy-folding? Well, this shootout looks big enough for the both of ‘em.

In Memoriam: David Foster Wallace

| 1 Comment

In remembrance of the American writer, David Foster Wallace, who died on Friday, Time offers a list of the writer's most memorable magazine pieces.

Of particularly note, "The Weasel, Twelve Monkeys And The Shrub," written for Rolling Stone magazine about John McCain's 2000 presidential campaign.

In fairness to McCain, he's not an orator and doesn't pretend to be. His metier is conversation, back-and-forth. This is because he's bright in a fast, flexible way that most candidates aren't. He also genuinely seems to find people and questions and arguments energizing — the latter maybe because of all his years debating in Congress — which is why he favors Town Hall Q&As and constant chats with press in his rolling salon. So, while the media marvel at his accessibility because they've been trained to equate it with vulnerability, they often don't seem to realize they're playing totally to McCain's strength when they converse with him instead of listening to his speeches. It's McCain's speeches and 22.5's that are canned and stilted, and also sometimes scary and Right-wingish, and when you listen closely to them it's as if some warm pleasant fog suddenly lifts and it strikes you that you're not at all sure it's John McCain you want choosing the head of the EPA or the at least three new Justices who'll be coming onto the Supreme Court in the next term, and you start wondering all over again what makes him so attractive.

Plus ca change, plus c'est la meme chose.

Update: A more comprehensive list than Time's is here.

The Sky Is Falling (Below The Fold)

| No Comments

What do you lead with today? With the sky falling in American finance (and the sky having just barely cleared over coastal Texas)?

Wall Street Journal: "Crisis on Wall Street..."

New York Times: "..FINANCIAL CRISIS..."

Washington Post: "Massive Shifts on Wall Street..."

LA Times: "Wall Street scrambles..."

USA Today: "'You cannot live here now.'" ("Here" being hurricane-ravaged Galveston, Texas). Those "Wall street worries" are below the fold.

Imagined: Couric on Palin

| No Comments

David Carr imagines a Couric-on-Palin interview:

It is telling that when the McCain campaign was looking for a soft place to land Governor Palin’s first interview, they turned to Charles Gibson at ABC, not Ms. Couric. It would have been fun to watch given the implied subtext: “Hey, Governor, I invented spunky; I’ve had a colonoscopy on live network television, so let’s get started on yours.”

The "implied subtext" of which is.... meow?

Sunday Watch 9-14-08

| 1 Comment

The possibility that Sarah Palin may well find herself one proverbial heartbeat away from the presidency has flushed out a hitherto buried issue, that of John McCain’s age and health.

George Stephanopoulos raised the subject this Sunday, quoting Obama surrogate Sen. Claire McCaskill’s observation that the next-in-line to “one of the oldest presidents we've ever had” has never met a foreign leader.

The second part of McCaskill’s statement strikes me as a blazing-red herring—you can be smart about foreign policy without having met Hu Jintao, and dumb about it while having met, say, Saddam Hussein (which, say, Donald Rumsfeld had certainly done). But McCain’s sudden choice of Sarah Palin certainly does throw into relief not only the question of his judgment—or “management style,” as we call it nowadays in America—but his longevity. McCaskill wasn’t backing down: “I think what we're talking about is a reality. Other people talk about his melanoma. We're talking about a reality here that we have to face.”

To which McCain’s surrogate, former Hewlett-Packard CEO Carly Fiorina, said: “I frankly find this disrespectful in the extreme. This is ageism. All you need to do is look at the schedule that John McCain has kept for the last two years to realize that he is one of the most vigorous, most energetic campaigners, frankly, in my judgment, out there."

It’s fascinating how the Republicans have suddenly discovered all those damnable “-isms”—the ones they used to mock as products of the fevered imaginations of the politically correct—but never mind. This issue deserves some grown-up scrutiny. Enough hiding behind decorum.

No spring rooster myself, I must say I’m impressed by McCain’s energy. Anyone who can maintain the pace of a campaign that runs longer than two baseball seasons and a basketball season combined has my respect in the vigor column. I’m not the first to notice that the campaign—just the campaign—has streaked Barack Obama’s hair with grey. But energy is neither health nor a promise of either longevity or fitness. The citizens are entitled to some straight talk.

Stephanopoulos, to his credit, has raised the issue before, speaking to Lindsay Graham the other Sunday: "So Sen. McCain wins and, God forbid, tragedy strikes. You'd feel confident, safe and secure a year from now if Governor Palin were president?” Everyone, even McCain, knows the second slot on the ticket has four functions: helping number one get elected; presiding over the Senate; attending the funerals of dictators (as John McCain said way back when he had a sense of humor); and finally, overwhelmingly, stepping in if the president dies or becomes disabled.

Let’s go to the actuarial tables. Harold Pollack, faculty chair of the Center for Health Administration Studies at the University of Chicago, has put it this way: “The typical man of Sen. McCain's age faces a one in seven chance of dying before finishing his [first] term, and a 30% chance of not finishing out a second one.” Mark Kleiman, professor of policy studies at the UCLA School of Public Policy and Social Research, notes that “the incidence of severe disability over the next four years of McCain’s life is…7 percent.” In sum, then, to quote Kleiman: “the probability that Palin would have to take over at some point in McCain's first term is 21%.”

These are numbers for typical American men. You may, if you like, remark on the X chromosome he inherited from his mother, who is evidently healthy on the far side of ninety-six; but then you are honor-bound to note that he has already outlived his father, who died at seventy. And surely the McCain’s longevity is not improved by his history of four malignant melanomas.

Long live Sen. McCain! But think about that 21 percent. You get better odds with Russian roulette.

The Language of Calamity

| 4 Comments

Even casual business press readers by now know that what is happening on Wall Street is new, unusual, historic, unfamiliar, unknown. Let’s be clear: what is happening is financially catastrophic for some but extremely dangerous for all.

The extinction of Lehman Brothers and Merrill Lynch as independent concerns was unthinkable only a short time ago. But then so was the insolvency and nationalization of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac—also unthinkable. And so, for that matter, was the extinction of Bear Stearns. These were pie-in-the-sky, doomsday scenarios. Now they are happening.

The business press is doing an able job—The Wall Street Journal and The New York Times, particularly—as it scrambles to both keep up with a howling blizzard of events and to convey the enormity, sweep, and scope of what it is describing.

It’s worth pausing for a moment to appreciate the language itself, the likes of which we haven’t read in the business press in our lifetime:

Crisis on Wall Street as Lehman Totters

And that’s only the first line of a headline that dominates the Journal’s website. Here’s the second line:

Merrill Seeks Buyer, AIG Hunts for Cash

Lehman’s viability has been the subject of heated debate for months. Still, though, its actual failure is a shock. And to have Merrill Lynch —a Wall Street stalwart, loved, hated, but always a key financial-page protagonist —just vanish is to me the biggest stunner of them all. I’m sure some people predicted this, but not many.

And now, American International Group, probably the most successful insurance company of all time, is tottering as well. It simply beggars belief. How A.I.G. made its money is another story; in the view of some it took advantage of weak state regulation to degrade the insurance business with its hardline approach to paying claims.

But now even that money machine is in trouble.

A Momentous Weekend for American Finance

Indeed.

In case anyone is wondering, we are rapidly moving beyond worst-case scenarios.

Here’s the Times, with my emphasis:

In one of the most extraordinary days in Wall Street’s history... The moves came after a weekend of frantic negotiations……

And:

Coming just a week after the government took control of mortgage lenders Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the magnitude of the industry’s reshaping is staggering: two of the most powerful firms on Wall Street, Merrill Lynch and Lehman, will disappear.

These are not tabloids, but our leading financial publications. And believe me, there is not a word of hyperbole in this morning's papers.

It should be said, the business press, led by the Times and the Journal , has covered the emergency with skill, energy, sophistication and grace under pressure. So let’s name some names and acknowledge heroic work by Matthew Karnitschnig, Carrick Mollenkamp and Dan Fitzpatrick, who scored a massive scoop on Bank of America’s deal to buy Merrill, along with Susanne Craig, Serena Ng, Liam Pleven and Peter Lattman at the Journal; the indefatigable Andrew Ross Sorkin, Ben White and Jenny Anderson, Gretchen Morgenson and Mary Williams Walsh at the Times; Yalman Onaran and Craig Torres and others at Bloomberg; and Francesco Guerrera, Krishna Guha, and Greg Farrell at the Financial Times. I’m sure there are many more. Pass them along at dean@deanstarkman.com, and I’ll add them to the honor role.

I believe the Wall Street implosion has profound implications not just for the financial firms, but the financial press itself, implications we’ll be exploring in the coming days and weeks here on The Audit. This happened on its watch. But there will be time for lessons, ruminations and blame-assignment later.

For now, it’s time to acknowledge good work and pause before considering how we got here and what is next.

"hack theater critics"

| 2 Comments

Interesting thought from Zephyr Teachout, one time Dean campaign web guru, current techPresident blogger:

...post-modern political reporters and bloggers act as hack theater critics, judging performances not by how they as individuals respond, but by how they believe the mythical "american people," "independent voters," and "women" (and most bizarrely "the media") will respond. The standard role of the most prominent commentator and reporter is theater critic first, fact-checker second, independent questioner a distant third. (The inverted triangle reflects this--five paragraphs of post-modern critique; two paragraphs of fact-checking; an unanswered question dangled like a preposition going nowhere at the end.)

Serial Viewing

| 2 Comments

Yesterday, we questioned whether it was possible for Charles Gibson to do a solid job on the Sarah Palin interview—within the framework of a TV sit-down that was based on the McCain camp’s ground rules, that is. As it turns out, Gibson did an excellent job, taking his role as interviewer (and, possibly, as one of only a few who will have the opportunity to play that role) seriously and pressing Palin for concrete yes-no answers on a number of issues.

But some TV critics had thoughts to share on the question of how the format—visually, logistically, and otherwise—served the purpose.

On the LAT’s Show Tracker, Mary McNamara, who ordinarily critiques shows like Grey’s Anatomy and House, writes: “In this case, [Palin’s] actions, or non-actions, have spoken much louder than any words.” McNamara echoes an excellent piece by Alessandra Stanley in today’s NYT, which, noting that Palin’s “eyes looked uncertain and her voice hesitated” and that Gibson “impatiently wriggl[ed] his foot,” argues that visual and aural details were as telling as the questions and responses themselves. “On television, tone matters as much as content,” she concludes.

David Zurawik at the Baltimore Sun presents an interesting counterpoint. He argues that the staggered segments allow ABC News to “fine tune the editorial content to the reaction of the press and public if executives feel the need.” He notes in particular that the final edit for tonight’s 10:00 episode of 20/20 occurs “after a full day in which to gauge the reaction to Gibson’s performance.” Zurawik’s point is interesting, not necessarily because what we see will differ so much in terms of content, but because if the edits are tighter and more controlled, the little details that are supposed to be so telling (as argued by McNamara and Stanley), could slip to the cutting room floor.

Matea Gold, also at the LAT, asked ABC about the impetus for the two-day rollout. ABC’s response: It’s not “parceling” the interview out. “We are putting this out almost as fast as we are getting in,” explains a spokesperson. The network is also apparently distributing one-minute clips to other networks before the entire interview airs—not that it matters very much, but it’s certainly a thoughtful gesture.

Despite the nod to inter-network good will, the LAT posts evoke a sense that the real problem isn’t the broken up nature of the broadcasts, or the total estimated one hour of face time that Gibson will have with Palin, but the fact that this single interview has to be such a unique moment at all. McNamara laments that, given the stakes, “a broken-up hour is too short to offer, a week is simply too long to wait.”

Here’s her concise review of the night:


Even Gibson acted as if he feared this might be the one shot the entire Fourth Estate gets, conducting what was essentially a high-level, high-pressure interview with a job candidate…

Even given that Sean Hannity has next crack at Palin, McNamara’s statement is insightful in its expression of impatience with what feels like a one-night movie viewing rather than what it should be—a season-long series.

What's Up, Doc(trine)?

| 22 Comments

Of the many awkward moments in last night's airing of ABC's Sarah Palin interview, perhaps the most awkward came when Charlie Gibson questioned McCain's would-Veep about the Bush doctrine. (Besides, that is, the moments when Palin pronounced "nuclear" as "nukular"—which, just, noooooooooooo...)

GIBSON: Do you agree with the Bush doctrine?

PALIN: In what respect, Charlie?

GIBSON: The Bush — well, what do you interpret it to be?

PALIN: His world view?

GIBSON: No, the Bush doctrine, annunciated September 2002, before the Iraq War.

PALIN: I believe that what President Bush has attempted to do is rid this world of Islamic extremism, terrorists who are hell-bent on destroying our nation. There have been blunders along the way, though. There have been mistakes made, and with new leadership, and that’s the beauty of American elections, of course, and democracy, is with new leadership comes opportunity to do things better.

GIBSON: The Bush doctrine as I understand it is that we have the right of anticipatory self-defense, that we have the right to a preemptive strike against any country that we think is going to attack us. Do you agree with us?

PALIN: Charlie, if there is legitimate and enough intelligent and legitimate evidence that tells us that a strike is imminent against American people, we have every right to defend our country.

Palin's circuitous, stilted, sound-bite-laden answers to Gibson's Bush doctrine-related questions would, at first blush, seem to betoken the governor's unfamiliarity with recent world events. Which, if so, and to state the obvious, would be a massive liability in a vice presidential candidate who, under a very imaginable combination of very imaginable circumstances, could become president of the U.S., Commander-in-Chief of its armed forces, the de facto leader of the free world, et cetera.

And, of course, the pundits pounced. "Sarah Palin: 'Bush Doctrine?'" scoffed the headline of the Tribune's The Swamp blog. "Why Palin's "Bush Doctrine" Gaffe Matters: Does She Know What Foreign Policy Doctrine Is?" asked TPM's Greg Sargent. The self-satisfied schadenfreude in all this is nearly palpable. Gawker even named its every-Friday shout-out-to-its-advertisers post "Our Advertisers Know What the Bush Doctrine Is."

But let's be fair here. As others—mostly conservative analysts—have noted, the Bush doctrine is, to some extent, like beauty and mirrors and President Bush himself, in the eye of the beholder. Yes, the doctrine has come to be associated with the strategy of preemptive war, or, as Gibson rightly noted, "the right of anticipatory self-defense," as laid out in the administration's September 2002 National Security Strategy of the United States. Fair enough. But the doctrine, as The Corner's Jay Nordlinger points out, also "got murky—acquired many branches and penumbra" in the years since that document was first released. The Bush doctrine now concerns much more than preemptive war.

No better proof of that than in The New York Times itself, which, in a September 2002 editorial, published five days after the National Security Strategy document was released, defined the Bush doctrine thusly:

American military power will be strong enough to dissuade potential adversaries from ever trying to challenge the military supremacy of the United States. Washington is free to take pre-emptive action against hostile states that are developing weapons of mass destruction. The successful strategies of the cold war, which relied on the threat of overwhelming American retaliation to deter foreign aggression, are largely obsolete. Forceful measures to prevent the spread of nuclear weapons are more effective than treaties.

These ideas are all connected, to be sure, and all part of the Bush doctrine. But they're not easily confinable to a single sound bite. The doctrine, particularly as a specimen of living history, is more complicated than Gibson suggested last night—and more complicated than pundits are suggesting today. Which isn't to justify Palin's responses to Gibson's questions—clearly, she was simply unfamiliar with "Bush doctrine" as a term, which doesn't bode well for her overall knowledge of recent political history—but it is to say that perhaps all the smugness in today's assessment of her responses is just a tad out of place. And that perhaps all the schadenfreude is just a tad unfair.

Instead, the pundits could have focused on the overarching revelations of the "Bush doctrine" line of questioning in the first place. The Gibson interview, after all, wasn't just a test of Palin's knowledge of current events—"20th Century Realpolitik" next to "Existential Threats," "Potent Potables," and "Rhymes with Brainy" on the Jeopardy! board of presidential politics. It was a test of how Palin handles herself under fire, of how she comports herself when facing a modicum of the pressure that will be exerted on the occupant of the Oval Office.

In this respect, Palin failed. Rather than simply admit that she didn't know the answer to Gibson's question—or rather than explain her own understanding of what the Bush doctrine may be, if you subscribe to the "nuanced definition" line of logic—Palin simply steered the conversation back to her talking points. This wasn't dialogue; it was—though Gibson tried his hardest to move everything in another direction—line-coaching.

I don’t care if the Alaska governor has been too busy governing Alaska in the last few years to bone up on recent political history; that's fair enough. I do care if she's unwilling to admit when she doesn't know something. I do care if her impulse is to gloss over her ignorance, rather than face it head-on. I appreciate the pressure she was facing. Still, no president or would-be president knows everything (even, yes, Obama, he of the Ivy League Education and Intellectual Elitism), and no one, really, expects them to. What we've learned through trial and much, much, much error, rather, is that chief executives have to have enough confidence in their own intelligence, and their own education, to admit when there's been a gap in that education. The only thing worse than ignorance is the attempt to ignore that ignorance.

"On television, tone matters as much as content," Alessandra Stanley notes in her assessment of the Palin interview. That may be true. But content still counts—whether one knows it or not.

Laugh-In

| No Comments

NYT blogger Judith Warner has a great post up today: a description of her experiences communing with other mothers at a McCain/Palin rally in Virginia.

Warner had expected, she writes, to be amused by the spectacle of red-garbed Palin Moms—"I figured funny things were bound to befall us in Palin-Land"—but, instead, she found herself moved by it.

No, it wasn’t funny, my morning with the hockey and the soccer moms, the homeschooling moms and the book club moms, the joyful moms who brought their children to see history in the making and spun them on the lawn, dancing, when music played. It was sobering. It was serious. It was an education.

“Palin Power” isn’t just about making hockey moms feel important. It’s not just about giving abortion rights opponents their due. It’s also, in obscure ways, about making yearnings come true — deep, inchoate desires about respect and service, hierarchy and family that have somehow been successfully projected onto the figure of this unlikely woman and have stuck.

What Warner describes is a kind of Conversion Experience of the Liberal, a movement from bemused condescension toward the Other—those liberals, always so smug!—to surprised appreciation for that Other. Her description of that experience could be trite and condescending (and in places, okay, it is), but it manages ultimately to be touching and illuminating—and, for that matter, refreshingly honest about cultural differences between Left and Right that, though amplified in the media, are also very real. Well worth a read.

After Campbell Brown’s testy RNC exchange with McCain campaign spokesman Tucker Bounds on CNN, the GOP handlers canceled the Arizona senator’s appearance on Larry King Live, perhaps on the assumption that King would subject McCain to a similar grilling, issuing the following statement:

After a relentless refusal by certain on-air reporters to come to terms with John McCain’s selection of Alaska’s sitting governor as our party’s nominee for vice president, we decided John McCain’s time would be better served elsewhere.

The assumption here is that, strategically speaking, a candidate is “better served” when he is interviewed by a sympathetic anchor who won’t ask tough questions or assume a combative stance. But this assumption is wrong.

When Barack Obama appeared on MSNBC's “Countdown” last week, he was in friendly territory, and Olbermann wanted to talk campaign strategy. “Given the tone that the campaign has taken," he asked, "do you regret putting the breaks on the 527 groups who would’ve produced or could’ve produced hard hitting ads that would’ve been sharing your sympathies?” And also: “If you were right [referring to Obama's lukewarm support for the surge in Iraq], why do the Republicans and the conservative media been so effective in suggesting that you were wrong and that you need to atone for that?”

For left-leaning MSNBC viewers, the answers that followed may have been interesting, but in general the interview didn’t advance what the public already knows about Obama. In terms of what “better serves” the Democrats, going on “Countdown” is literally preaching to the choir. That doesn’t help win elections.

But Obama’s interview with O’Reilly not only outperformed in ratings his appearance on “Countdown,” it also pointed to the very reasons why politicians ought to seek out interviews by journalists who challenge their points of view.

O’Reilly, who had been gunning to get Obama in his studio for months, asked short, clear questions like “ $150 billion to alternative energy in the Obama administration over 10 years? To what? What’s it gonna be?” and “Do you believe we’re in the middle of a war on terror? Who’s the enemy?”

It’s true that O’Reilly is no Obama supporter—but so much the better for Obama. In his interview, O’Reilly represented the unpersuaded, skeptical voter, the person that Obama should be having a conversation with. O’Reilly, despite his penchant for contradicting his guests, gave Obama plenty of airtime to present his positions, and explain exactly why the opposite point of view, which O’Reilly represents, was wrong.

"Interviewing with the enemy," so to speak, is a great opportunity to reach the opposition and possibly gain ground among voters who may have been basing their decisions on rumors rather than solid information.

“I’m an American voter, and I’m sitting there in Bismark, North Dakota, I’m sitting there in Coral Springs, Florida, and I’m seeing Reverend Wright ... I’m seeing Bill Ayers ... and I’m going, gee, Barack Obama, he’s got some pretty bad friends. Am I wrong?”

That’s a gimme, a perfect opportunity to rebut inaccuracies that were perpetuated by O’Reilly himself and to directly speak to voters who may have reservations about voting for Obama because of those rumors.

And, O’Reilly’s viewers are the very people that Obama needs to reach—not Olbermann’s solidly blue audience. Factor fans are the ones who might look down a candidate for avoiding O’Reilly’s tough interview. O’Reilly’s fuming about a candidate’s reluctance to visit the show may damage the candidate; by appearing, a politician stands to gain ground with O’Reilly’s viewers by appearing confident and unafraid.

Not to mention that tough questions aren’t what they seem: Yes, O’Reilly’s tone might be sarcastic or condescending, but the position he assumes and the questions he asks leave plenty of room for Obama to explain himself and set the record straight.

“The capital gains tax on 250 [thousand], you’re gonna hike to infinity,” O’Reilly said accusingly, leaving plenty of room for the senator to correct the exaggeration.

After watching back-to-back Barack Obama’s interviews with highly sympathetic Keith Olbermann and highly combative Bill O’Reilly, my message is to political media strategists is this: “Run, don’t walk, to get your candidates interviewed by the person who hates them the most.”

Take my newspaper... Please!

| No Comments

The Observer’s John Kolbin has a funny rundown of an internal rah-rah meeting hosted by Arthur Sulzberger Jr. for employees of The New York Times. Take this exchange:

A man asked, very directly, why the Company doesn't sell its regional newspapers?

It seemed to catch [Sulzberger] off guard. "Here, meet my family," he said, by way of distraction. "Take my daughter." There was silence. "Not in that way," he followed up. Awkward laughter.

Zing!

Also discussed was the Times’s Web numbers and a bit of boardroom intrigue. For more on those subjects, check out CJR’s July/August cover story on Sulzberger and the challenges his paper is facing. Trust me, it’s a really good piece, but I can’t promise that kind of humor.

Baby Come Back

| 3 Comments

Vladimir Putin, the former spook who has now managed to conjoin both ceremonial power and actual power as the Prime President of Russia, is sad these days. He just doesn’t understand why, over a month after Russia sent columns of tanks, squadrons of fighter jets, and belligerent “peacekeepers” deep into Georgia, the West is just so damn pissed at him.

What were we supposed to do when Georgia attacked not our territory, he asked a group of guests and television cameras at a luncheon in Sochi? “Do you think we should have wiped the bloody snot away and hung our heads?” he asked, resorting again to his famous penchant for otolaryngological imagery.

Putin is surprised, “astounded” even, that the West has responded so angrily to Russia’s military actions in Georgia. Russia, he explains, loves America. We held a moment of silence for the victims of 9/11, he told the gathered. We are “not against anybody,” and we have “no ideological conflict” with you, he continued—and, in a dubious play to win the hearts and minds of America and Europe, he claimed that he still loves George W. Bush when most Americans have abandoned him.

Why is Putin suddenly on a media blitz? Why is he courting the Western media, turning up the charm, and backing away from his own very tough talk on NATO—talk that has revived discussions about Cold War 2.0?

The reason is simple: moneys.

Russia’s invasion of Georgia, provoked or not, has completely shattered foreign investors’ confidence in what was once a booming Russian market. Last year, the Russian economy grew by 8.1 percent and investors were in love. Then, in July, Putin decided to jostle Mechel, a mining company, for its lunch money, and the love started to fade. The Russian market started a long series of burps and belches and, by the time August and the Ossetian war drew to a close, over $20 billion of foreign investment had fled the country. Foreign lending to Russian companies dropped by 85 percent, and the Russian stock market threw up, losing over a third of its value since May, and falling to its lowest levels since the summer of 2006.

In his dealings with everyone from Yukos to Shell and B.P., Putin has shown that his main interest is capitalizing on Russia’s oil and mineral wealth—and lining his and his buddies’ pockets with it. He may talk tough on the international stage, but he knows when to cash in national pride chips for greenbacks.

And so, with the cameras and foreign reporters watching, Putin lit some incense, hit play on the Boyz II Men tape, and asked us all to kiss and make up. But for his intended audience, it might be hard to say goodbye to yesterday.

Palin Minds The Gaffes

| 12 Comments

So far, the reaction to Sarah and Charlie’s big night seems to be that she didn’t do anything to embarrass herself. In short, no gaffes.

A gaffe, of course, is defined as an unintentional, embarrassing blunder—usually a quick, cringe-inducing, irrevocable verbal slip. It can be on a matter of substance (“Poland is free”) but usually isn’t. Gaffes make great sound bites, which is part of the reason why the media makes so much of them.

Here’s what Bill Sammon, Fox News’s Washington-based deputy managing editor, said this morning on Fox and Friends:

The gaffe issue is the most important test she could have passed. There are a lot of critiques out today or tomorrow nibbling around the edges … What that tells you is that no major gaffes were made because we would be having a very different conversation if she screwed up.

I can’t disagree with that. If Palin had, say, fallen out of her chair, cried, called Obama “uppity,” or cursed, well, yes, we’d be having a very different conversation.

But it’s not like she didn’t give us enough to talk about.

She didn’t recognize the term “Bush Doctrine,” a key foundation of the administration’s justification to invade Iraq; nor was she able to explain its premise.

She suggested that Alaska’s proximity to Russia—so close that you can see!—gives her foreign policy cred. (I can see a film school from my desk window, so I’m expecting an offer from a Hollywood agent any day now.)

She circled back to repeated talking points at every opportunity, betraying a lack of substantial knowledge on any foreign policy issue she was asked about.

That’s the easy stuff, all of which can—and should—be pointed out without provoking debates about the soundness or wisdom of the answers she did give. Yes, Palin had to perform, but she also told us about the policies and perspectives she’s just learned she’ll be advocating for.

And on that front, there is a lot of ground for fruitful press discussion. Does Palin disagree with her running mate over the propriety of pursuing al-Qaeda members in Pakistan without that government’s approval? What exactly, is Palin’s understanding of the murky start of this summer’s Georgian-Russian war that leads her to state, unequivocally, that Russia’s invasion was unprovoked?

Add it all up, and it looked to me like a pretty disastrous outing for Palin. Gibson was firm and sensible, and didn’t dabble in the transparent gotcha. But he netted no gaffe. So what does that mean?

“She didn’t do anything that would hurt her cause or the McCain ticket,” said Ken Rudin, NPR’s political editor, on today’s Morning Edition.

That’s one way of looking at it.

Pork Chopped

| No Comments

Before he was Michael Scott and Andy Stitzer, Steve Carell was a Daily Show "political correspondent."

Well, the HuffPo's Rachel Sklar has unearthed a classic and brilliant clip, from John McCain's prior White House run, in which Carell interviews The Maverick aboard the Straight Talk Express. Hilarity, unsurprisingly, ensues.








Sklar has also found a New Yorker assessment of the Carell interview, from a 2002 article entitled "Annals of Entertainment: Is It Funny Yet?":

In late 1999, one of the show's correspondents, Steve Carell, boarded Senator McCain's campaign bus, the Straight Talk Express, and asked the candidate to name his favorite movie and his favorite book. Then, with no change in his expression, he asked McCain how he could reconcile his criticism of pork-barrel politics with the fact that "while you were chairman of the Commerce Committee, that committee set a record for unauthorized appropriations." For a long moment, McCain was speechless. Carell started laughing. "I'm just kidding!" he said. "I don't even know what that means!"

"That's a true fact, that question," [then-head writer Ben] Karlin said. "And McCain was caught in the headlights. But we punctured it with a joke, so all you're left with is funny and awkward. It's bittersweet."

For months after the interview, McCain played a tape of the exchange with Carell on the Straight Talk Express's video screen—a decision that does him credit.

It does. Well, it did. Can you imagine that—any of that—happening today?

Roanoke Chronicles (cont.)

| No Comments

Is it any wonder that newspapers are going the way of the Interstate Commerce Commission?

Michael Stowe, managing editor of the Roanoke Times, sought to reassure staffers, apparently, that editors did not cave into a powerful local institution after a monopoly local hospital, Carilion Health System, complained about a Times reporter and pulled its ads. The reporter, Jeff Sturgeon, was reassigned.

The sequence was reported in a Wall Street Journal story on Carilion flexing its clout in town. It was oddly not addressed in a column by Stowe responding to reader complaints that the Times coverage of Carilion was weak.

Instead of leveling with staffers, Stowe addresses the matter with HR gobbledygook:

I know the recent Wall Street Journal story on Carilion and a blog item posted this week on the Columbia Journalism Review's website (with a link today on Romenesko) created some buzz in the newsroom regarding the reasons behind Jeff Sturgeon's beat change last year. In our efforts to protect Jeff's privacy—and not air details of a personnel issue in public—Carole [Tarrant, the paper’s editor] and I didn't address the topic as directly as we would have liked.

But I thought it was important to let each of you know: Jeff wasn't reassigned because we were unhappy with the stories he had written about Carilion; nor did Carilion executives call the newspaper and ask for the change.

Yes, but Carilion did pull its ads after repeatedly complaining about Sturgeon. This is not complicated. And the question is not about whether the editors were happy with the quality of the work, but whether the pressure caused them to make the change.

This is a yes or no question. And, frankly, “yes,” is not an option. This is why newspapers have managing editors. This is job one. Pressure on the newsroom from a powerful local institution is a pass/fail exam.

Instead we get one paragraph that raises so many more questions than it answers —”to protect Jeff’s privacy—and not air details of personnel issues in public…”—that it’s not worth parsing. This is the opposite of helpful. This is a hairball. The second paragraph could be a Zen koan.

Newspapers have basically one job: to level with people. That’s not happening in Roanoke.

Good-Bye To All That

| 3 Comments

The initial version of this article featured several factual errors, which have been corrected as of September 15th. To go directly to the list of errors and corrections, please click here.

This spring’s imbroglio over the Emily Gould cover story in The New York Times Magazine brought national attention to what might, previously, have been considered a particularly regional, or particularly inside-baseball, tangent of meta-journalism. Her article, about the personal and professional scrutiny she was subject to as an editor of the New York media site Gawker, was itself subject to exacting close readings and debate in a variety of online comment threads. It seemed like every blogger had something to say about Gould. That was, perhaps, the piece's intended purpose: the author, in writing about how she had served as a lightning rod for controversy at Gawker, brought the Times Magazine the zeitgeisty attention (and pageviews) that Gawker enjoys.

As a reader both of Gawker and of the Times Magazine, I read the story out of habit, but I felt a strangely visceral response as I clicked forward through the pages. I felt both an alienation from Gould and a strange kinship with her. As someone who had once considered himself a "young journalist," I had seen Gould's ironic, quick-draw writing style adopted by countless collegiate bloggers, and summarily ingrained in the Columbia University campus media culture, a culture whose pace was set by the widely-read, fast-and-loose Web site Bwog, which had been called "Columbia Gawker" in its planning stages. I had worked at Bwog and its parent, the monthly magazine The Blue and White, until my sophomore year of college, a few months before Gould's story came out. For better or for worse, Gould had set the standards for my generation of journalists, and that made her story compelling to me. I was able to identify with her identity crisis over blogging as well: writing pithily for a 24-hour cycle driven by commenter appetites hadn't been what either of us had set out to do.

I had been a reader before I called myself a writer. I began reading Time between the stacks in the elementary school library and The New Yorker between textbook pages in eighth-grade science class. These magazines, and others I read, told a story far greater than the weekly parade of newsmakers and eccentrics found inside the pages of each issue. In the aggregate, they seemed to dramatize their own creation. Time gave a sense of hierarchy and majesty to the passage of years. The continuity of The New Yorker's typeface, and of the magazine's lofty place in our culture, spoke volumes to me about journalism as authority or institution.

I began casually reading Gawker during my senior year of high school. Despite, or because of, my ignorance of the names in play and the stakes of the game, Gawker was a light, entertaining read: the internal rivalries, secret allegiances, and anonymous tipsters of publishing houses and magazines. From my computer in Connecticut, I didn’t think Gawker’s, and Gould's, sarcasm and gossip-mongering represented the way the truth about the media. The New Yorker and Time-Life buildings were zeniths of professionalism and skill in my mind, while Gawker’s streetfront offices just represented a specific amusing and cynical viewpoint—one that was still fun to check in on now and then, though.

But more and more, I would run to the library computers between classes at my small boarding school to see what new items had been posted. Few, if any, other students there read Gawker. While I used to devour magazines like The New Republic in the library during free periods, I now couldn’t escape the thought that these magazines were relics. Gawker flaunted a philosophy that felt less and less blasphemous - that everything was irreparably broken (in the media, in New York, in general) and it was better just to laugh and mock. What was to be done? The less time I spent reading the magazines I once loved, the more time I spent reading just how much I didn’t need to read them. By the time I arrived at Columbia—New York, at last!—I was reading the site daily, as were many of my college classmates, as I discovered when students I'd seen at publications' meetings (and their parties) began spouting off about Emily Gould.

I became an editor at The Blue and White, in the middle of my freshman year, and soon became involved with the magazine’s blog, called Bwog. The blog was exceptionally popular, while the magazine had a small readership and was almost prohibitively expensive. As a daily editor at Bwog for a semester, I was responsible for five to six posts, one day per week, which could set the tone of campus discussion for the day and would attract perhaps twenty-five comments apiece.

The posts were often cruel. A friend who edited a section at the rival Columbia Spectator told me she often feared what Bwog and its virulent anonymous commenters would say about her work. On Bwog, one could say whatever one wanted with impunity. When writing a late-night report on a nebulous "scandal" in the student council race, I was told to keep an anonymous source anonymous not out of principle but because it didn't matter; the commenters would make his name public anyway. They did.

Bwog bore a close resemblance to Gawker, and we editors had especially adopted Gawker's tone in conversation. Blue and White editors mocked entries from classmates' personal blogs, and speculated as to which juniors would get tapped by secret societies. Internal gossip was often disseminated via online messaging. During our arduous layout weekends, editors would transparently discuss one another’s performance from opposite ends of the room, with furrowed brow and intent focus.

I still enjoyed working on the magazine, though, as it was what I thought journalism could be: intellectual content assembled by hard workers. The Blue and White was rather transparently modeled on The New Yorker: it had a front-of-book section that read just like Talk of the Town, and long-form investigative pieces that were scrupulously reported and fact-checked. I assumed, based on my reading of Gawker, that the presence of gossip did not signify an absence of good journalism. Gawker had laid bare the divisions within much larger and more successful media outlets, and, I assumed, gossip was simply an ugly but necessary fact of life for journalists. It could be dealt with for what it was worth, and then a writer could move on to his writing. (After reading Gould's piece, and working on this one, I am no longer sure that is the case.)

Believing myself a student journalist immersed in the milieu of Manhattan, I began to turn my attention away from Gawker. There was gossip of my own to focus on—student-journalist gossip, which is small-bore and ceaseless. (Little is truly scandalous, as student journalists are not, comparatively speaking, a fast crowd.) Even so, I was unable to get the hang of blogging—I was either too sarcastic or too credulous. Besides Gawker, which I'd never read to emulate, there was no blueprint. My posts, written hastily between classes at public computer terminals, felt ephemeral. I wrote arts pieces for the magazine on top of my Bwog posts, and began to wonder what my high school fervor for writing had been about, and what it had gotten me.

I left my Bwog editor post after a semester in order to intern at Time, but continued to post on the site. It never occurred to me to quit, though perhaps it should have. Soon enough, I found myself the object of the same sorts of journalistic intrigues I had read about on Gawker. I caught the hints: pitch emails sent to editors and then falling into an abyss, never to be replied to or mentioned again; the editor-in-chief sending emails to the entire staff criticizing a film review I wrote; being asked to apologize to a Bwog writer after I mused that her proposal to cover Mahmoud Ahmadinejad's visit to campus in the voices of a panel of Yorkie puppies was the epitome of Bwog's sloppy tendencies.

The same sort of absurd story had been a fun free period in high school, a soap opera episode written by Emily Gould, had become unlivable. Everyone else at The Blue and White had been reading Gawker, as I had, and been learning from it that journalism was now a game of sudden death. They had succeeded in establishing a successful blog for a struggling magazine and in climbing to the top of the—admittedly small—campus-journalism heap. My interest in blogging was minimal and my ability to politick even worse. Those who had mastered gossip—running the campus gossip site, or dark mutterings about others—lived online, and they did better there than I did.

The situation was untenable. I quit the editorial board. A few weeks later, I sent Gawker a tip that, under its new leadership, Bwog had shed readers and lost respect. I had thought, naively, that my small exposé might draw the magazine’s attention towards its own insidious gossip culture. I also assumed that this would bring me catharsis, that serving up gossip about others would put me, even temporarily, in a position of power over them. But the comeuppance was mine. The post I had prompted concluded: “The bad news, tipster, is that you might be a sore loser.” I didn’t feel powerful. I felt queasy, and exhausted. Gawker was right: I had lost their game.

Bwog's editor wrote an email, published on Gawker and elsewhere, alleging that another former Bwog editor had been the anonymous tipster. I admitted my guilt, with a vague and diffident apology, over email. A previous offer to write more arts pieces for the print magazine was tacitly rescinded. I suppose I learned my lesson about trying to create gossip, and a more important and long-deferred lesson too. Even as I write and edit this piece, I seek the well-chosen barb. I want to believe that I am finally writing something that matters, but I am telling a story of rivalry and dark mutterings and clandestine chats and emails, in the language that Gawker established and Bwog brought to campus. Perhaps I am a former trafficker of gossip seeking sympathy from my reader—I at least empathize with the Emily Gould of the Times Magazine piece. What did I learn? Perhaps that I should reconsider law school. Dissembling may as well be lucrative.

A friend at Time, a very accomplished writer long out of college, told me that all newsrooms are fueled by rumor. The rivalries, he instructed, are better-concealed as the writers grow savvier, become real journalists. He wrote for the Harvard Crimson, before blogs and Gchat. There, they wrote their grievances about one another in a public, anonymous "burn book." My internship at Time was nothing like that, or like anything I'd experienced. I felt a sense of pride as I returned to campus every Tuesday and Friday. It was a rare sensation, offline and worlds away from Gawker and Bwog, looking at the blown-up covers of famous back issues on the walls. It felt like I was doing something important.


Corrections: The initial version of this article stated that Bwog turned a profit via advertising. Bwog has never been profitable. The article also initially claimed that the February 2008 issue of The Blue and White featured an editor's note thaking every returning editor except the author. This was incorrect, as was the claim that the editor-in-chief sent all-staff emails criticizing the author's work. In fact, the editor-in-chief sent a single email to the magazine's editors, including the author. The initial version also featured several chronological errors: the author referred to somebody as "the Bwog editor" at a time when she did not yet hold that position, and referred to several controversial posts as being published during the tenure of that same editor, when, in fact, they had been published during the tenure of the preceding editor. The article has been revised to reflect these changes. CJR apologizes for the errors.

Kurtz: "He Was All Business"

| 10 Comments

The Times summarized Charlie Gibson's role in last night's Round 1 of the Sarah Palin interview thusly: "The interview was hardly gentle, as Mr. Gibson pressed Ms. Palin for direct answers to some of the complicated foreign policy and national security issues facing the next administration."

Now, here's Howard Kurtz: "Anyone who said that Charlie Gibson might go easy on Sarah Palin might want to quickly delete those comments."

AND

"What the ABC newsman conducted yesterday was a serious, professional interview that went right at the heart of what we want and need to know about the governor: Could she be president? Does she understand the nuances of international affairs? Does she have a world view?"

AND

"He was all business, respectful but persistent."

AND

"No fancy footwork, no long-winded setups, no gotchas. Just a solid, straight-ahead interview."

Gibson's first good question

| 4 Comments

Are you ready for a three day IV drip of Palin interviews?

In this early excerpt on ABC's website, Charlie Gibson asks Palin to get specific on what admitting Georgia into NATO would mean, beyond bluster.

The Governor advocated the accession of Georgia and Ukraine into NATO.

When asked by Gibson if under the NATO treaty, the U.S. would have to go to war if Russia again invaded Georgia, Palin responded: "Perhaps so. I mean, that is the agreement when you are a NATO ally, is if another country is attacked, you're going to be expected to be called upon and help.

"And we've got to keep an eye on Russia. For Russia to have exerted such pressure in terms of invading a smaller democratic country, unprovoked, is unacceptable," she told ABC News' Charles Gibson in an exclusive interview.

Good question. And one that I don't recall anyone asking McCain or Obama after they reiterated or made similar calls to admit Georgia to NATO this summer.

Enquiring Minds

| 2 Comments

John Edwards’s affair. Bristol Palin’s baby. They tempt one to believe that the only moral consistency to be found in politics is hypocrisy, and same goes for the way each was covered. On the WSJ’s Op-Ed page today, David Perel, Editor in Chief of the National Enquirer, retells the oft-told story about the mainstream media’s snubbing the former story, then salivating over the latter. But the stories themselves, he smirks, make this “the greatest tabloid presidential election in modern times.”

It was, of course, the National Enquirer that exposed Edwards’s dalliances while the MSM slept through the howling of the blogosphere. Tabloids, Perel argues, occupy a position somewhere between the (ideally) scrupulous fact-checking of the mainstream media and the (sometimes quite accurate) irresponsible rumor-mongering of the blogosphere, liberal or conservative. Scandal has no bias; sensationalism has no party. Ignominy coaches Little League games in the Blue States and has some gay friends in the Red States.

In the end, that’s what this election is about.

And it serves the tabloids well, if not America, because neither the old nor the new media is completely at home in the territory of verifiable scandal. Perel explains:

While John Edwards and Sarah Palin have served as lightning rods for the debatable issue of how personal controversy affects public worthiness for leadership, the mainstream media vacillates between ignoring and rushing into these types of stories. New media, with its raucous pursuit of every salacious rumor, feels no such restraint. Inchoate ideas and suppositions find purchase on blogs from both sides of the political spectrum.

Tabloids, meanwhile, romp joyfully through the minefield between the two. Perel concludes:

… With apologies to John Edwards, Sarah Palin and untold other Democrats and Republicans, the tabloid media gladly accepts its role of covering the scandals, relying on the American public to decide if that information is relevant to job performance.

There’s some consistency, at least.

The World Really is This Strange

| No Comments

Quick: What's the connection between the presidential election and yesterday’s guilty pleas by con-man Raffaello Follieri (a.k.a. Anne Hathaway’s ex), besides that they're both easy cable news fodder.

Well, The Nation has done the journalistic spade work, and finds that McCain and Rick Davis, his lobbyist-turned campaign manager, spent part of the senator’s 70th birthday on a yacht in Montenegro with Hathaway and Follieri.

I’m sorry—McCain spent his 70th birthday where, with who? And why?

The magazine promises more information in their next print issue, but for now, Ari Berman and Mark Ames’s online account of this meeting of the stars will have to suffice.

Meanwhile, in Michigan

| 11 Comments

Original reporting is a beautiful thing, and so all journophiles should take heart at the local online “papers” springing up around the country to fill the Grand Canyon-sized gaps left by old-media local newspapers currently preoccupied with the task of chewing their own legs off.

Comes now the Michigan Messenger—offshoot of the Center for Independent Media—to report that a certain political party in Michigan—are you ready for this?— “is planning to use a list of foreclosed homes to block people from voting in the upcoming election….”

That is correct: foreclosure lists will be used to purge voters.

Think I’m putting lipstick on this? The Messenger got it from the horse’s mouth.

“We will have a list of foreclosed homes and will make sure people aren’t voting from those addresses,” party chairman James Carabelli told Michigan Messenger in a telephone interview earlier this week. He said the local party wanted to make sure that proper electoral procedures were followed.

The idea is simply that foreclosed-upon people no longer own the house, don’t live there, and shouldn’t be allowed to use it as their legal voting address.

Listen, the law’s the law.

And it’s great politics, too. I just think the people vetting these lists should wear top hats and have waxed mustaches.

The Messenger story adds more useful information, including that:

McCain’s regional headquarters are housed in the office building of foreclosure specialists Trott & Trott. The firm’s founder, David A. Trott, has raised between $100,000 and $250,000 for the Republican nominee.

So we can see the synergies there.

The Messenger story also links to the Columbus Dispatch, which is reporting that the same tactic is being contemplated in Ohio.

So let’s hear it for original reporting. Still, as a professional journalism critic, I detect two holes in the story:

1. For voting purposes in Michigan, does a U-Haul van qualify as a legal address?

2. Why would foreclosees as a group be less inclined to vote Republican? Hmm.

Oh well. Maybe some questions are beyond even journalism.

The Atlantic’s Marc Ambinder and The Washington Post’s Anne Kornblut round up Joe Biden and the Palins’ Secret Service code names. Absolute Dowd bait.

Joe = Celtic
Sarah = Denali
Todd = Driller

No word on Jill’s, but hey, when was the last time there was any word on Jill?

Bridge Fact Checks Go Nowhere

| 10 Comments

Is it naïve to think that if a candidate for national office is caught lying by the press, she might be forced, at a minimum, to stop repeating the lie? Or to explain herself? Or to apologize?

It shouldn’t be. But recent events seem to suggest otherwise.

When, less than two weeks ago, Sarah Palin took the stage in Dayton, Ohio to be introduced as John McCain’s vice presidential running mate, she introduced a key talking point to justify her unexpected rise to prominence:

And I've championed reform to end the abuses of earmark spending by Congress. In fact, I told Congress, I told Congress thanks, but no thanks, on that "Bridge to Nowhere." If our state wanted a bridge, I said, we'd build it ourselves.

It didn’t take long before the press asked: “Really?” Moments after the words crossed her lips, The New Republic‘s Brad Plumer went on Nexis and found a questionnaire she’d completed for Anchorage Daily News during her 2006 gubernatorial campaign expressing clear support for the Gravina Island bridge project, a.k.a. “the bridge to nowhere.”

Palin’s bridge record, via her numerous public statements and reflected in the timeline of the bridge’s death, is pretty clear. After supporting the project during her campaign, she declined to proceed with construction as governor, but only after Congress had stripped the appropriations earmark for the project after national outcry. I’m not sure what the right term is for declining an offer that’s already been withdrawn, but “Thanks, but no thanks” hardly describes it.

It wasn’t long before other outlets followed up with their own fact checks. Plumer’s post was linked by The New York Times, which chimed in on Sunday with its own article. And yet the claim reappeared, nearly verbatim, at a preconvention rally, and then again in her convention speech. And then Palin took the line on the road, where’s she’s used it at least five more times. So, as of writing, that’s eight times. It’s in her stump speech, and it seems that no amount of journalistic fact checking can dislodge it.

Or could it? The New York Times has only pointed out the line’s tortured history twice. I asked Richard Stevenson, the Times’s political editor, if each repetition of the claim would warrant a fact-check in his paper.

“Of course not. There’s no way,” he adamantly responded. “I mean, at some point we can’t devote precious space in our newspaper, and our most precious resource, reporter time, to do stories over again.”

“A third story inside of seven days strikes me as somewhat excessive,” says Stevenson.
But would three stories be excessive if the lie persists? It depends, says Stevenson.

“If it becomes really egregious we will no doubt point it out more than once,” says Stevenson. “At some point it is up to the candidates to decide if they want to be fully honest and fully nuanced.”

Of course, the Times is not the only outlet whose work is being ignored. On Tuesday, The Wall Street Journal published a scathing fact-check, following pieces in USA Today (September 1) and Palin’s home state Anchorage Daily News (August 31). Fox News Sunday dissected it over the weekend. A McCain advertisement repeating the claim drew clear factual rebukes from the Associated Press and The Washington Post.

And all that fact checking, so far, is still not enough to take the claim off the record.

The morning after Palin’s convention speech, NPR ran a long story by veteran money and politics reporter Peter Overby, vetting various claims about her lobbying and earmarking record, including the Gravina bridge claim. On Monday and Tuesday, NPR’s Don Gonyea reported from the trail that Palin persisted in repeating her claim. Wednesday morning’s dispatch didn’t mention it, but on Thursday, Morning Edition ran a piece asking why the nowhere line still had legs.

“The main job of the press in the campaign is to hold candidates accountable to what they’ll say they’ll do and what they’ve done,” Overby told me. “Clearly there are cycles in political strategies and political coverage. If you look at the whole business of fact checking political claims and political ads—which I think started in ’84—the fact checking articles used to have a huge impact. But it would stand to reason that just like some kinds of ads aren’t as effective, that fact checks would be less effective.”

Why is that? Overby thought that one reason might be the diffuse, fragmented nature of today’s media—no single outlet, not even prestigious ones like the Times or NPR, wield enough power to force a course correction. He also suggested that the McCain campaign’s recent rhetorical attacks on the press didn’t betray much respect for their work.

Tactically, the McCain camp seems to have decided that there’s no benefit to admitting fault or to cutting the claim. Palin’s speech to the Republican National Convention, which again included the line, was watched by close to 40 million people. As The New Republic’s Michael Crowley pointed out, how many of those do you think have seen or read a fact check of the claim?

The campaign also might be hoping that aggressive fact checking will only aid its efforts to conflate salacious rumors and allegations of sexism with legitimate questions about the bridge and the many other unclear aspects of Palin’s political biography.

Yesterday, The Atlantic’s James Fallows struck on an interesting comparison. When Hillary Clinton, against much evidence, was caught embellishing her account of landing at Tuzla during the Bosnian war, she was roasted for days. But there’s no outrage this time around, and Fallows wonders why. Given that both Palin and Clinton are women, Fallows suggests that the only substantive difference between the two is party label.

I’d suggest three other explanations. One (which, to be fair, Fallows mentions) is the lack of eye-grabbing video in Palin’s case. Yes tape exists of Palin speaking favorably about the Gravina bridge, but it’s a boring clip given in bureaucratic language—little better than living text. There’s no little girl with poem and bouquet here, and, sad to say, that matters a lot to TV.

A second is that Palin has been under total radio silence since she was picked, not appearing at a single press conference and barely submitting to interviews. When CBS unearthed its old Tuzla footage, Clinton was making the rounds of editorial boards on the eve of the Pennsylvania primary, and Will Bunch of the Philadelphia Daily News was able to get a quote. (It was that admission that led the Times’s first story on the incident.)

And, third, the Tuzla gaffe affected two key narratives in the race. It undermined the idea that Clinton’s time as First Lady had left her well prepared to tend the country’s international affairs. And it supported another, long a staple of American politics: that the Clintons are untrustworthy, and all too willing to stretch the truth for political gain.

Which is exactly what journalists are trying to point out about Palin now.

The Black Hole of Publicity

| 3 Comments

The biggest bang to come out of the Large Hadron Collider, which began operating in Europe yesterday, was the media coverage itself. There are thousands of articles and blog posts available online comprising reams of text, videos, photo slideshows, audio files, and interactive graphics. As a discrete spate of reporting, it is definitely in the running for biggest science story of the year.

That shouldn’t be a huge surprise. Located 300 meters below French-Swiss border, in a circular tunnel that is seventeen miles in diameter, the LHC is the world’s biggest and most powerful particle collider. It is designed to accelerate protons to nearly the speed of light and smash them together in order to recreate the fiery conditions that existed just after the Big Bang, when the universe was born. Physicists hope that it will do many things, not least of which is producing the Higgs boson, the so-called “God particle” that is theorized to endow all matter with mass. This would help scientists complete the Standard Model, which describes all fundamental particles and forces in the universe. However, the worry that the LHC could also produce a miniature black hole, which could devour the entire planet, drove a lot, if not most, of the news coverage.

“Talk about a public relations problem,” wrote Der Spiegel in an online story. “Imagine spending years sinking vast quantities of money, time and ambition into an intricately complex project only to face accusations just before the project's debut that you might accidentally bring about the end of the world.”

Most physicists agree there is no reason to panic. And, save for a few scientifically ignorant articles like those in The Guardian and The Sun in the U.K., the press almost universally discredited the black-hole doomsday scenarios. It’s somewhat unfortunate that the hype was less about the 'Greatest Physics Experiment Of All Time', and more about people’s fears that it could be the most dangerous since the atomic bomb. On the other hand, the LHC’s inauguration might not have been such a big deal without all the worry. Nothing really happened yesterday except the first successful test beam (no smashing) and, as a physicist at Chicago’s Fermilab (which had the biggest atom smasher until yesterday) told The New York Times’s Dennis Overbye, “Bad publicity is still publicity.”

Not that black-hole fears don’t deserve some serious coverage. Indeed, at least two lawsuits have attempted to halt research at the LHC and CERN scientists have received death threats from people who say they don't want the work to go forward. One can dismiss those extremists as irrational, but as Overbye reported for the Times in April, there is still a small group of levelheaded scientists and environmentalists who think physicists and their government sponsors can be a little too cavalier about these things.

While one might argue that the media made too much of the doomsday argument, given rather small size of the official protest, there is obviously some real public misunderstanding about this technology. If the LHC really could open a wormhole (unlikely, but check out this eccentric piece), one could go back and see that this has been an issue for a long time. Exactly seven years ago today (a tragic and obviously distracting day, to say the least), George Johnson had an excellent, long article in The New York Times that explained how worry had dogged the Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider at Brookhaven National Laboratory on Long Island, N.Y. in 1998. The thrust of his well-reported piece, however, was why, far from avoiding their creation, "Physicists strive to build a black hole:"

If black holes can be manufactured and studied in captivity, physicists will be able to test ideas in the hinterlands of understanding. The black holes are so tiny that they would obey the laws of quantum mechanics, but their gravity is so powerful that they must also obey general relativity. By observing how the two theories interact, physicists could see if they were just different manifestations of a more general law.

Johnson's article is actually about the LHC, which was in the early (and over budget) stages of construction in 2001. So the doomsday debate, which MSNBC.com's Alan Boyle has tracked in number of blog posts over the last two years, has been garnering publicity for the collider for a long time. With that in mind, the most important question about the current cornucopia of coverage is not, is all publicity good publicity for CERN, but rather: Has the press actually helped public understanding of particle physics or just perpetuated old worries?

Fortunately, unlike black holes, a lot of light escaped from the world’s news holes over the last few days (though the best piece of writing on the subject may still be last year's Elizabeth Kolbert's exposé in The New Yorker). There have been many excellent features, analyses, photos, interviews, and interactive graphics. But fun time is over. One disappointing aspect of the straight news coverage of the LHC's first beam test was that, depending on whom you read, it cost anywhere between $4 billion to $10 billion. Anyway you slice it, that's a lot of money, and proof of two things: that CERN will have to earn its publicity from now on, and that journalists have responsibility to explain how its fancy new collider does or doesn't pay off.

Welcome back, Len!

| No Comments

MediaBistro brings us the news that Len Downie, who famously abstained from voting while he served as executive editor of The Washington Post, registered with the D.C. Board of Elections the very day he stepped down.

Now, Len, it’s on to the important matter of developing opinions on political issues.

A Star Is Boring

| 1 Comment

Tonight, the first part of Charles Gibson’s exclusive interview with Sarah Palin will air on ABC. While some media folk are wagering that Gibson will ask Palin some difficult questions—about her record in state government, about the veracity of some of her comments, about her faith and its interplay with politics, even about her family—others are not so sure. The New Republic’s Jason Zengerle imagines that Gibson’s style will be more like Barbara Walters than George Stephanopoulos. Josh Marshall remarks that agreeing to Palin’s terms (come to Alaska, stay for several days, conduct a series of sit-down interviews) “is a form of self-gelding” and predicts that the result will be “unwatchable.”

The critics’ preemptive lament, suggesting that they think the interview will be far from journalistic, shines a spotlight on the broadcast news paradox. To score the coveted get, networks parade their brightest stars, the household names that practically guarantee high viewership. (In this view, Zengerle’s comment likening Gibson to Barbara Walters is legitimate enough.) But by that same token, those network news stars have public images they must maintain; unless you’re Joan Rivers, or unless you’re on cable, where accusatory voices thrive, it doesn’t necessarily pay to come across as disagreeable—even if, reportorially, it’s what the situation demands.

This is what’s inherently problematic about power interviewing power. Sure, the Interview Magazine celebrity-on-celebrity interview model has its inarguably appealing aspects: the thrill of seeing two stars collide; or, for instance, how Your Own Favorite News Personality interacts with The Nation’s Fresh Political Personality. But both sides are unlikely to ask and answer tough, uncomfortable questions. (Do you believe in evolution? Do you believe a teenaged girl like Bristol should be given a choice regarding an unwanted pregnancy?) Deference and politesse are usually the rule when power interviews power, as is a tacit prohibition against saying what you really think. For example, although Bill O’Reilly is fond of loudly arguing with guests with whom he disagrees, his recent interview with Barack Obama was unsurprisingly decorous.

But that’s not to say that the rules of the game shouldn’t at times be broken. In this case, Gibson needs to show that the media will hold Palin accountable for inaccurate statements that she’s made repeatedly on the campaign trail, by pushing her for solid, substantive answers and laying out the facts for a national viewership. If that breaks the devil’s bargain of mutual softballing and makes him look “mean” to certain viewers, then so be it.

After all, journalists (even high profile broadcasters) shouldn’t be nervous about appearing like an asshole on occasion. It’s the journalistic imperative to keep one’s eyes on the prize and, when needed, take a hit for the sake of the public’s need to know.

Admittedly, this is a harder task for TV journalists than for their print counterparts. Print journalists can ask tough questions with fewer repercussions, because even hotshots of this stripe are still mostly known as bylines on a page. But to achieve success, well-known broadcasters trade as much on their images as on their reportorial abilities, a public quality they share with many an interview subject. In the image maintenance game, they are not exactly on opposing teams.

Gibson is beholden to the structure that has helped shape his reputation—and that structure maintains that certain limitations are inevitable if an interview with a high-profile figure is to be had. And that’s why the criticisms are directed less at Gibson’s reportorial prowess, than at the journalistic impotence born of the restrictions imposed by the interview genre itself.

This is the first interview that Sarah Palin has given, and there are no guarantees that there will be more interviews to come—which is why tonight’s interview needs to be more than a glorified photo opportunity. We will see if we get walks along the beach, or barring that, a display of Alaskan lighting, harnessed at times of the day when its hues most complement the facial features of both interviewer and interviewee. Like children prying open the paper doors of Advent calendars, we will see bits and pieces of the results on ABC’s various shows, starting Thursday night and continuing throughout Friday: a baby here, some candlelight there. If it turns out that in toto the pieces add up to a predictable picture, the conclusion may very well be that the formula of double star power doesn’t always sell the big get.

Bill's Back! From Liability to "Swami"

| No Comments

On MSNBC this morning:

JOE SCARBOROUGH: Barack Obama's biggest mistake in the campaign thus far may have been the fact he waited a month to call Bill Clinton when his advisers were begging him to ...I do not understand. I didn't understand in 2004 why John Kerry didn't pick up the phone every day. If I were a Democrat running for office, the very first phone call I would make every day, I'm not being fecitious at all, would be to Bill Clinton, "Mr. President, they are coming at me this way. What did you do when they did this to you in '92? What do I need to do today?"...

ANDREA MITCHELL:...You guys are right...The best thing that Barack Obama can do at lunch [with Bill Clinton today] is say, "Okay, Master, Swami. Tell me what to do. What's the secret word?"

Weren't these some of the same people telling us, not so long ago, that Bill Clinton, onetime political Midas, had lost his touch --or just lost it in general?

Our "Trouble" With Lies

| No Comments

As Michael Kinsley sees it:

In a democracy, obvious lies and obvious liars should be self-defeating. Why aren’t they?

One reason is that the media have trouble calling a lie a lie, or asserting that one side is lying more than the other -- even when that is objectively the case. They lean over backwards to give liars the benefit of the doubt, even when there is no doubt. Objectivity can’t be objectively measured. What can be is balance. So if the sins of both campaigns are reported as roughly equal, the media feel they are doing their job -- even if this is objectively untrue.

But the bigger reason is that no one -- not the media, not the campaign professionals, not the voters -- cares enough about lying.

Noun + "Putting Politics Aside" + 9/11

| No Comments

This evening, John McCain and Barack Obama will make a rare joint appearance on the campus of Columbia University. The talks they'll deliver, to an audience composed of students, community leaders, the families of 9/11 victims, and some scattered members of the media, will be sponsored by ServiceNation, a nonpartisan coalition that aims to restore "the great tradition of citizen service" in the country. The theme of the talks—the candidates will speak separately, as they did at their last joint appearance at Rick Warren's Saddleback Church—will pay tacit tribute to today's anniversary. It will be, fittingly and simply, "public service."

And the tone of those talks, belying weeks—months—of petty bickering on the campaign trail, will surely be cordial, even respectful. Because Today Is September Eleventh, after all, and it is for us, the living, to pay tribute to the memory of those we lost that day by paying each other a little respect.

How sad. Not that we'd treat each other with respect in the first place, of course, but that we'd set aside a day to do it. How sad that McCain and Obama will take a break from belittling each other—and the rest of us, in the process—because this evening's meeting happens to be taking place 2,555 days after the terrorist attacks. How sad that, 2,556 days after the attacks, they'll return to their brawling. You can't help but think of the people who pray for each other inside the church and then swear at each other while jockying for space in the lanes leading from the church parking lot.

The press accounts of tonight's event will likely make much of the cordiality sure to exist between the men who, tomorrow, will return to their bitter rivalry. In the media summaries of the events, we'll likely be hearing and reading phrases like "setting aside their differences" and "putting politics aside" and "out of respect to the anniversary" and the like, all of them rendered in the congratulatory tones that would seem to suit such noble self-sacrifice on the part of the candidates. But here's hoping we get more than empty compliments.

Here's hoping some of the media members who record the talks will question the validity of complimenting candidates for being, you know, cordial to each other. You could argue that, in some sense, every day is September 11, every day is an anniversary of what happened that morning seven years ago. It would be nice if the candidates remembered that. And it would be nice if the press reminded them.

What Are Newspapers Selling?

| 6 Comments

Hired by Sam Zell to find innovative ways to market Tribune’s newspapers, and for the moment, Abrams is among the more controversial actors in the drama of American newspapers at the start of the new century. Regardless of what you think of Abrams and his ideas, there is a more fundamental question to consider: What is Abrams selling? Indeed, what are newspapers around the country selling these days?

Every few weeks, it seems, we read about another daily “transforming” itself, searching for a formula that will compel people to read it and, hopefully, go spend a lot of time on its Web site. These overhauls are often accompanied by a memo from the editor that explains how the changes are designed to help the newsroom “do more with less.”

That’s because the reality beneath the rhetoric is grim: fewer reporters, shorter stories, smaller newsholes, less institutional memory, more sections with titles like “Fun & Games” (The Sacramento Bee), and more Web features devoted to celebrities (Los Angeles Times). “Hyperlocalism,” which tends to have pride of place in these memos, has become the go-to strategy—last recourse?—for newspapers whose ambitions are rapidly contracting.

A broad newsroom survey, released in July by the Project for Excellence in Journalism, suggests that newspapers are becoming “niche” publications—and based on the evidence in that survey, and some of those “transformation” memos, that niche isn’t just local, but also softer and more superficial. Slate’s Jack Shafer recently observed that newspapers are losing their role as the central purveyors of information-as-social currency to the Internet. He’s right, and to us this underscores the idea that offering readers a collection of cocktail-party nuggets and some good recipes and travel tips is precisely the wrong strategy. The newspaper industry needs a good salesman, but it also needs some courageous thinking about what it’s selling. The fear-driven approaches emerging in many newsrooms today are not the answer.

Part of the solution may lie in the evolution of new ownership models that break newspapers free from the likes of Sam Zell, who has made it clear that public-service journalism is not a priority; but part of the answer—as well as part of the problem—can be found in an ethnographic study commissioned by The Associated Press and released in June, which chronicled the news-consumption habits of eighteen young adults around the world. What the study showed was that these millennials tend to skim along on a superficial diet of headlines, isolated facts, and brief updates, often digested while checking e-mail or otherwise multitasking. That’s the bad news. The good news is that the study subjects claimed to be frustrated by the paltry fruits of their grazing: “Participants . . . show signs of shallow and erratic news consumption; however the study also suggested that people wanted more depth and were trying to find it.”

It’s tempting to say, “Well, put down your damn BlackBerry, log off Facebook, and read a book (on the Kindle, if you want), or an investigative series (online, if you’d like).” Information increasingly comes to us with little effort, and this may breed a passivity that further undermines the idea that it takes some work to be well informed. “Going for depth,” the AP study concluded, “necessitated more attention to the activity than these subjects tended to give it.”

But rather than blame the reader, what if newspapers—if they are destined to be niche reads—took those young readers at their word and claimed the depth-and-knowledge niche and sold that? Despite their diminished resources, they could still dominate the field. Such a niche could even fit with a hyperlocal approach. Lee Abrams strikes us as an enthusiastic salesman—we’d love to see what he could do with a product that readers both want and need. 

Which Little Piggy Got Left Out?

| No Comments

The big question of the campaign yesterday: Was Barack Obama referring to Sarah Palin or the policies of John McCain when he wisecracked about painting lipstick on a pig? Important stuff, right? Speculating on Palin vs. policies makes great copy, and the press could continue doing so until the cows—excuse me, pigs—come home, but there are graver matters to report on. Health care is one of them.

Let’s recall that Elizabeth Edwards used the expression last spring when she spoke to journalists about McCain’s health care proposals. Edwards referred to some of McCain’s lofty-sounding words that pretty up some of his ideas about health reform that could actually hurt ordinary people who didn’t understand what’s going on. The language of his plan sounds good, she said, making it “hard to understand what’s wrong with it.”

Edwards went on to explain what she thought was wrong with McCain’s health proposals. She pointed out that allowing insurers to sell across state lines lets them avoid state regulations and leaves consumers without protections. Edwards also pressed the point about insurers denying coverage to people like her and John McCain who have had cancer. “Coverage for pre-existing conditions is enormously important to people,” she said.

We took Edwards’ points a step further and zeroed in on the word “bias,” a term McCain has used to describe the current employer-based health system. While frequent use of “bias” gussies up McCain’s plan for changing the tax code, such a move could ultimately result in the demise of employer-sponsored health insurance. About 60 percent of the people who have health insurance get it from their employers—so if their bosses suddenly drop coverage, hundreds of thousands may go without.

Last weekend the Financial Times ran a wrap-up story about the Republican convention that explains what’s really going on here. The last graph was the most telling:

Senior Republicans admit they are playing from a weak hand: “We are only going to win this election either by changing the subject or else persuading people that Obama is an old-fashioned tax and spend liberal,” said the former policy adviser to one of the leading Republican opponents of Mr. McCain.

Lipstick on pigs changed the subject, at least for a day. The real question is: Will the media continue to let the politicos change the subject when the need to divert the campaign discourse from more substantive issues surfaces again?

Sheepish, Bullish on 'PigGate

| No Comments

Last night, it was with a certain sheepishness that Anderson Cooper kicked off AC360 with, natch, talk of 'PigGate:

COOPER: The media has fixed on the [lipstick/pig] controversy. No doubt about that. Tonight we will not. Yes, lipstick will be mentioned. So will pigs. But so will taxes and spending and everything else that taxpayers say they care about...

And, later in the show, after more than one lipstick "mention:"

COOPER: David [Gergen], I don't want to talk about the lipstick story. We addressed it last night. It has been all over TV today and tonight. Mark Whitaker of NBC News made the point that the fact it still being discussed highlights two things: the success of the McCain campaign at hand-to-hand combat and at driving the new cycle. And it highlights the question of how Barack Obama fights back. Is that why it's still worth talking about or interesting?

Once again, I don't want to talk about LipstickOnAPigGate. That I even now continue to talk about it, against my will, does that mean I am not the boss of me? Who's driving my cycle, David?

Meanwhile, the New York Post is still beyond bullish on 'PigGate (a cover far different than its tabloid competitor).

Mae We Correct the Record?

| No Comments

The Fannie/Freddie Fiasco is bad enough without news outlets letting politicians mangle their history.

In reporting the two parties’ positions on the GSE’s future, the Journal, for instance, lets a misstatement stand:

The future of Fannie and Freddie's social mission is at the heart of a debate brewing in Congress over the fate of the two companies. Democrats invoke the goals in defending the companies against critics.

But some Republicans say the two companies should be privatized and their social mandates ended. "There is no validity in taking a for-profit private company and forcing a nonprofit social mission on it," says Texas Rep. Jeb Hensarling. (emphasis ours) "We already have the [Department of Housing and Urban Development] that has 90 programs with either a housing or urban-development mission."

Congressman Doofus has it exactly backwards. Leaving aside the relevance of Section Eight and other HUD programs to the mortgage giants that hold up the global bond market, Fannie Mae started as a government program with a clear social mission— lowering housing costs. It didn’t seem to bother anybody until Lyndon Johnson sold it to investors in 1968 to pay for a war and clean up the government’s books (Freddie Mac was created two years later as a publicly traded hybrid).

So, to be clear: The public chicken came first. The shareholder egg came later and scrambled everything. If anything, Fannie and Freddie are an argument against privatization.

The press already hasn’t done a good enough job making it plain that these entities, for all their flaws, are not at the center of the mortgage mess. But how about a sentence clearing up the record when a public official gets something ass-backwards?

Witness: What I Saw On 9-11

| No Comments

Nicholas Spangler is on reporting duty in Baghdad. Seven years ago today, on September 11, 2001, he was a journalism student covering a primary election in downtown New York, when he witnessed the incident that would lead to that war. He heard a loud noise, looked up, and saw a jet fly into the side of one of the twin towers of the World Trade Center. He ran toward it and began taking notes furiously. This is the article that resulted, which ran in our November 2001 issue.

I was outside P.S. 89 tailing a city council candidate on election day when I heard the plane. It made a heavy rasping sound. That was at 8:46 a.m. I watched it fly above my head and into the north side of WTC 1. I could see only smoke and a hole. I started running toward it.

It took me perhaps two minutes to get to the great square off Church Street that was then still bounded by those two massive towers. Millions of documents floated in the sky. I got under a ledge and ran out as far as I could. Fist-sized chunks of concrete and long strips of steel and tiny pieces of glass were hitting the ground beyond the ledge. Three building maintenance men and a cop came out. We told each other what we had just seen and when we saw the bodies falling we were rendered inarticulate. Jesus Christ oh Jesus Christ, someone said. At a distance falling debris can be mistaken for falling bodies but I can say this with certainty: I saw two bodies fall and I saw four lying on the ground. One fell on the opposite edge of the square, arms out and legs straight. I heard it tear through the roof of a bandstand and I heard it hit the ground. Closer to me another woman struck the ground. Both times I heard a sound that, had I not seen the impact, I would have taken for an explosion.

I knew the body in front of me was a woman because she was wearing a skirt (sea-green) and I could see her legs. She had blond hair but I could not see her face. I would not say that I wanted to see it but I thought it was important. I thought if I could edge around the corner I could get closer to her and still be protected by the ledge, but when I made the turn I became terrified and backed up.

At 9 a.m. the other plane crashed into WTC 2. When the glass fell I pressed myself against the wall and covered my face with my left arm. I heard the glass tinkling around me and soothing music coming from speakers embedded in the ledge above me.

I went back to the street and around the corner to get into the complex from the south side. I ran through the deserted farmer's market and got under the ledge on Liberty Street. Debris was still falling. Something bounced off a stoplight. It was getting hard to breathe. A policeman across the street started yelling at me. At 9:25, I saw fifteen to twenty-five firemen cross the Liberty Street walkway to WTC 2.

Two policemen came to get me. We all walked back east, then they went inside WTC 2 and told me to leave. I showed them my press pass. They told me to leave again. I waded through ash, rubble, and paper to the east side of Church, to what looked like a medical staging area. I ducked under the tape and was accosted immediately. I showed the pass. This time it worked.

I spoke with a man named Reyher Kelly who had been on the seventy-eighth floor, the sky lobby of WTC 2, when the plane hit. "We saw people fall out. I was getting into the elevator when it hit us," he said. "The explosion just knocked us down." Bill Hay was in WTC 1 on the fifty-fifth floor giving a lecture at the World Trade Institute when the first plane hit. "The building started to rock," he said. "I looked out the window, saw all the debris falling and just left my laptop, my billfold, passport, plane tickets. They're all gone." Allan Mean was in the WTC 2 elevator at impact. The elevator dropped. "My leg is tingling," he told an EMT.

Then I ran into the same policeman who'd been yelling at me before, and I was escorted out. The area was flooded with police trying to funnel all the civilians uptown. I figured I'd turn onto Vesey and go a few blocks east before heading downtown and then doubling back. I didn't make it very far. There was a roar that sounded like being next to a jet engine, which I first took for another crashing plane. I was wrong: WTC 2 was collapsing, around 10 a.m. People started to stampede. I joined them. The cloud rolled out toward us; we were actually racing it up Park Row, heavy, suffocating dust, grains of something hard. It caught me finally. I tried to hold my breath and find a doorway while I could still see.

Somebody opened the door to a Starbucks. About twenty people were inside. The manager told us all to drink water and handed out bottles, telling us to take juice instead if we wanted it. The windows turned opaque and we heard things bouncing off the glass. The manager told us all to get into the basement. "Does anybody need anything? Is everybody all right here?" he asked. We crowded into the basement. A woman in a Starbucks apron was sobbing uncontrollably; someone she knew named Aaron worked at the towers. The phone rang. The manager answered. "Hello, Starbucks Coffee."

I walked back down Park Row. I was talking to a policeman at the Broadway intersection at 10:27 when WTC 1 came down. I heard the roar and saw the cloud swell out again. This one carried more debris. We watched it get dark again, then sprinted back to Starbucks. The front window shattered and the store filled with dust. We retreated to an upstairs bathroom and flushed out our eyes and nostrils.

Half an hour later the sun was still barely visible. People were moving in twos and threes toward the river; we were shadows, soundless. I passed bubbling fountains, phones dangling on their cords. A man in a bandanna and sunglasses was photographing an abandoned stand of dusty bananas and plums and nectarines.

What is chaos?

WTC 2 blown to bits, ripped apart. An eggshell-thin frame above a mass of rubble covering most of a city block. Steel girders three feet thick obscenely contorted.

FDNY, NYPD, ATF, Customs, Secret Service, EMTs, Parks Department, men in camouflage, canine units. Smashed and upended trucks, engines, ambulances, police cruisers. Sirens, more machinery. A crushed Mercedes-Benz convertible in flames. Reams of documents layered evenly over everything.

I took a photograph for four men who wanted WTC 2 as a backdrop. Everybody was doing it. Kodak disposables were popular. I saw a piece of somebody's leg get wrapped in burlap and left beneath a defoliated tree. This had been the staging area for the first response team. It was annihilated when WTC 2 collapsed. Many of the men who had arrived within minutes of the first explosion were missing, buried sixty feet down. Rescue 1 and 2 were gone. Nobody could find the EMTs who had been first on the scene. The 279 Company's truck was relatively intact but 279 Company was missing.

When a team formed to clear one of the adjacent World Financial Center buildings, I followed. The massive dome of the foyer was intact; the marble floor was slick under the ash. The windows on the west were blackened; those on the east were blown out. I explored the second floor. Reception: phones off the hook, milkshake on desk, computer monitor on floor. Vase of flowers upright and intact. Gym: rows of treadmills and stairMasters, heavy bag, dumbbells, all uniformly beige with dust. It looked too perfect, an artist's project, life-size in paper mache.

I caught up with the firemen on the fourth floor. They split up, working in pairs, keeping in constant voice contact. In fifteen minutes, those ten men checked every single room, closet, and cubicle. They finished by four. For the next three hours I watched the work outside. WTC 7 collapsed around 5:25. I tried to call my editor on a payphone and watched a man next to me hang up and start crying. I got my eyes flushed out twice. I talked to a man from Ladder Company 134 in Queens. He had begun his day getting his son dressed and packed for his first day of pre-kindergarten. "You know what?" he said. "Fuck this. Just fuck this."

I carried home with me three things that I'd snatched at random from the site: a memo from Matthew to Jeff about Karen's secretary, the front page of a report on Telecom Strategies for the New Decade, a photograph of a mustachioed man in a tuxedo at a podium. They stink of burnt rubber and there's still enough dust on them to make my skin itch if I handle them.

I carry some other things as well. There is the psychologist who believes that if I am not in shock I must be in denial, after seeing so many people die. There is the girl who called me a vulture.

Vultures profit from disaster. When I ran to, and not from, the square, was I not on my way to exploiting this holocaust? Did I sense that the magnitude of the event could be made to magnify me? I cannot altogether refute this charge.

But something larger propelled me. I felt an intense passion in those hours, an exaltation. I felt alone at the center of the world. All details became iconic and crucial. I tried to record everything.

I believe that our present way of life ended in those hours. That is the dressed-up, smoothed-over analogue of seeing planes vanish into buildings and people coming down from the sky. I think it is proper and honest to say I wanted to experience that for myself and communicate it with as many others as I could. I have no ambivalence about that.

Tell It, Paul Begala

| 4 Comments

Without further comment, the lede of Begala's HuffPo article about McCain, Palin, the truth, the media, and the relationship between the four of them:

If John McCain and Sarah Palin were to say the moon was made of green cheese, we can be certain that Barack Obama and Joe Biden would pounce on it, and point out it's actually made of rock. And you just know the headline in the paper the next day would read: "CANDIDATES CLASH ON LUNAR LANDSCAPE."

Quizzical

| 1 Comment

What else? What more can we do with LipStickOnAPigGate?

Talk about it. Have dueling surrogates on our channel to talk about it. Interview each other talking about it. Point to how others in the media have talked about it. Done. Done. Done. And, done.

What else? Come on! There must be something we've forgotten?! If we don't come up with something soon we might have to talk about something else like... education policy....or...

Yes! That's it! A quiz. We'll ask our viewers what they think about LipstickOnAPigGate. And then we'll talk about that.

Do you think Sen. Barack Obama went too far with his 'lipstick on a pig' remark?

Yes, he has crossed the line this time.

No, this is just part of the rough-and-tumble of political campaigning.

I don't know.

Yup, those are the only choices MSNBC is giving you. I guess anyone who might think that Obama was not saying Palin's a pig! should call in sick on this one. Also missing? Option D: Yes, MSNBC has gone "too far" covering Sen. Barack Obama's 'lipstick on a pig' remark...

Notes From The Pig Sty

| 4 Comments

From the people who brought you SnubGate and TurbanGate comes a new dark comedy, now playing on a television, newspaper page, and computer screen near you:

His insurgent campaign won him the nomination for the presidency of the United States. He said he wanted to fix the economy. He said he wanted to fix health care. He said he wanted to end the war in Iraq. He roused crowds with his lofty talk of change. He said he was well on his way to taking that change to Washington. Until, one day, he called the opposition a pig.

LipstickOnAPigGate. You'll laugh. You'll cry. Mostly you’ll cry.

********

Yeah. By now, you’ve heard the story. Barack Obama, last night, described the policies of “change”—about the economy, about healthcare, about reform in general—that John McCain and Sarah Palin (who—have you heard?—is a woman) want to enact in Washington. “That’s not change,” Obama said. “That’s just calling the same thing something different. But, you know, you can put lipstick on a pig. It’s still a pig.”










Per the script: Obama mentioned Palin and a metaphorical pig in the same speech. Obama is, therefore, sexist. Insert your favorite pig/boar/pork/Miss Piggy reference here.

The whole LipstickOnAPigGate script is exciting, to be sure, a political plot full of suspense and twists and turns. (And full of pigs, which are always crowd pleasers! Babe and Mr. Smith Goes to Washington, rolled into one at last!) But, in that, it also follows a narrative arc that is as frustrating as it is utterly predictable.

Take the money quote from the script, courtesy of Reuters, a line that doubles as, perhaps, the most ridiculous sentence I've had the misfortune to read since the start of 2008's presidential campaigns:

Obama's campaign said it was clear he was not referring to Palin, a little-known Alaska governor before she became McCain's running mate, and was not calling her a pig.

And was not calling her a pig. This is pathetic in every sense—pathetic, because it's pitiable; pathetic, because it's regrettable; pathetic, because it's packed with a pathos that is as extreme as it is unnecessary. And it's so not merely because it involves a campaign for the presidency of the United States being forced to clarify that its candidate was not, in fact, making a porcine allusion in reference to a (female) member of the opposition. It's also pathetic because the clarification itself should have been utterly unnecessary: Obama has used the lipstick-on-a-pig line several times before. Palin herself made a lipstick-on-hockey-moms quip in her game-changing RNC speech last week. McCain himself has used the lipstick-on-a-pig line previously...in reference to Hillary Clinton's healthcare policies.

But wait! you may say. Hillary Clinton's a Lady! Wouldn't that, in fairness, make McCain sexist, too?

No, it wouldn't. Because the Clinton campaign didn't play the Umbrage Card the way the McCain campaign did yesterday. They didn't make an issue of the laughably innocent phrase, confident that the media, unable to resist so juicy a story—the punny headlines practically write themselves!—would bite on it and make it, you know, A Thing. They didn't; the McCain campaign did. So it's Obama who gets the "he demeans women" narrative in the media.

And he gets it in spite of the widespread recognition among the media that the lipstick line was—clearly—not intended as a slur on Palin. "This is the press just absolutely playing into the McCain campaign's crocodile tears," Mark Halperin said on CNN last night. “And this is a victory for the McCain campaign, in the sense that, every day, they can make this a pig fight in the mud. It's good for them, because it's reducing Barack Obama's message even more."

Chuck Todd, appearing on today’s Morning Joe, agreed:

I think the McCain campaign is laughing—laughing their butts off this morning that any of us have taken the bait on this lipstick thing. I mean, this is a joke. It is laughable, and you know, look, our mutual friend, [MSNBC executive producer] Chris Licht, and I were having an off-air debate about whether we … should be airing the Web ad, because it's such a faux controversy. It's made up out of whole cloth by the McCain campaign. Hey, look, this is what they're good at. They're good at winning these news cycles, and … they have beaten the Obama campaign on these little—what I call—sort of shiny metal object days, right? They're able to say, "Oh, look!, shiny metal object."

But perhaps we have, here, a case of the right hand not knowing what the left is doing. As Liz noted, as of noon today—only four hours after Todd made that statement—MSNBC had made thirty-five references to LipstickOnAPigGate. The scuffle had been referenced twenty-eight times on CNN and forty-eight times on Fox. It’s made the pages of The New York Times and The Washington Post. As happens so often when it comes to The Coverage of Inanity in Presidential Campaigns, there seems to be a convenient disconnect between Id and Superego when it comes to the minds of the media.

It was, appropriately enough, Jane Swift who spearheaded the he-called-Palin-a-pig accusations on behalf of the McCain campaign. "Senator Obama uttered what I can only describe to be disgusting comments, comparing our vice presidential nominee, Sarah Palin, to a pig," the former Massachusetts governor—and newly designated chair of the "Palin Truth Squad"—declared in a conference call with reporters.

The McCain campaign followed that up with a Web ad, released today, that reiterates the Obama-called-Palin-a-Pig mythology and says of Obama: "Ready to lead? No. Ready to smear? Yes."

The Obama campaign is, of course, fighting back. "What their campaign has done this morning is the same game that has made people sick and tired of politics in this country,” Obama said. “They seize on an innocent remark, try to take it out of context, throw up an outrageous ad because they know that it's catnip for the news media.”

But what Obama himself says matters little at this point. Audiences—also known as voters—have gotten too accustomed to campaigns’ back-and-forth, to all the vitriolic he-said-she-saids, to focus their attention on the details of the accusations the campaigns hurl at each other. What they recognize, rather, is the press’s framing of those accusations, the media's treatment of the controversies. And the fact that LipstickOnAPigGate is a controversy—indeed, the fact that it’s a narrative in the first place—is the fault of the media. (Where does it end? Obama says he doesn't play hockey, and Palin’s called herself a hockey mom, and moms are women, therefore Obama’s sexist?) The media, in allowing themselves to be so easily hijacked by campaign spin—we’ll repeat whatever accusations you fling at your opponent, no matter how ridiculous—are not only implying their own irrelevance in this whole campaign. They’re fostering it.

I learned long ago never to wrestle with a pig, that Bernard Shaw line goes. You get dirty, and, besides, the pig likes it. One can't help but wonder: Who’s really being wrestled with here? The McCain campaign may have thrown mud in this case, but it's the media, after all, who are doing his dirty work.

The Birth (and Death) of a Meme

| 4 Comments

Sometime last fall, a new story began making its way out of Afghanistan: the country’s roads are being paved, and with that paving comes newfound security. The claim was repeated by many embedded reporters, both freelance and staff, and for months was a recurring theme in personal accounts of the war. Then, suddenly, it disappeared. What happened? Looking at how the journalistic accounts of Afghanistan changed over the past year gives us a clue.

In February of 2008, Washington Post freelancer Ann Marlowe wrote, based on her conversations with U.S. military officials, that “roads are development magic” in Ghazni province and make IED emplacement difficult. This was a surprise to Ghazni watchers: just three months before, the Taliban abducted twenty-one Korean missionaries from that very same area, leading the BBC to declare that the Taliban “rule the roads.”

The idea that roads somehow cause security is simply ridiculous. As these stories ran during the first half of 2008, Indian contracting companies withdrew their construction activities because the Taliban had targeted their road crews. Similarly, by mid-2008 the Canadians had noticed that the majority of their casualties happened along paved roads and were caused by IEDs. The deliberate targeting of Canadian road crews highlighted a very basic fact: security must come to an area before development—and paved roads—can follow.

By May, the roads meme reached a critical mass. Washington Post columnist David Ignatius described the security benefits of road construction, basing his information on a week of spoon-fed reports by a Provincial Reconstruction Team official. Luke Baker told Reuters readers almost the exact same thing, as did Philip Smucker was in The Atlantic.

Smucker’s sin was particularly egregious: just thirteen months before his piece for The Atlantic, he argued in U.S. News & World Report that the roads made very tempting targets for Taliban militants, who had taken to intercepting supply trucks.

A dark side to the roads meme had become apparent by then: it was starting to resemble a coordinated “shaping” campaign by the U.S. military, meant to control coverage of the war. Behold: In the middle of that month, Ann Marlowe wrote a 5,000-word cover story for the Weekly Standard, which again highlighted the way that paved roads were supposedly making Afghanistan more secure. (Her claim, that Khost was a sterling example of success, has proven hollow, given that violence has risen this year by nearly 40 percent.)

By May, of course, the military units deployed to Afghanistan were rotating: the 82nd Airborne was headed home as the 101st Airborne was taking its place. The new commander showed up in one more Luke Baker dispatch, claiming that roads created security. And then, almost as suddenly as it appeared, the meme vanished from embedded reporting. NPR’s Soraya Sarhaddi Nelson openly expressed skepticism of the causal relationship between roads and security. Carlotta Gall described the large paved highway between Kabul and Kandahar was one of the most dangerous parts of the country in June—and insurgents were specifically targeting the roads.

By July, the meme could truly be called dead: the Government Accountability Office released a report (pdf) explicitly arguing that U.S. agencies responsible for road building “know little about the impact of road projects, since they have not conducted assessments to determine the degree to which the projects have achieved economic development and humanitarian assistance goals.” Moreover, the GAO noted, even the positive reports of progress suffered from spotty or incomplete data—including reports from the DOD, which the GAO said had no “clear guidance” and failed to “assess the results” of its road projects. By August, road-bound Taliban militants were capturing an entire district in Ghazni province without shooting any weapons—a rather stunning reversal of the progress touted mere months before.

This strange, fleeting idea that roads create security was a flash in the pan, one assisted by the hordes of adventure journalists who parachute into a war zone and think they’re getting a story by just quoting officials and public affairs officers. That isn’t to slander embeds. Some, like The Guardian’s John D. McHugh, never fell for the roads meme, and consistently produce tough, honest pieces. Then again, McHugh is embedded with the troops in Khost for a long time—months and months on end. Those who embed with military units for longer periods of time seem less susceptible to the spin machine. Whether from respect by the local Public Affairs Officer or because of their own experience, no one can really say.

Nor is it to defame the military. They have every right to push their side of events, but, as I have argued, they actually need to do a better job of it. The problem, as with the differing accounts of the fighting at Azizabad, is that they are so ham-fisted in their dissemination efforts. For far too many short-term reporters, unversed in the issues and subtleties of local events, skepticism is simply a lost art. Unable to question the sometimes questionable claims of officials, they too often serve as empty mouthpieces, repeating press releases as if they were actual news.

One of the best ways to combat this is, simply, to read. Far too many correspondents know nothing about the places they go to cover: whether Georgia or Afghanistan, basic knowledge is critically lacking from media accounts (one freelance reporter in Georgia told me that staff reporters were asking officials, “Where is Abkhazia?”). Personal experience suggests that the situation is largely the same in Afghanistan: “It’s only a one-week embed,” the thinking seems to go, “so I don’t have to do too much work—I can learn as I go.” While ignorance can be overcome with experience—at the end of the day, there is truly no substitute for being out on the ground, talking to people—it can also be overcome by escaping officialdom, and traveling in search of unscripted views of these areas.

There is still hope for the embedded format. Spencer Ackerman, who cut his teeth at The New Republic and The American Prospect and is now writing for The Washington Independent, is on the ground at FOB Salerno, the very base from which Ms. Marlowe found her stories about the magical security-causing roads of Afghanistan. One can hope the military’s tune has changed somewhat in the last few months.

Obama, McCain Decoded

| 3 Comments

To the pantheon of experts who have weighed in on the election, welcome Corey Ehmke, a web developer, who mined the code behind Obama's and McCain's websites and mused about what it all meant.

While his vote will clearly go to Obama come November, his reasoning is quite amusing.

Here's an inference about preparedness based on how the two sites handle errors:

Ask McCain’s site for something that it’s not expecting, and it gets very confused. It readily admits that it has no idea what just happened: maybe the page moved, or maybe you mistyped the URL. This could even be the fault of a third-party web site operator. There’s helpful information provided if you happen to be the sysadmin for johnmccain.com, but if you’re John Q. Webuser, you’re pretty much out of luck.

Obama’s site is more willing to admit that mistakes happen, and it’s not laying blame on anyone. Hell, it even injects a bit of humor into the thing. The fact that even his 404 page is polished and provides navigation options shows that despite the claims of right-wing rhetoric, Obama is more prepared in case of the unexpected.

Cute. Very cute.

Here is a (surely incomplete) list of Lists of Questions ABC News's Charlie Gibson Should Ask Gov. Sarah Palin (this doesn't include all the general advice out there on how Gibson should approach the interview, just the stuff in list format) :

Anchorage Daily News

LA Times's James Rainey

ABCNews.com (reader/viewer suggestions)


Very Important People Who Gather at "The Arena" at Politico

Foreign Policy's blog.

Slate's Jack Shafer

A member of the Footballguys.com fantasy football forum

MoDo

NPR listeners

A Daily Kos-er

And now I'm going to read the lists (I'll report back on highlights, similarities, etc)...

UPDATE: I've now skimmed all the above lists. Topics that appear on many of them include: differences with Bush administration/what would Palin do differently; global warming; energy independence; handling Putin; Palin's record in Alaska (Bridge to Nowhere, book-banning, creationism); Iraq (though not as often as I'd have thought). Issues that don't show up on too many of these lists? Healthcare. Education (at least not beyond "abstinence only" and "creationism"). Immigration...

On specific lists:

Way-Hardest? Foreign Policy's blog. It's pop-quiz-laden:

What’s the difference between a Sunni and a Shiite?

Nearly 40 percent of the world's population lives in China and India. Who are those countries' leaders?

And demands specificity:

What are your picks for the three most enlightening books written on foreign policy in the last five years?


You've said that the federal government spends too much money. What, in your view, is the appropriate level of spending as a percentage of GDP?

You're an advocate of reducing environmental restrictions on drilling. How much oil needs to be found in the United States before the country achieves energy independence?

Most Likely to be Cribbed by Charlie Gibson? Jack Shafer's (For the handy follow-up questions! "That's not very specific, governor...") A press-related question from Shafer: "What questions should the press be asking you?" "What questions are out of bounds?" Maureen Dowd, too, has a press-centric query: "Why put out a press release on [your] teenage daughter's pregnancy and then spend the next few days attacking the press for covering that press release?" And, from the Anchorage Daily News: "If you were fully qualified vice-presidential candidate from the get-go, why did you wait more than 10 days to face reporters?"

Most Pleased With Itself/Least Constructive or Helpful? Shocker: Maureen Dowd's. A sample: "Does [Palin] talk in tongues or just eat caribou tongues?"

Most Religion-Focused? The collective list by NPR listeners (lots of God questions for Palin). Also notable among NPR listeners? A Bernard Shaw shout-out (contender for Least Likely to be Asked?):

CNN's Bernard Shaw opened the 2nd 1988 presidential debate with this question to Michael Dukakis: "Governor, if Kitty Dukakis were raped and murdered, would you favor an irrevocable death penalty for the killer?"

It seems that most people do not know that Sarah Palin has said that abortion should be illegal even in cases of rape or incest, or that Alaska has by far the highest rate of rape in the nation. So, just as the policy question to Gov Dukakis was framed in a very personal way, perhaps Charlie Gibson should ask this: "Gov Palin, if your 14 year old daughter were raped, would you favor making it illegal for her to get an abortion?"

And an NPR listener suspiciously named "Charles Gibson" suggests this:

As Gov of Alaska, where do you stand on Alaska's lack of presence in the NHL?

Most Likely To Be Cribbed By Palin? Politico. For this, from Tom Korologos, Attorney and Republican adviser:

I don't have a question for Charles Gibson but I have an opening ANSWER from Gov. Palin: "Before we start let me say: Stephen Harper is Prime Minister of Canada; Filipe Calderon is President of Mexico; Gordon Brown is Prime Minister of Great Britain; and Dmitry Medvedev is President of Russia and if you ask me who the President of Namibia is I'll ask you right back how many cubic feet of natural gas does Alaska produce every year. So with that preamble let's get to real questions tonight.

Fox and Pig

| No Comments

Which cable channel has totally pigged out on (it's puns aplenty with this one) LipstickOnAPig-Gate so far?

A quick TVEyes search shows how many times the word "lipstick" has come up on the following channels since 6:00pm last night (soon after the Lipstick Line left Obama's lips):

CNN: 28


MSNBC: 35


Fox News: 48

A Laurel To NPR

| 4 Comments

NPR has done some fine health reporting recently, the kind that we hope will spur others to do similar stories. In a year where much of the campaign coverage of health care has focused on the vacuous statements the candidates have made, the buzz words and the blather, NPR’s approach is refreshing—and should be an example for reporters looking for fresh angles on the health care debate.

This summer, NPR reporters traveled to Europe to examine how five European countries—France, Germany, The Netherlands, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom—deal with health care. The series “Health Care for All” blew me away. In the introduction, supervising editor Joe Neel noted that waiting times for care aren’t that different from the United States, and that Europeans use the same high-tech medicine, only less of it. Combining long-form radio format with interactive devices—such as one that quickly compares important stats among the countries, including the U.S.—the series demonstrates major shortcomings in American health care. While that’s not news to health care cognoscenti, it might have startled some NPR listeners, who all too often have heard the candidates say that the U.S. has the best health care in the world.

NPR compared patients in European countries with similarly afflicted patients in the U.S. In The Netherlands, we learn how a sixty-two-year-old salesman with diabetes did not have to “pressure, cajole or argue with an insurance company to get immediate effective care” when his toe became red, swollen, and painful. He was referred to a clinic for diabetic patients with foot problems, where a multidisciplinary team, including doctors, a shoemaker, and a plaster technician, got his foot back to normal. In the U.S., a fifty-two-year-old diabetic doctor told of his fights with insurance companies to get basic necessities, like an insulin pump.

In England, a woman with multiple sclerosis gets all the care she needs from the British National Health Service. Her only gripe: paying for more physical therapy than the NHS allows. When she was first diagnosed, she had to pay out of pocket for an expensive medication until the NHS approved the drug. After it did, the NHS reimbursed her for the cost—around $10,000. “How cool is that?” she said. In the U.S., NPR described the plight of a forty-one-year-old man with MS who now receives Social Security disability payments. After a two-year wait, these will entitle him to Medicare. Bankrupt, no longer able to work, having lost his house and his health insurance, he now struggles to pay thousands of dollars each month for nine prescriptions he takes. His wife got a job with health insurance, but the copays are quickly adding up.

The series explores the popular German system, which has endured for nearly thirteen decades because, according to NPR, “constant tinkering represents the country’s effort to keep its health system fair and affordable. To an impressive extent, it’s worked.” NPR also showed how the French system, rated the best in the world by the World Health Organization, puts a premium on prenatal care and help for new mothers, in order to promote healthy childhoods. And it pointed out similarities and significant differences between the Swiss health system and the U.S. system. Some health gurus tout Switzerland as a model for America, so NPR’s story was an important contribution to the discussion.

Some of NPR’s shorter coverage also deserves a shout-out. It has been one of the few news outlets that has dared to report on Medicare this election season, explaining the looming financial crisis the program will face as costs continue to rise. One story we were pleased to see, called “Plans to Cut Health Cost May Not Pay Off,” reported that both candidates are proposing the same cost-reduction strategy: preventive care, using more generic drugs, health information technology, and other things that sound good on the campaign trail but are unlikely to significantly reduce total health care spending. At CJR we have been making that point for awhile, and have urged media outlets to do the same.

Julie Rovner, NPR’s health policy reporter, told me that, after the conventions, NPR’s health team would try to be more substantive. “Look for more serious comprehensive stuff from our desk,” she said. We will, and we hope others look too.

"Catnip to the News Media"

| No Comments

Barack Obama just addressed LipstickOnAPig-Gate, calling it "catnip to the news media" (wrong animal, sir!) and lamenting that "the news media decided that it was the lead story."

And now Obama is back to talking about education (MSNBC should just cut away at this point, nothing to see here)...

The Balls on the Bus

| No Comments

If a reporter from McCain's traveling press corps gave a reporter from Obama's press bus one of her cojones, they'd both have ... none, apparently. There are no balls at all among journalists on the campaign trail; neuters, all.

As I noted earlier, Matt Taibbi describes Obama's press corps as "castrated." Read TNR's Eve Fairbanks on how McCain has "neuters[ed] his press."

"It's great, right?" one reporter who travels with the campaign told me in the balcony, summing up the prevailing it's-evil-but-it's-brilliant view of the new McCain press strategy. "I mean, it's smart. Why should they talk to us? What's in it for them?"

LipstickOnAPig-Gate

| No Comments

That there would be a campaign kerfuffle/scuffle about pork at some point during election 2008 is not surprising. That it would, literally, involve pig? Didn't see that coming.

"Boar war! Barack Walks a Swine Line!" (Today's New York Post).

Cable news is, of course, going hog-wild with it this morning, examining it from every possible angle, in segment after segment, sometimes fingering the bloggers for their squealing coverage (MSNBC: "You can bet the bloggers are going crazy on this one!")

Make room on the Gate-rix! (Where, though)?

Journalists striking that "proletarian pose" might embrace Matt Taibbi's description of Obama's traveling press corps (if not the effect Taibbi says it has on their work product):

One thing that makes the cult of Obama difficult to dissect is the method of its dissemination. The technology of campaign propaganda has advanced to such a degree that the concept of campaign-trail "journalism" is now indistinguishable from corporate PR. The wall that once separated campaign staff from the press corps has broken down completely; those paid by the candidate and those covering him might as well be two different shifts on the same factory ship, working together to bring the world frozen fish patties by the ton. On the shimmering 757 that Obama uses to jet around the country, reporters have plastered the press section in the rear of the plane with cheery, offbeat photographs of themselves captured with campaign staffers in various goofy scenes (clowning with boom poles, quaffing beers, drooling while asleep on buses). The collage seems lifted straight from a high school yearbook; the press might as well have titled it "Our Cool Campaign."

Taibbi contends that "journalists have been reduced to" "the level of indentured field hands at a Russian monastery" and that "with such a castrated press corps in tow, Obama doesn't have to work very hard to 'sell' his message."

And Taibbi sometimes, kind of, sort of, seems to almost include himself among Obama's gelded field hands...

Tongue Tied on Religion

| 4 Comments

Reporting on religion is a difficult task, even moreso when a political candidate is involved. Voters care about candidates’ religious affiliations. But if reporters are going to take up the task of explaining beliefs to their readers and viewers, they should do it with care. CNN’s Monday evening attempt to plumb Sarah Palin’s religious beliefs fell far short of that mandate.

CNN sent reporter Randi Kaye to Anchorage for the goods on Palin’s Pentecostal church. Here’s how the report starts:

Sarah Palin calls herself a Bible believing Christian. period. What she doesn't mention is this — Palin spent most of her life attending a Pentecostal church that may have shaped her beliefs if not politics.

Reading between the lines: Palin has kept her Pentecostal church a secret, because it’s something to hide. Here’s why:

The Wasilla Assembly of God Pentecoastal Church where congregants say they speak in tongues.

Oh! That’s what she’s hiding, even though Tim McGraw, Palin’s former pastor, “says he never saw Palin speak in tongues.” It’s a good thing they asked.

What’s more, members of the church also have other strange beliefs: “ He says members also practice faith healing and believe in the end times, a violent upheaval in the world that will bring the second coming of Jesus.” Hmmm, don’t most Christians believe that? Isn’t that the Book of Revelations?

The CNN piece also makes a point of excerpting out of context an advertising video for a youth group called the Master’s Commission of Wasilla, Alaska, after referring that one of the church’s pastors had preached some “unusual sermons.” The portion of the video shown on CNN shows fire engulfing a map of the United States; the context makes it seem like the video is arguing that the world will soon end. In fact, the video—self-consciously styled as an over-the-top movie trailer—is a promotional tool for a youth group; the fiery map is a visual metaphor for how Christ’s message will soon spread across the country. Flashy production values aside, this is pretty standard stuff for Christian youth groups.

The reporters, producers, and editors behind these pieces fail to understand that Pentecostalism is not a bizarro sect, but a relatively common Protestant denomination, with about 30 million American adherents. CNN treats Pentecostalism as an exotic religion, whose focal point is speaking in tongues. I’m not an expert on the group, but I imagine that its core beliefs also have something to do with Christianity and good works and all that, and not just an easily ridiculed spiritual experience. By treating the topic with condescension, they alienate viewers and play into the hands of those who rail against the media’s purported liberal bias.

There’s a lot that Americans need to know about Sarah Palin’s fitness for the vice-presidency, and the media ought to ask tough questions about her background and her stance on various issues. But the objective is to analyze her qualifications, not to examine whether Pentecostalism seems weird to people who know nothing about the faith.

The message seems to be that CNN wants its politicians to appear religious, but not, Heaven forbid, engage in any type of heartfelt religious practice that might seem too kooky. And that’s a line that’s hard to toe.

Slate Gets Schooled...in a Good Way

| No Comments

Belated kudos to Slate, which last week added to its arsenal of interest-focused blogs--the XX Factor for women's issues, Convictions for legal issues, Human Nature for psychology and sociology--with Schoolhouse Rock, an education-related blog.

SR is penned by Paul Tough, a New York Times Magazine editor who covers education issues for the publication; he's written cover stories, most recently, on school reform in New Orleans, the achievement gap and charter schools, and the Harlem Children’s Zone.

At work, for the past five years, on a soon-to-be-released book about the HCZ, Tough writes,

I came to appreciate that I had stumbled into a particularly fertile moment in education, with heated political debates, surprising scholarship, and promising initiatives underway around the country.

I’m hoping to use this blog over the month as a place to explore some of those ideas and developments, as well as news from the presidential campaign and elsewhere.

So far, Schoolhouse Rock has focused on some of the most controversial and urgent issues facing public education: school funding and teachers' contracts. Heady topics, both. But Tough accomplishes the rather formidable task of making his discussions of both easily digestible and, dare I say, engaging.

Here's hoping Tough's own contract gets extended well beyond this month.

Palin's Old Time Religion

| 7 Comments

On the final night of the Republican National Convention, vice-presidential nominee Sarah Palin attacked Democrat Barack Obama’s apparent disdain for small town values. Two days later, the Washington Times’s Web site ran a story that showed small town residents so angry about media coverage that they were all but carrying pitchforks. Joining the Republican ticket for the "McCain Street USA" tour in Cedarburg, Wisconsin, the Times's Joseph Curl reported: "Hundreds of angry people in this small town outside Milwaukee taunted reporters and TV crews traveling with Sen. John McCain on Friday, chanting "Be fair!" and pointing fingers at a pack of journalists as they booed loudly."

The intense media scrutiny of Palin, who was almost entirely unknown outside Alaska before McCain tapped her for VP two weeks ago, has prompted a renewed debate about the media's "liberal bias." Time's Mark Halperin went so far as to publish a graphic suggesting that "Anti-Republican, liberal media bias" contributed to a "feeding frenzy" in which the press becomes a shark pursuing a saintly Sarah Palin. Glenn Greenwald of Salon in turn took Halperin to task, arguing that "to attribute the media scrutiny of Sarah Palin to this mythical 'anti-Republican bias' is absurd beyond description." He cited archival news reports portraying the Alaska governor in many of the same terms by which she is being portrayed today.

It is no accident that Halperin pictures Palin with her hands clasped as if in prayer. Coverage of the Alaska governor’s religion—she is an evangelical Christian raised in an Assembly of God church who now belongs to a non-denominational congregation—has given some ammunition to those alleging bias on conservative people of faith. Juan Cole's story in today's Salon provocatively appropriates a joke Palin made in her acceptance speech last week to ask, "What's the difference between Palin and a Muslim fundamentalist? Lipstick." Cole writes: "On censorship, the teaching of creationism in schools, reproductive rights, attributing government policy to God's will and climate change, Palin agrees with Hamas and Saudi Arabia rather than supporting tolerance and democratic precepts."

While many Americans will be troubled by her beliefs in these areas, it seems a considerable leap to compare her unsuccessful efforts to remove books from a public library to the actions of fundamentalist regimes that actually succeed in limiting free speech, denying women drivers licenses, and curtailing a host of other civil liberties.

Though the New Yorker's humorous "Shouts and Murmurs" section does not mention Palin, the disdain for evangelical Christians that it exhibits this week takes on a decidedly political cast against the backdrop of her nomination. Paul Rudnick imagines a Christian fitness center, whose proprietors are anti-Semitic, secret philandering child molesters, and obsessed with a simple mindedly puritanical attitude towards sex. In publishing this piece, the magazine lives up to the caricature of the "elite media" much more successfully than most Christians live up to the stereotypes Rudnick evokes.

But obviously over-the-top discussions of faith are outliers. The greatest challenge for the press is that language about religion in politics sounds very different on different sides of the ideological divide. On Sunday, The New York Times published a story headlined, "In Palin’s Life and Politics, Goal to Follow God’s Will." Many people of faith might scratch their heads and wonder why such a statement was worthy of a news story at all—reporting that an observant Christian strives to do God's will is like reporting that a running back strives to score touchdowns.

Though a few paragraphs mention her church's social conservatism, the Times article is mostly apolitical, basically reporting that Palin is serious about her faith: "Interviews with the two pastors she has been most closely associated with here in her hometown ... and with friends and acquaintances who have worshipped with her point to a firm conclusion: her foundation and source of guidance is the Bible, and with it has come a conviction to be God’s servant." Why is that news?

In an interview with CJR, Kristen Fyfe, of the conservative Media Research Center’s Culture and Media Institute, suggests this story implies that the "fact that [Palin] prays for God's will to be done [is] a problem" to the Times' supposedly liberal readership. She says "mainstream Christians" could read that headline and "be like, 'Cool, awesome!'" But to the Times's supposedly liberal readership, she says, "that headline is like waving a red flag in front of a bull…. People who want to make the point that conservatives are out to make a theocracy, which is a fun liberal talking point on Daily Kos and other blogs, they're going to be like, 'See, that's what we're talking about.'"

Fyfe also mentioned a segment on last night's premiere episode of MSNBC’s The Rachel Maddow Show as an example of the media's anti-Christian bias. But here, Palin's words can genuinely be interpreted as mingling faith and policy in a way that may give many people pause, including many people of faith.

"The more we learn about Sarah Palin's statements on religion and politics," Maddow said, "the more urgently I feel that the governor should be asked if she believes in the separation of church and state." Maddow was expressing alarm about a video of a June speech Palin gave at her Wasilla, Alaska church, in which she understood Palin to be saying that "the Commander in Chief for our side in the Iraq War is a mighty general whose initials are G.O.D.," and that "God also prefers one particular Alaska pipeline proposal: Hers."

Palin certainly seems to be arguing that her oil pipeline plan is divinely inspired—a claim many Christians would balk at, since the Bible does not explicitly mention petroleum delivery technology. "I think God's will has to be done in unifying people and companies to get that pipeline built, so pray for that," she says. Maddow heard Palin claim divine intervention in the Iraq War, but her remarks there are more ambiguous:

"Pray for our military men and women who are striving to do what is right also for this country that our leaders, our national leaders, are sending them out on a task that is from God. That's what we have to be sure that we're praying for: that there is a plan and that plan is God's plan."

It is plausible that Palin, audibly struggling to articulate her thoughts in the moment, was awkwardly praying that God would help military leaders come up with a good plan for Iraq, not that the plan they came up with was divinely inspired. But it is legitimate for the press to ask her to clarify her intention.

Although it might not qualify as anti-religious bias, CJR has previously noted that the national media, based largely in urban centers than have a lower concentration of evangelical Christians than much of the rest of the country, can exhibit an ignorance of the way Americans' faith influences their politics. With the language of faith being so loaded—and with the same words meaning different things to people with different relationships to faith, especially evangelical Christians—reporters will likely have to spend as much time as the candidates defending themselves this election season.

Mayor Palin and The Press

| 2 Comments

Something I learned from Newsweek's Sarah Palin ("Palintology") cover story:

As Mayor of Wasilla, Palin "imposed a gag order to keep city personnel from talking to the press."

(Oh, and also, as Palin studies up on what a McCain aide calls "McCain World," Palin "likes to get her study points on large index cards...")

If We Can't Have Palin...

| No Comments

We'll take the woman who beat her in the 1984 Miss Alaska Pageant, Maryline Blackburn, who, in an interview on Fox News just now, offered that Palin (Heath, then) was "a very nice young lady... talented but determined." Did she have a temper, wondered Fox's Shep Smith?

BLACKBURN: I did not see it. But when you are in pageants, many women are very good at disguising certain things.

SMITH: Do you think she still does that sort of thing? What would she be disguising now?

BLACKBURN: Who knows what she would be disguising? I guess we will find that out when we hear from her...

Wolf-Man Flack

| No Comments

Don't you feel like there's just not enough spin in the media? Like you'd prefer to hear more voices, when it comes to political analysis, that have an obvious stake in our elections' outcomes? Like there should be more professional campaign operatives out there parsing the political landscape on behalf of the American public?

If so, then you'll love this.

Something's Rotten in Roanoke

| 16 Comments

The Roanoke Times is strangely silent about whether it reassigned a reporter at the behest of a big local business.

A couple of weeks ago, a strong Wall Street Journal story peeled the curtain back on how a monopoly local hospital—and a nonprofit one at that—throws its weight around Roanoke, jacking up prices, cutting off referrals to independent doctors, and, tellingly, pulling ads from the Times after repeatedly complaining about a reporter who had been aggressively covering the hospital.

The Times moved the reporter, Jeff Sturgeon, to another beat, and in the Journal story, didn't say whether its personnel decision was influenced by the hospital, Carilion Health System. That’s here:

As tension between Carilion and Roanoke's independent doctors grew in 2006, a group of 200 doctors formed an organization called the Coalition for Responsible Healthcare to protest the Carilion Clinic plan. The group posted a petition on its Web site and put up billboards around Roanoke that read: "Carilion Clinic. Big Dream. Big Questions." The local newspaper, the Roanoke Times, covered the controversy in a series of articles written by its health-care reporter, Jeff Sturgeon.

A few months later, in March 2007, the Roanoke Times moved Mr. Sturgeon off the health-care beat after Carilion complained repeatedly about his coverage. Carilion says it communicated its displeasure to the paper's editors, but never asked that Mr. Sturgeon be reassigned. Carilion withdrew most of its advertising from the paper, but says it did that as part of a reallocation of its ad budget. "Any friction that exists between an organization like us and the media is entirely appropriate," Mr. Earnhart says.

Mr. Sturgeon, who now covers transportation, declined requests for comment. Carole Tarrant, the Roanoke Times's editor, said: "We're covering Carilion like we always have and always will, and have no plans to change how we cover Carilion." She declined to elaborate.

But in asserting that the paper’s coverage hadn’t changed, Tarrant didn’t address whether the hospital’s complaints, and the pulling of its ads, had played a role in the decision to move Sturgeon.

The story caused a stir in Roanoke, and on Sunday the paper’s managing editor, Michael Stowe, wrote a column headlined “Journal story prompts questions about Carilion coverage,” saying more than a dozen readers had written about the Journal story, with some questioning the Times’s own coverage of Carilion.

He defended the paper’s coverage:

We knew that Journal reporter John Carreyrou had visited Roanoke earlier in the summer to report on Carilion's growing influence in the region. What new facts or sources, we wondered, might he uncover?

When the story published in the Journal on Aug. 28, we were pleased to see few surprises.

But, like Tarrant, he failed to address the only allegation directed at the paper itself: that it had removed Sturgeon at the hospital’s behest. Oddly, the column does address why the paper dropped the comic strip “For Better Or For Worse,” which is repeating its original story line, even though it still runs “Peanuts.”

In an interview with me, Stowe said he believed the issue had “been addressed” by Tarrant in the original Journal story. He also repeated that the coverage of Carilion had not changed, even if the reporter had.

“I can tell you that we feel like we cover Carilion better any other news media organization,” he said. “We have a track record.”

As for Sturgeon, he said that “we restructure and change beats all the time,” but declined to say whether Sturgeon’s reassignment was part of a normal beat change. “We don’t get into personnel decisions and why we change beats,” he said.

He said Sturgeon wasn’t “banned’ from covering Carilion and that, as he noted in his column, that Sturgeon did write a tough story about Carilion in May.

Tarrant and Sturgeon both declined to comment to me.

So here’s the record on Carilion and Sturgeon as it now stands:

A hospital complains about a reporter and pulls ads from the paper. The paper reassigns him.

The paper—offered three chances—declines to deny that one caused the other when a simple “no” would do.

Bridging Schizophrenia

| No Comments

Today, in a Wall Street Journal piece on Hillary Clinton’s appearance in Florida on behalf of Obama, Christopher Cooper and Amy Chozick drop these grafs on a new McCain ad:

On Monday, the McCain campaign unveiled a television advertisement portraying Gov. Palin as a crusader against government waste. The ad showcased her opposition to the so-called Bridge to Nowhere, an expensive federal road project that proposed to link a small Alaskan village to the mainland.

Some media reports say Gov. Palin was an early supporter of the project and opposed the bridge when it became expedient to do so.

“Some media reports”? It’s a phrase that puts the messy matter of actually judging the truth in someone else’s hands.

And it’s a weird phrase to choose when your very own paper, on the very same day, ran 700 excellent words explaining that Palin supported the project until it became a national laughingstock. The headline? “Record Contradicts Palin's 'Bridge' Claims.”

Another oddity: Besides the two bylined authors, who’s named as having contributed reporting to the bridge-fact check story? Amy Chozick, one of the authors on the “some media report” story.

Word Games on Hardball

| No Comments

Let's play a little analogy game. It's simple, really: Just fill in the blank below.

John McCain is to Sarah Palin as Barack Obama is to _____.

A: Michelle Obama
B: Sasha Obama
C: Joe Biden
D: Joe Lieberman

The answer is (C). The answer, Chris Matthews, as you suggested repeatedly on Hardball last night, is not (A). Even though Sarah Palin is a woman, and Michelle Obama is also a woman, that doesn't mean that Michelle is Barack Obama's running mate. The ticket McCain/Palin is facing is, in fact, Obama/Biden. Thanks for playing!

Is This Seventh Grade?

| No Comments

Yes, it is.

On MSNBC this morning:

MSNBC's CONTESSA BREWER: What we saw was the crowd not only filling the street but overflowing into surrounding areas. Is there any chance that your candidate starts to feel a little, I don't know, jealous of all the enthusiasm and the attention that Sarah Palin is now bringing out to these campaign rallies?

MCCAIN SPOKESWOMAN: Oh, Contessa, he is so jazzed. You can see it on his face. We have thousands of thousands of people out there even on a rainy day in Lebanon, Ohio....

Apparently, the "Is John jealous?" question is, like, on all the reporters' lips. Per AFP:

"Of course not, he's excited," Mark Salter told reporters who asked if McCain was jealous of the attention Palin has been receiving since he announced his surprise choice of running mate on August 29.

To halt that line of questioning, probably Salter should have left it at that. Instead, he added: "They're chanting 'John McCain' too..."

Rachel Raid

| 4 Comments

The names of MSNBC's prime-time programs tend to come in two parts. Those names—Countdown with Keith Olbermann, Hardball with Chris Matthews, the erstwhile Verdict with Dan Abrams—and, in particular, the prepositions that connect them, suggest that each show, in the end, transcends its host. If Chris Matthews's contract with MSNBC isn't renewed, as is widely speculated, next year, there could still be a Hardball. Countdown was still Countdown when it was guest-hosted this summer by Olbermann's talk-TV protégé, Rachel Maddow.

When Maddow's own MSNBC program debuted last night, though, viewers were introduced to, simply, The Rachel Maddow Show. No preposition. No name but hers. Which is telling. The newest addition to MSNBC's prime-time lineup isn't just of Rachel Maddow and by Rachel Maddow; in many ways, it's for Rachel Maddow.

There's very little pragmatic reason, after all, for a Rachel Maddow Show to exist in the first place: The program is essentially a spin-off of Olbermann's, covering similar content in a similar tone, to such an extent that Maddow’s show, which follows Olbermann’s in the 9 p.m. slot, will have to work hard not to seem redundant. (In many ways, this is by design: "MSNBC has been known to be seeking a way to capitalize to a greater degree on Mr. Olbermann’s popularity," wrote the Times. "A program with Ms. Maddow as host will almost certainly be a closer ideological fit with Mr. Olbermann’s.")

The show, with its liberal-leaning host, fills no discernible gap in MSNBC's prime-time schedule. It adds little of the "dissenting perspective" to counterbalance the Olbermann ideology that is, increasingly, the defining voice of the network. Unlike Verdict, with its legal focus, or Hardball, with its politics-as-a-game conceit, TRMS offers little of the gimmickery that usually sells a show in the early days and weeks of its airing.

The gimmick of The Rachel Maddow Show is Maddow herself. Or, specifically, the popularity Maddow has garnered while hosting her eponymous Air America radio show and guesting on MSNBC—at first, as the "token liberal" in panel discussions and, later, as a celebrity in her own right. The quick-witted Rhodes Scholar (she has not only an MPhil from Oxford, but a doctorate from the school) has become, in the relatively short time she's been a TV Personality Proper, a bona fide media darling. "Openly gay, with looks that might be described as “handsome,” she’s fast-talking, geeky, flawlessly informed, and absolutely dogged in exposing scandal no matter how un-sexy it is for cable! news," Vanity Fair wrote of her. "We kind of love her," echoed New York magazine.

Much of the appeal comes, as VF noted, from that particular combination, so rarely seen among TV pundits, of being both “geeky” and “flawlessly informed.” Maddow makes a habit of basing her arguments on, you know, facts. (In this, she’s also an heir to the Olbermann Approach: though “the O’Reilly of the Left” will sometimes spin facts to make his points, he makes a point of bolstering his opinions with reporting.) Despite all this, or perhaps because of it, "bloviating" is a term you likely won't often hear associated with Maddow.

Still, the specter of Olbermann hangs heavy over TRMS. Last night, Maddow was the final guest on Countdown—the segment was filmed in Maddow’s studio—before Olbermann transitioned to his role as the first guest on TRMS. The seamless chicken-and-egg-ness of it all was clearly by design—as was the fact that Maddow spent nearly half her hour of airtime parsing an interview with Barack Obama…which had been conducted by Olbermann, and which had aired, in the previous hour, on Olbermann’s show. One can’t help but think of The Colbert Report, which spent its inaugural episodes under the wing of The Daily Show before breaking free and fully developing its own, independent voice.

It will take time for TRMS to develop that voice. The various segments into which the show has divided itself—the “Talk Me Down” segment, in which Maddow gets upset about something, and is mollified by a guest; the “Just Enough” segment, in which a guest provides the notoriously pop-culture-deprived host with “just enough” info about the latest Britney Saga, Brangelina Birth, etc.; the “Mind over Chatter” segment—feel more suited to a 1970s game show than a semi-serious news talk show. And the show’s red, white, and blue graphics, though certainly more dignified than Olbermann’s “Worst Persons” bobbleheads or Matthews’s random political cartoons, could use—dare I say—a bit of flair. (The backdrop of Maddow’s anchor chair is a patchwork of blue and red tiles—which fits the ’70s vibe, perhaps, but doesn’t offer the visual verve that would best complement Maddow’s generally snappy content.)

But I quibble. Because, as it turns out, all other things considered, MSNBC’s gamble was right: Maddow, on her own, is enough to sell the show. Cable could use a pundit who puts a premium on information—and one, no less importantly, who is open-minded enough to question her own opinions and assumptions. (The fact that she invited Pat Buchanan, her "fake uncle," to guest on the show last night is as good evidence as any of Maddow's desire to be challenged.) The tone last night was, above all, respectful—respectful of guests, and respectful of audiences. We saw little of the pandering-to-the-base(-emotions) that we've become so accustomed to in cable commentary. Instead, we saw a simple exchange of information and ideas, with a bit of Maddowian Sarcasm thrown in for good measure.

The Rachel Maddow Show will, as such programs always do, evolve from its current form. But one thing it will keep is its name—plain, powerful, and prepositionless. All things considered, that name is fitting.

The Impotence of the Fact Check?

| 5 Comments

Hearing Gov. Sarah Palin again saying "Thanks, but no thanks" (the applause line of the McCain-Palin campaign's truth-challenged Bridge to Nowhere claim) on cable news this morning got us talking generally about how journalists fact check candidates and the impotence of the standard fact check (i.e., newspaper devotes a few sentences at the end of a story or a box on A19 on a single day to debunking a campaign claim made all the time, everywhere, even after it has been "officially debunked".)

What can/should reporters do when a campaign continues to make a truth-challenged claim --undeterred by the cable news segment in which someone ranked that claim really really low on their truth-o-meter, understanding that that same cable news channel will likely still run (unchecked) campaign trail footage in which the claim is again made, understanding that after a paroxysm of fact checking of this or that claim reporters move on, at which point the candidate probably has little to lose by continuing to make that claim?

(Continue to debunk the claim, every time, prominently, you say? That's what we said four years ago! ) My colleague Clint is talking to a couple of political editors/reporters about this (not new) conundrum. Hope to have more soon.

Meantime, here's Kevin Drum on journalists and the Bridge to Nowhere claim, specifically:

[T]his really is a test of some kind for the press. This lie is unusually egregious given the plain facts of the situation (Palin was eagerly supportive of the bridge until after Congress pulled the earmark, at which point she reluctantly decided to take the money but use it for other projects), and if the media allows the McCain campaign to get away with it — if they relegate it to occasional closing paragraphs and page A9 fact checks — well, that means McCain knows he can pretty much get away with anything. The press will be writing its own declaration of irrelevance.

PEJ on Press on Palin: "Feverish"

| 2 Comments

Per PEJ: "For the week of Sept. 1-7, Palin was a significant or dominant factor in 60% of the campaign stories." Occupying 9.7 percent of the overall campaign news hole? "Palin Family Scandals." Occupying 6.2 percent of the overall campaign news hole? "Palin's Public Record."

Closer, somehow, than it seemed (was made to seem?)

ABCNews.com is asking what Charles Gibson should ask Gov. Sarah Palin during The First Palin Interview later this week. Along with suggestions for specific questions (world leader pop quizzes, Fannie and Freddie, global warming, sex ed, etc.), readers are advising (begging?) Gibson not to go soft:

PLEASE don't do the regular "walk along the shore/family background/shucks, we're just folks" type of interview filled with softballs, no follow-up, and just accepting it when they don't address your questions - this is too important to not do your job...

And:

Please, please don't ask the usual softball, cream puff questions that are the hallmark of network news...[P]lease don't grovel because you got the first interview. Stand up, be brave...

And:

I have a very simple request: please conduct a serious interview with a political candidate about whom so little is known... Just stick to serious politics, issues, and press her when she avoids answering in full or simply spins. Do this as you would with any politician, but please spare us the "human interest" nonsense... Just once pretend that we still have serious journalists, and leave the silly stuff to the tabloids.

And:

I've watched ABCNEWS for years, ever since I was a cub reporter. I have pretty low expectations that you will do a hard news interview with a Republican -- particularly since I'm sure the McCain campaign is ONLY granting interviews is reporters show "respect and deference" to their celebrity pitbull. Yet, for a moment, think of your children and grandchildren. Think of your legacy...

The Lee Abrams Experience

| 3 Comments

Abrams Unbound
In a modest, cluttered office on the sixth floor of Chicago’s Tribune Tower, the future of American newspapers looks to its past. It is here that Lee Abrams, a former radio consultant and the new “chief innovation officer” for the Tribune Company, seeks inspiration in stacks of yellowing front pages. He likes old-school screaming headlines, he says, front-page cartoons, the tradition of reporters as stars. Then, on his computer screen, he clicks through PDFs showing bold new page designs for what he calls the “relaunching” of the Baltimore Sun, the Chicago Tribune, and eight other American newspapers that came under his creative aegis in April of this year.

Abrams, silver-haired and mustachioed, talks about the future of newspapers with the unbound enthusiasm of a college student. In his day-to-day uniform of black long-sleeved T-shirt and dark slacks, he finds himself a stranger among the oxford-cloth inhabitants of the newsroom. He doesn’t look like them and he doesn’t speak their language, but to his and everyone’s surprise, Abrams is suddenly one of the most prominent people in newspaper publishing—and certainly among the busiest. This summer, just past the midpoint in print journalism’s annus horribilis—an analyst quoted in The New York Times called it “the worst year for the newspaper business since the Depression”—you would have needed a GPS to track the frenetic, fifty-five-year-old Abrams: en route from Chicago to Baltimore to see the redesigns at the Sun, descending through the smoggy skies above lax, ready to bust through the creative vapor lock at the Los Angeles Times—meeting-and-greeting and piping up about the need for the newspaper to “own” entertainment coverage (and paint their executives’ big black SUVS with colorful logos). In Hartford and Allentown, as well as Orlando and Fort Lauderdale, he flew in on similar missions. And if his corporeal presence was missing, his brainstorms bounced off the satellites carrying Tribune’s newly revamped TV superstation, wgn-America. Meanwhile, and more to the point of this story, his ebullient and exhortative memos—some have called them jaw-droppingly crazy—were landing softly in the inboxes of cringing journalists and editors from coast to coast.

Urgency! It’s a media war out there that is not being won . . . but can. Recipe for failure: Focus Group . . . evaluate the focus . . . group . . . have a committee meeting to evaluate . . . more focus groups. This isn’t rocket science. It’s hard logistically . . . but growing isn’t rocket science. The biggest problem is lack of urgency.

Based on these stream-of-consciousness blog entries-turned-e-mails, Abrams has been dismissed by his new colleagues as a “lunatic,” a “barbarian,” a buffoon whose writing style is Ted Kaczynski-meets-Dan Quayle. With the arrival of this alien change agent, there have been mutterings about the end of journalism as we know it. A certain amount of anxious animosity might well be expected from shell-shocked newsroom vets in 2008. Even as they parodied and forwarded Abrams’s memos to one another in disbelief, they sifted his ravings for omens that might reveal something about the future of their jobs.

In the first half of the year, newspaper revenue went into free fall, damaged by long-term (Craigslist) and short-term (housing bust) trends. Gannett, the country’s largest newspaper chain, saw its second quarter ad revenue drop 13.5 percent from a year earlier and in August announced that it would cut a thousand jobs from its newspapers; the New York Times Media Group dropped 9.5 percent in ad revenue. Profits fell; layoffs followed buyouts. The Atlanta Journal-Constitution cut almost two hundred jobs—8 percent of its total workforce. The Wall Street Journal eliminated fifty editing positions. The Chicago Tribune announced cuts of 120 newsroom jobs, 14 percent of its staff. The Los Angeles Times will lose 135 newsroom jobs, the Baltimore Sun sixty, the Orlando Sentinel fifty-two. In the month of July 2008, some one thousand American newspapermen and women were told to find other employment.

Into this morbid and rancorous atmosphere strode Abrams, a self-described “civilian” of print media, a man whose buoyancy can piss off a hard-shelled journalist in less than thirty seconds. And now he sits at the top of the corporate masthead of a media colossus employing more than 4,500 journalists worldwide. Tribune Company, the nation’s second-largest publisher of newspapers, is the very definition of a media giant: it owns the Trib, the Sun, and the L.A. Times, but also the Hartford Courant, the Orlando Sentinel, a handful of smaller-circulation papers, Chicago’s WGN-AM radio station, and more than twenty-seven television stations—all now in Abrams’s purview. But wait, there’s more. Tribune owns Hoy, a Spanish-language daily published in two major markets, and two Spanish-language weeklies in Florida. It owns the free paper amNewYork and the Chicago Cubs baseball team.

Tribune also owns the Cubs’ stadium—Wrigley Field—as well as the land and buildings beneath the Tribune and the Los Angeles Times and other sundry properties, which made the company a palatable acquisition for Chicago real-estate billionaire Sam Zell, who last year took the Tribune Company private and in the process accumulated approximately $13 billion in debt. Zell’s Tribune is selling assets to meet debt load and going through a painful downsizing in pages and personnel: the order came from Chicago in July to lose four hundred to five hundred jobs and five hundred pages of newshole companywide. The ad-edit ratio will hold at fifty-fifty. Clearly, these are the darkest of times for print journalists, but Abrams sees the light and the glory to come. “I strongly believe that News and Information is the NEW Rock n Roll,” wrote Abrams on March 14, 2008.

Rock n Roll! It had a street level connection to the Post War American Spirit. Tapped into the pulse of the American way of thinking. It was based on: imagination, looking forward, respecting but not praying to the musical playbook, moved fast . . . met the rhythm of America, worked at innovating—it was a mission to come up with the next cool thing, revolutionized the ‘look’ of people, etc. . . . Now fast forward to 2008, News and Information has been around since the dawn of Man, but it’s a lot like where music was in 1952: Poised for a dynamic breakthrough.

And on that note began one of the unlikeliest turns in modern newspaper history. Abrams, the lifelong radio man, took to his new assignment with characteristic avidity, studying newspapers 24/7. Ideas invaded his dreams (“I keep notepads by the bed and in the shower and everywhere else,” he says), and he produced memo upon memo through the spring and summer, each one more outlandish than the next, with blocks of capital letters mixed with radio lingo and loopy cheerleading. Example: “If we can morph the Soul of Dylan . . . with the innovation of Apple and the eccentric-all-the-way-to-the-bank of Bill Veeck, the WORLD will be a better place. WE have that opportunity.”

Only two months into his job, Abrams released companywide a fifteen-point memo on change in the newspaper business, in which he reels off what he finds to be newspapers’ most “glaring” problem: assumptions.

Possibly the biggest problem. Assuming. I met a reporter who spent 4 years in Baghdad. Dodging bullets . . . staying in Hotels protected by the Marines. Yet, I’ll bet no-one outside of the building knew this person was risking their life in Iraq to get you the news. If it were CNN, you’d see rockets and RPG’s in the background as the reporter ducks shrapnel. In the paper, it’s usually a small byline. Hell, papers should have photos of the reporter with Iraqi kids . . . be writing diaries. Before I joined Tribune, I had no idea that reporters were around the globe reporting the news . . . Because the paper “assumed” I knew.

One reporter at the Los Angeles Times, still shocked by Abrams’s lack of awareness, told me, “We don’t know what in the world these guys are thinking. That’s very disturbing. If Abrams’s stream-of-consciousness missives are the real indication of where this thing is going, then it’s going to not be a very sophisticated place. He polished the buffoon image with the observation that he was unaware until told recently that foreign reporters were actually in foreign lands.”

When I spoke to Abrams in July, I asked him to explain his apparent lack of basic knowledge about his new world. “I knew that,” he says about the existence of foreign reporters, “but the point was, when I lived in Washington—and I think I was a pretty typical avid newspaper reader—I just didn’t think about it. It was off the radar, another newspaper assumption. As a reader, before I joined Tribune, I knew that there were news bureaus, but it just wasn’t top of mind. Whereas, you watch CNN, and they hit you over the head with it—the fact that they are live there and it’s noon here and it’s midnight there and it’s dark.”

Newspapers must learn to “hit people over the head” with what they have and who they are, he says again and again. “The newspaper is part of the life experience,” says Abrams. “It’s an intelligent look at the community and the world—something that you can absorb at your own pace. It’s a place to find information that appeals to you. I’m a baseball fan, so not only seeing the stats, but getting the inside information from reporters who cover my teams is pretty important to my day. Investigative reporting has never been more important to newspapers. We’re not alone anymore, as bloggers, TV, and other media are also investigating, but historically papers have done the best and most credible job, and I think continuing to do so is key to the future.”

But newspapers seem to have forgotten how to shout and swagger and barnstorm, he says. Scream EXCLUSIVE! like they did at the turn of the nineteenth century. Liberate the photographers. Engage the designers. Promote the columnists and reporters like celebrities. “Papers have star writers and they don’t publicize them properly,” he says. And the changes must start now. To that end, he keeps on the windowsill in his office a white length of lumber, a two-by-four, naturally, left over from his days in radio, bearing the acronym afdi. When I ask him what it means, he says that the talking days are past, that newspapers must let go of their history.

“Now we’re AFDI—actually fucking doing it. Internally, my mission is to liberate people to do their best work and, as a result, create the newspapers that are going to succeed. I think my main job is helping inspire people to think differently and to liberate themselves from some of the things that may not work anymore that newspapers have been doing for a long time.” Abrams has but a few specific pet peeves. One is the use of unnecessary jumps followed by great, gray fields of unadorned type. (“It’s like, ‘Oh my god. I don’t have time for that.’ ”) He questions the use of traditional rubrics like “From the news wire,” a phrase that is meaningless to modern readers and sounds like the nineteenth century. The specific fixes he leaves up to the editors and designers. “I don’t really have the ideas as much as a lot of passion for change and the ability to help people to break out,” he says.

In person, Abrams is more thoughtful and low-key than he appears on his blog or in a big presentation. He loves to talk, talk fast, talk in sports metaphors, talk in voices, mimicking several sides of a conversation to make a point. “I was in Hartford and they were bragging about how the newspaper helped take down the governor,” he says. “But I don’t think the average person in Hartford knew that. I asked cocktail waitresses and taxi drivers and the guy at the airport, all who lived in Hartford, if they knew about this. And not one person knew . . . . Newspapers used to scream out much louder. Exclusive!! . . . But that was many years ago when there were three or four newspapers in a market. Now there’s only one or two. My point is, Yeah, that’s true, but there are two million Web sites and three hundred cable channels, so it’s more competitive now than ever.”

Newspapers must compete in a news-rich environment or go home. “We have to focus on our strengths to reclaim ground,” he says. “It does mean doing fewer things unquestionably better. Newspapers often suffer from being generic in a ‘specificity-driven’ media environment. One of the reasons I’m so focused on the graphic element and the intellect—newspapers own those. We need to push our attributes better.”

All We Hear Is Radio Ga Ga
Abrams is routinely called a legend in the music industry. Though popular music is a business that hands out such accolades with regularity, there is truth to the statement. As a Chicago wunderkind, Abrams did his own street-corner research for top-forty AM radio stations in the 1960s, but found himself drawn to the harder rock of underground FM radio. He loved the music, but despised the hipper-than-thou elitism of the FM disc jockeys. So in 1971, just a year out of high school, he combined research and psychographics with his knowledge of album cuts (not singles!) and invented the album-oriented rock format for FM. Mandatory playlists superseded deejays’ whims, a massive cultural shift followed which finished off Top 40 radio and produced a financial windfall for all who followed him. At one point, Abrams and his partner Kent Burkhart programmed more than 125 separate U.S. radio stations.

In Marc Fisher’s lively history of post-World War II radio, Something in the Air, he describes Abrams’s youthful achievement in the strongest terms: “Lee Abrams was not old enough to drink or vote, but he was well on his way toward reinventing radio and restructuring pop culture.”

Three decades later, radio had survived MTV, and had devolved into a formulaic but still profitable business—and a creative wasteland. Abrams, blamed by critics for ruining FM radio by straitjacketing deejays with research, looked up and saw the future. In 1998, he signed on to became the first employee of XM Satellite Radio, overseeing programming for more than 150 pay “channels” and convincing Bob Dylan to host the wonderful Theme Time Radio Hour. Abrams had a hand in reinventing radio once again: now it was satellite versus terrestrial, with XM setting off a creative efflorescence. Abrams brought in Willie Nelson and Tom Petty to run their own shows, added eleven national news channels, twice as many all-talk channels, and three times as many sports channels. “The first couple of years at XM were just magical,” he says, noting that he stepped off in March as XM was about to merge with its competitor Sirius in order to cut overhead and boost profits.

In the course of creating XM, Abrams kept employee headcount to a barebones minimum, running a channel with one or two staffers instead of ten. The reason was competitive pressure. He tells me he met with executives from Google and Yahoo and other Internet titans and says, “They are in a warlike stance. They want to put everybody out of business.” Thus, he maintains that he was surprised at the lack of urgency he found at newspapers during these challenging times. “For me it’s like, ‘Let’s fight back and reclaim that turf.’ But we gotta use modern day weapons and not World War I weaponry.”

Enter his old friend, Randy Michaels, a radio man since his college days at SUNY-Buffalo. Michaels worked for Sam Zell as early as 1993, and by the time Zell promoted him from vice president and chief executive officer of Tribune’s interactive and broadcast divisions to be his corporate chief operating officer, Abrams had become Tribune’s secret weapon. Michaels and Abrams are close and understand each other deeply, says Abrams, though both men are admittedly strangers to print.

Marc Fisher explains how newspaper people would have a hard time translating a radio genius like Abrams. “Lee is a quintessential radio guy, which means he is something of a fan,” says Fisher, who is also a columnist and blogger at The Washington Post. “He has extraordinary enthusiasm and is accustomed to motivating deejays and salespeople into making their short moments on the air something distinctive and alluring. And radio is really a sales business. The advertising and the programming are entirely intermeshed. There is no church-state divide as we know in newspapers, so he is a cheerleader and a visionary. And what generations of radio people have taken as pearls of wisdom appear to be almost illiterate ravings to people in a newsroom. Lee writes and speaks in all caps with lots of ellipses and lots of slogans and what the radio world calls ‘liners,’ which are the brief mottos and sayings which make a radio show.”

But Fisher insists, and it appears to be true, that Abrams harbors a great deal of respect for institutions that have greater depth than radio. “Newspapers are one of the last places for smart people,” says Abrams. “I just want to bust the myth that change means dumbing it down.” Downsized staffs, reduced budgets, and shrinking newsholes, Abrams says, are things the industry must learn to work with. “Doing more with important stories at the expense of marginally interesting ones” is one way to address it, he says. “Like TV, where there’s limited time and you need to hit the hot button, story after story, the new reality of newspapers is limited space.”

Fisher predicts that Abrams’s first response will be “to lard on a whole bunch of showbiz. He definitely believes in sizzle, but he also believes in steak. The problem is he has never worked in a field where there is so much steak. In radio, the news department is usually one guy and virtually all of the content in radio news is repurposed, which is a polite way of saying ripped off, and the idea that you would have this enormous infrastructure doing newsgathering is fairly alien.”

And yet, Fisher believes that Abrams possesses a savant’s talent for connecting content to consumers. The radio man’s preternatural confidence comes from decades of hearing from all sides that he is a revolutionary. “He has all sorts of theories,” says Fisher, who, in the course of researching his book, read hundreds of pages of Abrams’s XM strategy memos. “They tend to be fairly abstract, and they tend to be off-the-cuff, and he tends to write them on napkins. So for him to make the transition from the very small world of radio—where a station is run by a handful of people—into massive metropolitan newsrooms, which have lots of specialties, is an almost unfathomable leap.”

In the Time of the Buyout

The lunatic is in the hall. The lunatics are in my hall. The paper holds their folded faces to the floor And every day the paper boy brings more. — Pink Floyd, “Brain Damage” Dark Side of the Moon, 1973
There is fear and anger in the Tribune Company’s newsrooms. I spoke to a half dozen reporters and editors, but only one agreed to go on the record. The possibility of reprisals from management or fellow journalists has silenced normally voluble media types. So they snicker over parodies of Abrams’s memos and point me toward Web sites like tellzell.com, which collects dispatches from Tribune Company trenches. Longtime employees fret that if they say something negative, their severance may be affected; if they say something positive—and there was plenty of anonymous praise for Abrams—they may be perceived as suck-ups.

“Staffers who’ve been here for a long time, we’re middle-aged, and so this is very threatening to us,” says one woman, a reporter with the Chicago Tribune. “A revolution is happening, and we know something needs to happen but we don’t know what. So these guys, who are even older than us, come in. And even though Lee in my opinion does have some good ideas, he doesn’t understand the future any more than we do. If we’re going to have a revolution, let’s put somebody of a different generation in charge of it.”

At the Orlando Sentinel, the revolution has begun. During the spring, Abrams rolled into town, a wild-eyed Einstein in a black T-shirt, his head full of new ideas. After meeting with a group of editors, he pronounced himself pleased with their reaction to his call to arms. He told me the reaction to his ideas in general runs this way: “Eighty percent of people are, ‘Yes! This is what we need.’ Ten percent are just, ‘What is this guy talking about?’ And then there’s 10 percent open resistance—‘This is nonsense.’ ” According to one Sentinel staff member who met with him, Abrams is definitely more effective when presenting himself in person than through his memos: “He was approachable, eager to listen to ideas, and pleased with the redesign that our staff had come up with. He was genuinely enthusiastic.”

The Sentinel is the first Abrams relaunch, and it hints in broad strokes where the company will take its newspapers: bigger, brighter graphics, more maps and photos, a more organized and magazine-like approach to news and information. It’s a USA Today approach, but nothing more radical than that—at the moment. At the same time, Abrams is pushing each paper to increase reader-friendliness: ganging news in the same location every day in categories like crime, election, national security, with each one perhaps presided over by a writer/personality. To this end, he has suggestions for every page of every section, right down to concert reviews and classifieds. The question is, Will any of this be enough?

As will be true with all of the Tribune papers, the Sentinel has relaunched in a national recession, the difficulty compounded by the company’s grinding debt. The financial situation at the paper has been “horrible,” says one staff member. Indeed, the Sentinel eliminated twenty-four positions in 2007; already this year, it has cut fifty-two more. “We are in the middle of the housing crisis down here, and the publisher is constantly telling us how bad things are,” says this staff member. The Sentinel is now a shrinking paper with fewer sections, and the redesign has, of course, altered the overall mix of news. Editors are being asked to do more with less. “I definitely think there’s a smaller newshole, and there is more soft news,” says this source.

For the rest of Tribune’s employees, they wait their turn and check their inboxes for notes from Lee’s Blog. For these people, Abrams still operates behind a digital scrim, a cross between Yoda (when he makes sense) and the Great Oz (when he sounds imperious). But Abrams is out to win them over one meeting at a time. On the morning of July 23, he and Tribune’s new management team (with Zell on speakerphone) met with forty or so reporters, top editors, and executives of the Chicago Tribune. During the four-hour meeting, Abrams took more than an hour to deliver his vision of newspapers’ future, according to a columnist who was at the meeting. “I was surprised that I found myself sort of going, ‘Yeah!’ ” my source says, “in a way that you can have a conversation with a friend that you don’t always agree with and not bristle at everything he says. My opinion is that Abrams leaves room for conversation, that he wants some pushback, that he is engaged by that pushback, that this is why he’s doing this in a way.”

This brings up the tantalizing comparison to be made between Abrams and Steve Jobs, an outsider who revolutionized the music industry. Abrams, while not an intellect or entrepreneur on Jobs’s level, is hunting the same Holy Grail: usability. He told the Tribune crowd that he wants the editors to examine every page with the eyes of a busy reader, to capture eyeballs. Corral content by subject for reader ease; write headlines that sell—not summarize—the story. And most of all, “We want to be graphically stunning,” he told the meeting, and each paper should find its own identity. “He told us the Trib has got to be so Chicago, it’s got to smell like a Vienna hot dog,” says the columnist. “I kind of like that.”

Before the meeting, there was a general feeling in the Tribune newsroom that a stance of disapproval should be maintained. “We must put on this public face, like, ‘This guy’s crazy,’ ” says the columnist. “But I think a lot of people who have spoken to him have said: ‘You know, he’s said some things that make sense, but we don’t necessarily want to tell the bosses that, because in a lot of ways this is very challenging. And a lot of what he says and a lot what’s going on here is going to result in people we know and admire and respect and love losing their jobs.’ That’s not up to him. He’s not the one who’s saying we’ve got to make more money. He’s the innovation guy, the ideas guy, who says, ‘How can we make this paper more engaging to people? How can we make it something people will want to buy?’ ”

In Los Angeles, there was no joy this summer at the prospect of rebirth. Little headway had been made on the relaunch by the end of July. When Abrams visited the paper in the spring, he detected what he called “low competitive drive.” Times reporter Ted Rohrlich chalks this up to something else. “People are doing their best to concentrate on their immediate tasks and put out the paper everyday,” he says, “but there is a pall over this place. We just lost a hundred and thirty-five colleagues and the last layoff was three months before. It seems like it’s been one continuous layoff at this point.” A co-worker of Rohrlich’s adds: “The bigger question is: What are we supposed to do with all of Abrams’s scattered thoughts? Shouldn’t he be giving papers a breathing space to regroup during these layoffs? He is sending out these long messages to a workforce that is demoralized and freaked out . . . and in no mood to digest anything he says.”

In many ways, the anger directed toward Abrams now seems misdirected, if understandable. Abrams may be the herald for change, but he is not responsible for the meltdown that led to this crisis. The problems facing newspapers in this transitional period come from every quarter and have been festering for a decade, for the most part unaddressed. And much of the change Abrams talks about will have to be translated into actual paper-and-ink innovation by real journalists working on deadline. Still, I came away believing that he is acting in good faith.

Only time will tell if readers will respond, Abrams knows, but there is no time to lose. With each buyout and budget cutback, experienced journalists walk away, resources shrink, and the Tribune newspapers become diminished versions of themselves. So he works away in his Chicago office, dreaming up new ways to connect readers to this rapidly changing content, cheering for innovation where it sprouts. “24 hours in photos (!!) Brilliant idea that the Sun is doing,” he wrote on his blog in late July. As Sam Zell’s emissary of change, he traverses the empire, selling the idea of a newspaper renaissance in the midst of a recession, bringing news of one paper’s victories to the others. Even this little bit of synergy is brand new, he says: there are new innovation Web sites for the Baltimore Sun, meetings to attend, planes to catch. Blogs to update. Got to get the word out.

“A lot of his ideas sound hokey or demeaning, but there is a grain of truth to many of them,” says Marc Fisher. “We need to connect with readers, interact with readers, sell ourselves to readers. Those are not only legitimate ideas, but at this point probably essential. Lee despises snootiness and snobbery and anything that smacks of an elite—and we are an elite, especially print journalists. And if he can figure out ways to blow through that before the journalists gang up and blow him out of there, then he may succeed in some ways. He has a kid’s heart—a fan’s heart. He’s not the guy measuring how much someone’s written. He’s not the guy who has a secret formula for taking the newsroom down to six people. He wants newspapers to be something people love. He’s all about the emotion, which is the part that newspapers have traditionally been scared to death of.”

Expert(s) Embrace(d)

| No Comments

Hair stylists. Handwriting experts. An astrologer. Body language experts. Feng Shui experts. Some embarrassing, prepubescent-looking guy who wrote a book...

Is there an "expert" whose wisdom has not yet been tapped by the political press this election season?

Ah, yes. Today, the New York Times' Elisabeth Bumiller brings us what "etiquette experts say" about "hugging protocol" for the candidates (brace yourself for the insight: "times have certainly changed;" today, male and female politicians can hug since, in the words of one "expert," "we accept anything now.") Christine Todd Whitman, Bumiller reports,"said that she...had embraced many of her male counterparts, as long as she knew them well."

Don't mean to be rude, but...

Most. Misplaced. Ad. Ever.

| No Comments

The following ad, its sound bites spoken and flashing on-screen, just aired on MSNBC:

"This election is the most important of my lifetime." -- Bill Bennett

"Friends of Israel are asking who is going to stand up most effectively against Islamo-Nazi terror, John McCain or Barack Obama." -- Michael Medved

"Hey, no other station has the guts to tell New Yorkers the truth." -- Mike Gallagher

And then, the announcer: "AM 970, The Apple, tells is like it is. Take a bite now. The talk of New York. AM 970 -- The Apple."

The show on which this ad for conservative talk radio aired? Countdown with Keith Olbermann.

Oops.

Burying the Lede?

| 3 Comments

Everybody's talking about Sarah Palin's change of heart on the Bridge to Nowhere, but somehow the more interesting and arguably consequential part of the story keeps getting pushed to the bottom.

"What happened to the $223 million Palin is saying she said 'No Thanks' too?," asks TPM's Josh Marshall. "She kept it."

But many papers reporting this information are having a hard time getting it across clearly.

Here's the Anchorage Daily News taking a a shot.

Paragraph 21: Once Palin spiked the bridge project, the money wasn't available to Minnesota or other states, however. Congress, chastened by criticism of the Alaska funding, had removed the earmark but allowed the state to keep the money and direct it to other transportation projects.

Reuters takes a stab at it:

Paragraph 8: National fury over the bridge caused Congress to remove the earmark designation, but Alaska was still granted an equivalent amount of transportation money to be used at its own discretion.

And, this is an attempt by the AP:

Paragraph 8: After the Ketchikan bridge became an issue and an object of ridicule, Congress dropped the earmark.

It's easy to get bogged down in terms like "earmark designation," but, come on, folks. Just make it clear: She kept the money. And, who's asking where it went?

Herd-Wave Feminism?

| 9 Comments

In all the discussions I've heard and read about Sarah Palin's selection as McCain's heir apparent, the best word I've come across to characterize that choice is "cynical." Cynical, not because Palin herself isn't a remarkable politician--clearly, she is--but cynical because Palin's presence on the GOP ticket suggests the McCain campaign's calculation that Americans care more about personal charisma than they do about governmental experience. Cynical, because her presence on that ticket suggests Team McCain's estimation that those much-discussed Disaffected Hillary Voters will vote against the pro-women policies their erstwhile leader espoused--a pro-choice stance on abortion, the support of equal pay for women, etc.--simply to get a woman, any woman, in office. Cynical, because it suggests that those women's votes can be bought at the low, low price of Putting a Lady on the Ticket.

In the current issue of The New Republic, Michelle Cottle provides an examination of that cynicism that is as thorough as it is biting. "The Palin pick is disheartening on so many levels," Cottle writes.

For starters, even what little we know about the Alaska governor's policy views is enough to make a traditional feminist weep. The staunchly conservative Palin not only opposes abortion rights (even in cases of rape or incest), she also supports abstinence-only sex education and takes a strict free-market approach toward health care.

Though Palin, by virtue of her inexperience, "makes Dan Quayle circa 1988 look like an elder statesman," Cottle continues, in Team McCain's estimation,

female candidates are pretty much interchangeable and women voters too addlepated to know the difference. We don't care about issues or experience; we just want someone with the same reproductive parts as ours.

Cottle's conclusion? Palin's selection is a blow to the feminist movement. She makes a strong case for it, too. While I'm not fully sold--my own sense is that it's simply too early to judge The Impact of Palin's Candidacy on Feminism--Cottle's verdict in this regard is thoughtful and compelling and, in the end, well worth a read.

The Boys In The Bubble

| 1 Comment

In yesterday's New York Times, Mark Leibovich explored the proud tradition, so evidently on display during practically every speech delivered at the RNC last week, of politicians bemoaning, belittling, and otherwise bedeviling the media.

Ms. Palin capped off a succession of speakers — Rudy Giuliani, Mitt Romney, Mike Huckabee — who took turns pummeling their favorite target, the news media, which in turn gave the news media the chance to talk about its favorite subject all week (the news media).

We have played this video game before. Indeed, the Republican tradition of media-bashing goes back decades, at least to the convention of 1964 when former President Dwight D. Eisenhower called out "sensation-seeking columnists and commentators," and the Cow Palace in San Francisco burst into jeers and catcalls at the reporters there. The sentiment was immortalized in Richard Nixon’s vice president Spiro Agnew who memorably charged that many in the press corps were mere “nattering nabobs of negativism” — and for good measure — “an effete corps of impudent snobs.”

As far as politics goes, the strategy Leibovich describes—assassinating the character of the media—is generally as effective as it is transparent: Discredit the people framing the story about politics, and discredit anything negative they may say about you. They're biased/petty/snobby/entitled. So nothing they say is reliable.

I'd like to defend the media against the accusations hurled at them. Generally speaking, those accusations are incredibly unfair. But after eight days spent in the twin whirligigs of the Pepsi and Xcel Energy Centers, it's hard to find the words to do it. The biggest impression that remains in the residue of the whole thing—one that isn’t new, I realize, but worth reiterating regardless—is that of the utter disconnect between the highly fortified bubbles of the convention centers themselves and the areas immediately outside, and between those bubbles and the areas less immediately outside: those expansive and diverse areas often shorthanded as, you know, "the real world."

Part of the former disconnect is logistical in nature. The security at both conventions—on overdrive in Denver, and full-on paranoid in St. Paul—was more than a (semi-)permeable membrane protecting the centers' interior organelles. While walls keep things out, of course, they also keep things in. And the rabid security (credentials were checked in no fewer than five locations at each convention, and the TSA-like screening lines often took nearly an hour to move through) made osmosis nearly impossible. "I wanted to go out and cover the riots," one reporter told me, as we walked through the Xcel Center, "but, if I did, I wouldn't be able to get back in time for the speeches."

As a partial result of this, the nucleus of the conventions' media coverage was contained inside the conventions' security-designated perimeters. Inside those walls, reporters, sequestered away from the madding crowds—sequestered away, in fact, from crowds of most kinds, save for those comprised of other reporters—analyzed speeches, described "the mood on the convention floors," gathered sound bites from delegates, and otherwise Served Our Democracy. They relaxed from their labors at corporate-sponsored "media lounges," defined areas in which the storied scribes of the first draft of history could: swig free beer; swig free booze; swig free smoothies; down free jalapeno poppers; down free chicken fingers; down free Swedish meatballs; down free chips and salsa; down free chips and guac; get free chair massages; get free hand massages; get free facials; get free yoga instruction; get free swag; inhale flavored, colored oxygen at a free oxygen bar; play games, for free, on a Wii; or some combination thereof.

A local reporter I met in St. Paul deemed the whole thing "masturbatory," which is about as good a summation as I've heard of the whole thing. "Orgiastic," as long as we're going there, was a close runner-up, convention-summation-wise. The excess of it all was, both appropriately and frustratingly, excessive.

Which is not to say that there weren't media members breaking The Bubble—or, at least, getting stories in spite of it—or that admirable work wasn't done in covering the conventions, outside or inside their official confines. Donna Brazile may be the most famous journalist to find herself on the receiving end of the St. Paul police department's pepper spray guns, but there were many more out on the streets, in Minnesota and in Colorado, documenting the protests and the happenings going on outside The Bubble. In true street-reporter style, those journalists were occasionally hassled, and sometimes arrested, for their troubles.

But those media—the ones who eschewed chair massages in favor of shoe leather—were a small percentage of the 15,000 who covered the conventions. And, besides, they aren't the ones who drive the narratives that shape the presidential contests. They're not the ones, therefore, who shape public perceptions of What the Media Are All About. They're not the ones who feed the accusations Leibovich analyzed: that the media are, figuratively and literally, out of touch with the rest of the world.

The core complaint when it comes to elitism and those who endorse and/or exhibit it isn't, as is sometimes claimed, its implicit celebration of excellence. Rather, it's the even more implicit assumption that people are divisible in the first place—the assumption that certain people are, by whatever criterion you'd like to use, better than others. The nominating conventions tacitly endorse the notion of an elite media by their insistent stratification of the universe: In keeping the media confined to The Bubble, they suggest that The Bubble is, in fact, where the media belong. And in allowing themselves to be so confined in the first place, the media suggest that The Bubble isn’t just where they belong, but also where they want to be.

In the conversations I had with fellow journalists in both the Pepsi and Xcel Centers, the What Are We Really Doing Here question often came up. (Turns out, reporters at the conventions love to talk about why there are reporters at the conventions.) And the most common answer arrived at in those conversations was a combination of we're-here-because-we've-always-come and we're-here-because-everyone-else-is.

Which is, to say the least, unsatisfying. "Because I said so" rarely fulfills two-year-olds' curiosity when it comes to the question of why we do things. Why should it fulfill journalists'?

Restraint by Number

| 2 Comments

Getting just a tad tired of seeing Barack Obama's face on the covers of national magazines? Yeah, so are we. But we'll make an exception for this particular exhibition of Obamartistry, which manages to be both relevant and--whew!--un-boring:










Two thoughts on Booth Moore's (the LA Times' Fashion Critic) take today on "Sarah Palin's Style:"

1) Maybe it's parody?

2) What's left for Robin Givhan to say?

Some Moore:

Barely a blip on the political radar before now, Palin has to go the extra mile to hone her VP style. But far from uglifying herself, she plays up her sexuality...

... Palin is already playing the image game like a pro. When Sen. John McCain accepted the nomination Thursday night, she wore a black satin jacket that dipped just low enough in front so you could see some cleavage. In this political marriage, Palin clearly knows she's the trophy...

And about that hair:

The bouffant in the front, which appears to be teased from underneath, is more traditional, to appeal to the GOP base and those big donors from Houston who've been known to fly with their hairstylists on their private planes. And yet, you get the feeling that at the end of the day, she could shake out that lustrous mane (longer than any other major female U.S. political figure's) and get it on with her man.

Is that the "feeling" you get from Palin's hair?

In his New York Times column today, Bill Kristol tries to make the case that the reason that “the media” doesn’t like Sarah Palin is that McCain picked her “without, so to speak, consulting them.” The logic seems to be that our press is all upset because since Palin’s name didn’t surface via the Veep-stakes, and therefore never got a chance to vet her themselves.

Whatever. Kristol doesn’t actually give any evidence or even a quote suggesting that the supposed Palin-mocity comes from this usurpation. Instead, he moves on to a post from Marty Peretz’s New Republic blog, The Spine (Read as: “I’ve got one, you don’t”). And yes, there’s animosity. Kristol writes:

Thus Martin Peretz, editor-in-chief of the venerable New Republic for the last 34 years, wrote a blog post Thursday while he was “still reeling from last night’s malign hysteria at the Republican convention. This is a rotten crowd, even the pious Christian Huckabee and certainly Mayor Giuliani and the aspiring vice president, Sarah Palin.”

Despite reeling from the speeches, Peretz was able to “give [Palin] her due: she is pretty like a cosmetics saleswoman at Macy’s.” He continued that it was “good to see that the Palin family didn’t torture poor Bristol, at least in the open.” And he concluded: “Yes, please God, do bless America and rescue us from these swilly people.”



No malign hysteria there.

So Kristol found an angry “liberal” member of the media to use as a whipping boy. Good work! But to say that his anger has much to do with Palin is deeply, deeply, unfair to Peretz. That’s because Peretz uses “malign hysteria” all the time, like a car stuck in reverse.

Here he is on his own (maybe?) party, the Democrats:

…psychiatrically malfunctioning…

On his own employee, John Judis:

John Judis has often had a soft spot for America's enemies … doughface tripe.

And here he is on a liberal 527 group planning to send a hardball letter to those it suspected might bankroll anti-Obama attacks:

Perhaps the second move will be to the head of a horse in the bed of the recipients or, better yet, put a bullet in their knee-caps. These people call themselves "liberal" and are called "liberal" by others. But they are really fascists, using terror…

All that’s from the last month.

(And I also hear he maybe sorta doesn’t really like Palestinians or Arabs much.)

Tomato, "Toe-mahto," TIAA-CREF

| 3 Comments

Malcolm Berko is a money man for Middle America.

Writing on an old IBM Selectric typewriter, Berko cranks out a syndicated financial-advice column called “Taking Stock” that runs mostly in small papers across the country, answering letters from perplexed readers in a loosey-goosey style:

Well, pass the hoecake, hominy stew and sassafras tea; my two dogs, Catfish and Cornbread, can do better than 5.9 percent wearing blindfolds and earplugs.

In e-mails, he ends with the salutation: “Dangle EaZy.”

But folksy doesn’t always mean nice. Since November, Berko has been blasting away at TIAA-CREF, saying the New York-based financial-services giant underperforms, provides poor service, and has an unfair lock on its clientele of teachers, professors, doctors, and researchers through ties to their unions. He’s called TIAA’s back office “perverted,” its salespeople “wily,” and its fund-performance smelly, “like swamp mud.” About the nicest thing he’s said about the company is that its advice is “average.”

That would be fine&mdash a columnist is, of course, allowed (indeed, encouraged) to voice strong opinions, and TIAA-CREF shouldn’t be exempt from scrutiny. The trouble is, each of Berko’s broadsides has contained significant factual errors that torpedo his credibility and, worse, even when corrected, never reach many readers because papers in his syndicate fail to publish them.

In July, TIAA-CREF wrote The Audit complaining that it wasn’t being fairly treated by Berko and his syndicator, first Copley News Service, then Los Angeles-based Creators Syndicate, which acquired Copley.

Since then, Berko ran a column that corrected some of the errors.

Even so, TIAA’s run-ins with Berko and his syndicators raise basic issues of fairness and editing standards. Even if Berko’s errors of checkable facts couldn’t be caught beforehand, he has repeated errors—even after being informed of the error by TIAA-CREF.

Making matters worse, Creators does nothing to ensure that corrections of significant errors of fact appear in the papers that publish the mistake.

The flap also offers a window on the little-noticed syndication business, a model that, like newspapers is changing fast, but unlike newspapers, doesn't employ their own fulltime journalists, but instead relies on writers from various backgrounds. Berko, for instance, is a former financial analyst who, in theory at least, competed against TIAA-CREF salespeople. Making matters worse, Creators' disclosure about its financial-advice columnist is out of date and otherwise inadequate.

In an e-mail exchange with The Audit, Berko was in turns playful and pugnacious. While he acknowledges some mistakes, he says they weren’t really all that wrong. “Some folks say Caribbean and others might say Car-rib-bean,” he says about one error.

Jessica Burtch, managing editor of Creators, says “Mr. Berko has demonstrated his willingness to clarify discrepancies when appropriate. He does, however, stand by his opinion, which is what his column offers readers. Mr. Berko has a long, sound and solid record as a columnist.”

Anthony Zurcher, a Creators editor, says the syndicate has no way of knowing how many papers run a correction it issues. “We send it out over the wire or via e-mail the same way we send it normally and in the same way it’s in the paper’s hands to print the column,” he says.

The flap began last November when, in a column headlined “Teachers have a lot to learn about investing,” Berko wrote that TIAA-CREF salespeople push high-commission investments and that the organization doesn’t distribute profits to its clients.

The latter charge is implied here with our emphasis:

It's time to take the politics out of the pension plan business and give performance and profits to the participants.

In fact, both assertions are wrong. TIAA-CREF’s profits go back to its clients through dividends and investment gains, says Abby Cohen, a spokeswoman. Its employees are salaried with bonuses based on customer service.

Berko also ran with a rumor in the same column:

Some cynics suggest that the organization makes sizable annual donations to the National Education Association, the American Federation of Teachers, and the American Association of University Professors, who approve and support your 403(b) plans. Those contributions keep the doors closed to better competitors.

The column offered no evidence to support the unnamed cynics’ suggestion.

In December, Berko backtracked. In a column headlined, “Some Lessons on Teachers’ Retirement Fund,” he published a letter from a reader who wrote that Berko was “very wrong” about the commission issue. Berko then quoted Brian Browdie, TIAA’s vice president of corporate communications, who said that TIAA makes no contributions to unions.

Browdie tells us that it took some wrangling to get Creators’ predecessor, Copley, to even issue the correction, and when it did, only five of fifteen papers that originally published the column also published the correction. (Creators declined to provide its own list of papers that published either the column or the correction, but says “Taking Stock” runs in more than fifty papers.)

In the December correction, Berko explained that he had gotten the bad information from two former employees, “one of whom I suspect may not be a gruntled employee.”

But he also added:

But certainly some [TIAA-CREF] employees do [make contributions], though not in the name of TIAA-CREF.

In a June column headlined “Teachers Fund Far from Head of the Class,” Berko repeated one of his November errors, calling TIAA-CREF a “for-profit” company, and made a new one:

…only five of CREF's mutual funds have double-digit returns, which occurred in an exploding market between 2002 and 2006.

Actually, the number was twelve.

In July, Berko, for the third time, erroneously called TIAA-CREF “for-profit” and said it sells “high-commission, high-cost” products.

He also repeated, wrongly, that the firm had just five mutual funds with double-digit investment returns over the last five years.

By this point, TIAA-CREF had repeatedly pointed out the errors, and posted refutations on its Web site.

On August 13, Berko attempted to make amends with a column headlined “Mea Culpa: Getting It Right About TIAA-CREF.” He quoted TIAA-CREF defending its investment returns with numbers that indicate 63 percent of its funds and annuities outperformed the Morningstar median returns over three- and five-year periods.

He also let readers know that it was in fact twelve TIAA-CREF mutual funds that produced double-digit returns, not five.

Still, Berko dismissed the importance of an error he made three times, that of the difference between a company that distributes profits to shareholders and one that gives them back to clients:

OK, I guess that's why some folks say "tomato" while others say "toe-mahto!

Actually, the distinction is crucial. But regardless, most of the papers that ran the original erroneous columns didn't run the subsequent columns that corrected the errors, TIAA-CREF complains. Creators says papers choose which columns they run.

In an e-mail, Berko says he's hard on TIAA-CREF because readers constantly complain to him about it. “During the past few years I have received numerous complaints from readers expressing exasperation, frustration and anger about how difficult it is for them to move their money from (TIAA-CREF) to another fiduciary.” He also says he’s heard from ex-salespeople at the company who say their advisers were told to make it as difficult as possible for investors to leave.

He also repeated the allegation that TIAA makes campaign contributions:

I do not personally have evidence of (TIAA-CREF) contributions to various school boards, etc. But I do have private anecdotal evidence from several ex-employees whom I have no reason to doubt. Ryan....we both know that a bundle of fifties (under the hat) is an appreciated gesture. This practice and the world's oldest profession walk hand in hand down the corridors of Corporate America and in Congress. And both of us know there are some very imaginative ways to pass the hat.

Campaign contributions are public record and can be examined at any secretary of state’s office or local election board, so reliance on “private anecdotal evidence” as proof that they were made is, at best, bizarre.

We also have a bone to pick with Creators’ disclosure on Berko. On its Web site, it says Berko is a financial adviser “at a regional brokerage firm in Boca Raton, Fla.” Berko says he hasn’t worked as an adviser for two years and says Creators is updating his bio. (As of publication time, it still hadn’t been updated.)

But disclosure for a financial-advice column should be more than up to date. It should be complete. Commission-based advisers would naturally be less likely to recommend no-fee products, such as those sold by TIAA-CREF. The Creators disclosure says nothing about Berko’s financial interests.

Berko declines to disclose how he was paid and says it’s not relevant.

if by your question you are implying that my columns about T/C are influenced by the competitive nature of a difference in commission schedules than I suggest this implication could be insulting and that your conclusions are far off base and miles from the ball park.

We disagree. But what really ought to concern readers is Berko’s looseness with the facts and the likelihood that, because of how syndication works, when he screws up they won’t know about it.

Obama and McCain on Energy

| 1 Comment

On Sunday, The Washington Post published an editorial criticizing Sen. John McCain’s decision, carried out over the last few months, to reframe his energy policy around the idea of boosting the domestic production of oil:

We’re happy that both Mr. McCain and Mr. Obama support a comprehensive approach to weaning the nation off imported oil. But what was missing from Mr. McCain’s acceptance speech was straight talk about the other branch of a sensible energy policy: combating climate change.

That shift in McCain’s energy policy, which once emphasized cap-and-trade rather than drilling, is one of the most significant developments of the post-primary campaign, and has helped the Arizona senator quickly close the gap on Illinois senator Barack Obama. As BusinessWeek recently reported:

Already, McCain has made headway with voters with his full-throated backing for expanded offshore drilling, along with increased expansion of nuclear power, coal, and other energy sources. Analysts say that position, compared with Obama's focus on a longer-term strategy to boost alternative energy, is one reason McCain was able to even the race out before the conventions began.

Partly because McCain has successfully pressured Obama to reconsider drilling, however, the Post’s editorial concluded that “there’s not much difference” between the two candidates’ energy policies. That statement is grossly incorrect, and sets the state of environmental campaign coverage (and worse, public opinion) back almost eight months.

Myriad news outlets have commented happily on the fact that, whoever wins the election, the next president will be much more progressive than the Bush administration on energy and environmental issues. That may still be the case, but CJR spent most of the primary season arguing that there is much more “daylight” between the campaigns than is readily apparent, and that reporters must acknowledge that to make meaningful evaluation of their plans. Thankfully, many have, which makes the Post’s naïve observation all the more stark.

Take the drilling question. True, Obama has said that he would support more drilling in coastal waters, but only, as the Post itself points out, as part of a broader energy plan designed to boost the production of renewable power sources like wind and solar. That is much different than the “Drill, baby, drill!” rhetoric of the McCain campaign.

McCain still supports a cap-and-trade scheme to reduce U.S. greenhouse-gas emissions, of course, but as a CNBC headline recently put it, the “Climate Consensus Obscures Obama, McCain Differences.” The ensuing article reported that:

First and foremost, the candidates agree on a market-based cap-and-trade program that will establish a price for carbon dioxide emissions that tightens over time, providing an incentive for businesses to develop cleaner energy technology. The similarity, however, pretty much ends there.

That last line should sound familiar; many other savvy reporters have used it. An article in the Financial Times, for instance, also begins by observing that both candidates back mandatory carbon reductions, but concludes that:

That is where the similarity ends. The difference between Mr. McCain's plan, which would initially -allocate tradeable carbon permits for free, and Mr. Obama's, which would start with a 100 per cent auction of permits, is large.

Obama’s plan also calls for an emissions reduction target—eighty percent below 1990 levels by 2050—that is both stricter than McCain’s (who wants sixty percent cuts) and more congruent with what scientists say is necessary to combat global warming.

Despite these significant details, however, National Public Radio reported last month that, “The candidates differ a bit in how they would like to see cap-and-trade implemented.” A bit? NPR, like The Washington Post, generally produces excellent climate coverage, but that sentence is just as much of an understatement of the candidates’ differences as the Post’s editorial. Major outlets like these should know better.

Evidence of divergence abounds. Obama and McCain both support alternative energy technologies, but they have totally different ideas about how best to do so. They disagree about taxing the profits of oil companies, and, perhaps most importantly right now, they disagree about what energy-related qualifications a vice president should have. As Reuters’s Deborah Zabarenko reported, in an article that speculated about the “Best bet to turn the White House green”:

Early in the campaign, both [candidates] were seen as being an improvement over the current administration on the environment, but the difference between these two "green" candidates became more apparent after the Arizona senator advocated more drilling for oil off the U.S. coastlines and chose controversial Alaska Gov. Sarah Palin as his running mate.

The superiority of either candidate’s energy policy is beside the point. What should be obvious and clearly important is that their platforms on this critical issue are, despite superficial similarities, very different. Thankfully, most journalists have made that vital point, but the Post’s editorial badly obscured it.

Judgment Day

| 1 Comment

The military trials planned for prisoners at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba, have been referred to as occurring in “a star chamber” or “a kangaroo court.” Without understanding the legitimacy of the label (or of the proceedings), that designation could be just or unjust.

The original “Court of Star Chamber” was an actual room set up in fourteenth century London in which the king’s councilors would adjudicate outside of more formal common law. (The ceiling was said to be decorated with stars, hence the name.) But under James I and especially Charles I, the court was used as an instrument of power to mete out harsh, arbitrary judgments in secret, often with the help of confessions exacted through torture. The “Star-chamber” (as rendered by the Oxford English Dictionary) was abolished in the mid-seventeenth century.

Since then, “Star Chamber” (as rendered by Webster’s New World and American Heritage) has been used to describe everything from a trial held behind closed doors to a lynching. Although the term is often used to describe a politically motivated court, or one that is secret or unfair, careful writers should use “star-chamber” (Merriam-Webster) only to describe a formal court proceeding conducted in secrecy, with a foregone conclusion and a frisson of nastiness. (Or, if you like, an Inquisition.)

Recently, some writers have been equating “star chamber” (most frequent, though nonconforming spelling) and “kangaroo court.” They’re not exactly the same thing.

A “kangaroo court” is, by definition, an unofficial court where the “judges” are self-appointed, usually vigilantes. It’s supposed to be quite public, for its propaganda value. The judges in a “Star chamber” (might as well complete the spelling circuit), by comparison, are real judges, behaving badly.

Many people think the term “kangaroo court” originated in Australia—denoting a trial held where only the kangaroos could witness it. But the phrase is an American invention; it doesn’t even appear in the Australian Oxford Dictionary.

“Kangaroo courts” originated in the lawless West—hence the companion term, “frontier justice.” According to WNW, a “kangaroo court” is “said to be so named because its justice progresses by leaps and bounds.” It has also come to mean a mockery of justice within the judicial system, but—again—very publicly, for propaganda purposes.

So unless someone believes that the judges trying Guantánamo prisoners are vigilantes, and unless the trials are very public, those trials are not taking place in a “kangaroo court.” As to what they should be called, perhaps history will render the final judgment.

Talking Shop: John Harris

| No Comments

On Thursday afternoon, I visited The Politco's RNC workspace, a long carpeted convention ballroom they shared with the St. Paul Pioneer Press. Half a dozen near-empty boxes of coffee sat on a bare buffet table, and 15 or so journalists worked on laptops set up on cluttered folding tables. John Harris, who, along with Jim VandeHei, left his job at the Washington Post to become a founding editor of The Politico, joined me on a coach in a makeshift, black draped, television studio in the front of the room to talk about the politics-obsessed hybrid-paper’s convention success and its plans for the future.

CJR: How many people did Politico bring to the conventions?

John Harris: Thirty or so. Now, not all those thirty are editorial. We’ve got some people doing administrative, technical, logistical stuff. We came on pretty strong with editors and reporters.

CJR: I know this is Politico’s first convention. How many do you have under your belt at this point?

JH: One in ’92, on in ‘96, two in 2000, two in 2004.

CJR: Six. So you’ve got a baseline for comparison. What’s so different now, especially vis a vis what Politico is doing.

JH: Even in 2004, when I was at the Post, and obviously the Web existed then, and blogs existed then, but they were at the margins of the news report. People were not organizing their day around questions like what’s the morning lede, how do we freshen things up for the afternoon, what’s new on our blog. Jim VandeHei and I started Politco in part because we thought that it was important that newsrooms organize themselves around the Web as a primary goal, rather than as a secondary goal around the print edition.

When I left the Post, and it’s been two years now, and I mean this with no disrespect to them, for all they talked about how important the Web was to their future they were organized around the imperatives of the print edition, and organized around the rhythms of the same sort of twenty-four-hour news cycle that existed as much in 1975 as in 2005 or 2008. That may be different there. Things probably have changed a lot.

But for us, it’s not just bullshit. It’s not just a talking point. We do think of ourselves as organized around the Web. That’s different.

And I think also, this has been a big branding opportunity for us. We’ve been putting on these panel discussions in the morning. I’m glad we did, they’ve been picked up on C-Span, and we’ve written new stories off of them. But they’re a lot of work to organize them, to make sure they don’t flop. They do start at 8:30 and we are writing stories off of them, so it is like our news cycle starts at eight and goes ‘till midnight. And that is different than at any of the other conventions that I’ve been to. I’m not complaining. It’s fun to have stuff to do. But it is different than what it used to be—just kind of messing around for much of the day.

CJR: And there’s no down time now.

JH: There’s not.

CJR: And this year it was two straight weeks.

JH: That was a real hassle. You know? People are away from their families. I went home very briefly, but most of our people did not.

CJR: How did you prepare defiantly for the convention than you would have for a heavy news week on the campaign?

JH: I don’t know that it would be radically different than how I would have prepared when I was national politics editor of the Washington Post. You try to think ahead, and get as much enterprise in the pipeline as you can, without ending up being tyrannized by the enterprise—that’s always one kind of problem among editors. You have such a list of stories, and you’ve thought it through so well, so you can’t hop really quickly on some new narrative, or something that’s really interesting. And I do think that’s the key to driving the conversation in the modern media environment. You have to be really willing to move quickly, to react to news, to try to get ahead of news.

At this point, a producer of Lou Dobbs’s radio show gets Harris on the line for a live ten-minute interview. Just before our interview started, a local camera crew popped in to shoot a short tour of the Politico’s St. Paul workspace.

CJR: Do you keep track of all these requests yourself?

JH: No, no, no, no. Kim Kingsley [Politco’s media director] does that. And she’s got a deputy. She’s really, really, important to what we did. She worked with us over at the Washington Post and she was like a booker over there. And we brought her with us. And she represents one thing about Politico that I’m very, very, proud of. She had a narrowly defined position over at the Washington Post. She was the deputy of the team of people that was in charge of getting Washington Post reporters on the air. So she’d build up relationships with cable bookers and the hosts of call-in radio shows, and say “Hey, do you want Dan Balz,” or we’ll put John Harris on MSNBC, or whatever. That was important to us because we knew that we were starting a new publication and we really needed to get people out and promoting it. But she does so much more than that for us. We’ve done three presidential debates, and she was our key person organizing those. She’s heavily involved with the partnerships we’ve done with the Denver Post, and the St. Paul Pioneer Press, and Yahoo!. She’s only twenty-eight, maybe twenty-nine, but at a big place like the Post there’s no way she could be in a senior position. Here, it’s not her title, but she’s effectively a deputy publisher.

CJR: How much of your time do you find going to that sort of stuff?

JH: It depends what you mean by “my time.” My personal time, as a journalist, I don’t spend that much time. There are people like Mike Allen, who are constantly on TV, who are constantly thinking that the story doesn’t matter unless you can get it in front of people, by going on TV, by making sure that the Web sites that drive a lot of traffic are linking to it.

But in terms of my time as I’m trying to position the publication and make sure that we’ve got a good robust place in the market, I think about it a lot. That’s one of the main things I do. Jim VandeHei and I are the editors, but we probably spend at least probably half our time doing things that would be almost more like what a publisher does at a normal publication. We don’t get involved in trying to sell—we still have a very traditional line in that respect—but in other respects, “How can we do a partnership with Yahoo!, what kind of event can we do to attract attention…” I spend a lot of time doing that.

CJR: The partnerships with The Denver Post and the Pioneer Press: What is actually being done there?

JH: It builds on something we did right when we launched. We set up partnerships with the four early state primary papers: The Des Moines Register, the Manchester Union Leader, The State, and the Las Vegas Sun. That was mostly just based on relationships we had with editors and reporters there. We would give them access to our content, and we’d take some of theirs, less frequently, but occasionally, and we were happy to have it.

CJR: Were you paying them, or were they paying you, or was it an even trade?

JH: That we did with no contracts, or anything written. It was just done over the phone. There was no exchange of money, nothing. It was good for us because we’re a brand new publication—now we’re more established, and all the campaigns know us and are accustomed to dealing with us—but at that point, say you’re with one of the campaigns and you get a call from The Politico, but you also know that story might be on the front page of the Manchester paper, which is all they’re obsessing about. You’re going to pay attention. Those worked well for 2007 and the early part of 2008.

With the conventions, we decided to build on that. Our partnership is editorial. They take our stories and they can use them in the paper, which is a good deal for us because everybody sees the hometown paper during the conventions. We think—and they must agree, because they went along with it—that it’s a good deal for them. Because the conventions coming to town is the equivalent of the Super Bowl, but most of these papers have a great local staff, but they’re not really well equipped to cover national politics. So since that’s all we do, it gave them a better editorial report to share with readers.

On the business side, we did strike an arrangement where we could sell into their pages. So our business side was able to go to our advertisers, most of whom were Washington based, and say, “Look, everyone’s going to be out there at the convention, and you’re going to want to get your message out.”

CJR: With some money going to Politico and some going to that hometown paper?

JH: Correct. So for me, I was excited about it because I thought it was a really good platform for our reporting. From our publisher Rob Allbritton’s perspective, it made us some money..

CJR: What happens on November 5? What does Politico do when we’re not in the throes of this intensely watched election season?

JH: Obviously, we think a lot about that. And we’ve got some good answers that are going to carry our strategy for the next year. First some context though: We like the fact that we get a lot of traffic. It’s kind of a parlor game that we have around here. Like each month, we guess what we are going to get. In those Editor & Publisher rankings that come out based on Nielsen numbers, we’ve been as high as number ten.

CJR: Which is pretty great for a paper that didn’t exist two years ago.

JH: Yeah. We’re the only new paper on that list, and the only specialty paper. The others were either national newspapers or major metropolitan newspapers. We like that. But neither our editorial model nor our business model was ever based on that big sort of average.

I think of our audience as concentric circles. The smallest circle, but right at the center of what we are doing, is that we need to be must-read in Washington, among the community of people there that really cares a lot about politics and government, and most of them care about it for a living, and not just as a hobby or a side interest. So being key and being essential reading to that group is more important to us than that outer ring, as much as we like the outer ring. In terms of our traffic, we are riding a pretty cool election year wave, but we’re not riding that wave as part of our strategy. That’s the first thing.

The second is that I don’t really know what will happen to our national readership next year, but my strong hunch is that it doesn’t really contract much, and there’s a pretty good chance it’ll grow. I can’t see any outcome of this election that is uninteresting, where people won’t be intensely focused on a new president and a new administration, a new agenda in Washington. I think that’s true if it’s McCain or Obama.

So what are we going to do next year? We’re going to take the basic editorial approach that has always allowed us to have a big impact in a hurry in the presidential campaign, and we’re going to take that same approach, and most of the same people, and turn it to a new White House.

CJR: Are you anticipating that you’re going to be able to keep your full staff?

JH: Yeah. I think that we’ll have as impressive a White House team as any publication has ever had: brand name reporters like Mike Allen, Ben Smith, Jonathan Martin, Jeanne Cummings, though she’ll probably do some policy reporting and some White House… There’s going to be a lot of very good reporters covering a very big story, and that’s a good combo.

CJR: Martin and Smith are two of my very top reads every day, and I’m sure that’s true of many political journalists today. They very often will use their blogs to promo stuff on the site, sometimes things they’ve written, sometimes stuff other people have written. Do you have a sense of how much traffic that drives in?

JH: That’d be easy to quantify with precision. I’ve never bothered. This will sound wrong or naive, but we never have either one of them link to our stuff. They just do it based on what they think is interesting. Occasionally, when I write something, I’ll send it them and ask “How about a link for the boss,” which is usually enough to generate one. But those guys are not part of our link strategy. We do have a link strategy. I know the sites that drive the most traffic for us, and we try to optimize it.

CJR: What are they? Give me a couple.

JH: Here’s a half dozen. These aren’t ranked. Yahoo. Google. Drudge. Real Clear Politics. Huffington Post.

CJR: But you guys are highly trafficked enough that people will find stuff on their own. There are a lot of places that won’t get any attention on their own, but you guys are far beyond that, I would guess.

JH: We weren’t at the beginning. But I think we are now. We now get, and this isn’t precise, about half our traffic coming to us directly, and half coming to us different ways. It used to be like ten/ninety. And the total number has grown a lot, which is good, but the proportion has changed too. We’re never going to stop pushing for a good story to have an impact, but now were a little less dependent.

CJR: Are you able to get decent traffic to pieces that are over 1,500-2,000 words, or are you mostly a small bites kind of place?

JH: Roger Simon did a very long reconstruction of the primaries. That had a good audience, and had a good impact. And that was 20,000 words. So it doesn’t make me disconsolate about the possibilities for long form journalism on the Web. I definitely think that you need to be more selective about when you make those big investments than we might have been in a earlier era. That’s very rare for us to do something so long. It’s not so rare for us to do something that’s 2,000, which is pretty long. And those stories can pop. Whether they pop or not is almost all based on what the top says—not how long they are.

CJR: Here you are in the last day of the convention. Looking back over the last two weeks, what’s gone well, and what would you maybe do again or tackle differently?

JH: Well, I feel like at both conventions we’ve been sort of ahead of the conversation in terms of what people are thinking about. It was right before the convention that Mike Allen and Martin did a conversation with McCain on how many houses he had, which obviously generated a lot of attention. Mike—and I was helping on some of these—was doing a lot of reporting on what was the state of play between the Clintons and the Obama campaign. Those two sides were sort of warily circling each other, and we were ahead on that. Some of the enterprise we produced for St. Paul and Denver, including David Rogers, who is one of our congressional reporters and has been up on the hill for thirty-five years. He took a buy out from The Wall Street Journal. He’s a really, really, talented guy and I think he comes as close as anyone to being the dean up there. He’s written big pieces on McCain, wrote a big piece on Senator Kennedy the night he spoke to the convention at Denver. There’s not really anybody you’d rather read on those topics. So I’ve been proud of that. And I’m always really proud of the way that Ben and J-Mart tend to keep things popping.

In terms of what I would do differently, well, we’re really new at this. Pulling this off, doing our panels—we did eight of those—the logistics of producing stories or working with our partners was all highly improvisational. It’s our nature as a start up that it’s a white-knuckle ride. We always finish a project and are ready to crash in a heap, except for that we can’t because we’ve always got something else going on. I want to collapse in a heap now, but we can’t because we’ve got to keep things going through the general election, and I’ll want to collapse in a heap then, except we can’t because it’ll be a transition. Jim and I, and our other top editors, would like to be more methodical and less white knuckled. We’re actually much better than we were when we started.

It’s just a matter of experience. None of the people who run Politico on the editorial side have equivalent experience at their other publications. I was national politics editor at the Post, but I’d only done that a year and a half or so. Otherwise I’d been a reporter, and that job is not remotely like this one in terms of the range of responsibilities that I’ve got here, or the number of people who report to me here. Jim had no managerial experience. Bill Nichols, our managing editor, was a reporter at USA Today, not an editor. Danielle Jones, our Web editor, she had worked at Hotline and run Hotline, so she had had some managerial experience, but not totally equivalent.

The intensity is now just a fact of life. That’s going to change only to become more intense, not less so. I don’t want the publication to be anything other than really scrappy, always looking for new ways to drive the conversation. But you can be scrappy and hungry in more organized ways. We used to clear the top of the mountain by six inches, and now we clear it by six feet. That’s still kinda close!

Wall Street Sank Freddie and Fannie

| No Comments

My only quibble with the gusher of stories this morning on the government’s takeover on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is my usual one—ahistoricism.

Reading all this, one gets the impression that those politically protected mortgage buyers and fee machines caused the global credit crisis.

They didn’t.

The fact is: Wall Street sank Freddie and Fannie, not the other way around.

It was only a few years ago, during the heyday of the housing bubble, that these government-sponsored enterprises were elbowed aside by Wall Street, which was busy furiously shoveling money to the Countrywides, New Centurys, Ameriquests, and other bucket shops that provided the rotten mortgages that were the raw material Wall Street repackaged and foisted onto return-hungry global bond markets.

This Credit Suisse report (from March 2007 and eerily prescient) reminds us that the government sponsored entities’ share of the overall new mortgage market had fallen to 42 percent by the end of 2006 before shooting up to 76 percent at the end of 2007 (on their way toward 90 percent now) as the market collapsed.

And that’s the overall market. As Paul Krugman points out, a “subprime borrower is basically someone whose credit wasn’t good enough to qualify for a Fannie- or Freddie-backed mortgage”. The subprime market&the really toxic stuff—was always dominated by Wall Street and Wall Street-backed lenders.

According to Bloomberg’s tally, bank write-offs from the subprime and credit calamity have now passed $500 billion.

As I argue in the current print edition of the Columbia Journalism Review, the business press has largely missed the extravagant corruption that overtook the mortgage-lending leaders, which threw away any semblance of underwriting in favor of what can only be called boiler room-style sales tactics—deception on a mass scale and as a matter of corporate policy—in order to meet Wall Street’s demand for product.

The Orange County Register found a neighborhood where a staggering 75 percent of home loans were subprime, i.e., non-Fannie and Freddie.

That’s crazy.

And let’s not forget that Wall Street firms themselves, to cut out the middleman, bought their own subprime retail operations as the frenzy continued, as Bloomberg reminds us. It’s interesting to note how late Wall Street continued its push into retail, subprime lending. Now-floundering Merrill Lynch bought First Franklin in September 2006; the now-defunct Bear Stearns bought Encore Credit in October 2006; Morgan Stanley bought Saxon Capital in December 2006.

Indeed, as late as August 2007, Morgan Stanley was still trying to grab a bigger share of the subprime market as the rest of the industry fled in panic: "Morgan Stanley's Saxon maneuvers to boost subprime."

This is the firm, mind you, advising the U.S. Treasury.

The point is, Wall Street dominated the subprime market, which crashed the credit market, which crashed the asset values of Freddie and Fannie, obliterating their (very thin) capital bases and leading us to this moment.

Listen, you’ll get no elegies from me for these government-sponsored candy stores. It’s clear they used their taxpayer-supported advantages in the financial markets to keep their regulators at bay and buy protection from Congress. That stinks.

The Wall Street Journal today smartly reminds readers of the staggering size of the GSEs’ lobbying bill—$170 million over ten years.

Ponder that one for a second. As their time was running out, they spent $3.5 million in the first quarter alone on forty-two lobbying firms. That’s $83,000 a piece— probably enough to pay the sushi bills.

And to the extent that Democrats participated in the backslapping—using affordable housing as a fig leaf—shame on them. The fact that the GSEs were able to fend off proper regulation during a time when Republicans controlled the Treasury and both houses of Congress indicates that these were, at a minimum, bipartisan feedbags. Still, it’s a bigger problem for the Democrats, who believe the government should help provide affordable housing. Using the housing-affordability argument as a club to protect a corrupt system is deplorable.

It was a further disgrace for the GSEs to loosen their own standards in a grab for market share after 2005, as they expanded their buying of so-called Alt-A (not well-documented) loans.

Still, as the Journal points out, Alt-As were still a small part of their business even though they made up a big part of the losses.

Yet both companies expanded their exposure to riskier loans. At both Fannie and Freddie, so-called Alt-A loans, a category between prime and subprime, accounted for roughly 50% of credit losses in the second quarter, even though such loans accounted for only about 10% of the companies' business.

In truth, it is the ocean of toxic-waste mortgages funded and sold by Wall Street that ultimately has put taxpayers at risk.

Some context just seems in order.

This is the fifth in a series examining how the candidates’ health care proposals will affect ordinary people who live in the river town of Helena-West Helena, Arkansas, and how the press could cover that angle. The entire series is archived here.

Michelle Hernandez, age thirty-seven, hasn’t had it easy. She grew up in Chicago and lived with her grandmother before moving to New Jersey to stay with other relatives. She eventually ended up in the South, where she and her four children now live with her kids’ grandmother.

Her unstable life has also left her with unstable health care. She was first diagnosed with diabetes when she was pregnant with her daughter Jasmine, now seventeen. Five months ago, Jasmine was also diagnosed with the disease, which disproportionately affects Hispanics in the U.S. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that Hispanics are three times more likely than Caucasians to contract diabetes between the ages of eighteen and forty-four. Hernandez and her daughter are among those affected.

“I’m not feeling too well right now. I feel very weak,” she says. “I’m not eating the right way.” She often neglects breakfast and, when she is not working, boils an egg or a hot dog for lunch. Money for good food is scarce, and the local food bank tightly rations its stock.





Hernandez works three days per week making sandwiches at Subway. (She used to work a five-day week, but her health problems interfered.) She brings home $117 per week, which is spent on gasoline for her 1993 Chevy Blazer, a storage unit for her belongings, rent to her kids’ grandmother, and food. Subway gives her no health insurance, and offers no workplace initiatives to help employees with chronic conditions like diabetes.

So Hernandez is uninsured. She cannot afford to buy a policy in the commercial market even if she could qualify, which she couldn’t. Arkansas Medicaid won’t take her either. She doesn’t fit any of the eligibility categories. Medicaid officials have said that she might qualify under the “medically needy” program, but first she has to spend a large part of her income on medical care. But, she says, she doesn’t have seventy-five dollars to pay for doctors’ visits, even though she needs a check-up and an eye exam. Retinal exams, the standard of care for diabetics, are out of the question. “I can’t see through these glasses,” Hernandez says.

She finds herself in the classic Medicaid dilemma. She needs medical bills to qualify for Medicaid, but has no money to pay doctors in order to accumulate those bills. She has often gone without her medicines—for a thyroid problem and her diabetes—because they are unaffordable. Although a drug company assistance program periodically supplies insulin, the lack of proper, continuing care for her disease is taking its toll.

While all of her children currently qualify for Medicaid, Jasmine, the oldest, will “age” off Medicaid when she turns eighteen in December. She, too, will be uninsured with no way to treat her diabetes. Aging off health insurance is also a problem faced by children of wealthier parents. Indeed, some thirteen million young adults between ages nineteen and twenty-nine have no coverage. But for poor kids pushed off of Medicaid, the consequences can be particularly severe, since there usually isn’t much extra money around to help them buy a policy.

Hernandez worries about Jasmine. She wants to be a radiology nurse someday, but her mom fears she may have to drop out of the community college she currently attends and find a job that offers health insurance. Says Hernandez: “She’s going to go through all the same things I’m going through.” That is, unless health reform somehow manages to address the plight of young adults forced off Medicaid.

How they would do under John McCain’s plan

McCain’s proposals, which embrace a laissez faire health insurance market, would do little for Hernandez and her daughter. His proposed tax credits wouldn’t help them buy insurance, because no health insurer would be crazy enough to assume the cost of their medical bills. Diabetes simply disqualifies them. Nor will McCain’s guaranteed assistance plan be of much help, unless they receive huge federal subsidies to pay for the coverage—something on the order of 100 percent of a policy’s cost. If the subsidies won’t cover the entire cost, which seems likely given the growing federal deficits, it’s hard to see how they could pay the premiums for such a plan.

McCain talks the talk about “coordinated care,” with providers cheerfully collaborating to produce the best health care. Such coordination, suitable for diabetics who may need to see different doctors, holds the promise of offering better outcomes at lower cost for the country as a whole. McCain also promises to dedicate more federal research to curing chronic disease. Well, yes, fine, but Michelle Hernandez needs help right away or else her disease will get worse. Promises of more money for research do not help her now. Ditto for McCain’s call for health information technology and electronic medical records. None of this means much to Hernandez, who doesn’t even have a regular doctor. Until she gets a ticket to see a physician, she has no care to coordinate, no treatment to document in an electronic record.

How they would do under Barack Obama’s plan

Obama’s plan emphasizes a “public-private partnership.” Clearly, Hernandez and her daughter are not candidates for the private part. Because they are poor, Hernandez and her daughter might fare decently in a greatly expanded public system that would help them pay for the medical care. Such a plan would have to keep children on Medicaid longer and expand the categories for eligibility so that Hernandez could qualify. In other words, if they had the option of going into a truly public system—a “Medicare for all” arrangement—Hernandez and her daughter would benefit.

But if an Obama plan relied on the purchase of coverage from private insurers and did not require them to cover diabetics, they would be as neglected as they’d be under McCain’s proposal. In either case, they would need help paying for the coverage. How much money Congress is willing to spend on subsidies for those with low—even very low—incomes is the great unknown.

While the jury's still out on whether McCain's choice of Sarah Palin as his running mate will prove, in the long run, politically beneficial to the GOP ticket, there's been one clear winner following the announcement of his choice: Photoshop.

Indeed, in the week since McCain revealed his pick, a cottage industry--Photoshopping Palin's famously bespectacled face onto all manner of bodies that aren't, in fact hers--has arisen. And the most famous product of this industry has been Palin's, er, Gun Shot: the pic of a bikini-clad vice presidential nominee toting a big gun, a big smile, and very little else.










The photo is, of course, doctored. So obviously so as to make the articles proclaiming its fakeness seem slightly redundant.

And yet. Some in the media, apparently, missed the "um, it's fake" memo. Take Lola Ogunnaike, CNN's entertainment reporter and the former NYT culture reporter, on yesterday's Reliable Sources:

I mean, McCain has been really good about painting Obama as this lightweight, using the word "celebrity" as a pejorative. They don't want to have a boomerang effect. They don't want that to come back on Sarah Palin, and people say, yes, she looks good in a bikini clutching an AK-47, but is she equipped to run the country?

As Gawker's Ryan Tate notes, "Kurtz never corrected Ogunnaike, on either the fake picture or on the even more absurd suggestion that some critical mass of people think the VP candidate looked good in it."

Perhaps our Reliable Sources should look into gun control of a different sort.

Why Is "NO-PRAH" News?

| No Comments

There are sins of commission and sins of omission. Oprah's Sin of Omission: not having Gov. Sarah Palin on her show. Oprah confessed -- er, announced -- as much on Friday.

Setting aside questions like, So, did Palin ask to be on the show and Oprah turned her down (No.) What of Ellen? Or Dave? Haven't they similarly sinned? (Apparently). Or even, Huh? What I want to know as I see MSNBC on-screen headlines today like "No Palin on Oprah" and "Oprah Says NO-PRAH to Palin" is: Why Is "NO-PRAH" news? (Relatedly: Why would Oprah, out of nowhere, announce that someone is not going to be a guest on her show?)

In a word: Drudge.

Typically, for better or worse, something not happening is not news. When the something not happening is teased by Drudge (complete with juicy bits from anonymous insiders)? News.

Not that those reporting this "news" are likely to tell you that (another sin of omission).

MSNBC's Tamron Hall today:

Oprah Winfrey says she would love to have Sarah Palin on her talk show, after November 4th. The media mogul supporting Barack Obama for president announced she will not be having Sarah Palin on her show before election day. And that stance has the Florida Federation of Republican Women calling for a boycott of Oprah's show and her O magazine. The president of the Florida Federation of Republican Women joins us now....

"The media mogul... announced she will not be having Sarah Palin on her show" and she made this announcement apropos of nothing, out of the blue... nothing to do with some exclamation-laden "developing""report" on Drudge about Oprah's "staff divided."

"NO-PRAH" even made Meet the Press yesterday, with moderator Tom Brokaw literally pointing to the New York Post
story
(headline: "NO-PRAH!"), a story that also doesn't mention Drudge, just "reports," but does dub this yet another election '08 "snub". Brokaw asked Joe Biden whether "some will see that [Oprah's announcement that she won't have Palin on her show before election day] as an elitist position that, in some way, Democrats may be afraid of her, Sarah Palin?" As Media Matters notes, Brokaw did more than pass along the Drudge-stoked "news" without copping to its Drudge origins (Drorigins?), Brokaw also said, "Oprah did come out for Barack Obama, she did have him on the show," without adding that Oprah had Obama on the show before he became a presidential candidate.

So many sins of omission. Not to mention the things we aren't talking about because we're too busy talking about who isn't going to be talking on which talk show...

Just a "Dash" of Media Bash

| No Comments

From "Media Bashing 101" (Intro to Media "Criticism" As Campaign Tool?) with the New York Times' Mark Leibovitch:

[M]edia bashing may work better in dashes (like paprika) — nothing too relentless or overwhelming...

Not the recipe the McCain campaign appears to be following of late.

Bad News, Bad Story

| No Comments

I know news stories are getting shorter. But an Associated Press health care story last week did a disservice to readers with its incomplete and convoluted brevity. The gist of the story was that health insurance copayments and deductibles are rising again; in the lede, it cited a study by Mercer, the benefits consulting firm: “A survey being released Thursday by the Mercer consulting firm found 59 percent of companies intend to keep down rising health care costs in 2009 by raising workers’ deductibles, copays or out-of-pocket spending limits.”

A quick read implies that companies are going to reduce health care costs. Geez, everyone wants health care costs to come down, and how the candidates plan to tackle those costs is central to health reform. What the AP didn’t say (and should have) is that companies are reducing their costs of insuring their workers. Yes, employers’ premiums are lowered, but the basic cost of medical treatment is not; in fact, that cost continues to rise. The AP missed the key point: higher copays and deductibles simply shift the rising costs to employees, who may turn to the AP to learn what’s behind these hikes. The total cost of health care remains the same, unless workers forgo medical treatment—which is what some health care gurus have suggested as a kind of a cost containment strategy.

Instead of amplifying all this for readers, the AP instead interviewed a spokesperson from America’s Health Insurance Plans (AHIP), the insurers’ trade association, who said that health plans are trying to curb costs by offering choices such as disease management plans and “incentives for greater use of prescription drugs,” as the AP put it. Incentives to use more drugs? Let’s get real here. Is that what the spokesman meant, or did the AP forget to add the word “generic” in its quest for brevity? As for disease management programs, the story should have explained, as we at CJR have, that it is unclear whether these programs actually save money or improve care. Readers deserve to know that.

Mercer’s survey found that 47 percent of companies are encouraging enrollment in health plans with lower premiums and higher deductibles, and that 19 percent will start offering them. Now, having written about these arrangements, I know how hard it is to explain them in plain English and still convey what they will and won’t do. But this sentence near the end of the story really threw me: “They encourage employees to consider costs when by letting them save account money they don’t spend for future needs.”

Unless I’m missing something, clear writing and good editing haven’t yet gone out of style.

ABC News's Charles Gibson's has landed the "first television interview" with Gov. Sarah Palin since Palin joined the Republican presidential ticket. Per the AP, "Palin will sit down for multiple interviews with Gibson in Alaska over two days, most likely Thursday and Friday."

More from the AP:

The interview is a coup for Gibson, who also had the only sit-down with McCain during the Republican National Convention. During that interview, he did not question McCain about Palin's family, a decision that he fretted about for hours, Gibson said in a Web log posted last week...

ABC News spokesman Jeffrey Schneider said he did not believe Gibson's stated stance about family questions was key to securing the interview.

Josh Marshall has seen the future and it is "unwatchable:"

Political interviews are never done like this. Because it makes the questioning entirely at the discretion of the person being interviewed and their handlers. The interviewer has to be on their best behavior, at least until the last of the 'multiple interviews' because otherwise the subsequent sittings just won't happen. For a political journalist to agree to such terms amounts to a form of self-gelding. The only interviews that are done this way are lifestyle and celebrity interviews. And it's pretty clear that that is what this will be.

Can you have a "lifestyle" interview without "family" questions?

Kevin Drum expects Palin will do fine, adding "part of the reason she'll be OK is that I expect Gibson to screw the pooch." Drum offers "a tip" to Gibson:

[T]here are several questions that Palin is obviously going to be prepared for. "What makes you prepared to be vice president" tops the list, so don't bother using up your time on that one. Ditto for questions about her daughter, her Christian faith, and moose hunting. Conversely, Troopergate, the Bridge to Nowhere, and earmarks are probably good subjects, but only if you really know your stuff. She's not exactly going to be surprised by those topics either. And I'm sure you know this already, but idiotic gotcha questions ("Can you name of the president-for-life of Berserkistan?") are also no-nos.

Also, I'd add: The follow-ups! Don't forget the oft-forgotten follow-up questions!

Sunday Watch 9-7-08

| 24 Comments

If Sarah Palin’s nomination kindled a certain skepticism among the talking heads last week, this week’s rousing St. Paul speech cast a spell.

As everyone must know, Palin electrified the 98.5 percent Caucasian delegate crowd Wednesday night, and the jolts detonated a chain reaction across the airwaves. As the headline to Michael Calderone’s piece on Politico read, “Media swoon over Palin's fiery speech.” Most of Calderone’s examples were overtly right wing. Fred Barnes: “She’s a natural. You can’t teach this.” Hugh Hewitt: “terrific.” Chris Wallace: a “star was born tonight.” There being a cliché shortage, Wolf Blitzer, for his part, chipped in: "Clearly, a star has been born here in the United States." What was born was a myth. A visitor from another planet would be relieved to know there nothing’s really at stake in this election.

On Sunday, Palin’s mythic debut got a considerable rise out of jaded bloviators who couldn’t be much troubled to evaluate the factual claims in her speech. They preferred a live myth to stodgy old truth. How tedious it would be—how awfully blah and, well, journalistic—to take her speech to have any propositional content at all. It was not evaluated; it was judged—highly—for its feel, resonance, stimulus value. What mattered, evidently, was that the woman crackled.

Palin said in St. Paul: “I stood up to the special interests, the lobbyists, big oil companies, and the good ol' boys network.” Was it true? On what issues? With what outcomes? No such questions were raised on ABC.

The governor’s “luxury jet was over the top,” Palin gloated. “I put it on eBay.” Her implication was seized by John McCain himself on Friday, saying straight out that she “sold it on eBay, and made a profit!” You didn’t learn on ABC’s This Week that it didn’t sell on eBay at all. Rather, Alaska sold the plane to a Palin political ally, Larry Reynolds, for $2.1 million, $600,000 less than it cost the state in the first place.

“To confront the threat that Iran might seek to cut off nearly a fifth of world energy supplies ... or that terrorists might strike again at the Abqaiq facility in Saudi Arabia ... or that Venezuela might shut off its oil deliveries ... we Americans need to produce more of our own oil and gas,” Palin said Wednesday. “And take it from a gal who knows the North Slope of Alaska: We've got lots of both.” How much is “lots,” round tablers? When might said oil arrive? Nobody asked.

When the governor raves about “war memorials in small towns” (small towns are to Sarah Palin as 9/11 is to a certain former mayor of a certain big town), might it be worthwhile to ask how many Americans actually live in small towns? Would it graze too perilously close to journalism if anyone broached the subject?

Stand back, effete snobs. Palin is anointed this cycle’s “Reformer with Results,” and, gosh, she sounds as though she…means…it. That is the story line. If George Stephanopoulos alone among the round tablers demurred at times, and David Brooks was relatively balanced, George Will was visibly excited at the new girl heading to town promising “change” and “reform.” Martha Raddatz, who can throw a serious question when she puts her mind to it, did not put her mind to it. She gushed about Palin’s manner and neglected Palin’s claims. Palin can bring a carnivorous Republican crowd to its feet with a line like, “Al-Qaida terrorists still plot to inflict catastrophic harm on America ... [Obama’s] worried that someone won't read them their rights?” So is there any more to be said on the subject? Is there half an eyebrow to be raised in the house?

It fell to Chris Wallace on Fox News to elicit from sneering McCain campaign manager Rick Davis the declaration that Palin would meet with the news media when they “treat her with some level of respect and deference.” When the hockey mom makes her hockey momness a vice-presidential (meaning presidential) qualification, and consequently mom-related phenomena become news fodder, it is evidently a collapse of “respect and deference.” Thus are the nation’s watchdogs to be brushed back.

Later came ABC’s bulletin: Gov. Sarah Palin has deigned to grant a news interview later this week. (This qualifies as news on the woman-bites-dog principle.) The grantee is Charles Gibson. He might ask where she stands on tax cuts for the rich and on social security privatization. He is obliged to be prepared, of course, on earmarks she gathered-a minute of Googling will do. He should quiz her on her Alaska secession connections—isn’t that story at least as interesting as the Rev. Jeremiah Wright, Bill Ayers, or Tony Rezko? Does she propose to arrest women who abort? With what, precisely, in George W. Bush’s nearly eight-year-long record does she disagree? Why did she support Pat Buchanan during the 2000 campaign? Does she have an opinion on the reasons why the nearby icecap is melting? And about Alaska’s much-touted proximity to, and vigilance toward, Russia—has she ever visited that all-important neighbor? What is her analysis of Russia’s place in the world?

Gibson can toss underhand, or he can throw hard. We’re not voting for hockey mom of the year. We’re voting for one of the most powerful people in the history of the world. Rise from bedazzlement and the soft bigotry of low expectations. Treat her the way you would treat Joe Biden. Treat her the way you treated Hillary Clinton. Surely a possible vice-president of the United States can take it.

Un-Blurring the Line at MSNBC?

| 3 Comments

Per the New York Times, MSNBC's "bold experiment...putting two politically incendiary hosts, Keith Olbermann and Chris Matthews, in the anchor chair to lead the cable news channel’s coverage of the election" "appears to be over." David Gregory, NBC News correspondent and MSNBC host, will anchor "news coverage of the coming debates and election night" and Olbermann and Matthews "will remain as analysts during the coverage."

The Times' cites Olbermann's reaction to the 9/11 video at the Republican convention last week -- "Mr. Olbermann abruptly took off his journalistic hat" and deemed the video "probably not appropriate" -- as evidence of a "blur[ring]" of the news/commentary line at MSNBC.

Olbermann told the Times: “I found it ironic and instructive that I could have easily said exactly what I did say, exactly when I did say it, if I had been wearing a different hat, and nobody would have taken any issue."

What of viewers? How will what looks like a neat and tidy (re)adjustment from MSNBC's point of view (ok, "experiment" over, back to one head, one hat around here -- and for Matthews and Olbermann, that's the analyst hat, not the anchor/straight news hat) translate for viewers? Will confusion persist? Will viewers even notice, if they're still getting "analysis" from Olbermann and Matthews alongside "straight reporting" from Gregory?

Once blurred, can "the line" really be un-blurred?

All Dressed Up and No Place to Go

| No Comments

There's been plenty of buzz about Sarah Palin's press unavailability, but now it seems that even the press corps who are supposed to be traveling with her don't know where they're going.

Apparently the campaign still hasn't made available Governor Palin's schedule for the next few days, leaving some reporters wondering what's going on.

“It’s always chaotic, but given the level of interest, I would think they would be a little more organized," says Washington Post's Anne Kornblut, who was traveling with Obama but is on her way to hook up with the McCain and Palin caravan.

The pair was last seen in Cedarburg, Wisconsin, which means there might be a whole lot of cheese-addled, Cheesehead-hat wearing reporters on the loose.

Pricking The Underbelly

| 7 Comments

One thing that was sorely lacking from the past two weeks of convention spotlighting was good alt weekly coverage. Denver’s Westword and St. Paul-Minneapolis’s City Pages, both Village Voice Media entities, cross-linked their blogs, titled respectively, Demver and Elephants in the Room. But even with the collaborative ink, the stories were predictable fare.

Westword’s most-touted recurring convention gimmick was a cartoon-prose characterization combo of the Democratic delegates by state, by cartoonist Kenny Be. Here’s a taste:

Wyoming delegates in Denver, for one, would be wearing “April Cornell® for Orvis collection of side-yoked skirts and smocked dresses” (women) and “Riviera® Wrinkle-Resistant Dress Pants and Nat Nast® Panhandle Slim Camp Shirts with H.S.Trask® bison-leather oxfords and two pair of socks” (men). Wisconsinites, on the other hand, would feel they have something to prove, 50 years after McCarthy’s glory days, and “dress to avenge…[in] gold and green Joe PackerFan bodylifter pants with a variety of favorite sweatshirts, the newness of which corresponds directly to the formality of the occasion.”

It would be one thing if it were steadily funny, but take this doozy: “Californians will be the most gorgeous delegates in Denver, with the best haircuts, most stylish clothes and most beautiful smiles.” (Yes, we get it. Hollywood. Sun. Shine.) And anyway, isn’t it a bit prosaic to mock the delegates so thoroughly?

City Pages decided to go for the real deal with photos of the Republican delegates on the convention floor, but maybe there was some conference calling between the two blogs, because the tone was pretty much the same in its version:

…it seemed fitting to commemorate [Sarah Palin’s] impeding coronation as queen of American conservatism by locating the Republicaniest Republican in the convention hall. The field, as you might imagine, was bewilderingly vast and competitive.

Memo: the “we’re on safari, check out the wildlife” theme is not that funny. The check out the delegates mission is documented with pictures of delegates looking bored, or wearing elephant trunks on their heads. The winner? A twenty-four-year-old public-office-seeking young man that, you got it, Looks Like a Young Republican. (Tortoise-shell frames. Side part. Broad-shouldered.)

Is that the best these cross-linking alt weekly sites could do? Consolidation of the alt weeklies under VVM has had loyal readers biting their nails for years, and the above appear to be the somewhat sad results: easy humor posing as cleverness, recycled points of view, and a depressing lack of freshness. Where were the witty pinpricks to the two-party political underbelly this past week, or barring that, the stories that were simply original?

It’s too late now, but next time—even with the Hand of Homogenizing Editorial Taste caressing your back—it might help to keep a couple of things in mind.

If you’re going to write about something rather predictable, at least make the zings clever, as did the Boston Phoenix with its guide to protesting the 2004 DNC in Boston:

Whatever message you’ve come to disseminate — MEAT IS MURDER; DISSENT IS PATRIOTIC; DECRIMINALIZE POT; STOP ABUSING WORKERS’ RIGHTS; THE REVOLUTION WILL NOT BE MOTORIZED; END REALITY TV — you obviously want to write it on something, since the television stations will probably drown your chanting with voice-over narration. Cambridge’s Pearl Fine Arts is one of the best art stores in the area, with every kind of marker, paintbrush, and poster-board size imaginable.

And if you’re just going for a good, original story, take a page from this Village Voice article, which ran during the 2004 RNC in New York City, about a German network using a marathon runner to deliver taped coverage of an anti-Republican march:

On Sunday morning in Manhattan, a producer for the German network ZDF turned to Stefani Jackenthal, handed her a DVCPRO tape, and said, "Go." Jackenthal once completed a 10-day adventure race that mixed trail running with mountain biking and kayaking…. But when Jackenthal set off at 11:23 a.m., it wasn't to contend with rapids and rocks, but to… [get] material from ZDF's reporters down in Chelsea through the march and back to the broadcast base near Madison Square Garden. The march was expected to reach them around noon, but the ZDF crew had to have footage ready by 12:50 p.m. in order to make the German evening news.

And Jackenthal performed, “racing through the maze of protesters, cops, and media to deliver footage before ZDF's deadline.” It took her eight minutes.

Now, VVM or no, that’s a good convention story for the books.

The Fast and the Furious

| 1 Comment

ST. PAUL - At around 8:30 on Wednesday night, as the teetotaling Mike Huckabee addressed the Republican National Convention on an overhead television, several members of the Politicker staff sat in a bar booth next to a five-foot fish tank, stared into laptops, and ordered a round of beers.

Politicker, a network of fifteen state-based political news Web sites, was founded earlier this year and now employs twenty reporters, three editors, and a slew of support staff. Despite those numbers, the Republican National Committee only gave the organization eight media credentials. It’s not a bad ratio, but it explains why a squad of the staffers were locked out and enjoying Budweisers at St. Paul’s Wild Tymes Sports Bar and Grill, a few blocks outside the Xcel Center’s security perimeter. Wild Tymes has free wireless, and they mollified the manager and waitstaff by distributing schwag—bright Politicker-orange t-shirts, branded water bottles, and the like.

They’re used to making do. The editors have to make multiple van trips to shuttle reporters in from their suburban hotel.

In Denver, the Democrats were even less accommodating with credentials, tossing the team just three passes, one of which didn’t even allow arena access. So the Politicker staff camped out with their laptops and powerstrips at a downtown Starbucks. They watched Obama’s Invesco speech from a Pizzeria Uno.

And, that week, they filed around 660 stories.

“I’ll put that up against anybody,” boasted James Pindell, the outlet’s managing editor.

A big number, to be sure, especially for a news outlet that counts its history in months, not years. But old newsmen might not recognize Politicker’s version of a “story.” No inverted pyramid, no detailed narratives, and no scene pieces. In the breakneck Internet age, the staff is quick to demonstrate that they think very little of that sort of piece.

For example, just after Guiliani wrapped up his barnburner of a convention speech, Danny Reiter, Politcker’s Maryland correspondent, turned his computer screen to flash Jamie Klatell, his editor, a Los Angeles Times write-up of the ex-mayor’s speech.

Klatell, thirty-two, started to read and paraphrase in a mock stentorian voice. “Rudy Giuliani stood before the convention…” He let up.

“Pathetic,” he said. And then he pretended to masturbate over his keyboard.

“The last thing we are trying to do is be writing 2000-word trend pieces,” explained Klatell. “We really try to be fast.”

And frequent. And obsessive.

Convention duty is a break in routine. “Once they get into the convention hall, it’s national news. Our story is in the day. It’s the delegate breakfast, where they are hanging out in the day, who’s talking about running for what,” says Klatell. “In these local stories, we’re breaking news, instead of repeating what Sarah Palin said.”

In their home states, reporters are expected to attend obscure local political events—committee meetings, fundraisers—and file nuggets from their cars, using cigarette lighter power and AirPort cards. Then it’s off to the next event. Besides the home base, in the same building as The New York Observer (both are owned by twenty-seven-year-old Jared Kushner), they only have one lightly used office in Columbus, Ohio.

“Our body is our office,” says Reiter.

The idea is to produce a must-read page for each state’s politicians and political professionals. That audience doesn’t need background or color. They need up-to-the-second news and gossip about their bosses, colleagues, and competitors. A Politicker story rarely holds more than one thought or interview. They can clock in at under fifty words.

Maybe that sounds something like a… blog?

“The last thing I want to do is be a blogger. I mean, I work for a living,” said Klatell, who came to Politcker after stints at the Web and new media arms of CNN, ABC, NY1, and CBS, which laid him off days before this past Christmas. He found his new job after his mother read about the nascent site in The New York Times.

A lot of things are still being worked out at Politicker. They’ve yet to formalize which editors work with which reporters. They’re still hiring staffers and launching state sites (Texas is on deck). Until the conventions, much of the staff had never met their colleagues.

On the Friday, after the Democratic convention wrapped up, the staff shared a ten-hour bus ride to Des Moines while screening The Candidate, Wag The Dog, and All The King’s Men. Upon arrival, the mostly male staff—only two reporters are women—adjourned to a Drake University hangout for, in Klatell’s words, “pizza, beer, and bullshit.” The next day the staff held a mini retreat in a Holiday Inn conference room.

“This is like a teen tour I get paid for,” said Reiter, who is twenty-two years old and graduated from New England College this spring.

While the staff has some old media refugees, most are young reporters. Reiter interned for Pindell during the New Hampshire primary, when Pindell was still writing a politics blog for the Boston Globe. The day before the vote, the two trekked across the state attending a slew of events. They were in the room when Hillary Clinton (in)famously cried.

“That was the day that made me want to be a reporter,” says Reiter. “I have total ADD. But I’m extremely ambitious and I like to work. Most kids just want to play videogames.”

Like most web outlets, Politicker’s business plan depends on traffic and targeted advertising.

The latter is the domain of Waldo Tibbetts, just hired away from The Politico.

“A major, major coup for us,” says Austin Smith, the site’s development manager.

“We have two distinct advantages. We have a large amount of inventory, but a very specific inventory,” said Smith. “Just think of the advantages for the political advertiser. I mean lobbyists… they want to reach the exact people who read us.”

And the former, ginning up traffic and publicity, is the responsibility of Justine Lam, the online marketing director.

Lam was the second paid staffer on Ron Paul’s presidential campaign, where she tended—as much as one could—the candidate’s vigorous online presence.

When the editors post a story that they think could grab play, they’ll forward it to Lam, who will package it and pass it on to a custom list of journalists and bloggers in Politicker’s operational states, or to a national lists with names like “Anti-war bloggers” or “Catholic bloggers.”

She introduced herself, and the site, to many bloggers working out of Denver’s Big Tent, taking up to half an hour to learn their interests and explain Politicker.

“I wanted them to feel like I cared,” she said. On Wednesday, she spent some time on “Radio Row,” where talk show hosts work during the convention, collecting business cards and flacking Pindell as a guest.

Lam says about half of her emails net the site at least one inbound link. Monday’s news that Karl Rove called Joe Biden a “'big, blowhard doofus” during his talk at the Maine RNC delegation’s breakfast meeting brought in around 60,000 hits, which Smith says an extraordinary amount of traffic for PolitickerME. (PolitickerNJ, which was called PoliticsNJ before Kushner purchased and rebranded it, is the most-trafficked site in the group, according to Smith, with 1.25 million hits in the last month.)

The crew had a soft quota of ten stories each, per day, at the conventions, and most had little trouble meeting it because of their suddenly easy access to their states’ politicos.

“It’s basically everyone I’m ever trying to call, except that they’re all in one room, and everyone has something to tell me,” said Reiter.

“The cool thing about our site is that to build our name, we try to really break stories,” said Jeremy Jacobs, the twenty-five-year-old Massachusetts reporter. “That and obsessive local coverage that newspapers don’t really do anymore.”

“We don’t cover the governor’s energy plan. We cover how it will play politically across the state. It’s not substantive, in that way,” said Jacobs.

“It’s inside baseball,” chimed in Reitman. “But that’s how policy is made. It’s congressmen going into rooms and personal relationships, right? … I mean, I could be wrong.”

“No, you’re right.”

“Well, I’m new to this.”

Sensations in both Denver and St. Paul, the "Missile-Dick Chicks" are a burlesque troupe with a social conscience, marching with their, um, costumes and singing satirical war songs. (To the McCain-esque tune of "Barbara Ann": "Oh, bomb Ira-a-an...because we ca-a-an...let's bomb Ira-a-an...")




















Hot flops--flip-flops that feature foam-rubber heads of McCain and Obama bursting, fungus-like, from their toes--have been all the rage among the media bait in Denver and St. Paul. We're fairly certain that the existence of the footwear is an omen of impending apocalypse, but oh, well. Here they are anyway.














































Media Baited, Part 4: The PETA Pig

| No Comments





























Meet Gordon Pederson, a delegate from South Dakota who's proven very popular with the media, for some reason:




















Last week, Justin reported on the antics of Media Bait in Denver. Well, those same MBers--with a crew of new ones--have made the trek to St. Paul to worm the hook anew.

And the media have, you know, bit.

Without further comment, we give you: Media Baited, Parts 1 through 8.

Part 1: Teddy Roosevelt










A Quibble With Bill

| No Comments

For the past two weeks, in the spirit of fair, equal, and balanced media consumption, I helped myself to a nightly dose of the O'Reilly Factor, cooked up fresh and served up piping hot by Bill O'Reilly.

During the broadcast on August 26, Mr. O'Reilly derided the DNC proceedings as all "contrived and bloviating." But don't worry, he assured his viewers, he would be equally as critical of the upcoming Republican convention in Minneapolis-St.Paul.

You shouldn't make promises you can't keep.

According to a non-scientific tally based on transcripts of the show during the conventions, Mr. O'Reilly used the word "bloviating" five times and the word "contrived" three times, for a combined B&C Score of eight for the DNC.

8/27/2008 8:13:09 PM "Harry Reid is bloviating right now. I say that affectionately. I'm the top bloviator in the world."

8/26/2008 8:13:39 PM "You are looking at a picture of the Democratic convention where bloviating is the order of the evening. I say that in a very affectionate way."

8/25/2008 8:22:21 PM "We have Nancy Pelosi bloviating, and I say that in an affectionate way, behind us."

During the RNC, he never used the word "contrived" and only used the word "bloviating" twice, for a B&C Score of two.

9/3/2008 8:46:56 PM "This convention, the Denver convention, to me there is a lot of bloviating going on." (This one should technically earn only half a point for the RNC, since he's referring to Denver as well.)


9/1/2008 8:12:07 PM
"This week, Senator McCain and his staff should keep it simple, keep bloviating to a minimum."

If I assume that Mr. O'Reilly's B&C usage would have continued at the same rate during the first day of the RNC--which was incidentally too low-key to draw any major commentary--that still only gives the RNC a B&C Score of 2.666

Did the DNC really have that much more B&C than the RNC? And also, does something insulting become not insulting if you claim that you're saying "affectionately"? I'd argue that the answer is no on both counts, but I'd hate to be accused of bloviating by Papa Bear himself.

A Room With A View

| No Comments

ST. PAUL - Inside the Labor Center at 411 Main Street, just beyond the imposing black gates defining the perimeter of the Xcel Center, a gaggle of young politicos sit in a fluorescent lit room, furiously typing on laptops. In the corner sits a buffet table studded with bowls of snack-sized candy bars and a large urn of coffee. Save for the clatter of keyboards, the room is silent.

"This is where the magic happens," Jamal Simmons tells me. Simmons, a twenty-something guy with that air of enthusiastic affability so common among young political operatives, is giving me a tour of the pair of rooms known—somewhat ironically, it turns out—as the DNC's War Room.

The "magic," as it were, boils down mostly to what the War Room denizens' fellow Dems are doing in Washington and Chicago: fact-checking claims made at the RNC, sending out press releases with the results of those checks, and posting them on the DNC's oppo Web site, JustMoreOfTheSame.com. Fred Thompson's Tuesday night claim that Obama is "the most liberal senator"? Checked. Huckabee's, Romney's, and Whitman's claim that Obama will raise taxes? Checked.

In the suite's main press room, or "the media center," as Jamal calls it—the space's perimeter is studded with signs ("McCain: More of the Same" and "Obama '08"), its interior lined with chairs—a few technicians gather, chatting with each other. But there are no official events planned for the day.

"We were going to do press conferences from here every morning," Jamal tells me, gesturing to the stage set up with a makeshift podium. "But we scrapped that. We wanted to be respectful of the people affected by Gustav."

Now that the hurricane has passed, though, a new kind of hurricane, apparently, can begin. "For the first couple days, we were on low gear," Simmons says. "But now we're going full steam ahead."

As if to prove the point, he presents me with a packet: "DNC at the RNC: A Survival Kit for Reporters." This contains:

- a jump drive, pre-loaded with "More of the Same" literature, on a lanyard with a laminated "DNC at the RNC" ("Get the 4-1-1 at 411 Main") badge
- a large, blue button playing on the "McCain for President" motif: "Ask me how many houses I own"
- a packet of literature: "the McCain files"
- a travel-sized tube of Aleve ("because your head might hurt after listening to the Republicans' speeches," Jamal informs me)
- a roll of TUMS ("because you might have indigestion after listening...")
- a 100 Grand bar ("$100,000 is nothing to the McCains")
- a Payday bar ("because every day is a big payday for the McCains")

Onto the packet's exterior is stapled a memo to reporters, from the DNC Communications office, detailing its St. Paul Survival Guide. "While you're there," the memo declares, "we'll make sure you have everything you need to cut through the convention spin."

CNN Grilled

| No Comments

Gloria Borger and Donna Brazile are squeezed next to each other on a red faux-leather booth with two younger staffers. Around them, patrons munching on giant burgers and salads in soccer-ball-sized bowls—and downing beers and cocktails and shots of various varieties—glance furtively at their fellow diners, their faces displaying the I'm-gawking-but-trying-to-seem-blase-about-it look that is common on so many faces during the conventions.

My face is probably displaying the same look. I'm in the vaunted CNN Grill, after all, The Peach Pit (or The Max or, if you prefer, the Arnold's) of the media in town for the convention. The Grill is, realistically, a run-down restaurant the network has taken over, situated just outside the Xcel Center's perimeter, a 30-foot-tall or so fluorescent sign ("CNN Grill," framed by a giant star) making its presence known. It is, realistically, a kind of Applebee's-meets-temple-of-CNNism, where the beer is cold and the food is free.

But it's more than that: Notwithstanding the glut of CNN paraphernalia displayed on the walls, the windows, the TVs, the tables, the clothing of staff members, and pretty much every other spare surface in the place, the Grill isn't really about CNN. It's about, yep, us. The Grill is, among many other things, a kind of sociological experiment, diner-ized.

The restaurant is as sardine-packed as it is—and the line of people waiting to gain entry into it in the unseasonably cold St. Paul evening is as long as it is—because of little more than sheer force of will. Or, perhaps more precisely, because of a CNN marketing exec's appreciation of the fact that the best way to convert banality into the hottest ticket in town is to tell people they can gain access to that banality only if they have a pass.

Indeed, in Denver as well as in St. Paul, the only thing that got media members as excited as gaining a much-coveted floor pass to the convention events was gaining a ticket to the CNN Grill. Which, you know, considering what the latter ticket actually gets you—a free burger and the chance to brush elbows with Wolf Blitzer—would seem to make the results of the experiment CNN marketing: 20; Everyone else: O.

Honestly, Abe

| 2 Comments

Among all the political celebrities milling around the Xcel Center this week, perhaps none has gotten more attention from delegates--or more camera-pan air time from the news networks--than Abraham Lincoln.

Well, "Abraham Lincoln," to be precise about it.

The full-suited, stovepipe-hat-wearing, strikingly tall Mother of All Media Bait who's been striding around the RNC events this week is, in fact, Lance V. Mack, a professional Lincoln impersonator. (One could mention the irony of someone pretending to be, you know, Honest Abe; but details.) Mack, who previously taught German at the University of Michigan (he also speaks Japanese, as evidenced by the short conversation he carried on with a Japanese journalist who'd come up to have his picture taken with "the president"), has been impersonating the sixteenth president since 1990, when his wife off-handedly mentioned his resemblance to Lincoln. Since then, the impersonation has evolved from a hobby to a full-time job. (Mack charges $500 for school visits and $1,000 for other honoraria, in addition to travel, lodging, and board.)

Mack, who currently lives in Marion, Iowa, is here in St. Paul not for the RNC, per se, but for Civicfest, a city celebration whose timing, you know, conveniently coincided with the convention coming to town. "They invited me to come over to the convention," Mack Lincoln told me, "and I'm very honored to be here. After all, I was the first real Republican president."

"Sarah Palin is your new..."

| 1 Comment

"...Rudy Giuliani in a Dress."

You know you're on the other side of the looking glass when a Daily Kos diary post and this site inspire the latest in... user-generated headlines?

Well, not quite. It's more like a Sarah Palin madlib, which visitors to the site SarahPalinIsYourNewSegway.com can fill in and submit. And hey, trigger fingers are rewarded; refresh the page for suggestions like "Sarah Palin is your new Dennis Miller on Monday Night Football" or "Sarah Palin is your new toy with lead paint." Here's hoping the addicting little change-a-phrase won't begin a predictable descent into weary overuse. (h/t: techPresident.)

Earlier this evening, I met Brian Lambert, a Minneapolis-based media critic who's been blogging the RNC from The Liffey, an Irish Pub adjacent to the Xcel Center. I just checked out the results of his work, The View from the Liffey—a smart and salty insiders' perspective on the bubblicious pageantry that is the St. Paul convention—and thought this vignette was nicely indicative of the general attitude toward the press that's been on display at the Xcel Center over the past few days:

"What's the matter with you guys? Why aren't you clapping? Are you Democrats?"

My ears were still ringing with the chant of, "Drill, baby drill!" and Sarah Palin was waving to a delirious crowd, so it took a second before I realized the right and honorable gentleman from California behind us—a guest, not a delegate—was talking to me.

My Palin-watching companion, a highly-remunerated icon of Twin Cities newspapers, told the guy, "We're reporters. We're working. It isn't cool to applaud what you cover." The guy looked around like someone who just caught two satanists in the act of defiling the temple and needed a rope and three more able-bodied Christians to tie us to a stake.

Ground Noise

| No Comments

You know a reporter’s presence in the convention hall is cardinal when proximity to an unprecedented distraction (from—take your pick—delegate, journalist or protester) only serves to sharpen his or her observations about the main affair. Alas, Commentary’s Jennifer Rubin—trying to focus on McCain while protesters rabble-roused nearby—didn’t make the cut tonight:

One gets a different sense in the middle of an event — in this case an aisle away from two Code Pink rude-niks being hauled from the hall as the crowd burst into “USA!” The electric excitement being in the center of the event can be either instructive or distracting. In this case what struck me was the solidity of McCain. He is a stocky man — he conveys weight and stability. His language is basic and he marched the audience through first principles of conservatism and basic policy objectives.

In short, this was a speech well suited to the man delivering it.

Yes, it was definitely the “sharp pink dresses” that triggered the visual comparison of McCain to a didactic farm animal.

I Want My MTV

| No Comments

Back in February, the MTV news team spoke with Sarah Palin about her thoughts about the Republican primary contest way back on Super Tuesday.

Here's what she said about Ron Paul: “He's cool. He’s a good guy. He’s so independent. He’s independent of the party machine. I’m like, ‘Right on, so am I.’ ”

And, Palin on Mitt Romney: "He said all the right things about resource development in Alaska.”

And, on the election: “I didn’t have an opportunity to speak to all the candidates, but again, it’s not my job to speak to all the candidates and tell Americans who to vote for. That’s Americans’ jobs, to figure out what candidates are standing for. That’s the voters’ jobs.”

What a difference a few months makes.

That September 11, 2001 Video

| 2 Comments

As I mentioned, I watched tonight on PBS, which, when showing the pre-produced rah-rah bio videos was diligent about flagging them with the words “Republican Party Video.”

Well, tonight, as the RNC rolled a terrorism montage, the NewsHour inserted the standard font and took it down, as they usually do, partway through the video. But only for a second, as the film quickly turned to footage of the second plane crashing into the World Trade Center towers, and then of one of the towers collapsing. As that segment began, PBS quickly put the disclaimer up again, and held it until the Republicans moved on to gentler images. To my eyes, it looked like they were doing their best to emphasize that, “No, really, this isn’t PBS’s video.”

As I remember it from my time working there, the NewsHour had a strict policy about showing archival tape from that day. Using the still standing but smoking towers was OK, and video of the site after the collapse, or of the Pentagon wreckage, was ok. But the planes crashing—the instant when hundreds of people died—or the towers collapsing—which of course killed many, many more—weren’t allowed on air.

Of course, it’s not hard to bring those pictures up in your mind, find them on the internet, or see them in other films. But it was a matter of taste—similar to many newspapers' policies against printing graphic images of violence.

The Republicans didn’t feel any such prohibition. Rather, they put these images of death to a soundtrack to make a primetime national security pitch. (Andrew Kohut pointed out on PBS that McCain wins a 15% gap when voters are asked which candidate’s national security bone fides they prefer—by far his largest single-issue advantage.)

The video drew this sharp parody of a newswire obit from The Boston Globe’s Sasha Issenberg:

ST. PAUL -- One of the most enduring taboos in American politics, the airing of graphic images from the September 11 attacks in a partisan context, died today. It was nearly seven years old.

The informal prohibition, which had been occasionally threatened by political ads in recent years, was pronounced dead at approximately 7:40 CST, when a video aired before delegates at the Republican National Convention included slow-motion footage of a plane striking the World Trade Center, the towers' subsequent collapse, and smoke emerging from the Pentagon.

The September 11 precedent was one of the few surviving campaign-season taboos. It is survived by direct comparisons of one's opponents to Hitler.



And after MSNBC passed the video on to its viewers, Keith Olbermann, by this shotgun transcript, said what no one else was willing to just before cutting to commercial:

I'm sorry. It's necessary to say this and I wanted to separate myself from the others on the air about this. If at this late date any television network had of its own accord shown that much videotape and that much graphic videotape of 9/11 -- and I speak as somebody who lost a few friends there -- it, we would be rightly eviscerated at all quarters programs by the Republican party itself for exploiting the memories of the dead and perhaps even for trying to evoke that pain again. If you reacted to that videotape the way I did, I apologize. It is a subject of great pain for many of us still and was probably not appropriate to be shown. We'll continue in a moment.

What's On Your Head?

| No Comments

What the folks at PBS gain in quality of coverage, they lose in stylish headgear. Poor Judy Woodruff has been roaming the DNC and RNC convention floors in DJ-style headphones with a huge foamy microphone in front of her face, and (I think) a small antenna perched in her hair.

Meanwhile, the CNN folks wore much sleeker, more modern broadcast apparatus. It's good to be the network of the King.

The Green Screen Team

| 1 Comment

Don't say there weren’t plenty of ambient points tonight for the convention scribes to get harried about tomorrow:

-The song blaring over the speakers as the McCains and Palins waved from the stage at the end of the night wasn’t the “Maverick” theme song, but Heart’s “Barracuda,” a rather conspicuously timed ode to Palin’s nickname during her basketball-playing days.

-The backdrop screen went from a repeat puke green (excited bloggers on that here, here and here) to a firework display (accompanied by what sounded rather jarringly over my speakers like popcorn audio effects).

-McCain didn't wear a flag pin. (Gasp.)

-Did the RNC’s choice of balloons as festive air-filler stem from last week’s streamer debacle?

Palin Passes on PBS

| No Comments

The PBS camera crew getting footage on the floor as McCain and Palin worked the crowd following McCain's nomination speech did their best to get the so far interview-shy Sarah Palin to say a few words, holding out the microphone and making their intentions clear.

Not a chance. She didn't even make eye-contact with the camera.

The Coloring Wars

| No Comments

This New Republic entry by Amanda Fortini spends a good amount of time on how starkly (and says the author, refreshingly) the Palin family’s muted clothing choices contrast with those of the McCain clan:

If your life is colorful, your clothing need not be… the Palins looked like any American family, clad in nondescript clothing in beige and black and various shades of Banana Republic grey… Palin, understated and neutral in dress if not in mien, brought with her a palpable atmosphere of folksy authenticity.

Now on the flip:

The McCain clan, however, all of them a bit on the older side, resorted to the standard sartorial contrivances. Cindy McCain, still aggressively tanned and dyed and frosted, did look softer than usual; she had finally unleashed her hair, and someone has recently given her a fringe of bangs. The attire of all the McCains fell in the usual political spectrum: peppermint pink (mother), Kelly green (Cindy), flaming orange tie (the candidate himself).

Maybe Fortini was reading Josef Albers’s art school primer, Interaction of Color, while watching the visual interplay onstage in the Xcel Center last night. In particular, Chapter III, titled “Why color paper—instead of pigment and paint,” sounds familiar:

…color paper also protects us from the undesired and unnecessary addition of so-called texture (such as brush marks and strokes, incalculable changes from wet to dry, or heavy and loose covering, hard and soft boundaries, etc.) which too often only hides poor color conception or application, or, worse, an insensitive color handling.

Amazing. Has paint ever sounded more unappealing? It’s like Albers is watching the TV screen disapprovingly as Fortini writes, “To slap a bright hue on an aging candidate is like cutting the mold off the edges of a loaf of bread.”

So, in a political season of metaphors, the takeaway lesson, courtesy of the color theorist (and aided by Fortini): Sarah Palin, inherently titillating, is colored paper, whereas Cindy McCain is, um… pigment on cardboard?

Steady goes the NewsHour

| 1 Comment

I’m watching the convention coverage as served up by my old colleagues at the NewsHour on PBS, and I swear it’s an alternate universe. No posturing by television stars crowding out the happenings on the floor. It’s not hard to guess where the sympathies of David Brooks and Mark Shields lie, but they chat without hammering talking points. And instead of panels of “experts” repeating what you’ve already read online or heard earlier in the day, they’ve got three historians (Michael Beschloss, Richard Norton Smith, and Peniel Joseph) bringing interesting, if salon-ish, perspective and Andy Kohut soberly running down polling data on American public opinion.

I have to admit that it’s not always my pace. But after two straight weeks of conventioneering, aren’t you ready for a change?

Rrr-oww!

| No Comments

Wow. Ben Smith was right to flag this clip. Do yourself a favor and watch Chris Matthews and Pat Buchanan give each other lessons on sexism on MSNBC's St. Paul set earlier today.

"So What's The Daily Show?"

| 2 Comments

ST. PAUL — After watching one of those classic "man on the street" segments on The Daily Show, I always come away with the same obvious-but-still-burning question: Are the people being interviewed for these things in on the joke? When they're talking to a DS correspondent, do they know they're about to be mocked on national television?

In other words: In my amusement at their generally foolish Daily Show appearances, am I laughing with these people...or at them?

Well. The Xcel Center being, as it is, packed to the brim with be-buttoned, be-sequined, sometimes befuddling and often bemusing specimens of humanity—in other words, low-hanging fruit for the Daily Show pranksters who have been trawling the arena's public areas for the past few days—what better place to have my questions answered, once and for all? I'd conduct, I thought, a little investigation. I'd talk to some of the people who'd just been interviewed by Samantha Bee, John Oliver, Jason Jones, et al, and get the answer to the at-or-with question from the source.

Since "Do you know you're being mocked?" is not, perhaps, the best way to start a conversation, I ask the Daily Show interviewees I encounter a slightly-more-subtle question: "Do you know The Daily Show?"

Turns out, some know. Katie Beck, a young blonde who bears a passing resemblance to Sarah Palin—and whom Samantha Bee has just finished faux-flirting with because of that resemblance—seems surprised I'd have to ask the question in the first place. "Totally, I watch it all the time!" she tells me. "I love it!"

Does she have any idea what the final segment will look like?

"Well, it'll probably be pretty ridiculous," she says. "But, hey, it was fun!"

Simple enough. I jot down her reply; she walks off, BlackBerry at her ear, to call friends and tell them that she's going to be on The Daily Show(!).

Matthew Mau, an alternate delegate from Chatham, Illinois, knows, too. Sporting a heavy drawl and, today, a button on his lapel proclaiming Sarah Palin the "HOTTEST VP FROM THE COOLEST STATE," he and another Illinois alt-delegate, Michael Sneed, tell me how great the Daily Show coverage of the DNC was last week. "Oh, when they had Obama all done up like The Lion King," Sneed says, "that was just fantastic!"

Are they worried the RNC will be similarly ridiculed?

"Hey, it's all in good fun," Mau tells me.

This seems to be a sentiment shared by the Daily Show producers, the comedy-enablers who've been searching Xcel's hallways for particularly mockable promising victims interviewees. Though they don't have a strategy, per se, for finding guests, "wearing a lot of flair doesn't hurt," one told me.

One of these flair-wearers is Stacey Fenton, bright blonde haired and wearing a short jean skirt and a white jean vest festooned with "Support Our Troops" buttons. "Oh, man, I need a smoke," she tells me, racing away from the huddled DS crew after her interview with Samantha Bee wraps. As we head, in a near-run, to the patio outside the Xcel Center atrium, a young DS producer, clipboard in hand, hurries after us. He asks her to sign a release form authorizing the use of her footage for the show.

"What, so you can make fun of me and make everything I say sound like the opposite of what I mean?" she asks him. He sidesteps the question, thanking her for the signature, politely offering her tickets to the night's DS filming, and walking away.

"So...you know The Daily Show?" I ask her, as she returns to her cigarette.

Turns out she doesn't. She doesn't really watch TV at all. "I mostly read books," she says. "Mysteries."

She thought she'd just been interviewed for a straight news program.

So did others I talked to. Jackie White, whose husband is an alternate delegate from New Mexico, caught the eye of Jason Jones while John Oliver was interviewing another RNC attendee. "Try her," Jones whispered to a producer, gesturing toward the red-Stetson-wearing, button-and-lapel-pin-bedecked, fire-engine-red-manicured, Florence Henderson-resembling White. When the producer invited her on, she agreed. After the interview: "Do you know The Daily Show?" I ask her.

"The Daily Show?" she replies. "What's that?"

Her friend Regina Barela, also from New Mexico, a self-proclaimed "soccer mom" with three kids and a deep reservoir of energy—she used to be a cheerleader, she tells me—is similarly in the dark about The Daily Show's particular brand of news. "I have too many dang kids to have time for TV!" she says, laughing. "So what's The Daily Show?"

"It's a cable news show. They do...comedy stuff," Andy Cable, a gregarious, middle-aged Iowa delegate who's befriended Regina over the course of the evening, tells her, gingerly.

"Oh, if it's on cable, I definitely don't know it," she replies. "I only get basic cable...and I'm from a small town, so it's the real basic-basic kind."

"You could Tivo it," he offers.

"What's Tivo?" she asks.

She's not joking. "With soccer practice and laundry to do and dinner to cook, it's chaos. I barely have time to sleep, let alone watch anything on cable!" She pauses for a moment. "Will my kids know about this Daily Show thing?" she asks.

Andy and I nod. "Probably," we say.

"How old are they?" I ask.

"The oldest is twenty, then two teenagers," she replies.

"Then they'll know," Andy says.

"Good," she says. She pauses again, then grins. "Ooh, I hope I embarrass them!"

Andy and I glance at each other. "Oh, that's a pretty safe bet," we say in unison.

Talk of the Town Talk

| No Comments

I couldn't get into the Xcel Center the other night, so I went to Minneapolis's Town Talk Diner, famed for its cheese curds, to see how the convention coverage looked from outside the media bubble. Far, far outside.

The Town Talk Diner is on the south side of Minneapolis, close to a Cub Foods, several torta joints, and T’s Place, the only Ethiopian-Singaporean restaurant in Minneapolis, and perhaps the world. The diner’s television, hanging from the ceiling and being roundly ignored, is tuned to CNN; upon my arrival, Ed Henry is interviewing John Tyler Hammons, the nineteen-year-old mayor of Muskogee, Oklahoma:

Henry: What's it like to attend your first convention?

Hammons: It's a whirlwind. I have see governors, former presidential candidates, secretaries, senators. And they all want to meet me. They want to take my hand, want to get my autograph. That's pretty cool.

Henry: So, it's pretty cool. All right.

Hammons: Oh, it's amazing.

The bartender, a bearded Tarantino lookalike named Adam, takes my order (cheese curds and a bacon Manhattan) and turns his attention back to a heavyset, sleepy-eyed regular named Ryan, for whom he is mixing a drink composed of rye whiskey and sarsaparilla. "I've been working like a maniac, man, sixty-hour weeks," says the bartender.

"Last night I bought some really expensive rum, two bottles, and just drank the whole thing,” says Ryan.

“Yeah?”

“Made sure to get the pure cane cola. It was one of those nights.”

On CNN, the John Tyler Hammons interview continues:

Henry: Who's the one person you haven't met yet that you really want to meet?

Hammons: Rudy Giuliani, former mayor of New York City. If I can meet him, it would make my dreams come true.

Henry: Well, they used to call him America's mayor. You're now the youngest mayor.

(CROSSTALK)

Hammons: ... mayor.

The Town Talk patrons, for some reason, are indifferent to the details of the John Tyler Hammons Experience. In fact, the only convention news that seems to interest most of the people I’ve met is the news of frequent clashes between protesters and riot cops in downtown St. Paul—a story that has been little reported by the mainstream media.

“There's, like, weird cops around,” Ryan notes. This is true—I have seen several policemen whose uniforms indicate that they are from Cedar Rapids, Iowa, 277 miles from St. Paul.

“We had some riot cops in here for lunch,” says the bartender. ‘Things were getting crazy,’ they said.”

“They broke the window at Macy’s.”

“That’s just not cool. You’re taking money out of your community.”

“A guy I know went to Mickey's Diner today, and walked right into tear gas. Was on the ground, crying. Awesome kid.”

Having wrung all the news value out of young John Tyler Hammons, Wolf Blitzer is now telling a story about the time he met John McCain’s ninety-six-year-old mother:

It was either the White House Correspondents Association dinner or the Radio and TV Correspondents Association dinner. And we just had a brief chat but I was, you know, certainly blown away by Roberta McCain. And I said to myself, she's got some spice there. Now we know where John McCain gets some of that spice.

“Is that Wolf Blitzer?” somebody asks.

"One of the CNN headlines was 'McCain Tapped Palin," Adam notes. “Hee hee hee hee!”

"No way! Where'd you see that? On the Innernet?"

"And then on Sunday's paper it was 'Meet McCain's number two."

"Oh, really?"

“Hee hee hee hee. Somebody's not thinking, man."

As the Town Talk patrons eat and drink, the exceedingly wealthy members of the CNN panel discuss the issues that matter to Americans: how Sarah Palin will appeal to heartland undecideds; how middle-class voters are in dire need of economic relief; how Americans are demanding reform, and change, and turnabout, and more reform and change. Later, Wolf Blitzer introduces a twenty-three-year-old country musician named Rachael Lampa, who sings an inspirational song entitled “When I Fall”:

When I fall, when I fall, I know will I be landing. When I fall, when I fall, you will still be standing. When I fall, yeah.

Somewhere I'm alone, won't you take my empty hands. And fill them with your love, won't you take me as I am.

Behind the bar hangs a black T-shirt picturing a man who resembles the country singer Willie Nelson. "It's the bar manager, Nick,” confides Adam. “We call him Ranch Garvey. It's his alter ego. He's like John Belushi, but smarter." He holds up a plastic container filled with spare change. "See? It's Ranch Garvey's quadruple bypass fund. 'Cause the dude's gonna have a heart attack."

Two bottles of rum. Me and my buddy,” repeats Ryan, obviously proud of his feat.

“Thank you. It's such an honor to be here, you guys,” says Rachael Lampa.

"I don't want to go down [to St. Paul], man, get shot with rubber balls,” says Adam. “I have to work tomorrow. They’ve got me chained to the radiator here. They only let me out to make your drinks." He winks at the chef, who is walking behind the bar and carrying a plate heaped with fried pickles. The chef pauses momentarily to watch Rachael Lampa, who is singing a second song, entitled “Blessed”:

I may never climb a mountain so I can see the world from there. I may never ride the waves and taste the salty ocean air.

Or build a bridge that would last a hundred years. But no matter where the road leads one thing is always clear.

I am blessed. I am blessed. From when I rise up in the morning till I lay my head to rest. I feel You near me. You soothe me when I'm weary. Oh, Lord, for all the worst and all the best I am blessed.

The chef drops the pickles and heads back to the kitchen. "The voice of America, man," he says, walking away. “The voice of America.”

Give the People What They Want

| No Comments

If the current New York Times most e-mailed articles list is any indicator, people are clamoring to learn more about Sarah Palin (and chickpeas).

This is the list as of 5:30pm today.

1. Gail Collins: Sarah Palin Speaks!

2. Thomas L. Friedman: And Then There Was One

3. Maureen Dowd: Life of Her Party

4. Maureen Dowd: Vice in Go-Go Boots?

5. Recipe: Chickpea Salad With Ginger

6. Editorial: Running Against Themselves

7. Palin’s Start in Alaska: Not Politics as Usual

8. Editorial: Candidate McCain’s Big Decision

9. Economic View: Is History Siding With Obama’s Economic Plan?

10. Timothy Egan: Palin’s True North

And this is the Palin biography video, omitted last night from the RNC because Rudy went on too long.


Here are some key phrases that will likely stick in the minds of the curious populace who still doesn't know what to make of Palin:

"Sarah Palin. Mother. Moose Hunter. Maverick. Mayor. Governor. Maverick."

and

"Sarah Palin may not be six feet tall (over a shot of her in high heels, not sexist, mind you) but she is a self-made giant."

and

"She loves frugality, integrity, and moose stew."

An Alaskan maverick who loves to shoot and eat moose. Sort of sounds like the northwest equivalent of Crocodile Dundee. Pass the chickpea salad, please.

Steinem's Attack Dogs

| 1 Comment

Gloria Steinem takes the ax to Sarah Palin’s woman-in-the-spotlight moment in a Los Angeles Times opinion column today. Countering whatever pundits have been tempted to say about a symbolic torch-passing from Hillary Clinton to the GOP’s fresh female—and bespectacled—face, Steinem makes clear that she is no fan of the Palin pick. But she diffuses her own argument by deciding to unleash multiple attack dogs:

A pit bull (wearing lipstick?) at Palin, for not being the Right Woman:

Palin shares nothing but a chromosome with Clinton… I don't doubt her sincerity. As a lifetime member of the National Rifle Assn., she doesn't just support killing animals from helicopters, she does it herself.

A Rottweiler at McCain, for the politics of his veep decision:

The culprit is John McCain. He may have chosen Palin out of change-envy, or a belief that women can't tell the difference between form and content, but the main motive was to please right-wing ideologues.

And one very large, slobbering Doberman at the GOP, for, well, existing at a 180 degree angle from her own feminist vantage point: housing the “anti-feminist right wing - the folks with a headlock on the Republican Party” and endorsing a platform that, she fumes, “opposes pretty much everything Clinton’s candidacy stood for.”

Now, it’s true that the reasons behind the McCain camp’s decision to choose Sarah Palin are probably not the ones most feminists would prefer (i.e. Steinem’s form over content gripe).

But by conflating her tsk-tsking over the McCain-Palin decision with a general tirade against the GOP’s stances, Steinem weakens her main point: that a loss in November (in spite of the addition of Palin to the ticket) “could cause the centrist majority of Republicans to take back their party.” Taking issue as she does with veep-choice motive, Palin’s social conservatism, and the party’s platform, she manages to shake the ground upon which she and her followers walk. But an experienced advocate like Steinem ought to use her op-eds to reach further than the feminist home base.

The column’s title, ironically, hints at the scribe-message-audience closed circuit: “Wrong Woman, Wrong Message.” But as the saying goes, two wrongs don’t make a column done right.

Gannett vs. the Gannett Blog

| 4 Comments

When the news broke, when clarity mattered most to the nearly 32,800 people working in Gannett’s newspaper division, the announced elimination of 1,000 jobs came not from its eighty-four Local Information Centers but from a blog run by a man vacationing off the coast of Spain.

About 2 a.m. in Spain on August 14, Jim Hopkins, a fifty-one-year-old spending his summer on the Mediterranean island of Ibiza, checked his e-mail one last time before bed. A reader of his site, the independent Gannett Blog, had written to him from Maryland, where employees at the Daily Times of Salisbury had received a memo from the publisher: “Across Gannett’s Community Publishing division,” Rick Jensen’s afternoon dispatch read, in part, “about 1,000 positions will be eliminated - about 3% of the workforce.”

Six hundred of those eliminations would come through layoffs. The memo confirmed rumors that Hopkins had been tracking. He sent e-mails to Tara Connell, Gannett’s vice president of corporate communications; Jensen; and Greg Bassett, executive editor of the Daily Times. Bassett replied and didn’t dispute the news.
Hopkins posted an entry that unfurls like a news story—it flashes a leaked memo, delivers hard numbers, and provides context. It’s a more thorough account than anything a Gannett paper published the next morning.

Hopkins earns no money from the site, and although he acknowledges the possibility that he could, he says it’s unlikely. His newsroom is fully mobile. He posts mostly from his laptop, but he sometimes sends breaking news from his iPhone. In the brief professional bio posted beneath his mug shot at the top right of the blog’s home page, Hopkins notes what he once kept to himself: he was an editor and reporter at Gannett papers for twenty years. (Hopkins, who lives in San Francisco, didn’t reveal his identity until January 11, 2008, one day after he accepted one of forty-three buyouts in the USA Today newsroom.)

He sees his future not on the staff of another media company but as a self-employed online journalist. He’s teaching himself to produce short video documentaries and, contrary to assumptions that he’s a crotchety champion of newspapers’ bygone days, says he lately has become “more optimistic about the prospects for twenty-first century journalism.”

The Gannett Blog speaks to that. And for a company that, like most of its competitors, has all but written off the future of its print editions in favor of online strategies, it’s an ironic development. “Hate to point this out,” a reader posted, “but the last 127 posts kinda prove that crowd sourcing a story works.”

While at USA Today, Hopkins says, he helped run two blogs—one about small businesses and entrepreneurs, the other about technology news. Gannett has been wise to urge employees to start blogs, he says, but “many of these blogs have little or no budgets; employees too often are expected to maintain them in their ‘free time.’” Managers “discouraged me from taking a more innovative, creative approach to blogging—one of many reasons I decided to take a buyout, and try blogging on my own,” he said.

Hopkins decided he’d maintain the blog for as long as he had at least 500 readers. In August, according to his most recent traffic report, that number grew to nearly 29,000. Hopkins attributes much of that leap to the magnitude of recent Gannett news, and he expects September’s numbers to reflect a falloff.

Nearly all of the site’s comments are anonymous. That doesn’t stop people from presuming certain contributors are cloaked managers. “This blog,” one reader commented, “is all about informing employees about things the company doesn’t tell us. We are left to speculate at times because of the lack of timely info coming from the likes of you.”

Such posts betray a suspicion, widely held among readers, that any comment in defense of Gannett must have come from the keyboard of someone in bed with Corporate, that dirty adjective-turned-proper-noun.

One thing is certain: executives and their staffs read the site.

Gannett’s Tara Connell, in an e-mail last week, said the blog initially was an open forum, and the corporate office responded to Hopkins as it would to any journalist:

But over time, the blog has changed. When we asked the blogger to correct factual inaccuracies — nothing happened. Standards of accuracy and fairness were dropped in favor of rumor mongering and sensationalism. The attacks he inspired became personal, particularly against women in the company. For these reasons, we don’t participate.

She went on to say that communication between employees and their managers was the most important internal communication—not between employees and the blog. “Our goal,” she said, “is to make sure when employees ask important questions, their managers can give accurate answers.”

But it wouldn’t have been realistic to expect managers at the lowest levels of Gannett to provide the voluminous details that made their way onto Hopkins’ blog. Soon after he revealed the news of the job cuts, that which until then had been held close by publishers and their operating committees, readers began sharing memos sent to the staffs of their papers. Hopkins invited visitors to post the numbers of announced layoffs and the total employees at various papers. He built a running list of casualties, arranged alphabetically by location. Beneath that entry, an epic dialogue grew louder.

In Wilmington, Delaware, as in Gannett newsrooms across the country, the blog had become indispensable. I work at The News Journal, a Gannett paper, and for the next several days, as we wondered aloud who was likely to be cut, coworkers relayed details found there. The numbers rolled in minutes apart, picking up speed especially around lunchtime:

Reno loses another 7.

Poughkeepsie will lay off 3 people out of 200.

The Post-Crescent (Appleton, Wisconsin): 8 layoffs by Aug. 22.

Brevard: 21 positions will be cut at Florida Today, 11 of which will be through layoffs.

Morristown - 10.

Green Bay, Wis., Press-Gazette - 8 bodies.

It was the beginning of a long weekend, bereft of hope and filled with speculation, for many employees at the largest newspaper chain in the country. That Saturday, the comments continued: “I feel like I’m waiting for the executioner. … This is cruel and unusual punishment,” read one.

On the following Tuesday morning, August 19, the details posted as comments were met with a flurry of questions:

Any info from Bridgewater or East Brunswick?

What about the Florida papers?

Hear it’s starting in Springfield. Any word from there?

And so it was for Louisville and Indianapolis and Des Moines. At 1:34 p.m., maybe three hours after I watched my twenty-something colleague on The News Journal’s emaciated features desk stuff her belongings into cardboard boxes and leave the building, an anonymous comment hit the Gannett Blog: “Jeez, it’s like hearing the Trade Center came down and looking for survivors.”

An exaggeration, of course. But its point was clear.

If revenues continue to decline, Connell said in her e-mail, more layoffs will follow. The company, in the meantime, will continue to read the Gannett Blog. “However,” Connell closed her message, “we judge communication not by comments on the blog, but by the quality of communication between employees and their managers.”

That’s what most worries those of us who have become regular readers of Hopkins’ site.

"The Killa from Wasilla"...

| 2 Comments

Yesterday, I posted a column arguing that Sarah Palin’s record on energy and environmental issues is perhaps the best place for reporters to begin analyzing her ability to govern nationally.

My column rounded up some of the coverage that had already rolled out, focusing on the excellent work of the Anchorage Daily News over the last two years. I missed a couple of recent items from national outlets that deserve mention, however. I wrote that McClatchy was the only newspaper to devote an entire article to Palin’s environmental record, but the Los Angeles Times had a decent piece the next day. I also noted Grist's synopsis of her record, but missed an excellent feature by Kate Sheppard that appeared a couple of days later.

Sheppard homes in on many of the important caveats in Palin’s record, such as the fact that she enacted an impressive global-warming adaptation measure, but doesn’t believe that humans are responsible for the warming. Regarding Palin’s decision to raise the profits tax on oil companies and use part of the revenue to give every Alaskan a $1,200 energy rebate, Sheppard makes this astute observation:

Palin says that she, like McCain, opposes the idea of a "windfall profits" tax on oil companies. And yet her strategy in Alaska looks an awful lot like Barack Obama's plan to impose a windfall-profits tax and use the money to give each American $1,000 to help offset pain at the pump. Palin even praised some aspects of Obama's energy plan earlier this month.

Sheppard’s piece is also heavy on the important question of whether Palin will bring would-be boss John McCain farther to the right or, on the other hand, migrate toward some of his more moderate positions on energy and the environment. Either way, “Palin could complicate [the] energy debate,” H. Josef Hebert wrote for The Associated Press. But how she will do that really cannot be debated enough because, as Time magazine’s Bryan Walsh put it:

If Palin is still that ambivalent on climate change, it would put her to the right even of President Bush, who after years of claiming that more research was needed on the issue, now acknowledges the U.S. should reduce man-made carbon emissions to avert dangerous global warming.

Last, but not least, Hebert’s colleague at the AP, Dina Cappiello, complements his earlier work with a good follow-up piece today that focuses on environmentalists’ almost universal antipathy for Palin’s policies. Cappiello notes Palin’s opposition to endangered-species protection for Cook Inlet beluga whales, which I missed in my roundup yesterday. And adding to a list of nicknames that already includes “Sarah Barracuda,” Cappiello has it that the greens are also referring to her as the "killa from Wasilla," a reference to Palin’s hometown where she formerly was mayor.

Palin Meets The Press

| No Comments

Last night, the Republican Party officially nominated Senator John McCain for president of the United States—but you wouldn't know it to look at this morning's news. The front page of Google News's elections section this morning offered this snapshot: vice-presidential nominee Sarah Palin was the focus of the headline in twelve out of nineteen current stories.

Palin, the governor of Alaska, gave her acceptance speech last night, so it's not surprising that she dominated the news. But the extent to which she has drowned out all other aspects of the convention is remarkable, and it might be a problem for the McCain press shop in the long run. During my Google News check, I found that the GOP nominee got only two headlines all his own—the same number as Democratic nominee Barack Obama, who should be struggling for any coverage during the Republicans' convention week. And this story, from Republican-friendly Fox News, reflects McCain's challenge: "McCain Faces High Bar After Palin Speech...". Is Palin, the surprising and controversial VP pick who has proved to be an extraordinarily gifted speaker, at risk of upstaging the presidential nominee?

The coverage of last night's speech was broadly favorable (John Dickerson's story in Slate is representative), establishing Palin as a likable and competent candidate. After spending the past week fending off scandals about her use of government power, her contradictory stands on earmark spending, and, of course, her teenage daughter's pregnancy, the GOP could not have hoped for a better outcome. While the aforementioned issues are far from settled—she perpetuated the earmark debate by repeating her opposition to the "Bridge to Nowhere," even though her administration kept the money allocated for the project—she has changed the storyline. Now the press is discussing why she helps McCain, not whether she hurts him.

Delaware’s Joe Biden achieved a similar feat last week with his speech accepting the Democratic vice-presidential nomination. The generally well-received speech was credited with finally changing the subject away from speculation of a dramatic showdown between Obama supporters and those loyal to new York senator Hillary Clinton. But Biden never threatened the presidential nominee's place in the spotlight. Neither did Bill or Hillary Clinton, for that matter—even when they were the focus of coverage, the debate was about the top of the ticket, not the secondary spot.

A comparison of the Project for Excellence in Journalism's "Buzz Detector" for the Democratic and Republican conventions shows the differnce between each event’s center of gravity. PEJ uses five online news sources as a barometer of convention chatter: The Drudge Report, Huffington Post, Technorati, Yahoo! News, and YouTube. On the first day of the Democratic Convention, Michelle Obama and Hillary Clinton split the buzz, with Bill Clinton sharing attention with these women on day two. While Barack Obama was not a leading character in either story, Michelle Obama was his proxy, and his off-stage presence was powerfully felt in the Clinton coverage.

Here's the day one buzz of the GOP convention: The top stories on both Yahoo and the liberal HuffPo raised questions about the extent of the McCain campaign's vetting of Sarah Palin. Technorati, which ranks stories based on how widely blogs link to them, had Maureen Dowd's satire of the Palin pick at number one. Several of the most popular YouTube videos were even more biting Palin satires, though the most-watched video showed Democracy Now host Amy Goodman's arrest while covering protests outside the convention. Only the conservative Drudge Report led with McCain, complaining: “Media Turn on McCain In Election Showdown.” Palin grabbed focus of all the outlets on day two, except for YouTube, where Amy Goodman in handcuffs was still a crowd favorite.

When Obama took the stage on the final night of the Democratic convention, it was the climax of a week-long buildup. McCain, in contrast—who certainly didn't win the nomination with his rhetorical skills—may end up like someone who arrives late to his own party only to find that everyone likes the new kid better. But in assessing Palin’s impact, the press would do well to remember that the vice-presidential nominee hasn’t historically done much to help a ticket. (Exhibit A: Mondale/Ferraro.) This election has been unusual in many ways, and it’s possible the veep will be a decisive factor this time. But once the convention ends and the Palin story is old news, the press will refocus its attention to the top of the ticket. If history is any guide, voters will still be deciding between Obama and McCain, not Obama and Palin—even if Republicans are beginning to think that might be a stronger match-up.

I Never Promised You An Olive Garden

| 3 Comments

Last week, a journalist named James Wilkerson stumbled on a small but silly news story in the online archives of the Sioux City Journal. The December 2006 story, full of purple prose and unchecked anticipation, breathlessly reported on the opening of the town's first Olive Garden.

“A martini is not a martini without an olive," the piece, by John Quinlan, begins. "That, at least, is the thinking of a true connoisseur. And to Siouxland residents, many of whom consider themselves connoisseurs of fine food, a city is not a city without an Olive Garden. So as of Monday, Sioux City becomes a real city.” From there, readers learned about the manager's marital status (he's single, ladies), the expansive parking lot, and the menu's three different soups.

Wilkerson mentioned the story on Twitter, and two days later Gawker posted the link under the heading “The Holy Grail.”

“The Most Onion-like real news story of all time has been found,” Gawker claimed, and in doing so sent more than 21,000 readers to the Journal’s Web site to see for themselves. (Some visitors came from subsequent links on The Huffington Post and other sites.) Gawker readers soon took over the comments, berating Quinlan for his writing style and belittling Sioux City residents for their pedestrian tastes. (Samples include: "Please stick a fork in my eye so I never have to reead [sic] something like this again [sic];" "This is sad. It explains a lot about the midwest, though. No taste, no flavor, and an obesity epidemic.")

The flurry of activity temporarily shut down the article’s comment section (“We didn’t pull them,” says Thomas Richie, the Journal’s new media director, who hopes to resurrect the comments soon. “We like comments!”), and left the newspaper wondering how to capitalize on the sudden success—though the site gets around 105,000 page views per day, this was the most-read story of the month.

We called Quinlan for his reaction to the fracas, and while he was happy to chat, he was a bit disappointed. “I always thought the Columbia Journalism Review would call me after I won a Pulitzer,” he said.

CJR: When did it come to your attention that this two-year-old story was becoming a sensation?

John Quinlan: It was Wednesday. I got an email from a reporter at a California paper, The OC Register. He wanted to say what a great story it was. I think he was serious, but it was hard to tell. He tipped me off about it. I saw on our Web site we had twenty new comments. Originally, when the story ran, we only had two.

CJR: Did you even know what story he was talking about?

JQ: I did, but when he emailed, I thought, “Is this a joke?” I sent a sarcastic comment back, he replied and said it’s real … he mentioned the blog where he read it. I guess it’s been bouncing around the Internet for a while now.

CJR: You weren’t even supposed to write that story, correct?

JQ: This was supposed to be a big Sunday business front-page feature. They’d been wanting an Olive Garden for years. They’ve done surveys over the years—what restaurants would you like to see in Sioux City? For twenty years, the Olive Garden was at the top of the list. I didn’t have a beat. I was on the copy desk for fifteen years and was just getting back into writing. I had been doing some faith-based and medical stories. The business editor had some kind of problem that day, so I filled in and did the story. It was a boring story, but people were expecting something kind of big, because to them it was a big event. I wanted to have a little fun with the story.

CJR: What did you think about the response on the Web? It seemed a little mean spirited to me.

JQ: That kind of flummoxes me. You look at any story that goes up on the web and people who respond to it either hate it or love it. A lot of the criticism was people saying, well why are you making such a big deal about it? It’s just an Olive Garden. I’ve been there three times in the past two years—it’s a nice place and the food is good. It’s not the greatest food in the world. But it was a big deal when it first opened. They were camping outside for the first two months—you couldn’t get in the door.

CJR: If you could have picked any story of yours to take off like this on the Web, which would it be—or what would you direct people to read now that they’ve read this?

JQ: The first things I did when I came off the copy desk, a six part series on the Jewish community in the area. It won some awards and it’s the best, I think, I’ve done since then. The biggest story I ever worked on was the crash of [United Airlines Flight] 232 in 1989. The plane crashed at the airport and it was amazing anyone survived. It was called the Miracle in the Cornfields. It was a huge story. It had a TV movie made after it with Charlton Heston. I figured I wasn’t going to get a story that big in a while.

CJR: What are your colleagues’ reactions to the story?

JQ: They think it’s funny. Especially because it’s a two-year-old story. They ask, why is it being picked up now? A lot of people don’t realize it, but the story is two years old. The one guy who’s really excited is our IT guy. By Friday we had 20,000 people who read it, and that boosted our traffic, so he was really happy.

CJR: Do you think it’s funny?

JQ: I do. I don’t take criticisms personal. It’s just people commenting on a story that could be a story inThe Onion because it was taking something so seriously ... I couldn’t make fun of it as a reporter, but I could try to have a little fun with it.

Live, Sort of

| No Comments

Well, the rigmarole for blogger access continues. So how did Matthew Yglesias, formerly of The Atlantic and now at Think Progress, who wrote yesterday morning that he didn’t “have the credentials necessary to go to the actual convention,” spend RNC day 2.5?

He took a couple of hours to comb over the Republican Platform, before heading to a Politico panel for a post or two. Midday he noted: “It’s hard to know what to say about one’s anecdotal quasi-reporting from talking to people at a convention.”

By evening though, someone had waved a magic wand, and he got a bit closer: “I suppose I should say that I was able to gin up a 'limited access' credential that’s gotten me, well, not inside the XCel Energy Arena per se to watch the convention, but inside the Arena’s basement to watch the speech on TV. Like I could back at the motel. Except other journalists are around.”

And are increments of proximity—and professional camaraderie—worth it? According to Yglesias: “People in the basement seem very interested in the open bar sponsored by Diageo. Beyond that, I’m not sure what the benefit of having come here was. So far Palin’s speech seems . . . okay.” Yes! A vote of confidence for the motel.

From the Anchorage Daily News:

Tailgaters [Sports Bar & Grill in Wasilla, Alaska] was packed to capacity and then some 15 minutes before [Palin's] speech. And not just with Valley residents. News crews from CNN, Time, People, El Mondo from Spain, NBC, CBS, L'Ex Press from Paris, London Times, London Telegraph, Entertainment Tonight, the New York Times and Germany's Stern Magazine meant you were as likely to find a microphone in front of you as a beer.

UPDATE: Sober up with the Anchorage Daily News's fact-check of Palin's speech...

Blind Spot

| 1 Comment

Over the last five years, as I’ve consumed one dispatch after another from journalists embedded with U.S. soldiers in Iraq, I’ve wondered how accurate a picture of events such reports provide. Given the stark dangers journalists face in Iraq, embedding clearly offers a valuable means of getting around the country and seeing the troops in action—but at what cost? Does the presence of journalists affect the way soldiers behave? Do journalists—physically protected by soldiers—in turn protect them in what they choose to write? How willing are soldiers to talk freely about their experiences? And to what extent is it possible to talk with Iraqis while on an embed?

This past May, on a visit to Baghdad, I got a chance to explore such questions myself. On my embed application, I wrote that I wanted to visit a typical Baghdad neighborhood to see the effects of the surge and to get an idea of what more had to be done before the U.S. could begin to reduce its forces in significant numbers. I was assigned to the Second Battalion of the Fourth Infantry Regiment of the Tenth Mountain Division, a light infantry unit stationed in the southern Baghdad neighborhood of Dora.

At 9 o’clock on a blistering morning in mid-May, I was met in the Green Zone by a four-vehicle military convoy. Emerging to introduce themselves were Lieutenant Colonel Timothy Watson, the battalion’s commanding officer, and Captain Brett Walker, the public-affairs officer (pao) assigned to watch over me. On the fifteen-minute ride to Dora, they told me how a year earlier the neighborhood had been one of the most violent in Baghdad, with Sunni fighters attached to Al Qaeda in Iraq setting off car bombs and leaving mutilated bodies along roadsides. But thanks in part to the stationing of hundreds more troops in the area, to the application of counterinsurgency techniques, and to the Sunni insurgents who had turned against Al Qaeda, Dora had become one of the safest districts in Baghdad. The Dora marketplace, which the previous year had been all but shuttered, was once again thriving, with some eight hundred shops and stalls open for business.

The View From Abroad

| No Comments

In 2004, when the Republicans and Democrats held their conventions in New York and Boston, the events were an easy train ride away for any reporter working along the East Coast megalopolis.

But to get to Denver or St. Paul from New York or D.C. requires a plane flight—and maybe, gasp, a hub connection!

But it’s an even greater haul if you are a journalist coming from abroad. And so I asked a bunch of foreign journalists an obvious question: Why bother?

“There’s an obvious answer. Because it is important to everyone in the whole world, who rules America,” responded Nikolina Sajn, who writes for the Croatian paper Jutarnji List.

“There is a lot of attention for the presidential elections in Europe because the U.S. is the most powerful country in the world,” said Kris Van Hamme, a New York based correspondent for two financial papers: Belgium’s De Tijd and The Netherlands’s Het Financieele Dagblad.

“It’s impossible to find a Belgian or Dutch angle,” Van Hamme complained. But most others had ready answers for why their countries, specifically, cared.

“Lithuania is a border country with Russia,” said Vykintas Pugaciauskas, the international news editor for Lietuvos televizija, the Baltic nation’s public broadcaster. “The partnership with America is important because they have more leverage.”

“I’ve been watching American television and people have even said Obama picked Biden because of Russia and Georgia,” he said.

“When the U.S. people choose next election, it will have a big impact on Japanese foreign policy, and on security in Asia,” said Toshiyuki Hayakawa, the Washington correspondent for the Sekai Nippo, a conservative, Reverend Moon-owned daily. Policy towards North Korea is a major issue in Japan, and the paper’s been covering assumed contrasts in the candidate’s approaches. “Mr. McCain is very tough on foreign policy. On the other hand, Mr. Obama is very soft on foreign policy.”

“My editors did tell me it would be good if I could find some delegates of Croatian descent,” said Sajn. “But it is very difficult to find people like that.”

“There’s always an interest in American elections, but it’s greater across the world this time in particular because of the war,” said Finn Jorgensen of the Danish News Agency, noting his country’s domestically-contentious connection to Iraq: “We joined the war from the start—we’re out now.”

Foreign audiences, reporters, and editors, are also, not surprisingly, interested in the historical and dramatic aspects of this election. McCain’s name hardly came up in these portions of the discussions.

“When the primaries started our audience was not really interested,” said Andras Petho, who works for Origio, a Hungarian web portal. “But then the Democratic primaries went down to Obama-Hillary, and they were interested because they were so exciting.”

“There was a lot of excitement in Europe with Obama, and with Clinton too, in the primaries,” said Van Hamme. “If Europe had a choice in this, they’d elect Obama hands down.”

I asked Constance Chiogor Ikokwu of the Nigerian daily THISDAY if Africans were particularly interested in the election because of Obama’s background. “The fact that for the first time a person of color was given the nomination of a major party—well, who wouldn’t be interested?” she responded.

“There’s a lot of Obama-craze and Obamamania,” said Olivia Hampton, a Republican-focused producer for Japan’s public broadcaster, NHK. She says she’s had some trouble getting her stories on air. And she says she has trouble finding sources willing to work with NHK.

“You can imagine how hard it is for a Japanese television station to get people to speak with us,” she said. “We, the American—actually, I’m half French—or white producers go out to get interviews.”

“I’m strategic when I call. I say ‘Hi, this is Olivia from NHK.’ I don’t say ‘Hi, I’m Olivia from the Japanese television station NHK,” she said.

Others encountered similar problems.

“Were are the second thought,” said Ikokwu. “They are more interested in the American media, because, of course, the election is taking place in America.”

History! Herstory? Hairstory

| No Comments

You knew it was coming: From today's Boston Herald (h/t, Kevin D. Williamson): "Stylists to passé Sarah Palin: Let your hair down."

Yes, Republican vice presidential nominee Sarah Palin has a lot on her plate: a pregnant teen daughter, a son on his way to Iraq, an infant with Down syndrome and a looming national election.

But must her hair suffer? With her long, straight, often pinned-up locks, Palin looks one humid day away from fronting a Kiss cover band.


“It’s about 20 years out of date,” said Boston stylist Mario Russo of the Alaska governor’s ’do. “Which goes to show how off she might be on current events.”

The stylists, as they have for McCain and Biden, have spoken. (Given voice, of course, by reporters really combing over the issues in this election.)

More from the Herald:

We know the former Miss Alaska runner-up’s stance on on stem cells and teaching creationism in schools, but what’s her position on scrunchies vs. banana clips?

Perhaps Gwen Ifill can get to the bottom of that (where, too, is Biden on banana clips?) on October 2.

Cable Consensus: Starry Night

| No Comments

Republicans like to say the selection of Gov. Sarah Palin -- and, specifically, her rousing speech last night -- are "unifying" the party. And "unifying" also, it seems, those typically Cross-firing cable news commentators. Indeed, in the minutes and hours after the Palin speech there appeared in the oft-cloudy cable news firmament, a consensus:

Wolf Blitzer, CNN, 11:20pm:

What an amazing speech from the Republican vice presidential candidate. Whatever you think about the substance, whether you think she's right or whether you think she's wrong, clearly a star has been born here in the United States...

Anderson Cooper, CNN, 11:25pm:

As you said, certainly a star is born for the Republican party. Whether you agree with her or disagree with her, no one has any doubt, especially after listening to that speech, that she was a force to be reckoned with...

Pat Buchanan, MSNBC, 11:33pm:

You used the term earlier, a star is born. Look, this is a rookie who came in and threw a shutout in the first game of the world series...

David Gregory, MSNBC 12:00am:

Senator [John] Thune, was a star born here tonight with Sarah Palin?

THUNE: I think a star was born...

Joe Scarborough, MSNBC, 8:38am:

One of those a star-is-born speeches...

Chris Wallace, Fox News, 11:20pm:

I don't think it's overstating it to say being right here on the floor that a star was born tonight. A new star in the political galaxy. Karl [Rove], I'm reminded of that seen from Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid where Paul Newman and Robert Redford look at the posse and say, "Who are those guys?" Who is that woman?

Brit Hume, Fox News, 11:27pm:

As Chris Wallace was saying earlier, you saw it happen tonight, you could see it coming from Frriday. A star has been born in the Republican party tonight and perhaps in the broader political realm indeed...

Dick Morris, Fox News, 6:53am:

I think an absolute star was born last night...

So. A communal cable news star-sighting. Perhaps star-is-born is the new thrill-up-my-leg of election '08. (But: a birthing reference. Really?)

UPDATE: Oh, yeah.

Tracy Flick, Round Two

| 1 Comment

Remember when Slate made that video, Hillary's Inner Tracy Flick?

Well, it seems that the Flick-ering torch has been passed tonight.

The first call comes from Andrew Sullivan live-blogging the speech.

10:47 pm: She has this weird tick of scrunching up her face to make a forceful point. Kinda Tracy Flicky.

And then, at around 11:16pm, this description of Palin on MSNBC.

Chris Matthews: Perhaps Norma Rae by the way of Tracy Flick, Reese Witherspoon's character from Election.

Does the resurgence of this reference mean that Palin has, in fact, successfully stepped into Hillary Clinton's shoes on the political stage?

And, more importantly, perhaps, it's a pity that this Saturday, SNL is re-airing an old episode hosted by Tina Fey. They need her to come back asap and start working on a Palin impression!

Who Vetted Giuliani's Speech?

| 12 Comments

Giuliani's on fire at the RNC. He's knocking (mocking) Obama's record of voting "present" in the Illinois State Legislature, capping the attack with a comment about the decisive nature of executive power. "When you're President of the United States, you can't just vote 'present,'" he observes. "You must make decisions."

It's a great line, one that has the virtue of being both powerful and true.

With one, you know, small exception: In the Senate, the body in which both Obama and his rival serve,
it's McCain who has the worst vote-attendance record: he's attended only 36.2 percent of votes, missing 407 since the start of the 110th Congress. In this, the Arizona senator holds the dubious distinction of besting Tim Johnson, the senator who was away from Washington for several months following a brain hemorrhage, and who clocks in at 51.3 percent attended.

Obama, though it's still nothing for him to brag about, has a significantly better attendance record than McCain, with a 54.5 percent attendance record (290 votes missed).

So why would Giuliani bring Obama's attendance record up in the first place, given the stones-to-glass-houses ratio of the attack? After all, McCain's poor ranking--though low vote attendance, it should be noted, is common for senators who are also running for president--is well known fact (and, barring that, easily looked up). And though voting "present" and simply not showing up aren't precisely the same, they're certainly similar in spirit.

My guess is Giuliani's assuming the members of the "liberal"/"elite"/"Ivy League"/"East Coast"/biased/mean/smelly media will be so focused on Palin's speech that his voting record comment gets buried in the torrent of what-was-she-wearing and did-she-win-people-over and did-the-hockey-mom-thing-work, etc. And it's a safe gamble, given the spirit of the evening.

But here's hoping it doesn't pay off. Because for all that we complain--rightly so--about the media preferring their own voices to those of the newsmakers they're meant to cover when it comes to convention speeches, there's one instance when their moderation is inarguably useful to voters. And that is when it can keep politicians' claims in check and, in the process, set the record straight.

Pinched for Time

| No Comments

Because of hurricane Gustav, or perhaps because of an intentional compressed schedule, the RNC broadcast schedule has very few breaks between speakers.

I have to fess up that I'm experiencing a bit of a Goldilocks phenomenon: Last week I complained that the DNC allowed too much time for the likes of Matthews and Olbermann to speculate at length about the rift in the Democratic party.

But this week, the broadcasters are so pinched that they can barely get a word in between the speeches. And, in some ways, this is good: The content of the speeches is the news of the day, and they shouldn't be overwhelmed by endless commentary.

MSNBC's Chuck Todd made this observation:

That's an added benefit. We're not saying that's what they're doing, but it is an added benefit. It keeps the commentary from us to a minimum so they hope the speeches speak for themselves and there isn't too much over-analysis or regular analysis.

It's not just what we may have to say, they don't have to run the risk of some commentary from a Democrat from a remote location or a delegate on the floor who may not have got on the script. They don't want to take any chances.

Normally, I don't lose sleep worrying about how much time Matthews and company have to air their thoughts, but tonight they barely got to correct an error in Mitt Romney's Huckabee's (oops!) speech.

All day, the Republicans have been repeating the line that Biden got fewer votes in the primaries than Palin got in her campaign for mayor. A line that's just plain untrue.

Huckabee's Hook and Jab

| No Comments

Who needs the media critics when Mike Huckabee will do their work for them?

Just now, Huckabee thanked the "elite media" for "unifying the Republican Party in support of Senator McCain and Governor Palin." And then: "The reporting of the last few days have been tackier than the costume changes at a Madonna concert." The convention floor, of course, went wild.

Jon Voigt's Car

| No Comments

The Republican National Convention. Everyone who's anyone in the GOP, from legislators to delegates to lobbyists to cabinet members to excited hangers-on, is here in the Xcel Energy Center.

You can generally identify a political celebrity from afar by the media scrum surrounding him or her. John Bolton had a scrum. Kay Bailey Hutchison had a scrum. Carlos Gutierrez had a scrum. Et cetera.

But the biggest crowd of reporters I've seen so far in St. Paul was gathered around...Jon Voigt, Midnight Cowboy actor, erstwhile Giuliani surrogate, and grandfather of The World's Most Famous Twins.

Sorry, Mr. Bolton.








Cattle Coverage

| No Comments

It's hard to sit through the convention coverage without seeing at least one reference to "red meat:"

"All right, let's talk partisanship, hard partisanship. First up, red meat," said Terry Moran, opening ABC's Nightline.

McClatchy's headline from Day Two of the Republican convention screamed: "Thompson, Lieberman attack Obama in red-meat speeches”.

According to veteran media linguist William Safire, "red meat rhetoric" is "ammunition you can feed your supporters to use or throw into the cage of a lion that was hungry." Journalists seem convinced that political ammunition must be stockpiled, because this year, the lions could not be more hungry.

Even as John Kerry declared that "the Republicans have been wrong again and again and again," and Joe Biden sneered at the "abysmal failure" of Bush-Cheney foreign policy, media analysts continued to bemoan the gutless character of Democratic oratory.

The media have tried to attribute such carnivorous appetites to the party base, advisors, and delegates. But in rhapsodizing about partisan hunger for ferocious rhetoric, journalists have revealed that it is they who desire the kind of drama that accompanies a lion feed.

"Man, are these delegates hungry," said CNN's Bill Schneider, applauding Hillary Clinton's speech as "the closest thing to a red meat speech."

Perhaps nowhere has this trope been more prevalent than MSNBC, where commentators have salivated together each night over the prospect of rarer meat:

EUGENE ROBINSON: I think meat gets a bit redder than this.
RACHEL MADDOW: Meat does get redder.
ROBINSON: It does get redder.
ROBINSON: This was kind of, you know, medium-rare, at best.
PAT BUCHANAN: And it gets a lot redder than this, I will tell you.
BUCHANAN: No, this was -- this was lightly done, quite frankly....I didn't see the real red meat.

After the 2004 presidential convention, Boston College librarian Ken Liss explained that the "red meat" metaphor was first popularized not as a way to describe political attacks fed to supporters, but as a way to describe controversies that publicity seekers fed to a hungry press.

Although the "red meat" meme has consistently blanketed campaign press coverage since the days of Eugene McCarthy, Liss's survey of news databases showed that the phrase had never been used as frequently as it was during Kerry’s convention.

Liss attributed this sudden hunger for "raw meat" to Kerry's "keep it positive" philosophy: "There’s no better way, it seems, to whet the media’s appetite for something tasty than to tell them it’s not going to be on the menu at all."

Barack Obama's avowed commitment to cordial politics seems to have inspired similar media bloodlust. On the second night of the Democratic convention MSNBC's Chris Matthews whined, "They’re pulling their punches and I’m waiting...Maybe it ought to start so it begins to smell like a convention. Or am I pushing them?"

The short answer is: yes.

After years of being fed a steady diet of controversies from press-greedy politicians, the media are not completely at fault for believing this is the only way they can survive. But if politicians begin to change their feeding patterns, journalists are under no obligation to steer them back to the same old stuff. In their convention coverage, journalists appear convinced that conflicts drive ratings—as if the things people consume have no influence on what they crave.

Palin and the Environment

| 8 Comments

Yesterday, New York Times columnist Bob Herbert advised Democrats to “Take the High Road” with Sarah Palin and focus on “the great issues of this campaign.” It’s good advice for journalists, too.

One route to higher ground would be a deeper exploration of the Republican vice presidential nominee’s environmental record. Palin, the governor of Alaska for the last two years, who before that served for ten years as a member of city council and then mayor of her native Wasilla, has had intimate experience with a number of significant environmental issues, and therein lie some clues to her strengths and weaknesses as a public official and leader.

Energy and pollution are not only integral to Alaskan politics; they are points upon which Palin and Senator John McCain, her would-be boss, clearly disagree. As such, it is no surprise that most newspapers, in their coverage of McCain’s decision to tap Palin, have noted that she doubts that human beings are causing global warming and that she supports drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. (McCain, on the other hand, has long supported the scientific consensus that humans’ are behind the warming and, despite his flip-flop on offshore drilling, still wants to protect the refuge.) Despite her skepticism of anthropogenic causes, however, Palin clearly believes that her state has already suffered the effects of a warmer world, but her response has leaned heavily toward adaptation over mitigation. Last September, she created a special subcabinet to address the local impacts of climate change, which this spring began rolling out a multimillion dollar effort to rescue coastal villages from erosion.

There is much more to say about Palin’s positions on these and other environmental issues, however, and so far, only a few papers have moved beyond perfunctory sentences to devote entire articles and columns to the subject.

Here’s a good place to start: McCain has touted Palin’s willingness to stand-up to the big oil companies. Indeed, Tom Kizzia of the Anchorage Daily News (more on him in a bit), had a story last week calling her the “Joan of Arc of Alaska politics,” in which he outlined how Palin has estranged herself from the local Republican Party and business elite. But she has not stood up to oil and gas companies in the way that McCain suggests, and more journalists should point that out. Her signature acts as governor include a push to raise the profits tax on oil producers and the passage of a bill that bypassed BP, Exxon Mobil, and Conoco Phillips in favor of an independent contractor to build a $40 billion pipeline that will carry gas from the North Slope to the rest of the state. Thus, in a column that basically described Palin as the last nail in McCain’s environmental coffin, the New York Times’s Tom Friedman noted that “Palin’s much ballyhooed confrontations with the oil industry have all been about who should get more of the windfall profits, not how to end our addiction.”

But there is plenty of fodder beyond energy. Not surprisingly, Grist, the online environmental magazine, which has done an excellent job cataloguing candidates’ green credentials throughout the race, has a very good breakdown of Palin’s record. It seems the only traditional news article from mainstream national media to do the same comes from Renee Schoof in McClatchy’s D.C. bureau. Her story from last Friday immediately notes that Palin has “tried to persuade” McCain on drilling in ANWR.

The governor’s position echoes that of other Republicans and merits more coverage; commenting on the GOP’s decision to eliminate ANWR from its party platform, Oregon delegate Jeff Grossman told National Public Radio last week that many GOP delegates hoped McCain would “come around” in drilling in the refuge.

Schoof quickly moves beyond ANWR, however, to address three other points of Palin’s record that have not received much attention: her opposition to listing polar bears as threatened under the Endangered Species Act; her opposition to an anti-pollution measure aimed at the mining industry; and her “failing record” on wildlife.

Schoof does not go into a lot of detail about these things, which is fine given the “first-look” nature of her article, but one hopes she will soon because each deserves a deeper dive by the national media. For evidence of what such scrutiny would turn up, check out the work of the Anchorage Daily News (whom Schoof credits), where Kizzia and fellow reporter Elizabeth Bluemink, in particular, have covered Palin’s environmental governance in detail over the last two years.

Palin’s name came up occasionally during the fierce debate earlier this year over whether to list polar bears as endangered, not least when she published an op-ed in The New York Times in January expressing her adamant opposition to the idea. It came up again last week, when a group of oil companies joined her effort to sue the Department of the Interior over its decision to protect the bears. But it was the Anchorage paper that provided the most meaningful investigation of Palin’s position. In January, Kizzia broke a story that criticized both the funding and the review process for a peer-reviewed study that Palin was “touting” in order to oppose the polar bear listing. Then, in May, Kizzia uncovered e-mails showing that Alaska’s state biologists “were at odds” with Palin over her opposition to protection, despite the governor’s assertions to the contrary.

Environmentalists, of course, lambasted Palin’s position on polar bears. On the other hand, according to an article by Bluemink in the Anchorage Daily News, they praised her decision last February to return state biologists who regulate fish habitat to the Alaska Department of Fish and Game. In one of his “most controversial acts,” former governor Frank Murkowsi had moved them to the Department of Natural Resources.

It is all the more important for journalists to dig into Palin’s somewhat contradictory record on polar bears and fish because it is highly relevant to one of the Bush administration’s most significant “midnight regulations” on the environment. According to a draft of the planned rule change obtained by The Associated Press last week, the administration would like to reduce the independent scientific reviews mandated by the Endangered Species Act in order to “let federal agencies decide for themselves whether highways, dams, mines and other construction projects might harm endangered animals and plants.” It is not the only midnight reg upon which Palin’s record will have bearing.

In her piece for McClatchy, Schoof also cites the governor’s declaration that she would vote against a controversial ballot measure in Alaska that is designed to prohibit metal mines from discharging harmful levels of pollution into salmon streams and drinking water. The measure was aimed at the Pebble Mine, a large copper and gold deposit in southwestern Alaska that sits near the headwaters of some of the world’s most productive Sockeye salmon streams. The measure failed last week, and according to an article in the Anchorage Daily News by Bluemink, “The proponents of Measure 4 said they believe that Gov. Sarah Palin's recent announcement that she would vote "No" cost them many voters.” Although Palin has not said much more about the Pebble Mine, her position could have lasting relevance; in November the Bush administration will try to finalize another midnight regulation that would “enshrine the coal mining practice of mountaintop removal,” according to The New York Times, and allow mining companies to continue to dump the excess rock and soil into valleys and streams.

If polar bears and mining aren’t enough to keep reporters busy, there is another window into wildlife issues. Palin is currently embroiled in a battle over whether or not to continue the aerial hunting of wolves in Alaska, which she adamantly supports. A state ballot measure which would have banned aerial hunting failed last week. The practice is supposed to protect the local caribou and moose populations, but Palin’s position has drawn the ire of environmentalists from around the country, according the Anchorage Daily News. The debate even caught the attention of The San Francisco Chronicle because it has placed Palin in a head-to-head battle with a Bay Area Congressman, George Miller, who wants to outlaw aerial hunting. There many not be a direct corollary to any midnight regulations on this one, but it does mirror many of the arguments that played out earlier this year in the American West when gray wolves were first removed from the endangered list (and thus open to hunting) and then won back (tentatively) some protection.

Beyond environmental issues, reporters can also delve into Palin’s support for teaching creationism alongside evolution in schools, which was covered in a good piece by Kizzia during her run for governor in 2006. Then there is the matter of her opposition to stem cell research (another point on which she differs from McCain), which has been mentioned in a number of articles, but only briefly.

Palin might not have the longest political track record to scrutinize, but the environment is clearly one area in which there is plenty of room to dig. It’s time for the national media to take a cue from the Anchorage Daily News and explore the myriad ways in which Palin’s environmental record might affect all manner of federal governance, from Bush’s midnight regulations to McCain’s less conservative, but potentially mutable, positions.

Gustav vs. the Gazette

| No Comments

While hotshot network correspondents put on their storm gear to attempt to report the hell out of Hurricane Gustav, the Gazebo Gazette, a two-year-old weekly that covers Pass Christian, a town of about 6,500 on the coast of Mississippi, did its more humdrum duty as a community paper. Created post-Katrina to facilitate communications as the community rebuilt itself, the Gazette kept publishing and went on to cover BBQ contests, regattas and zoning board meetings. But as Gustav flooded highways and wells in the area earlier this week, the paper returned to its original function, posting updates online. Some of its news-to-safety snippets:

8/30, 8:15 p.m.: “WLOX just reported that self-serve sand bags (bring your own shovel) are available at the old City Barn on North Street in Pass Christian.”

8/31, 6:34 p.m.: “Earlier today, we drove around town to take photos of the city… As of about 1 p.m. on Sunday, I would guess that at least half the homes in downtown and east Pass Christian had boarded up, with most of the homes on Scenic Drive shuttered up.”

8/31, 6:50 p.m.: “The Shell station was still open at around 1:30 p.m., but had run out of many things — including both gas and ice.”

9/1, 10:19 a.m.: “From Gazebo Gazette editor Evelina Shmukler, by phone: I just took a ride around town… Highway 90 is completely covered with water, as is the Pass Christian harbor.”

9/2, 7:23 a.m.: “Below is a list of all highways that are CLOSED in the state of Mississippi…”

9/2, 8:27 a.m.: “We just spoke to Bruce Anthony of WPSCO about the water situation in town. There is a BOIL WATER NOTICE in all of Pass Christian until further notice. There is some water going into the system — only one of the city’s three wells is currently operational — but it is NOT FOR CONSUMPTION.”

9/2, 11:19 a.m.: “Post office employees worked the mail this morning by flashlight and most routes went out… The Shell station is open and has ice. No gas yet, but they have a gas delivery scheduled; should arrive tonight or tomorrow morning.”

This morning brought another traffic update and a shout-out from a city engineer saying thanks to drivers for heeding notices to stay off the highway. Or should that be thanks to the Gazette for getting the word out?

A Page from The Page

| No Comments

ST. PAUL — Perhaps the only thing rivaling the promotion of the parties' platforms during their nominating conventions has been that of Time's blog, The Page. Mark Halperin's questionably "indispensable" Web site is almost everywhere in St. Paul, introducing itself to a wider audience, solidifying its brand, and bringing a whole new cachet to the Excessive Definite Article.

One of the primary Rules of Branding is, of course, to ensure visual impact for, and consumers' recognition of, your product. In The Page's case, this has equated to the association of Halperin's blog with a particularly rich shade of royal blue (deep—almost purply—in hue). And then to the distribution of the branded shade, in the form of signs and banners and t-shirts and all manner of marketing paraphernalia, to the masses.

In Denver, a gaggle of blue-shirted twenty-somethings—some riding on The Page-decorated golf carts, others simply milling around on foot—clung to the entrances to the Pepsi Center, talking up The Page to passersby and offering free The Page t-shirts ("Experience. We've Got That, Too.") to those who would allow The Page-ettes to program The Page into their BlackBerrys' and iPhones' RSS feeds. "Have you heard about The Page?" they'd ask, perkily.

Most, of course, had. (It's The Page, after all. And this is a political convention. They might as well have been asking fans at a U2 concert whether they'd heard about Bono.)

The corridors of Denver's media tents offered a scavenger hunt of sorts—a domino-line of foamboard-on-easel signs ("The Page Blue," accented in deep red) with white arrows pointing "This Way to The Page." The reward for following The Page's maze to its heart? A glimpse of The Page's office: neat rows of computers on tables surrounded by makeshift curtain-walls. Which, save for the pervasiveness of The Page Blue on the posters framing its perimeter, looked exactly like every other drab, soulless media workspace in the tents. Still, you have to appreciate the arrogance hubris self-confidence implicit in The Page's assumption that, like the Grand Canyon or a baby's smile, the simple view of the thing would be its own reward.

The excess of it all, rhetorically and literally, is a marketing strategy that could be deemed alternately ridiculous or brilliant. And, regardless, it's a strategy that seems, in so many ways, a fitting metaphor for the nominating conventions as a general phenomenon. Especially because The Page's promotional pervasiveness is just as evident in St. Paul as it was in Denver. (Even Donna Brazile, who perhaps might have other things to observe about the RNC's events, made note of it.) The faces of the blue-shirted youths outside the Xcel Center may be different from the faces of the blue-shirted youths outside Pepsi's counterpart--but their bubbly enthusiasm for all things Halperin has been, somewhat remarkably, constant.

I'd assumed that all the youthful perkiness came, at least in part, from something that's always evoked enthusiasm among the young: being well compensated for their work. But—you know what they say about assuming—I was wrong. The Page-ettes aren't paid. Well, in legal tender, anyway. "I'm just doing this for the experience of it all and the networking and everything," one told me. "It's been great. You get to see all these celebrities—" he stopped himself—"I mean, you know, newscasters—in person."

"Yeah, it's been really fun," another echoed. "Definitely worth it. Hey," he continued, looking down at my empty hands, "have you gotten your schedule of tonight's events from The Page?" He handed me a small card printed with The Page's logo and a list of speakers. "It's laminated."

That it is. It also has, on the back, detailed instructions for getting "TIME.com's The Page for your BlackBerry."

The Page-ettes' we'll-work-for-free-and-be-happy-about-it attitude should serve them in good stead: Turns out that they're aspiring journalists. Here in St. Paul, they've been recruited from the University of Minnesota's journalism program, via the department's list-serv of current students and recent graduates. The Page e-mailed; The Page-ettes responded. In droves. About sixty of them made the final cut, they estimate.

"It was like applying for a job. We had to send in our cover letter and resume," a future magazine writer told me. "So they chose us based on our experience. But no interviews or anything like that."

The Page-ettes are also well trained in media relations. When I asked them their names, they (very politely, even enthusiastically) informed me that they aren't really supposed to talk directly to the press. Then they (very politely, even enthusiastically) referred me to their media coordinator, spelling out her full name and giving me her cell number. I appreciated the help. But I tried once more: Were they sure I couldn't mention their names?

"Well, if you're going to promote The Page," one said, "then you could."

Well. No need for that, my blue-shirted friends.

Riders on the Storm

| No Comments

As Gustav roared through the Gulf Coast, the networks trotted out their best and brightest correspondents to bring dispatches from the soggy states.

As the Washington Post points out this is frequently an exercise in cliches.

Is it really a hurricane, or even just a "tropical depression," unless a TV reporter in a hooded windbreaker is flopping around in the wind and rain like a landed flounder?

The piece refers to to Miami Herald columns by Carl Hiaasen, Handbook for Roving Hurricane Correspondents.

"'The most-sought-after video', he wrote, is 'in order of ratings: 1. Big tree on strip mall. 2. Big tree on house. 3. Big tree on car. 4. Small tree on car. 5. Assorted shrubbery on car.'"

To the hall of fame of weather reporting, I'd like to nominate the following sequence from NBC's Kerry Sanders, reporting on the damage in Houma, Louisiana:

Sanders: Oh, my god, is that a dog? [His voice is really excited here.] Someone has let their dog out. Let's pause for a second to see if he needs help. Well, he's looking at us curiously, but it's kind of a surprise. Animals know generally what to do when there is a weather problem. And ... let's see where he goes. We lost him. He's heading off. I hope his home is nearby."

As the WaPo rightly points out, hurricane season ain't over yet. "Keep your windbreakers handy."

Heckuva Job, Brownie

| No Comments

Perhaps you watched that now-infamous Campbell Brown interview of (McCain aide) Tucker Bounds and concluded that CNN's Brown was doing her job. You know, asking questions. Pressing for specifics. (What decisions did Palin make as head of the Alaska National Guard?) Maria Comella, a spokesperson for the McCain campaign, saw things differently, explaining the campaign's decision to cancel McCain's appearance on another CNN show as follows:

After a relentless refusal by certain on-air reporters to come to terms with John McCain’s selection of Alaska’s sitting governor as our party’s nominee for vice president, we decided John McCain’s time would be better served elsewhere.

Why? Why do you "relentlessly refuse" to "come to terms" with McCain's choice of a running-mate, Campbell Brown? When will you learn to accept this choice and, you know, move on. (Psst, stop asking questions!)

Joe Klein, over at Time's Swampland, is urging reporters to betray their instincts and buck up in the face of the McCain camp's "war against the press:"

There is a tendency in the media to kick ourselves, cringe and withdraw, when we are criticized. But I hope my colleagues stand strong in this case: it is important for the public to know that Palin raised taxes as governor, supported the Bridge to Nowhere before she opposed it, pursued pork-barrel projects as mayor, tried to ban books at the local library and thinks the war in Iraq is "a task from God." The attempts by the McCain campaign to bully us into not reporting such things are not only stupidly aggressive, but unprofessional in the extreme.

Talking Heads Tell Palin What To Do

| 6 Comments

Tell us, talking heads, what Gov. Sarah Palin "has to do" tonight in her speech at the Republican convention? (And then later, naturally, you can tell us whether she has met the expectations that you helped to set).

From across the pond:

BBC ANCHOR: What does [Palin] have to do tonight, though?

BBC REPORTER: ...This is, no doubt about it, a very important speech, not for the party faithful, they are already sold on her, but for the rest of the country, who may still have their doubts. Will this speech erase all those doubts? I think the answer is probably not, because she still is untried and untested, for example, she has not appeared before the media to face questions...

And by "untried and untested," I mean by the media.

Believe it or not, the same question (What Does She Have To Do?) is on the lips of local newscasters stateside, too. (Great minds...)

Inside the beltway, on WTTG-DC, FOX, they're asking (and answering):

ANCHOR: What does Sarah Palin have to do tonight to make sure she gets across to the American people?

LENNY STEINHORN, AMERICAN UNIVERSITY PROFESSOR: I think she will stay on this message that she will ride into town and clean up Washington, that she's a maverick. She will use this phrase,"I went against the good old boys" because that's a double-edged sword that appeals to woman and people who want change. So she'll portray herself as a maverick, someone not afraid to speak up to the powers that be and that's how they're going to be portraying the whole ticket.

In the midwest -- on WCCO-MIN, CBS -- they want to know:

REPORTER: What does she have to do tonight to really secure, in the minds of delegates, and more importantly, voters, that she's the right person for the job?


EXPERT: This is a huge night for Governor Palin. She needs to get on stage and deliver a message and seem like she could be president if something were to happen to John McCain. It's a high bar and everyone will be watching because the country just doesn't know that much about her.

Cable news, needless to say, is all about telling Palin what she has to/needs to do tonight.

CNN:

SOLEDAD O'BRIEN: What does [Palin] have to do? What notes does she have to hit?


JESSICA YELLIN: She has to do two major things. First she has to explain to people a little bit more about who she is. She's so new on the national scene and everyone's, voters are curious about her back-story, how she got into politics, why she's in it. And the second piece is what it is that motivates her, what shapes her political vision. And the campaign is determined to provide information about her record that would portray her as a maverick, the word they love to use, as somebody who has fought entrenched interests in Alaska...

The word "they" love to use. Not us.

And again from CNN's Yellin:

JOHN ROBERTS: What does she have to do this evening given everything swirling around her?


JESSICA YELLIN: A little bit on her personal backstory, a lot of focus on this idea she has stood up to the entrenched interests in Alaska. That's the message they want her to sell. That's how they want America to see her. Put aside or make these issues about her family secondary to what they believe she can be a symbol of, which is this sort of, again, maverick image they want to sell. She's the younger maverick in the model of John McCain.

"They want to sell." And we'll not help them.

CNN's Roberts asked the same of Candy Crowley:

JOHN ROBERTS: What does she have to do this evening to prove to people here in the hall and at home that she's qualified to be vice president?

CANDY CROWLEY: Well, I don't think that's going to happen in a single speech...but tonight she basically
has to introduce herself. This is a woman who so far has been defined by stories about her, not about her own speech...[T]onight she has to tell a little bit about who she is and to me, this may well be the most important speech for the McCain ticket during this convention...She has to prove herself something other than a small town mayor and a two-year governor of Alaska. She has to show that she has some stuff that she can rouse the crowd. It's not a big deal here to rouse this crowd because they're for her. She's got to connect through that tv screen and say here's who I am.

MSNBC:

JOE SCARBOROUGH: What does she have to do, Mike Murphy?


MIKE MURPHY ["REPUBLICAN STRATEGIST"]: She has to tell her story. The hall is going to love her. And she has to make people understand that she is a real life governor ready day one to be there as John McCain's right hand and a mission to change Washington. She is going to kill tonight...

MSNBC, again:

JOE SCARBOROUGH: Harold, what does Sarah Palin need to do tonight to deliver for the McCain campaign?

HAROLD FORD [DLC Chairman]: She needs to be a sympathetic figure. And I don't say that because she is a woman but she has to be sympathetic. She has had to lay out who she is and what her family represents and list two or three accomplishments as governor...

More from MSNBC:

NORA O'DONNELL: Michael, what does she need to say tonight?


MICHAEL SMERCONISH [Radio talk show host]: I don't think that it's so much what she needs to say but the way in which she says it. She needs to have a commanding presence....everybody wants to look at her and see if she's in command. I think if it's a strong delivery, it matters not what she says but how she appears.

In sum, Sarah Palin, you must: introduce yourself; tell your back-story and sell your maverick-ness. Actually, what you say doesn't matter. It's how you "appear." So, connect through the TV; seem presidential but also be "sympathetic" -- oh, and, also, "commanding."

Got it?

Only at a convention

| No Comments

Here was the partial make-up of a happy post-convention table last night at the St. Paul Grill, just a block outside the Xcel Center security perimeter: E.J. Dionne. Jonathan Alter. Frank Luntz. Harold Meyerson. Ron Silver. And Montell Williams.

Only at a convention.

Dissing Elizabeth Edwards

| No Comments

Charlotteobserver.com ran a piece Sunday written by a reporter at the Raleigh News & Observer that criticized Elizabeth Edwards. Her sin: dealing in seclusion with the sex scandal that has engulfed her husband, former Democratic presidential candidate John Edwards.

Elizabeth Edwards, once celebrated on the campaign trail for her forthrightness, has been a target of criticism since her husband’s ABC interview. The public compassion and sympathy typically lavished on the spurned spouse in such situations has faded, with questions swirling about when she first found out about her spouse’s liaison.

How dare Edwards remain in seclusion to deal with yet another blow? As I noted earlier this year in my introduction of Edwards as the keynote speaker at the annual meeting of the Association of Health Care Journalists, she has endured every mother’s worst nightmare—the death of a child—and every woman’s worst nightmare—breast cancer. Why shouldn’t she have some privacy to sort out this latest trouble—spousal infidelity?

How gossipy and speculative the Observer story was! “Timeline questions,” read one subhed. “She would have been a star,” read another. What did she know? When did she know it? The standard gotcha treatment of bad boy (or girl) politicos became press fodder for a few days—along with laments about Edwards’s nonexistent role at the Democratic National Convention. Could she otherwise have been a major speaker, perhaps talking about health care? The story quoted political analyst Larry Sabato. “I think she would have gotten a speech. It would have been emotional, probably televised,” he said.

Did the Dems miss an opportunity to showcase Edwards, or did the press miss the real story? Edwards dared to challenge John McCain last spring, saying that neither of them would get health insurance under the proposals McCain was making. Her comments spread across the Internet. She had questioned the sine qua non of health insurance in America; the right of commercial insurers to choose to carry the healthiest people and reject those whose illnesses will cost the carriers money. And, in a very personal way, Edwards made it clear to the public that when they, too, get sick, they may not get insurance or care. Then what, she asked?

The right of insurance companies to maintain business as usual is the major issue underlying health reform, and one that that the candidates need to address with details, not the vague generalities they’ve offered so far. And the press needs to prod them to do so. Let’s not worry about DNC might-have-beens for Elizabeth Edwards, or scorn her for not revealing her husband’s infidelities sooner. Let’s worry about what might be for the hundreds of thousands of Americans for whom she was speaking. As the campaign gets going, editors should revisit their tickler file, resurrect the words of Elizabeth Edwards, and then send their reporters off to do some stories that really matter to people.

Stephanopoulos's Date with History

| No Comments

And we mean that literally. Well, kinda. As the This Week host tried to make his way into a downtown St. Paul Walgreen's yesterday evening, he was thwarted in his path by history itself: none other than The Original Maverick, Teddy Roosevelt.

"George!" Roosevelt said, extending his hand. "Big fan."

As the former president eagerly handed Stephanopoulos a business card, the journalist smiled politely and accepted it. Talk about networking.




















Giuliani On GMA: Palin, Verb, 9/11

| No Comments

Rudy Giuliani was on Good Morning America earlier. Today's noun? Palin.

DIANE SAWYER: If [Palin] were the president on 9/11, you would have been confident?

GIULIANI: I'd be confident that she'd be able to handle it. She's been a governor of a state, she's been mayor of a city...

(Diane Sawyer, you handed him that one. Also, Sawyer said Giuliani is "the mayor of 9/11." Isn't that was "the mayor on 9/11?").

From the (Wasilla, Alaska) Frontiersman:

“We’ve all done three, four, five, six interviews all over the world,” [Alaska delegate] [Dick] Stoffel said. “They asked, yeah, if you knew her, if you thought she would [be chosen], did you think she’d make a good vice president and why.”

A New York Times reporter has been following the delegation around asking questions, [Alaska delegate] [Steve] Colligan said.

Halfway through the day Monday, the reporter came to the delegation and said, “The story’s changed. It’s about the governor’s daughter,” Colligan said, referencing the news that broke Monday about Bristol Palin’s pregnancy.

Colligan said he was asked when he found out about the pregnancy and told the reporter he’d just heard the news from her.

His view — it’s a private issue and the media should leave it alone.

And, the Frontiersman's publisher writes:

Although journalists and politicians don’t always mesh well, Governor Palin has always been respectful of the job we in the media have to do. She has earned my respect and support as Wasilla’s mayor and Alaska’s governor and will have my support for vice president of the United States of America.

And, without getting particularly specific, the Frontiersman's publisher urges "national media" not to overlook "the accomplishments in [Palin's] career" by focusing only on "mistakes and some of the controversial issues during her terms as mayor and through her governorship."

From Fred Thompson's speech at the RNC last night:

Some Washington pundits and media big shots are in a frenzy over the selection of a woman who has actually governed rather than just talked a good game on the Sunday talk shows and hit the Washington cocktail circuit. Well, give me a tough Alaskan Governor who has taken on the political establishment in the largest state in the Union -- and won -- over the beltway business-as-usual crowd any day of the week.

Let's be clear ... the selection of Governor Palin has the other side and their friends in the media in a state of panic. She is a courageous, successful, reformer, who is not afraid to take on the establishment...

(Wasn't that a photo of McCain on Meet the Press that flashed on that big screen in the Xcel Energy Center at one point last night? )

Below, a sample of the white-plastic hats that were all the rage at the RNC after they were handed out to delegates entering the Xcel Center this afternoon. The headwear is banded, appropriately enough, with red, white, and blue...and branded, (in)appropriately enough, with the Fox News logo.




















Minus the Commentary

| No Comments

Jennifer Rubin, a blogger for Commentary Magazine, has this to say about covering the conventions live:

Covering the Convention live gives you a gift: the gift of your own impressions and the counsel of your own judgment. You don’t hear or even see the MSM commentators. It is a blessing and a reminder that most viewers at home don’t necessarily stick around for hours of cable news chatter.

All that said, we can only speculate what viewers outside the Convention thought and how they reacted. What I can say is that in this hall the audience was enthralled and delighted.

Even as we bitch and moan about the 15,000, Rubin’s simple point—that minus all commentary, one can form one’s own opinions—resonates (even if “enthralled and delighted” is a bit general as far as descriptive analysis goes). For a blogger, of course, this is both paramount and paradoxical—forming an opinion quickly (perhaps more quickly than the effusive cable networks themselves) is cardinal, but so is accessing and re-digesting the opinions of others.

So given Rubin’s point that when live, “You don’t hear or even see the MSM commentators,” is it just a bit amusing then that her co-bloggers at Commentary have been bringing up CNN, CNN again, Fox News, Perez Hilton, Tom Brokaw, and Rachel Maddow, all night? (Because, I mean, that’s totally our job.)

What About the Dems?

| No Comments

Today, the Internet has been abuzz with the saga of Campbell Brown's interview with McCain spokesman Tucker Bounds, and the campaign's revenge on CNN.

It seems that after the tense exchange between Brown and Bounds about Sarah Palin's foreign policy experience, the McCain campaign decided to cancel Palin's appearance on Larry King Live.

In a pinch, the King of Politics assembled a team of Democratic commentators to weigh in on the GOP convention, including Jesse Ventura.

What's unclear here is whether King planned to do this all along, like he did with the DNC, or if this was a last minute substitution because Palin bailed out?

If Palin's interview wasn't pulled, would it have overshadowed the Dems chance to weigh in?

Last week's GOP response didn't necessarily generate any meaningful discussion, and in fact it seemed like an odd attempt to equalize the amount of air time given to each party. But still, fair's fair, right?

Twitter Down

| 3 Comments

I have a large bucket of respect for Marc Ambinder, over at The Atlantic. As far as bloggers go in the prime meat market, he’s an A-1 steak. But even for a vet like Ambinder (his blog currently reads “Marc Ambinder at the Conventions,” the words framed rather joyously by red-and-blue confetti), it seems that the Twitter function—the Twitter phenomenon, the Twitter slide-into-the-future-service, the Twitter new-media garnish—falls flat. Read his take on RNC events tonight from the convention floor here.

Though the line “McCain chief strategist Steve Schmidt has no entourage,” is perhaps interesting as a note of comparison (does David Axelrod have one?), it's hardly the kind of information that you want to be hearing during prime time convention action.

In other words, minus any downplay of Ambinder’s attempt to do all that is necessary to keep the tech-savvy, always-busy, news-everywhere/anywhere folks happy, is it really crucial news—i.e. iPhone-update-newsworthy—to say: “Giuliani is backstage chatting with reporters; blames media for stirring up Palin rumors,” or, “Chatter on the Kentucky delegation bus is all about tomorrow night's Palin speech”?

Given the one-to-two-line nature of the Twitter feed, there’s understandably little nuance that one can relay to one’s IM/SMS/Web followers. Details are relegated to the next Twitter update. Two lines are distilled to one. Analysis is replaced by “what is going on… precisely… right now” (preferably in Noun-Verb-Direct Object format). For someone like Ambinder, whose time is arguably best spent analyzing the larger picture impact of the speeches given during these often clownish conventions, is it really recommendable to have him sending Twitter updates “from the convention floor” (ooh!) instead of just standing still and providing his more verbose insights? Ambinder Twittered during prime time (well, starting at 9:13 p.m. ET), sending out eight concise lines of observation like the ones above—and didn’t put up another post until 12:13 a.m.

Without wagging finger at Ambinder for how frequently he posted tonight, isn’t it nonetheless worth mentioning that Andrew Sullivan, unencumbered by the Twitter responsibility, put up nineteen posts in the same period of time, at least ten of them interesting?

The Graham Crack Didn't Work

| No Comments

While addressing the RNC, Joe Lieberman attempted to inject some levity into his speech by referring to his travels with McCain and others in the GOP posse.

My friends, I have had the privilege and I'd say the pleasure of traveling the world with John McCain, even with Lindsey Graham it was a pleasure.

The line didn't get a laugh at the RNC and it stumped the Fox commentators who were parsing Lieberman's speech after the fact.

Fred Barnes: Joe Lieberman seemed to have a good time. He made that joke about traveling with McCain and Senator Lindsey Graham. An inside joke we all laughed at. I don't think the delegates had the slightest idea.

Brit Hume: Why was it funny?

Barnes: Because Lindsey Graham sort of a wild and crazy guy. He always hangs around with McCain, and when the three get together, it's...They are quite a group.

Hume: OK. I guess i get that.

It was a noble effort by the Fox team to explain the Connecticut senator's joke, but in the end, the punchline proved elusive. Alas.

Off Message

| 1 Comment

Earlier tonight, things finally got underway at the post-Gustav RNC. As the honor guard made its way to the stage, CNN took the live feed, but Fox did not. So while the auditorium stood at attention, Shepard Smith kept talking.

That’s odd enough. But then Fox chose to play, for analysis sake, a new anti-McCain ad from Obama’s camp. So, at a solemn moment, while the floor was silent, some televisions ringing the open hallways surrounding the Xcel center’s seating were blaring lines like “We just can’t afford more of the same.”

A young man wearing an Orange convention volunteer shirt half-heartedly tried to jump up and press the off button. He failed.

Today at a USC/Politico panel, the luminaries were asked by Paul Sherman of Potomac Tech Wire what their first three political reads were each day. Some offered more than three bookmarks—because what are panels for, if not logorrhea—but here are their responses:

Catalina Camia, political editor of USA Today

On Politics (USAToday
The Fix (Washington Post)
Real Clear Politics

Roger Simon, columnist for Politico

The Page (Time)
Real Clear Politics
Romenesko
Marc Ambinder (The Atlantic)
The Fix
First Read (NBC)
The Drudge Report

Nina Easton, Washington editor of Fortune and Fox contributor

Real Clear Politics
First Read
The Note (ABC)
The Page
Politico

Mark McKinnon, former Bush and McCain media consultant

Real Clear Politics
The Page
The Drudge Report
Politico

Jim VandeHei, executive editor of The Politico

The Drudge Report
The Huffington Post

A Change Election

| No Comments

It’s so obvious to point out that so-called new media has made this an unprecedented election that it’s actually possible to think that it isn’t pointed out enough.

This afternoon, the University of Southern California’s Annenberg School co-hosted a panel with Politico. The event’s title was the rather unspecific “Politics & the Media: Bridging the Political Divide in the 2008 Election.” And the discussion covered a lot of well-worn ground—how can newspapers be saved, what sort of advertising model might play a role, are partisan news outlets leading to greater polarization, can long form journalism survive online, etc.

But the thread of change brought on by new media was present throughout the discussion.

By way of illustrating what’s happened in the political and media establishments in less than a decade, former Bush and McCain media advisor Mark McKinnon pointed out that the Bush 2000 campaign didn’t even have Blackberries (though Gore did). Now, of course, anyone can testify that some form of wireless device is well past de rigeur for the handler and the hack. “It’s pretty radical to think about what’s happened,” McKinnon said, reminiscing that his 1999 media team had to physically ship VHS tapes to the candidate and his top aides campaigning on the road before getting approval. Now, the campaign can not only preview the ads digitally, but they can spread them via email and email forwarding to “18 million people in a matter of seconds.”

Another moment like that came during the Q&A portion of the panel, when Paul Sherman of Potomac Tech Wire asked the panelists what sites they read when they first turned on their computer each morning. I’ve posted the full list over at The Kicker, but the assembled mentioned a spade of reported blogs and content aggregators—Drudge, The Huffington Post, Marc Ambinder, NBC’s First Read, and so on. Again, nothing shocking. But then USC professor Geoffrey Cowan, moderator of the Q&A section, chimed in before moving on to the next question: “Almost none of the sites you all listed existed in the last election cycle.”

When asked to name the biggest effect that new media was having on the campaign, Roger Simon, Politico’s chief political columnist, quickly replied that it was “the speed at which things happen,” before offering up an anecdote he collected while reporting a long piece on the primaries. A Clinton aide told Simon that Bill Clinton wasn’t very helpful to the campaign, because he was “of a different era” and didn’t understand the 24-hour news cycle.

“When you think that Bill Clinton was president pretty recently, it shows you how fast things have accelerated. It shows you how political campaigns have had to adapt very quickly,” he said.

“What happened to these long magazine pieces where we would really examine the character of a presidential candidate? We’ve gone from Theodore White to Twitter,” quipped Fortune’s Nina Easton. “Now it’s very difficult to step back and write long form pieces.”

“No one reads them. It’s not water cooler conversation. The water cooler conversation is what happened in the last second,” she said.

“It seems like even five years ago if you had a hard-hitting, well-done piece that was on the front page of The New York Times or that led one of the major networks, it could have real resonance for days inside of a campaign. Whereas now, even really good high-quality journalism seems to just blow away in the wind, and campaigns are pretty adept at figuring out ways to make sure that it blows away,” said VandeHei.

McKinnon agreed. “Not only is there not much of it being done anymore, as the panel has pointed out, when it is done, it just sort of evaporates. I just think about big investigative stories that have been done over the course of the last couple of campaigns. I remember being in the campaign and being so worried about them, and then, twenty-four hours later, it was like it was months or years ago that it had happened.”

“Not to get into too much psychobabble, but it does feel like the human brain is almost being reprogrammed in real time in how it consumes information,” said VandeHei.

VandeHei asked McKinnon how campaigns could “exploit the new habits of the media” (which brought a sly grin to the consultant’s face), where commercials as soon as they are released will get distributed, instantly, at no cost to the campaigns, via the twenty-four hour cable networks and Web sites like Politico.

“It really has changed how we approach advertising in presidential political campaigns,” McKinnon said. “It got so absurd at the end of the last Kerry-Bush campaign, that I remember we would respond to some external news event at five in the morning, we’d figure out the news and then we’d write a spot, and we’d put out the script of the spot before we had actually had a spot. So reporters would respond to this ad that we’d ‘made’ that wasn’t even made yet. And then the Kerry campaign would respond with their own ad that they hadn’t made yet but had a script for. And a couple of hours later, we’d have the ads out, but it was all to drive the news cycle, and most of these ads never went on the air.”

“When I think about this campaign, it’s very much the same effect, in the sense that the general advertising going on—and there’s millions of dollars being spent on it—has, I would argue, a limited impact. The greater impact is driving the overall narrative and driving the press coverage of the campaign, which most of the time is what it’s really designed to do. And the example I would cite that’s has had the greatest impact, in terms of the McCain general election campaign was the Celebrity ad, the Paris Hilton ad. They got more hits on that on your tube than anything of the entire campaign. And it got enormous attention, and that’s what it was designed to do… to impact and feed the exact sort of audience you were talking about.”

The panel spoke about how blogs can put or force items on to the mainstream news agenda that might have once have been ignored, or taken longer to come up. The week’s case in point: Bristol Palin’s pregnancy.

Easton set the back story: “DailyKos ran a long thing questioning whether Sarah Palin’s Downs Syndrome child was actually hers, or whether it was her daughters. It shows photos of Governor Palin, supposedly pregnant at seven months, and she doesn’t look pregnant at all. And it recounts how she got on an airplane after her water broke, for an eight hour flight, and reasonably questioned why any woman really pregnant and in labor would actually get on an eight hour flight. It was a very, long, long, long piece with a lot of stuff in it.”

“To pull back the curtain a little bit further, I don’t know a reporter who did not get that emailed to them. And I don’t know a reporter who off the record would not have said, ‘Oh, there like there’s actually some compelling stuff in here, if you look at the photos.’ And then there were reporters, and we were among them, that started asking questions of the campaign that they felt like they had to get this out,” replied VandeHei.

Cowan pointed out that the Kos post—which the panel named as the ur-source for Monday’s spotlight stealing revelation that Palin’s daughter was, in fact, currently pregnant—was fully pseudonymous. And Simon pointed out that its central premise was inaccurate, even though it smoked out the other pregnancy, the true story.

Eight years ago, how would the Palin pregnancy (as trivial and invasive as it may have been) have come to light? Would it have? The panel didn’t explore that question. As things wrapped up, McKinnon was already scrolling through his iPhone. Who knows how many unread emails, Twitters, and Drudge-alerts had come and gone while the panel chatted?

Like What?

| No Comments

While describing the formation of several weather systems in the Caribbean and the threat they pose to the southern states, Fox News anchor Shepard Smith referred to a hurricane-to-maybe-be as follows:

"Her name is Josephine, but we cannot even start worrying about her yet, because there are two others lining up at the United States, like illegal aliens waiting to get in."

Nice analogy, Shep.

ST. PAUL -- Below, the results of a highly unscientific survey I conducted today in the Xcel Center and its perimeter, where news programs aired on several TVs--from flat-screens perched on tables to smaller sets mounted on walls--are part of the (increasingly convivial) atmosphere.


Number of TV Sets Airing Each Network, Per Xcel Center Area:


Main Delegate Corridor:

CNN: 5

FOX: 7

C-SPAN: 3

ESPN : 1

MSNBC: 0

Main Media Corridor:

CNN: 7

FOX: 0

C-SPAN: 1

ESPN : 0

MSNBC: 0

Inside The New Journalism

| No Comments

ST. PAUL - The cable TV coverage of Hurricane Gustav was a case study in the newer form of journalism.

First, you build up the potential danger of the storm, and then, even when it's clear that Hurricane Gustav has been overrated (it was a Category Two storm, not a three or a four), you keep sounding the alarm.

Scaring people is part of the game now. That and 'gotcha journalism' rule our craft. Images of reporters, meteorologists, and even anchors, dressed in rain gear and being buffeted by winds, fill the screen.

One reporter visited a hospital to speak to a couple whose developmentally impaired child had just been born. The baby was too frail to be moved, so they were sitting out the storm at the baby's bedside. It was a touching story, but it seemed intrusive, if not cruel, to visit this family and use so much footage of this potentially tragic situation.

Another scene cannot be forgotten. McCain had just introduced his vice presidential choice and they spoke. Then the pundits talked it over. The question of the hour: "Did they have good chemistry?" And the answer was: "Yes, absolutely!"

Hurricane Gustav did not totally obscure the GOP convention, although, for a while, a split screen enabled viewers to see images from both stories.

With fierce stubbornness the cable journalists held on to the buildup they had given Gustav. They seemed eager to find tragic nuggets on the Gulf Coast; in fact, the sense of desperation that the storm hadn't turned out to be close to World War III was palpable. I didn't hear anyone say: "We were wrong. We misled a lot of people. Gustav wasn't as bad as we thought he'd be."

In this new era, some journalists hang on to old story lines through thick and thin. We have to give them credit for tenacity.

Privacy For Palin?

| 14 Comments

The liberal media is under-reporting the personal life of Sarah Palin and her children, complains the conservative Media Research Center—at least, that was their complaint in May. "The national news rarely covers much from Alaska," Tim Graham wrote in an "Omission Watch," adding, "but this story also has a heartwarming pro-life angle, which offers a political reason for the media to go whistling past it."

This was, of course, before Governor Palin was tapped to be the GOP vice-presidential nominee. And Graham was not referring to the dramatic news of seventeen-year-old Bristol Palin's pregnancy, but, instead, how Sarah Palin "proved she's pro-life by personal example ... [by giving] birth to a son with Downs syndrome and announc[ing] her delight at God's blessing." Conservatives politicized the infant at the governor's urging, telling reporters after his birth that she and her husband have "both been very vocal about being pro-life. We understand that every innocent life has wonderful potential." Just last week, the Christian Coalition repeated this quote in their press release applauding Palin’s nomination.

Even with scandal swirling around Bristol's pregnancy, abortion opponents have not been shy about using the infant as a living emblem of their cause. "We already know that John McCain is pro-life while Obama is pro-choice but there's a new factor: Trig Paxson Van Palin, the infant son of the governor, who has Down syndrome," wrote Timothy Shriver today for Newsweek. "Trig could be a game changer. "

With her daughter's pregnancy in the spotlight, Palin and her allies now want to drop the media curtain over her family: "We ask the media to respect our daughter and [father] Levi's privacy as has always been the tradition of children of candidates." Presidential spokeswoman Dana Perino told reporters that her pro-life boss believes "that this is a private family matter" for the Palin family.

Bristol’s pregnancy has conservatives twisting all kinds of pretzels on the privacy issue. Speaking on Fox News yesterday, John McCain advisor Nancy Pfotenhauer told America that she is the mother of five, an oddly personal fact for a campaign advisor to share on national television. What made it even weirder was that she made this disclosure while arguing that the Palins' family life shouldn't be in the media. "I have five teenagers myself," she told Fox News host Megyn Kelly. "We have all had to deal with this at some point in our extended family.... it's a private personal matter."

While Washington Post columnist Ruth Marcus is no fan of Palin's stands on reproductive rights, she, too, grounds her analysis of the pregnancy story in her moral authority as a mother. "I have two daughters back home, 11 and 13 - close enough to Bristol's age that I cannot comfort myself that her situation is a far-off irrelevance," she writes. And while Marcus expresses sympathy for the Palin family, she rejects the notion that they are entitled to privacy on this matter: "Like it or not, Bristol Palin's pregnancy is intertwined with an important public policy debate about which the two parties differ and on which Sarah Palin has been outspoken." Marcus says she plans to use this situation as an opportunity to "teach the muddled message that is the only one that makes sense to me in the messy modern world: Wait, please. But whenever you choose to have sex, don't do it without contraception."

Abortion-rights advocates have long argued that privacy is at the crux of the abortion issue, and some find it ironic that the GOP is now arguing that Bristol's pregnancy is a "private matter." "Bristol Palin's pregnancy is at the heart of what women and the right wing have been fighting over for thirty years, and it isn't abortion, it's privacy and the right to control your own reproductive choices," writes Jane Smiley on Huffington Post. "Sarah Palin and her church and her pastor have made themselves abundantly clear on issues of reproductive privacy - there won't be any."

A family that politicized its children in one setting now wants privacy in another, while a party that has long rejected abortion-rights activists’ claims that reproductive freedoms spring from a right to privacy are now demanding privacy for Bristol Palin’s choice. A feminist friend of mine was so exasperated that she wrote, "Am I in a twilight zone or something? Republicans are running around saying pregnancy is a private family matter and that people can sometimes make mistakes? I don't understand this; I think I should go back to bed."

Overheard at the RNC

| No Comments

Donna Brazile is chatting with Mark Halperin as they walk through an atrium adjacent to the Xcel Center. She asks him for directions to the convention floor. He obliges her. As she rushes off, she shouts back to him, "Oh--I love your t-shirt!"

Since Halperin is not, in fact, wearing a t-shirt, I can only assume Brazile is referring to The Page's pervasive convention-based self-promotion, which is as evident here in St. Paul as it was in Denver. Beautiful.

The Fashion Watch Never Stops

| No Comments

Lest they be accused of unevenly heaping fashion scrutiny on one political party over another, the media are on it like red on a rose.

Or yellow on a rain slicker, which is how Salon described the ensemble Cindy McCain wore when addressing the RNC on Monday.

This time, footwear is taking center stage as the Observer notes Laura Bush's "comfortable, unexciting slingbacks" and Cindy McCain's "considerably higher, coquettish black peep-toe pumps—hot!" What does this say about life in the McCain White House?

And, last week People magazine gave props to GOP VP candidate Sarah Palin for the "ruby red peep-toe platform heels that showed off a pink French-style pedicure," that she wore when her candidacy was announced.

Even President Bush didn't escape the fashion commentary. USA Today noted that he "rolled up his sleeves" to meet with authorities about the Gustav threat. And, as we know, rolled-up sleeves are an international sign for "being President is hard work."

From one of those three A1 New York Times Palin pregnancy stories today:

Mr. McCain’s campaign, which has shown itself adept at handling the news media, tried to influence coverage of the [pregnancy] disclosure by releasing it as Hurricane Gustav was slamming into the Gulf Coast. (The Palin news was not mentioned on the “CBS Evening News” until 15 minutes into the newscast). It was also by every appearance tucked into a series of problematic tidbits released about Ms. Palin’s past, including news that her husband, Todd, was arrested for driving while impaired in 1986.

“We are going to flush the toilet,” said Tucker Eskew, who is a senior adviser to Ms. Palin, describing the campaign’s plans for Labor Day, when much of the nation was busy with family and social activities.

Telling the New York Times that your "campaign's plans for Labor Day," when "the nation" is distracted, are "to flush the toilet" (whisk away in a rush of cleansing water, before Americans return from the beach and take notice, any potential, um, crap out there on your candidate?) doesn't strike me as evidence of a campaign "adept at handling the news media."

Who is this Tucker Eskew? Maybe he's new?

"Everyone has an opinion on Bristol pregnancy," proclaims a headline in the San Francisco Chronicle.

But only Newsweek brings us "The RNC's Youngest Delegate On Palin's Daughter," asking "the youngest delegate at the Republican National Convention," Mike Knopf, 17 (just like Bristol Palin!), "his take on what [Bristol Palin's pregnancy] means for young conservatives," which includes this insight:

"I've known a couple of people who it's happened to, and surprisingly it really isn't that bad," says the high-school senior from Dubuque, Iowa.

Getting RNC delegates' reactions to their candidate's running-mate's teen daughter's pregnancy seems all the rage among reporters. Here's another, per the Houston Chronicle:

"Kids are kids, right? We prayed that our daughter would avoid that situation, and luckily we've got her married off now. We haven't had that problem," said delegate Michael Bergsma, of Corpus Christi.

"Stargazing," Convention-Style

| No Comments

Per the Associated Press:

RNC delegates "devoted time to political stargazing on a day devoid of any major political speeches...

At the broadcast booths for CNN and Fox News, delegates congregated to snap shots of the television personalities and political celebrities they interviewed..."

And here's a picture of me and The Best Political Team on Television!




























































Memo? What Memo?

| No Comments

On a breezy Thursday evening in New York City, under the giant metal globe at Columbus Circle, several disgruntled Hillary-ites were not going quietly into the night. “A vote for McCain is a vote for Hillary,” explained Mary Houston, a lifetime Democrat who’s now voting for McCain. “I firmly believe that. Look, if McCain wins, he already said he’s not going to run for a second term, so Hillary can run in 2012. If Obama wins, he’ll run again, and by that point, it’ll be too late for her. So I’m voting for Hillary by voting for McCain.”

Houston was there for a “Truth About Obama” Meetup (remember Meetups?), a gathering of embittered Hillary supporters organized by a national grassroots splitter group called the Real Democrats, though no one in attendance would be watching Obama’s speech that night. The media has made much political hay out of whether disappointed Hillary supporters will join her vanquisher, Barack Obama, in November. Yes, Gallup says 18 percent of them have negative feelings towards Obama, and, yes, a recent CNN poll found that 27 percent of them are so disappointed with Hillary’s loss that they will back McCain, something the McCain camp decided to bank on by nominating Sarah Palin to be his running mate. But then another poll suggested that the switch has less to do with Clinton than with voters’ concerns over Obama’s qualifications; and then our very own Gabe Pressman, not having seen any New York delegates defect at the Democratic National Convention, suggested that the defectors don’t even exist.

Pressman may be right, but not for the reasons he thinks. Hillary die-hards may not exist because they’ve enthusiastically forded the river to join the McCain camp. These faithful claimed to have seen right through Hillary’s Tuesday night speech (“I don’t believe a word she said,” said event organizer Raj Rajagopalan) and had become so pro-Hillary and so anti-Obama that the result was a little ideologically bewildering. Not only would these registered Democrats vote for McCain over Obama, they claimed they would even prefer tovote for George W. Bush.

“I feel like I should call the White House and apologize,” said Houston.

“They’re both devils,” said Rajagopalan, “but at least Bush sticks to what he says.” (For the record, if the match-up were between Nixon and Obama, Rajagopalan would stay home.)

The Hillary supporters were soon joined by a smattering of right-wingers. Rich Resnick, a libertarian who voted for Ron Paul and works as a toxic-tort claims manager at an insurance company, stood holding a McCain sign (upside down) and talked about how much he was enjoying Swiftboater Jerome Corsi’s book, The Obama Nation, which Hendrik Hertzberg described as “the Big Lie” written by “a crackpot, a boor and a bigot.”

“Oh, I think you’ll really like that book,” said Rajagopalan. He waved to the approaching Rich Vargas and his eight-year-old daughter, who was diligently attending to a medusa-like Mr. Softee cone.

“Because of Barack Obama’s feeble response to what happened in Georgia,” Vargas, a political independent, said when asked why he was supporting John McCain. “I’m Hungarian, okay? I know all about Russian aggression. No more Russian bullying.” His daughter, however, had been gunning for Hillary all along. When asked for comment, she crossed her eyes and drove her tongue into her ice cream. Her father filled in for her: “It’s because she’s a girl.”

While the gathered were eagerly discussing McCain’s Veepstakes, Lakshmi, a software developer who works with Rajagopalan, headed off toward Central Park to join Nairoby Otero, who radioed back to say that the targets there were “more relaxed” and thus easier to pick off. On the way, Lakshmi, a Hillary supporter unmoored by her June concession, explained how she was swayed by John McCain’s performance at Saddleback.

“When the minister asked him, ‘when does a person get human rights?’ he said ‘at the moment of conception,’ but Obama said ‘when I get my paycheck,’” Lakshmi said, referring to the infamous when-does-life-begin split on abortion between McCain (“at the moment of conception”) and Obama, who said the question was “above my pay grade.” “I mean, are you telling me that I have to make money before I have human rights? I can’t vote for someone like that!”

She stopped to hand a flier to a couple admiring Trump Tower. In town from Maine, the Bostons were still undecided.

At the Park entrance, Lakshmi met Otero and her roommate, Nathan.

“We’ve been targeting minorities,” Otero said. “I’ve been picking off the Hispanics and Nathan, well, Nathan is going after his Asians.” She went back to headquarters. Without her, Lakshmi and Nathan seemed lost. “Do you want a free flyer?” Nathan asked, sheepishly thrusting a folded flyer at a panting jogger. “It’s free!”

Discouraged, they wandered away and met Rich Resnick, who had materialized with his McCain sign at the park’s entrance. He quickly snagged a delighted McCain supporter - “it’s a lonely existence, being a Republican in New York,” he said. Nearby, Bill Stern, a quiet (Republican) man in a purple polo and clip-on sunglasses was distributing fliers with silent determination. One woman tore hers up. Another snorted: “Ugh, McCain is, like, a thousand years old.” But soon, Stern was running to get some more orange “Two Faces of Obama” fliers from Lakshmi, who hadn’t managed to hand many out. She had, however, found a bewildered young independent in need of comfort. “I’m in the same shoe as you are,” she crooned.

By the time we got back to the Columbus Circle headquarters, Raj, Mary, and Lakshmi were the only Hillary kamikazes left. Rich Vargas’s daughter was watching a Hannah Montana DVD and agitating for a Big Mac while Rich was talking to a couple new arrivals, both McCain supporters. Nairoby Otero had gone home. An old lady was shuffling around with a McCain sign, brandishing it at anyone who walked past. Two professional-looking women with McCain bumper stickers on their bloused backs were having an animated discussion about the wisdom of being pro-life. The stacks of anti-Obama fliers languished under a bush. Only the navy blue and yellow of the McCain posters were visible in the creeping summer darkness.

Getting the Shot, Part 1: The Protest

| No Comments

ST. PAUL -- The story of the day yesterday, besides the landfall of Hurricane Gustav and the revelation of Bristol Palin's pregnancy, was the protests. Anti-war protesters, counteracted by pro-war protesters, counteracted by socialists, counteracted by anarchists, counteracted by pro-lifers, counteracted by pro-choicers, all came together to march in nearly-ninety-degree humidity outside the Xcel Center to have their say.

As Clint noted yesterday, some reporters went into the thick of the crowd to get their stories. Others kept their distance, capturing the protests in a different way. Below, photographers and videographers getting the shot:





















Rachel Joins "The Boys Upstairs"

| No Comments

Forget Barack Obama’s mock Greek temple at Invesco Field. Last week in Denver, a little over a mile away, MSNBC erected a temple to house their own pantheon of gods. Keith Olbermann and Chris Matthews sat some twenty feet aloft behind a second floor balustrade. Below them, lesser deities (Buchanan, O’Donnell, Robinson) made their home in a space reserved for the commentator’s panel, framed by red-white-and-blue-wrapped columns. Above it all, a roofline hinted at a classical triangular pediment.

But last Wednesday, the real god, by acclamation of the devoted crowd, was Rachel Maddow.

When she appeared on screen, the crowd would roar. When she joined the panel, they’d scream and wave. When she made a strong point, you could hear cries like “Go get’em Rachel!” or “We love you Rachel.”

It was, as old McCain hand and newly-minted NBC analyst Mike Murphy complained after being shouted down, a “partisan, one-note crowd.” But as much political love as the live audience may have had for Obama, there was plently left over for MSNBC.

“Vote for Keith!” the crowd chanted.

A man bore a hand lettered poster reading “Chuck Todd for Prez.”

From time to time, the audience, separated from the panel by crowd fencing and unthreatening, khaki-panted security, chanted the names of the panel in turn, not yielding until their chant was acknowledged. Eugene Robinson gave a hearty over-the-head wave. Pat Buchanan, who had stone-facedly taken his seat to boos at the broadcast’s start, now rose, turned to the audience, and gave a quick bow while holding his hands aloft in Nixonian victory signs.

All this adulation was brought to you by the channel’s decision to build its Democratic National Convention broadcast stage at 16th and Wewatta, in a barren parking lot hardly a block away from Denver’s Union Station.

“For us it’s a great location, because it’s not inside the security perimeter, which is where CNN and Fox are set up,” said Alana Russo from MSNBC’s PR staff. “So you get actual people to come here.”

Throughout the week, donkey and elephant costume-wearing Segway operators prowled the sidewalks of lower Denver, handing out promotional palm cards to gin-up a crowd. And come they did, like moths to a light.

They were rewarded with a Ryder’s worth of MSNBC branded trinkets. (Literally—Russo gamely pointed out “our big truck of MSNBC schwag,” parked alongside a backstage fence, with its roll-up door raised to reveal raided boxes.) The audience beat MSNBC thundersticks, donned MSNBC visors and stryrofoam boaters, pinned-on MSNBC buttons, wore MSNBC t-shirts, and cooled themselves with MSNBC hand fans.

Erecting and operating a set in the middle of a parking lot on the northwest edge of downtown Denver is no simple task.

“Infrastructure. Infrastructure. A parking lot. No running water. No telephones. No power,” said Vernard Gantt, MSNBC’s manager of production operations for the conventions, describing what needed to be done to make a set out of Denver’s thin air.

The network spent thousands to lease 150 parking spaces from the nearby Gates corporation (which makes hoses, belts and hydraulic parts) and, starting at one o’clock in the morning the Wednesday before the convention started, assembled an elaborate series of trailers, trucks, and other equipment. “It’s like a jigsaw,” Gantt, who estimates he spent around three months planning the convention logistics, said.

“Now the reason we like doing stuff at oh-God-thirty in the morning is because you don’t have to worry about traffic,” said Gantt, seated on the steps of a production trailer in a gold golf shirt.

The first to arrive, in the dead of Wednesday’s night, was the stage. At seven the next morning, a dozen staffers were on hand to unfold the two-story set, rig it for power, and erect the lights. On Thursday, trailers were brought in to house make-up, hair, and catering. On Saturday, a production truck with a control room arrived at six in the morning.

“I’ve got 116, 130, people working in this compound right now,” says Gannt. “We’re catering two, three, four, meals a day.”

The catering truck boasted a full spread laid out in aluminum roasting pans: chicken, cooked vegetables, beans, corn, and cupcakes. Early in the evening, a golf cart drove just behind the set bearing twenty hamburgers and fries in Styrofoam takeout containers.

Twenty-two phone lines and two DSLs had to be run by Qwest through underground conduits from blocks away. MSNBC produced too much garbage for local government to handle, so it rented a dumpster, which was cleared out midweek, straining under the burden of empty bottles of drinking water. A portable restroom was brought in, and positioned so it could be cleaned everyday, pumped out, and have its water tank refilled.

“We’ve got one of the nicest units in Denver right now, sitting back there. I mean, the unit’s so nice that some people say that their bathroom at home doesn’t look so nice. Truly. It’s got a stereo in it,” said Gantt. “We don’t have the stereo playing, but it’s there.”

Indeed, the bathroom was silent when I took a look a few minutes later. A bottle of sunscreen rested on a marble edge in front of a large mirror trimmed in dark wood. In the men’s half, there were tongued and groove floors, three urinals and a fully enclosed toilet. Everything ran on plain old water—not some antiseptic smelling blue liquid.

The audience in the street, of course, knew nothing of the plumbing that made MSNBC’s stage hum.

For them, the most dramatic moment of the night—greeted with greater cheers than anything said by Bill Clinton, John Kerry, Joe Biden, or even Barack Obama—was when Maddow climbed the stairs to the panel’s right and joined Olbermann and Matthews. (I heard one producer refer to the duo as “the boys upstairs.”)

She’d already received visits from a reporter from The New York Observer and The Washington Post’s Howie Kurtz, putting the final touches on profiles in advance of her September 8 debut as host of her own MSNBC show.

Once upstairs, she sat with her MSNBC seniors at the anchors’ desk—the only other person who made it on-air upstairs, rather than from the first floor panel or the ground floor director’s chair “bullpen,” was President Carter.

Olbermann walked Maddow to the edge of the second floor, and raised her hand, like a prizefighter, above the screaming crowd. A chant broke out for a speech. But all the crowd got, when she returned to the panel’s level was a smile that verged on a embarrassedly bemused smirk.

About a year ago, after locals heard that St. Paul would be the site of the Republican National Convention, a handful of liberal activists decided they would do something to welcome the show.

The result? True Blue Minnesota and their 22 by 30 foot jumbo screen, held two stories aloft, playing video programming designed from a decidedly anti-Bush perspective. The screen, trucked in for the convention from Massachusetts with two technicians for a cost of about $25,000, is parked just West of the Xcel Center in a park that’s little more than an oversized traffic triangle.

On Monday afternoon at about 5 o’clock, as helicopters circled and sirens blared downtown, the True Blue screen was in the midst of “Bush’s War,” the magisterial compilation of all of eight years of Frontline documentaries on the administration’s Iraq, Afghanistan, and interrogation policies.

“Given all the riot gear, we thought we’d just put on a movie and let everyone chill out,” said Becca Hein, a True Blue organizer who works for a St. Paul historic preservation non-profit.

“This is the culmination of all the work they did on the Bush administration. And everything we’re doing comes from them, because they just did the best work,” says Martha Ballou, who leads the group. “Frontline has been just fantastic these last few years.”










The group solicited financial support from individuals, a local Steelworkers union, and the progressive Alliance for a Better Minnesota, and endured a complex permitting process to get their spot. Although the State House lies two highway overpasses away, at the last minute, they were told that their very temporary installation fell under the jurisdiction of the state’s Capitol Area Architectural Planning Board. The board denied the application in a tie vote broken by the Republican Lieutenant Governor, and the screen was only allowed up after the legal stay of a local judge.

“It was amazing to watch justice happen in front of your eyes,” exulted Ballou, a Minneapolis family-lawyer. “The First Amendment!”

Given the street closures, the area is something of a funnel. Many pedestrians, protesters, and police found themselves passing under the jumbotron, some taking time to watch and listen. The group will mostly screen fare less journalistic than Frontline— Robert Greenwald’s documentaries, video art, and day-after broadcasts of “Wake Up World” a satire revue being staged locally during the convention by Twin Cities native and Daily Show co-creator Lizz Winstead.

Still, it’s not everyday that you get a chance to watch Frontline like it’s a hockey-rink replay.

Citizen Propagandists

| No Comments

Ethan Zuckerman, the co-founder of the citizens’ media project Global Voices, notes an interesting angle to the Russo-Georgian Conflict:

Part of the reason this war is such a riddle is that we’ve entered a new phase in contemporary conflict: the world of citizen propaganda… What may be less expected is that citizen media accounts - blogs of eyewitnesses, jouralists [sic] writing in a personal capacity, the writings of people who know and are passionate about the region - are actively engaged in rhetorical warfare as well. Georgian, Russian and Ossetian bloggers - whether off-duty journalists or ordinary citizens - all want the suffering of their group acknowledged on a global stage and are all presenting the conflict from their personal perspectives. These perspectives sometimes include troubling eyewitness accounts, and sometimes include amplification of rumors, usually ones that support that author’s interperative [sic] frame.

The advent of citizen propaganda (as compared to media) is an important, and often neglected, phenomenon of modern warfare. During the recent hostilities in the Caucasus, this phenomenon was manifested in various ways—whether independent blogger-journalists like Michael J. Totten writing 5,000-word press releases with the help of official Georgian media representatives, or Blake Fleetwood accusing the GOP of orchestrating the war for their own election prospects. But this angle has largely been excluded from discussion about how the war has been portrayed.

Non-official propaganda matters greatly, because while most bloggers issued shallow and predictable jeremiads about either the horrors of the “new Cold War” or the horrors of American-supported client states, there were some out there who were largely getting things right. Unfortunately, these sober voices were often drowned out by the overwhelming amount of citizen propagandists flooding the blogosphere. Nevertheless, they bear mentioning.

At Wired’s Danger Room blog, contributor Nathan Hodge took a much more sober angle on American involvement, noting, quite appropriately, that American support and training for Georgian troops may have fostered overconfidence in their own abilities. Similarly, Dan Nexon has produced insightful, and sometimes counterintuitive, analyses of the conflict. Mark Ames, of the much lamented Exile, has also been an unusually clear voice on the war, taking great pains to highlight the moral and political complexities of a conflict with roots stretching well past even its previous iteration in 1993. BusinessWeek’s senior foreign correspondent, Steve LeVine, has also been an unusually clear, if ignored, voice.

Although a lot of people were thinking clearly about the war in Georgia, these kinds of perspectives were lost in the flood of citizen propaganda coming from partisans of all stripes. Matthew Yglesias recently noted that this is to be expected—and he is right. Rather than negating the complaint about citizen propaganda, however, this gets at the heart of why it matters so much: not only does it specifically fail the reasons blogs rose to prominence in the first place, it is little more than the retrenchment of traditional media biases. As such, the reasons behind much of the push behind blogs are still fully valid, only now the gatekeepers have moved down a level, from traditional media to a layer of blogs just as beholden to personal, rather than institutional interests. The usual suspects pushing pre-spun views of what happened lends them zero value over traditional media sources—surely not what the original architects of the blogosphere ideals intended.

The trick to the Russo-Georgian War, of course, is that neither side is heroic, and neither is villainous—both have done nasty things in the last month, and both have to answer for the death and destruction they caused. Yet sober judgment about war is often relegated to textbooks and History Channel commentaries. In the contemporary rush to filter all current events through a narrow political lens, straight thinking about war is often ignored in favor of overheated rhetoric that has little bearing on reality. As Zuckerman noted, almost all the analysts in the U.S. were uninformed about and removed from the conflict—yet they still were not dissuaded from offering what sometimes seemed to be militantly incorrect views of the war.

Learning to sift through competing sources of information is not a natural instinct; one tends to find and then enjoy sources that confirm a preset worldview. Yet, in war, truth matters more than ideology, and being spoon-fed disinformation is not something to enjoy. That vast swaths of the media landscape settle for ideological spoon-feeding should trouble anyone interested in accurate reporting.

The Times of London's description of Gov. Sarah Palin's hometown (Wasilla, Alaksa):

It's a small, unkempt-looking place, defined by a series of out-of-town stores, a huge lumber yard, a ramshackle bar named the Mug Shot Saloon with Harley Davidsons parked outside, and a lake, by the side of which is Palin’s house.

A description which Wasilla's Mat-Su Valley Frontiersman calls in an editorial today "as inaccurate and unfair as it would be for anyone else to define England by a stereotypical lack of dental hygiene."

The Frontiersman further suggests that "perhaps those like that reporter for The Times of London can stop to smell the flowers, and by doing so realize Wasilla is defined by more than one 'ramshackle' watering hole."

UPDATE: The lede of that Times story:

At the age of 10, Sarah Palin got her very own bunny rabbit. Which means to say that she crouched down in the grass outside her family home, aimed her shotgun and blew its furry little head off...

Also:

I buy a cup of coffee from an Inuit, and it tastes exactly how you would imagine a cup of coffee made by an Inuit would taste...

Which is to say....?

S-W-A-G and the R-N-C

| No Comments

ST. PAUL -- Below, the contents of the "media welcoming" bag (black, tote-style, printed in white and red with various sponsor logos) we received upon checking in for our RNC press credentials. Listed without further comment, except to say that, in the spirit of the thing, we've noted the gifts' sponsorship:

APPAREL AND ACCESSORIES

- metal-and-lacquer lapel pin featuring a blue elephant paddling a canoe, the oar it is using featuring the AT&T logo (AT&T)

- brushed-metal windmill-shaped lapel pin, with an accompanying information card: "Wind: Powering a Cleaner, Stronger America" (American Wind Energy Association)

- white credential lanyard printed with blue-and-red, art-deco-style elephants (Qwest)


FOODSTUFFS AND RELATED

- clear-plastic Nalgene-style water bottle, printed with a blue-and-red "RNC 2008" logo (RNC, VISA, US Bank)

- granola bar, peanut butter flavor (Nature Valley)

- granola bar, oats ’n honey flavor (Nature Valley)

- sample-sized package of Truvia, "nature's calorie-free sweetener" (Truvia)

- breath mints, packaged in a slim, brown-plastic container shaped like a UPS truck (UPS)

- one box of Kraft Macaroni & Cheese, the "Republicans in 2008!" edition, an illustration of a suit-wearing elephant holding a GOP sign on its front, a brief history of the Republican party—as well as a "presidential IQ test"—on its back, the box's contents including elephant- and star-shaped noodles (Kraft)


TECHNOLOGY AND RELATED

- green-plastic-cased computer jump drive, with built-in compass (Escape Hybrid)

- a flier containing the "top 10 tips" for "safer and smarter" family internet surfing (Qwest)

- pre-addressed plastic sleeve for mailing in and recycling used cell phones (Qwest)

- gift card for a free ringtone download (AT&T)


LITERATURE

- August 2008 issue of World Traveler, Northwest's in-flight magazine (NWA)

- the mag-sized, 88-page-long Official Guide to the 2008 Republican National Convention, which includes speaker biographies, food/entertainment information about the Twin Cities, and "fun facts" about Minnesota. The latter includes a list of "products and inventions that hail from Minnesota," among them Cheerios, Wheaties, Scotch Tape, Pacemakers, Green Giant vegetables, Spam, Bisquick, Skyways, masking tape, Dairy Queen, and indoor shopping malls. (Minneapolis Saint Paul 2008)

- Mall of America coupon book, featuring 211 coupons to MOA vendors and attractions (Mall of America)

- postcard-sized detail of UPS locations in and around the convention site (UPS)

- black-and-white flier advertising Votimus, "a new political website!" (Votimus)

- "AT&T trivia challenge" card, printed with 10 questions about AT&T-related "fun facts," such as: AT&T is ranked by Business Week magazine as among the 50 "most innovative companies" in the world! (AT&T)

- "More to Minnesota" GOParty Guide, containing dining and entertainment information for the greater MSP area, as well as a GOParty card, "your ticket to discounts and deals at more than 400 businesses represented in this guide" (Minneapolis Saint Paul 2008)


TRAVEL ACCESSORIES

- "inversion-resistant," travel-sized umbrella (Windjammer)

- white-plastic, customizable luggage tag, printed with the RNC 2008 logo (NWA, Delta)


MISCELLANEOUS

- white Post-It Note pad, printed with a grayscale version of the "RNC 2008" logo (Post-It)

- packet containing seeds for sweet alyssum flowers: "A hardy annual native to Southern Europe, requires very little attention. Dense clusters of tiny snow-white flowers bloom continuously throughout the growing season if the spent blossoms are trimmed back. Drought tolerant and heat-resistant. Thrives in full sun to partial shade, in almost any soil. Best sown in early spring, seedlings cannot withstand a heavy frost. Suggested use: borders, disturbed areas, rock gardens, hanging baskets, mixes." (Chesapeake Energy)

McCain Surrogates Take To The Press

| No Comments

The Dallas Morning News should have known better than to run a news story last week that was essentially an op-ed for John Goodman, who heads the conservative National Center for Policy Analysis, a Dallas-based outfit that, over the past fifteen years, has been highly influential in setting the nation’s health policy agenda. The Center first championed medical savings accounts (MSAs), which morphed into HSAs, health savings accounts that combine a savings element with a high deductible policy—you know, the ones where you have to spend $5,000 or $10,000 on medical bills before the insurer pays a dime. In one of its own publications, the Center boasted that, between 1990 and 2004 (right after Congress approved HSAs), it had given 250 presentations on the subject in every state and published more than forty studies, backgrounders, and analyses, as well as placing op-eds in the Wall Street Journal and the Washington Times.

You’d think that the Morning News would have investigated this before turning its story on the latest census figures into another way for Goodman to whitewash numbers that, once again, showed Texas as the state with the highest proportion of its population uninsured. While he was at it, Goodman gave a new twist to a familiar theme: that people can always go to an emergency room and get free care because the government is the payer of last resort. Goodman was saying only those who don’t get care are uninsured, because everyone who needs care is effectively insured through some program. The paper noted parenthetically that, by law, hospitals cannot refuse a patient who needs immediate care. So what’s really the problem?

Goodman’s solution, according to the paper, is to require the Census Bureau to stop describing people as uninsured and, instead, categorize them by the source of payment when care is required. That would put an end to what Goodman called “worthless statistics that people fling around in vacuous editorials and pointless debates.” More important, that would diminish the number of people officially “uninsured” and take the heat off Republicans, who aren’t keen on health reform in the first place.

Of course, some context could have explained what’s really happening in Texas emergency rooms: people who have no source of payment are turned away after their condition is stabilized, and often go without follow-up care or treatment for chronic illnesses, and don’t have money to pay for prescriptions they are given. The paper could have reported that people go to the ER because they can’t find primary care doctors who will treat them—because they have nowhere else to turn. It could have said that ER care is not free, that hospitals bill for their services—whether or not you can pay.

Instead, the reporter rang up an analyst from the Center for Public Policy Priorities, a liberal group in Austin, who didn’t effectively counter Goodman’s argument. Instead of addressing Goodman’s “solution,” she said that people without insurance are less likely to seek care, and when they do, the cost to the health system is greater. No kidding.

The paper identified Goodman as a McCain adviser, and his comments spread quickly to the health care blogosphere, including a post on the CBS News blog that challenged the Census data: “But according to an advisor of Sen. John McCain who helped craft the Republican candidate’s health care policy, those numbers are misleading.” The post went on: “In fact, says John Goodman, president of the National Center for Policy Analysis, the number of uninsured Americans is basically zero, since anyone who can get to a hospital emergency room can get medical attention, with the government footing the bill. CBS blog readers might believe that Goodman was on to something.

Jonathan Cohn at The New Republic addressed the substance of Goodman’s remarks, but got into a who-ha about whether Goodman was or is currently a McCain adviser. The New York Times columnist Paul Krugman mentioned the myth of free ER care and argued that, even if Goodman is not an adviser, “it’s a good bet that Mr. McCain’s inner circle shares Mr. Goodman’s views.”

The significance of all this is not whether Goodman is an official adviser to McCain. No doubt his views dovetail with those of McCain. On the Center’s Web site last weekend, a box website labeled “Goodman Health Plan” sent readers to a document that discusses health proposals, some of them adopted by the McCain campaign. What is relevant, however, that a major newspaper fell down on the job of newsgathering, and the blogosphere generally missed what Goodman was doing—planting doubt about the need for serious health care reform, which is antithetical to conservative interests.

An insurance industry insider recently told me to start looking for such mainstream media story placements by conservative think-tankers like Goodman; people who try to change the tone or substance of the public discussion on health care in ways that mesh with the ideology of their funders, who may be health care stakeholders, businessmen, or corporations. You will see this accelerate once there’s a Democratic nominee, he added. That time is now. We urge reporters at the Dallas Morning News and at other news outlets to be on guard. The John Goodmans of the world can have their say on the op-ed pages or in advertisements. News columns should explain what some of these ideas really mean—in this case, that the Census numbers are for real.

The New York Times found three ways to mention, above-the-fold on A1 today, that McCain's running-mate's 17-year-old daughter is pregnant.

Per the Times, 17-year-old Bristol Palin's pregnancy: is one of "a series of disclosures" that "called into question how thoroughly Mr. McCain" vetted his running-mate; "presents an unwanted distraction for Mr. McCain's campaign;" and helped launch "The Mommy Wars; Special Campaign Edition" ("a fierce argument among women about whether there are enough hours in the day for [Palin] to take on the vice presidency; and is she right to try.")

Anything else? Oh, yes. On A19 readers learn that "Palin Daughter's Pregnancy Interrupts G.O.P. Convention Script." (Not to mention, I imagine, interrupting "Palin Daughter's" own life "script" somewhat...)

But back to What it Means For People Who Are Not Bristol Palin!

The Washington Post: "Hurricane Isn't The Only Jolt In Convention. Palin's Daughter, 17, is Pregnant."

The media's handling of this "jolt" was a topic of great debate among the talking heads on MSNBC this morning.

MIKA BRZEZINSKI: I just noticed that three articles on the front page of the New York Times involve Sarah Palin's 17-year-old pregnant daughter.

JOE SCARBOROUGH: They like the story!

BRZEZINSKI: They like the story a lot...

MIKE BARNICLE: If big east coast papers and big west coast papers continue to do that, are they going to win in a landslide, McCain and Palin? They'll so alienate every parent in the country who has had a moment...

PAT BUCHANAN: If the media go after this still, I'll tell you, they are solidifying the Republican base and deepening it. They are just so stupid! I cannot believe the way the media's handled this...

Yet, big coastal newspapers are hardly alone in their A1 treatment ("Pregnancy steals spotlight," according to the front page of the Anchorage Daily News) or even in taking the cringe-making storm-pun route (didn't we warn you about this?) For example:

"Two storms-- one, a hurricane, the other a Palin family revelation-- steal the focus on the convention's first day," per the front page of the print edition of the (Minneapolis) Star Tribune.

Oh where, where, will the buck stop?

| 1 Comment

Newsweek had a very special lunch today with former presidential candidate, senator, and Law and Order actor Fred Thompson. The topic of the day? Sarah Palin, the soon to be Vice Presidential nominee. Andrew Romano writes up the conversation:

…McCain has always said that his VP must be able to assume the Oval Office at a moment's notice, we reminded him. Is Palin ready? At this, Thompson groaned. "Ahhhh," he said, pausing for a moment before finding his footing. "Yes, I do. Look, remember what the standard is. Go back and look at vice-presidential picks throughout the history of the country. Look at Harry Truman, where he stood, how much experience he had before he was chosen as vice president." Given that Thompson was the third Republican to mention Truman since I arrived this morning, I suspect we'll hear more about the Missourian—who went from county commissioner in 1935 to leader of the free world in 1945—before November.

Well, ok. But maybe a journalist could point out to Thompson or other Republicans taking this talking point for a test drive that Truman spent ten years (count ‘em: 1935-1945) in the Senate before becoming FDR’s vice president. Yes, he hadn’t been VP long (only a good three months) before Roosevelt’s death, but ten years in the Senate is a good deal different than the under two years as governor that Palin brings to the position. And given how little time Truman had in the second seat before being called into the Oval Office, it's a historical precedent that the Republicans might want to think twice about offering up this year.

Fox's Griff Jenkins at Work

| 1 Comment

Gustav isn’t the only thing causing disruptions in St. Paul. As you’ve no doubt heard, protesters are out in far greater force for the Republicans than they were for the Democrats in Denver.

There wasn’t a lot of national press covering the marches, but I did bump into Fox News’s Griff Jenkins, who was wearing a crisp Oxford blue shirt, black loafers, and a black Fox News ball cap. (Jenkins also did protest duty in Denver, producing encounters that were, moment to moment, cringeworthy, unintentionally hilarious, and upsetting.)










In St. Paul, his entourage included a steno pad toting producer, a BlackBerry toting aide, a cameraman, and a security guard (wearing a suit, dark shades, Secret Service style earpiece, and an American flag pin). They were collecting interviews from demonstrators just down the hill from the state capital, where a rally was planned for later in the evening.

It was an odd crowd—some Ron Paul supporters, some Obama backers, some Greens, some 9-11 Truthers, and others affiliated with the alphabet soups worth of Socialist and Marxist groups easily found at demonstrations.

And, not surprisingly, most of the assembled didn’t like Fox. But they did like the chance to speak their piece. And so this led to an odd tension, where someone would step before the camera and, really without much prompting from Jenkins, let rip while outside layers and passers-by warily watched or levied cracks like “False News” or “Fixed News” or the succinct when shouted “Fox News Sucks!”

“They’re only going to show the four second clip where they’re cursing him out,” warned an onlooker.

At one point a teenager in a black shirt burst down the hill and pinballed through the scrum, pushing Jenkins and his cameraman, blurting “Turn off the TV, turn off the TV” and knocking Jenkins off his balance. He disappeared, and Jenkins resumed his interview unphased.

Another demonstrator in a union cap loudly confronted Jenkins, asking what gave Sean Hannity the right to complain—about what, wasn’t exactly clear—given that Hannity wasn’t a veteran.

“Are you a veteran?” Jenkins asked the man. “Thank you for your service.”

Jenkins rebuffed an interview request. “I can’t give interviews when I’m working,” he said, not seeming too sad about that restriction. “All requests have to go through Fox.”

In a break from interviews, Jenkins huddled with his crew. “You know that show, Dirty Jobs on Discovery? They could nominate me,” the interviewer cracked, as he checked his pants for someone else’s spit.

Well, considering the knots that Gustav has tied the Republican convention into, what is the St. Paul bound journalist to do? There’s an abbreviated convention schedule. And an abbreviated schedule means there’s even less to cover than there should have been, which maybe wasn’t all that much to begin with.

So why not go to the Minnesota State Fair with once-Minnesotan, now-New York Timesman David Carr. They have corn on a stick, bacon on a stick, crop art, and an admittedly tendentious link to the show in the Xcel Center.

Telling Convention Photo of the Day

| No Comments

Media, covering the convention by recording...other media. Recorded by...me(dia).










Scrum Beat

| No Comments

The view from the center of the photog scrum during Laura Bush's sound check at the Xcel Center yesterday evening:











But It's Alright

| No Comments

It’s never all right to use “alright,” right?

Let’s discuss, already.

The Columbia Guide to Standard American English says it best: “All right is the only spelling Standard English recognizes.”

“Standard English,” of course, is that which is acceptable in polite company, meaning if you want to be taken altogether seriously. Yet “alright” shows up an awful lot in the mainstream media (meaning polite company) for something that is “nonstandard English.”

Some will say that the “misuse” of “alright” began with the 1965 Pete Townshend song “The Kids Are Alright,” but the first modern citation in the Oxford English Dictionary is from 1893. Since then, “alright” has appeared frequently in song lyrics and titles, casual writing and popular culture references, causing much teeth grinding for generations of English teachers and grammarians. Many people don’t even realize that it’s disputed usage, and it’s not historically wrong: “Alright” started life in Middle English as one word and split soon after, though “all right” fell from use for quite some time.

Nowadays, in polite company “alright” appears most frequently in quotations. That’s a curious distinction, because no one spells what is being spoken, and “all right” and “alright” are pronounced the same, not like “going to” and “gonna,” another dialogue inhabitant. In fact, if one were going to render “alright” phonetically, it would probably be closer to “awright.” It’s as if writers as a group have decided that “alright” is dialect, and thus exempt from the rules of standard English. (James Joyce used “alright” multiple times in Ulysses and Gertrude Stein used it in The Autobiography of Alice B. Toklas, both of which might be described as paragons of nonstandard English.) Many transcripts use it, as do articles written with a personal “voice.”

Even so, the Associated Press stylebook bars its usage, as do most major dictionaries. Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, Unabridged is more lenient, calling it “in reputable use” but frowned upon.

If you want a frown to be your umbrella, it’s alright by me. But only if you quote me.

Attitude Adjustment

| 3 Comments

Like the air that sustains life, facts that would help hard-pressed consumers are all around us. Instead of gathering and delivering such facts, however, we often leave subscribers gasping for useful information. And so their numbers dwindle.

Americans tend to consume all their income these days, and sometimes more than their income, which is shrinking. They are in a daily battle to spend and save wisely. Strong anecdotal evidence suggests that they love the kind of hard consumer reporting that would serve as an ally. Yet, as Trudy Lieberman details above, the press has moved away from such coverage.

It’s a missed opportunity, especially in the digital age, when evolving technology and the rise of social media potentially magnify the power of the consumer and also magnify the potential of consumer journalism, including making possible new ways to hear consumers’ thinking and complaints, and new ways to reach and inform audiences.

Sunday Watch 8-31-08

| 4 Comments

The week served up an embarrassment of riches for the Sunday shows. There were, of course, Denver developments: the Clintons’ make-good speeches along with a stem-winder by Montana governor Brian Schweitzer, and, of course, Obama in the stadium, outlining his ideas as frozen Hillary supporters say he never does. But in terms of attention seized, McCain-Palin “won the weekend.” Whether they won supporters is more doubtful. Judging from the top two Sunday shows, they didn’t impress.

The highlights would be hilarious if they were not staggering. Cindy McCain told George Stephanopoulos that Gov. Sarah Palin is qualified for the vice-presidency because “Alaska is the closest part of our continent to Russia, so it's not as if she doesn't understand what's at stake here.” Presumably she has stood close enough to Vladimir Putin to have gazed into his eyes and seen through his transparent soul to his inner barbarian.

Cindy McCain, not used to this sort of thing, dodged a bullet when Stephanopoulos asked her about her recent trip to Georgia, saying, “I love doing this kind of work. It's part of my fiber.” I would like to have known how many humanitarian missions she has undertaken. Has she been to Darfur, for instance, where no Cold War points are to be scored?

Next, Sen. Lindsay Graham, on message, touted Gov. Palin as a corruption-fighter and Fed-buster, declaring that she had opposed the notorious Alaska Bridge to Nowhere when Congress wanted to spent $400 million for it last year, only to face Stephanopoulos pointing out, accurately, that “she campaigned for it in her 2006 race, and turned against it in 2007 only after it became a national joke.” When Graham insisted that she had national security experience in that “she's been in charge of the National Guard,” Stephanopoulos noted that no less an authority than George H. W. Bush had said that running the National Guard was irrelevant when the governor in question was Bill Clinton, running against him in 1992.

Stephanopoulos bounced back: “What do you say to this Republican delegate from Mobile, Alabama, Todd Burkhalter? He says this, ‘We're in a global war, we're in a global economy, so it's less than honest if someone says that this woman is qualified to lead America right now.’" As Stephanopoulos went tough, Graham went extravagant: “I would say that compared to Senator Obama, she is qualified beyond belief to change the culture in Washington.” (My italics: “beyond belief.” Might I speculate that, consciously, he wanted to say “beyond doubt,” but what erupted was a defensible, subterranean view that the choice of Palin is “beyond belief”?)

Protesting way too much, Graham swiveled, pirouetted, and otherwise took evasive action: “Governor Palin has the characteristics of a leader that can take over on a moment's notice.” Stephanopoulos kept going: “So Senator McCain wins and, God forbid, tragedy strikes. You'd feel confident, safe and secure a year from now if Governor Palin were president?” Graham tried to catapult out of the corner: “I would dread the day that Senator Obama took the oath and become commander-in-chief...” Stephanopoulos was having none of it: “That's not what I asked.” Graham attacked Obama’s foreign policy judgment as “terrible” and declared: “Compared to Barack Obama, I think she'd make one hell of a commander-in-chief.”

As in Denver, John Kerry was scathing as he insisted that the Palin pick was further indicative of McCain’s erratic nature.

John McCain has been wrong about Iraq. He bought in to the neoconservative theory that, by military invasion of Iraq, you could transform the Middle East. That has been proven incorrect. The Middle East is in shambles. America has lost credibility. In fact, Iran is stronger today. Hamas is stronger today. Hezbollah is stronger today. And the United States of America that the president is supposed to protect is weaker today in the region and in the world. Al Qaida is reconstituted and is now in 60 countries, not in the four countries that it was at the time of Afghanistan, when the war began. So the bottom line is that the Republicans are trying to hide the fact that they have failed on their watch to make America safer….John McCain has proven that he's not a maverick, he's erratic.

Unimpressed by Alaska’s proximity to Siberia, Kerry jumped on Gov. Palin’s lack of foreign policy experience. Kerry said, accurately, “she doesn’t even support the notion that climate change is manmade. She’s back there with the flat earth caucus.” To the suggestion that she would collect embittered Hillary Clinton supporters, Kerry scoffed again: “I think it's almost insulting to the Hillary supporters that they believe they would support somebody who is against almost everything that they believe in.”

Stephanopoulos stayed in skeptic mode through his roundtable, as did Sam Donaldson, who stepped off the Straight Talk Express for the occasion. I’d like to have seen Donaldson’s and Stephanopoulos’s faces when George Will declared that Gov. Palin’s qualification was that “she understands the principle of limited government.”

On the predictable speculation about Palin’s appeal to disaffected Hillary voters, former Republican counselor Matthew Dowd, who seems to be in recovery from his years working for George W. Bush, wondered aloud how she would perform “when a big torpedo comes in”—he sounded as though he had some particular torpedo in mind, but didn’t specify.

Skepticism about the Palin decision was also palpable over at “Meet the Press,” where Tom Brokaw chatted with an uncomfortable-looking Tim Pawlenty, the Minnesota governor passed over in favor of the barely vetted Sarah Palin. Brokaw quoted the Fairbanks Daily News-Miner, which called her a “neophyte.” Her own mother-in-law isn’t sure who to vote for on November 4. Pawlenty struggled. Brokaw was as thorough and common-sensical as I’ve seen him, pointing out that, unlike Palin, Obama has been out before America for twenty months, debating, submitting to interviews; that Palin supports teaching “creationism” side-by-side with evolution. Even the Republican consultant Mike Murphy sounded unconvinced that Palin was a reasonable choice.

It took the reckless absurdity of the Palin nomination to infuse the Sunday commentators with a jolt of reason. Almost all of them, that is. Maria Bartiromo of CNBC, though skeptical of how much Gov. Palin knows about the liquidity crisis, lauded her “expertise in energy.” In a recent BusinessWeek interview, Bartiromo accepted Palin’s number-intensive claim about the wonders of drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. Bartiromo didn’t mention any skeptics, like this 2004 AP report I located after a few seconds of Googling:

Opening an Alaska wildlife refuge to oil development would only slightly reduce America’s dependence on imports and would lower oil prices by less than 50 cents a barrel, according to an analysis released Tuesday by the Energy Department.

“The report, issued by the Energy Information Administration, or EIA, said that if Congress gave the go-ahead to pump oil from Alaska’s Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, the crude could begin flowing by 2013 and reach a peak of 876,000 barrels a day by 2025.

“But even at peak production, the EIA analysis said, the United States would still have to import two-thirds of its oil, as opposed to an expected 70 percent if the refuge’s oil remained off the market.

This report came out in 2004. Start drilling next year and the oil starts flowing in 2018. At the 2034 peak, estimates economist Dean Baker, ANWR oil would cut the price of a gallon of gas by twelve to eighteen cents.

It’s heartening that Gov. Palin wants to create drilling jobs in her home state, but even if her numbers are right, ANWR oil is a drop in the barrel—and Gov. Palin’s “expertise” is as well.

Last week, we pointed to an object lesson, courtesy of The New York Times, in How Not To Mock the Presidential Nominating Conventions. (In a word: unfunnily.)

Well, the Gray Lady, ever fair, is at it again for this week's GOP events, publishing, this morning, its satirical—and I use that word loosely—"Republican Convention Schedule."

Clearly written before we learned that the first day of the St. Paul activities would find Hurricane Gustav ripping through the Gulf Coast—and, apparently, deemed so incisive and bitingly witty that it was published in light of those developments—the piece is, perhaps, even more inane than its Democratic counterpart.

Among the gems:

-"Opening Ceremonies: Special Demonstration by the K Street Precision Lobbying Band"
-"Wednesday, Sept. 3—Theme: 'Deficits, Schmeficits'"
-"Twenty-one gun salute to diversity (sponsored by the National Rifle Association)"
-"John McCain will arrive at Xcel Center podium via Blackhawk helicopter"

Which...yikes.

Annals of Misplaced Puns, Part XXIII

| No Comments

The lede of the LA Times's assessment of Gustav's impact on St. Paul, "Hurricane Gustav dampens mood at GOP convention site":

Hurricane Gustav rained on the Republicans' parade Sunday, dampening the mood among delegates from states on the Gulf Coast and far away.

Ha! Rained on their parade! Dampened their mood! Get it? Because Gustav's a hurricane, and all? Hilarious!

Actually, no. Make that "totally inappropriate."

About this Archive

This page is an archive of entries from September 2008 listed from newest to oldest.

August 2008 is the previous archive.

October 2008 is the next archive.

Find recent content on the main index or look in the archives to find all content.